DRS

 

 

As confidentially submitted to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 24, 2024.

This draft registration statement has not been publicly filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and all information herein remains strictly confidential.

Registration No. 333-

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

CeriBell, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

3845

47-1785452

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

360 N. Pastoria Avenue

Sunnyvale, California 94085

(800) 436-0826

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Jane Chao, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder

CeriBell, Inc.

360 N. Pastoria Avenue

Sunnyvale, California 94085

(800) 436-0826

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

Kathleen M. Wells

John C. Williams

Richard Kim

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 328-4600

Louisa Daniels

CeriBell, Inc.

360 N. Pastoria Avenue

Sunnyvale, California 94085

(800) 436-0826

 

Ilir Mujalovic

Allen Overy Shearman Sterling US LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 848-4000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act, we are omitting our financial statements as of March 31, 2024 and for the three months ended March 31, 2024 and 2023 because they relate to historical periods that we believe will not be required to be included in the prospectus at the time of the contemplated offering. We intend to amend the registration statement to include all financial information required by Regulation S-X at the date of such amendment before distributing a preliminary prospectus to investors.

 


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated , 2024

P R O S P E C T U S

Shares

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_0.jpg 

 

Common Stock

 

This is CeriBell, Inc.’s initial public offering. We are selling shares of our common stock.

We expect the public offering price to be between $ and $ per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the under the trading symbol “CBLL.”

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements in this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See the section titled “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the ‘‘Risk Factors’’ section beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

 

 



 

Per Share

 

 

Total

 

Public offering price

 

$

 

 

$

 

Underwriting discount(1)

 

$

 

 

$

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

(1)
See the section titled “Underwriting” beginning on page 148 for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The shares will be ready for delivery on or about , 2024.

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

BofA Securities

J.P. Morgan

 

Co-Managers

 

William Blair

TD Cowen

Canaccord Genuity

 

 

The date of this prospectus is , 2024.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

 

Page

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

Prospectus Summary

1

Executive and Director Compensation

119

The Offering

8

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

132

Summary Financial DATA

10

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

134

Risk Factors

12

Description of Capital Stock

137

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

57

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

142

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

145

Market and Industry Data

59

Use of Proceeds

60

UNDERWRITING

148

Dividend Policy

61

Legal Matters

155

Capitalization

62

Experts

155

Dilution

64

Where You Can Find Additional Information

155

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

67

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

155

Business

82

Index to Financial Statements

F-1

Management

113

 

 

 

 

 

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Ceribell,” the “company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to CeriBell, Inc.

“Ceribell,” the Ceribell logos, and other trade names, trademarks, or service marks of Ceribell appearing in this prospectus are the property of Ceribell. Other trade names, trademarks, or service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks, or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us, by these other companies. Solely for convenience, trade names, trademarks, and service marks referred to in this prospectus appear without the ®, ™, and SM symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights, to these trade names, trademarks, and service marks.

Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for, or provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or the possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. See the section titled “Underwriting.”

 


 

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the sections titled Risk Factors, Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements, Business, and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company focused on transforming the diagnosis and management of patients with serious neurological conditions. We have developed the Ceribell System, a novel, point-of-care electroencephalography (“EEG”) platform specifically designed to address the unmet needs of patients in the acute care setting. By combining proprietary, highly portable, and rapidly deployable hardware with sophisticated artificial intelligence (“AI”)-powered algorithms, the Ceribell System enables rapid diagnosis and continuous monitoring of patients with neurological conditions.

We are initially focused on becoming the standard of care for the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting, where the technological and operational limitations of conventional EEG systems have contributed to significant delays in seizure diagnosis and suboptimal patient care and clinical outcomes, as well as a high economic burden for hospitals and the healthcare system. By making EEG more accessible and enabling continuous monitoring through the power of AI, the Ceribell System enables clinicians to more rapidly and accurately diagnose and manage patients at risk of seizure in the acute care setting, resulting in improved patient outcomes and hospital and payer economics. As of March 31, 2024, the Ceribell System has been adopted by more than 450 active accounts, ranging from top academic centers to small community hospitals, and has been used to care for over 100,000 patients.

While seizures are often associated with epilepsy in the outpatient setting, in the acute care setting they are commonly triggered by serious conditions such as brain tumors, traumatic brain injury, stroke, cardiac arrest, and sepsis, among others. A seizure lasting longer than five minutes is known as status epilepticus, a serious medical emergency that can lead to mortality or severe and permanent brain damage. Seizures occurring in the acute care setting tend to be non-convulsive, which makes empirical diagnosis extremely challenging.

EEG, a non-invasive test that measures electrical activity in the brain and displays this activity as continuous waveforms, is the only way to definitively confirm a seizure diagnosis. However, conventional EEG systems, which were designed over 100 years ago for the outpatient setting, are insufficient to meet the needs of critically ill acute care patients as they are unable to provide the speed of diagnosis and continuous monitoring necessary for optimal patient management. Conventional EEG systems must be operated by specialized EEG technicians who typically work limited hours, are staffed across multiple departments within the hospital, and face a national supply shortage. After arrival at the bedside, which is often delayed, EEG technicians must initiate a long, complex, and labor-intensive setup process before EEG recording can begin. The EEG recording must then be interpreted and monitored by specialized neurologists, who face similar workflow and supply shortage issues, and when available, are rarely able to continuously monitor EEG recordings in real-time. These bottlenecks result in delays in both diagnosis and monitoring. This can lead to delayed seizure detection and less informed treatment decisions, which may negatively impact clinical outcomes and have been shown to contribute to a higher cost burden for hospitals and the healthcare system.

We specifically designed the Ceribell System to address the limitations of conventional EEG in the acute care setting and dramatically improve clinical outcomes of critically ill patients at high risk of seizures. The Ceribell System integrates proprietary, highly portable hardware with AI-powered algorithms to aid in the detection and management of seizures. Our hardware is composed of a disposable, flexible headband and a pocket-sized, battery-operated recorder used to capture and wirelessly transmit EEG signals. The hardware is simple to use and, after approximately one hour of training, can be applied within minutes by any non-specialized healthcare professional. EEG data captured by the recorder is interpreted by our proprietary AI-powered seizure detection algorithm, Clarity, which continuously monitors the patient’s EEG signal and can support the clinician’s real-time assessment of seizure activity. In May 2023, the latest generation of Clarity became the first and only device to receive 510(k) clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for diagnosing electrographic status epilepticus, and subsequently received a New Technology Add-on Payment (“NTAP”) from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”).

The unique features and capabilities of our system deliver numerous benefits, including:

Early seizure detection and improved patient outcomes. The Ceribell System can be deployed in as little as five minutes by any non-specialized healthcare professional with limited training required and continuously monitors the patient for seizure activity, empowering bedside clinicians to make more informed and timely treatment decisions. This results in

1


 

improved patient outcomes, including shorter hospital stays and reductions in unnecessary administration of anti-seizure medication, intubation, and patient transfers.
Improved hospital and payer economics. We have demonstrated that the Ceribell System can deliver cost savings for hospitals and payers by decreasing the average hospital length of stay, reducing the over-administration of anti-seizure medication, and reducing unnecessary patient transfers. In addition, confirmed diagnosis of seizures may allow hospitals to receive appropriate reimbursement coding for the more complex and costly management of patients with multiple comorbidities.
Reduced strain on key hospital personnel. The Ceribell System reduces reliance on EEG technicians for EEG administration and enables hospitals to better manage technician infrastructure and workflow. Additionally, Clarity allows for better triage of at-risk patients, improves resource allocation, and supports more efficient workflow for neurologists.

We have developed a large body of evidence that supports these clinical and economic benefits, including over 20 peer-reviewed publications and over 65 abstracts and posters. Our growing base of clinical evidence highlights the value of the Ceribell System to all key stakeholders, including patients, clinicians, and hospitals of different types and acuity settings. We believe our base of clinical evidence validates that the quality of Ceribell System recordings are equivalent to conventional EEG, supports the diagnostic accuracy of Clarity, and shows that use of the Ceribell System can result in improved clinical management and care. In addition, our clinical evidence supports that use of the Ceribell System can provide meaningful cost savings to hospitals and payers, appropriate reimbursement coding for the treatment of patients with complex conditions, and reduced strain on hospital personnel.

We believe that EEG has been significantly underutilized in the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting and that the Ceribell System has the ability to meaningfully expand the use of EEG to the approximately three million acute care patients who we believe should be monitored for non-convulsive seizures in the United States each year. This presents a market opportunity that we estimate to be approximately $2 billion. In the future, we intend to leverage our proprietary database of EEG recordings and our data science and AI capabilities to expand the use of our system. We believe that our system can be deployed with novel algorithms for various indications in the acute care setting. Thus, we have begun the technical validation process for multiple additional indications, including the detection and monitoring of delirium, for which we received an FDA Breakthrough Device Designation in September 2022. Based on the prevalence of these conditions, we believe expansion of our indications could represent an incremental, multi-billion-dollar market opportunity.

We are currently focused on becoming the standard of care for the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting. There are approximately 5,800 acute care facilities in the United States that we believe could benefit from our system. As of March 31, 2024, we employed a team of approximately 70 sales representatives, including Territory Managers, who are responsible for new customer acquisition and onboarding, and Clinical Account Managers, who focus on ongoing account coverage to increase utilization and further support hospital onboarding. We intend to expand the size of our direct sales organization in the United States to support our efforts to drive further adoption and utilization of the Ceribell System. While our current commercial focus is on the United States, we have received a CE Mark for the Ceribell System in Europe, and in the future we intend to pursue additional regulatory clearances in Europe and elsewhere outside of the United States. We also plan to engage in market access initiatives in attractive international regions in which we see significant opportunity.

We generate revenue from two recurring sources – the sale of our disposable headbands that are intended for single patient use and a monthly subscription fee charged to our hospital customers for use of Clarity, recorders, and our portal. We have experienced rapid growth since we began commercializing the Ceribell System in 2018 and have generally experienced sequential quarterly revenue growth. We recognized revenue of $45.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to revenue of $25.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, representing 74% year-over-year growth. For the year ended December 31, 2023, we recognized a gross margin of 84.4% and a net loss of $29.5 million, compared to a gross margin of 82.9% and a net loss of $37.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $126.5 million.

Market Overview and Opportunity

Overview of Seizures in the Acute Care Setting

Seizures in the acute care setting are commonly triggered by serious conditions such as brain tumors, traumatic brain injury, stroke, cardiac arrest, and sepsis, among others. In contrast to epileptic seizures, which are short in duration and typically involve convulsions, seizures occurring in the acute care setting tend to be longer in duration and most often non-convulsive, meaning they lack the physical symptoms that are often used to identify seizure activity, which makes empirical diagnosis extremely challenging. This creates a significant unmet need, and it is estimated that up to 92% of all seizures in the intensive care unit are non-convulsive.

2


 

A seizure lasting longer than five minutes is known as status epilepticus, a serious medical emergency that can lead to mortality or severe and permanent brain damage. Prompt detection and treatment of status epilepticus are crucial for improving patient outcomes. The overall mortality rate for status epilepticus is approximately 30%, with mortality increasing by 13% for each hour that the condition goes untreated. Additionally, patient response rates to first-line anti-seizure medication drop by approximately 30% for every hour medication is delayed from the onset of seizures. Given the impact of prompt detection on treatment success and outcomes, medical society guidelines emphasize the need for prompt EEG monitoring for patients at risk of status epilepticus. In addition to the importance of prompt detection, continuous monitoring for seizure activity is critical to the successful management of patients, as status epilepticus may continue or reemerge even after treatment with anti-seizure medication is administered.

Challenges of Managing Seizures in the Acute Care Setting

EEG, which measures electrical activity in the brain, is the only test that can definitively confirm a seizure diagnosis and is critical for making informed treatment decisions. Conventional EEG systems were originally designed in the 1920s for use in the outpatient setting, primarily for the diagnosis and management of epilepsy. In the acute care setting, conventional EEG systems are insufficient to meet the needs of critically ill patients, as they are unable to provide the speed of diagnosis and continuous monitoring necessary for optimal patient management.

Conventional EEG systems require set up by specialized EEG technicians who must undergo advanced training and obtain certifications, typically work limited hours, are staffed across multiple departments within the hospital, and are in short supply nationally. Conventional EEG systems consist of large and cumbersome capital equipment which is generally not stored in the acute care setting due to space constraints. The setup process is long, complex, and labor-intensive, taking up to 30 minutes to complete. Once EEG signal is acquired, the recording must be interpreted by specially trained neurologists, who are also in short supply. EEG interpretation is a complicated and time-consuming task, and neurologists are not always immediately available to interpret urgent EEG requests. The combination of these factors can result in multi-hour, or even multi-day, delays in EEG administration and interpretation in the acute care setting.

Due to these delays, bedside clinicians are often left with three unappealing choices – wait until an EEG test is administered and a diagnosis is made to treat the patient, treat the patient empirically without the benefit of EEG data, or transfer the patient to a better equipped facility. The decision to delay treatment for hours until EEG is administered would likely result in poor outcomes, such as long-term cognitive impairment or even death, if the patient is indeed experiencing status epilepticus. The decision to treat empirically without an EEG creates the potential for unnecessary treatment with anti-seizure medication, likely resulting in preventable intubation and increased length of stay. The decision to transfer a patient to another institution may result in further delays in treatment and will result in increased costs related to transporting the patient. None of these choices is appealing to clinicians as they are likely to result in poor clinical outcomes for the patient as well as imposing cost burdens on the hospital and payers.

Market Opportunity

Given the inherent limitations of conventional EEG systems, we believe that EEG has been significantly underutilized in the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting. We believe the Ceribell System has the ability to expand the use of EEG to a significantly broader set of acute care patients who should be monitored for non-convulsive seizures. We define our addressable market opportunity as the approximately three million acute care patients in the United States who we believe should be monitored with EEG each year due to high risk of seizures. Based on the average selling prices of the hardware and software components of our solution, we estimate this represents a total annual addressable market opportunity of approximately $2 billion in the U.S. acute care setting. We believe the platform nature of the Ceribell System will enable us to efficiently pursue other serious neurological conditions beyond seizures, including delirium and ischemic stroke, which could represent an incremental, multi-billion-dollar market opportunity.

While our current commercial focus is on the United States, we have received a CE Mark for the Ceribell System in Europe, and in the future we intend to pursue additional regulatory clearances in Europe and elsewhere outside of the United States. We also plan to engage in market access initiatives in attractive international regions in which we see significant opportunity.

3


 

Our Solution

The Ceribell System is a novel, point-of-care EEG platform that seamlessly integrates proprietary, highly portable, and simple-to-use hardware with AI-powered algorithms to aid in the detection and management of seizures.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_1.jpg 

 

Our hardware is composed of a disposable, flexible headband and a pocket-sized, battery-operated recorder used to capture and wirelessly transmit EEG signals generated by the headband. The raw EEG data is accessible through our web portal that enables real-time remote review by neurologists. The data captured by the recorder is also monitored by Clarity, our AI-powered seizure detection algorithm. Leveraging our proprietary database of EEG recordings, which included over 700,000 hours of acute care EEG recordings as of March 31, 2024, Clarity is designed to interpret a patient’s EEG waveforms and display actionable insights regarding seizure activity on the recorder, including automatic alerts in the event of non-convulsive status epilepticus. Since launching, we have regularly updated the Clarity algorithm using additional data and our AI capabilities to enhance its performance.

We believe the Ceribell System eliminates many of the limitations and inherent bottlenecks in the conventional EEG infrastructure that lead to suboptimal patient care, offering the following highly differentiated features and capabilities:

Rapid setup by any trained healthcare professional. The Ceribell System is highly portable and designed for rapid setup, enabling initiation of EEG in as little as five minutes with limited training required.
Bedside EEG interpretation. Clarity, our AI-powered algorithm, can be interpreted at the bedside to provide actionable information on seizure activity, which can be used to support prompt diagnosis, inform better patient care, and determine whether the patient is responding to treatment.
Continuous, automated patient monitoring. Through Clarity, the Ceribell System makes continuous monitoring for potential seizure activity much easier, and automatically alerts clinicians in the event of suspected non-convulsive status epilepticus so that appropriate care can be promptly administered.
Remote access to EEG data with AI-powered insights. The Ceribell System features our cloud-based portal, an intuitive EEG management platform which enables remote access to EEG data on any web-enabled device and provides AI-powered insights to simplify and support efficient EEG interpretation by any licensed clinician without requiring
bedside presence.

4


 

Benefits of the Ceribell System

The differentiated features of the Ceribell System enable our hospital customers to offer optimal patient care while delivering improved economics for both the hospital and payers. The benefits delivered by the Ceribell System include:

Early seizure detection and improved patient outcomes. The Ceribell System can be quickly deployed by any non-specialized healthcare professional with limited training required, reducing the time required to begin an EEG test to as little as five minutes, compared to several hours or potentially days for conventional EEG systems. Once the Ceribell
System is applied, Clarity automatically and continuously monitors the patient for seizure activity, further reducing time
to diagnosis and empowering bedside clinicians to make real-time decisions and optimize treatment. Peer-reviewed studies indicate that this results in improved patient care and outcomes, including shorter hospital stays and reductions in unnecessary administration of anti-seizure medication, intubation, and patient transfers.
Improved hospital and payer economics. By providing hospitals with 24/7 access to EEG without a significant incremental investment in personnel and capital equipment, we believe that the Ceribell System has the potential to reduce the cost burdens associated with the monitoring and management of seizures in the acute care setting for both hospitals and payers. We have demonstrated that the Ceribell System can deliver cost savings for hospitals and payers by decreasing hospital length of stay and reducing the over-administration of anti-seizure medication. In addition, confirmed diagnosis of seizures may allow hospitals to receive appropriate reimbursement coding for the more complex and costly management of patients with multiple comorbidities.
Reduced strain on key hospital personnel. The Ceribell System reduces reliance on EEG technicians for EEG administration and enables hospitals to better manage technician infrastructure and workflow. Additionally, Clarity allows for better triage of at-risk patients, improves resource allocation, and supports more efficient workflow for neurologists.

Our Success Factors

We believe the continued growth of our company will be driven by the following success factors:

Paradigm-shifting platform technology capable of becoming the standard of care for brain monitoring in the acute care setting
Compelling benefits supported by a robust body of clinical and real-world evidence
Large addressable market opportunity with a significant unmet need
Recurring, predictable, and scalable revenue model with attractive gross margins
Strong competitive position with first mover advantage
Established reimbursement
Experienced leadership team

Our Growth Strategies

Our mission is to establish the Ceribell System as the standard of care for EEG in the acute care setting and help clinicians save patient lives. The key elements of our growth strategy include:

Increase adoption of the Ceribell System by new accounts
Drive utilization of the Ceribell System within our existing customer base
Continue to drive awareness of seizures in the acute care setting
Invest in further growing our base of clinical evidence
Continue to improve and innovate our system for use in seizures
Expand into new indications and clinical use cases beyond seizures
Pursue adjacent and international markets

5


 

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making a decision to invest in our common stock. These risks are more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

We have a limited operating history and have experienced periods of significant business changes in a short time, making it difficult for you to evaluate our business and future prospects. If we are unable to manage our business and any fluctuations in our business effectively, our business and growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected.
We have a history of net losses, and we expect to incur additional substantial losses in the foreseeable future.
We depend on sales from the use of the Ceribell System for our revenue. If we are unable to successfully achieve substantial market acceptance and adoption of the Ceribell System, or any of our future products, or if confidence in our products is diminished, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects would be harmed.
We operate in a highly competitive industry, and competitive pressures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
Adapting our manufacturing and production capacities to evolving patterns of demand is expensive, time-consuming, and subject to significant uncertainties. We may not be able to adequately predict existing customer trends and may be unable to adjust our production and inventory levels in a timely manner.
We are dependent on international manufacturers and suppliers, which exposes us to foreign operational risks that may harm our business.
We source and manufacture a substantial number of our products from third-party suppliers and manufacturers in China, which exposes us to risks inherent in doing business in China.
Our products are complex to design and manufacture and can contain defects. The production and sale of defective products could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit sales of our products.
Our clinical testing process is complex, lengthy, can be expensive, and carries uncertain outcomes. Future trials and studies by us or others may fail to replicate positive results observed to date.
The continued commercialization of our products depends in part on the extent to which governmental authorities and health insurers provide coverage and adequate reimbursement levels. Failure to obtain and maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.
Our products and operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight in the United States, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could harm our business.
We are subject to ongoing regulatory review and scrutiny. Failure to comply with post-marketing regulatory requirements could subject us to enforcement actions, including substantial penalties, and might require us to recall or withdraw a product from the market.
Our products must be manufactured in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, and we could be forced to recall our devices or terminate production if we fail to comply with these regulations.
Legislative or regulatory reforms in the United States may make it more difficult and costly for us to manufacture, market, or distribute our products, or to obtain marketing authorizations for any future products.
We depend on a limited number of suppliers and vendors in connection with the manufacture of the Ceribell System, which makes us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on August 29, 2014, under the name “Brain Stethoscope, Inc.” and changed our name to CeriBell, Inc. on August 11, 2015. Our principal executive offices are located at 360 N. Pastoria Avenue, Sunnyvale, California 94085, and our telephone number is (800) 436-0826. Our corporate website address is www.ceribell.com. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website shall not be deemed incorporated into and is not a part of this prospectus

6


 

or the registration statement of which it forms a part. We have included our website in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion; (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year; or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

As an emerging growth company, we have elected to take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement that this prospectus is a part of, and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. In particular:

we will present in this prospectus only two years of audited financial statements, plus any required unaudited financial statements, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;
we will avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our independent registered public accounting firm on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
we will avail ourselves of relief from compliance with the requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements;
we will provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and
we will not be required to hold stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period for any other new or revised accounting standards during the period in which we remain an emerging growth company; however, we may adopt certain new or revised accounting standards early.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

Basis of Presentation

Certain monetary amounts, percentages, and other figures included elsewhere in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables or charts may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them, and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.

7


 

The Offering

Common stock offered by us

 

                   shares.

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

 


                   shares.

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 


                   shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund sales and marketing efforts, fund research and product development activities, conduct or sponsor clinical studies, and for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. We periodically evaluate strategic opportunities; however, we have no current understandings or commitments to enter into any such acquisitions or make any such investments.

We will have broad discretion in the way that we use the net proceeds of this offering. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Risk factors

 

You should read the section titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors to consider carefully, together with all the other information included in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed trading symbol

 


“CBLL”

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and reflects the Preferred Stock Conversion, as defined and described below.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering does not include:

shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which includes our existing redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of December 31, 2023 with a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share;
shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which includes our existing redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, issued subsequent to December 31, 2023, with a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share;
shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2023, with a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share;
shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 2023, with a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share; and
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:
shares of our common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2024 Incentive Award Plan (the “2024 Plan”), which will become effective as of the date immediately preceding the date on which this offering is consummated, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2024 Plan;

8


 

shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “EIP”), which plan was adopted subsequent to December 31, 2023, and which number of shares will be added to the shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuances under the 2024 Plan upon its effectiveness, at which time we will cease granting awards under the EIP; and
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date our registration statement relating to this offering becomes effective, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus, including the number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering, assumes or gives effect to:

the adoption, filing, and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
the conversion of all the outstanding shares of our Series Seed, Series A, Series B, Series C-1, and Series C-NV redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of shares of our common stock, the conversion of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering (the “Preferred Stock Conversion”);
a -for- reverse stock split of our common stock effected on , 2024;
no exercise of outstanding warrants or options subsequent to December 31, 2023; and
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock.

 

9


 

Summary Financial data

The following tables summarize our financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The following summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2023, except for pro forma and pro forma as adjusted amounts, have been derived from our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future. You should read the following summary financial data together with our audited financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Statements of Operations Data

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

(in thousands, except share and
per share amounts)

 

Revenue

 

$

25,922

 

 

$

45,225

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

4,430

 

 

 

7,062

 

Gross profit

 

 

21,492

 

 

 

38,163

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

7,243

 

 

 

8,995

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

31,811

 

 

 

38,922

 

General and administrative

 

 

18,459

 

 

 

20,287

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

57,513

 

 

 

68,204

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(36,021

)

 

 

(30,041

)

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(1,603

)

 

 

(2,098

)

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

(175

)

 

 

48

 

Other income, net

 

 

637

 

 

 

2,638

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

(1,141

)

 

 

588

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(37,162

)

 

 

(29,453

)

Provision for income tax expense

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(11

)

Net loss and comprehensive loss

 

$

(37,164

)

 

$

(29,464

)

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

 

$

(2.84

)

 

$

(2.16

)

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to
   common stockholders, basic and diluted
(1)

 

 

13,102,368

 

 

 

13,630,758

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable
   to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)
See Notes 2 and 12 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculation of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
(2)
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, for the year ended December 31, 2023 is calculated giving effect to the reversal of the change in fair value of warrant liability and the Preferred Stock Conversion, as if the shares resulting from the Preferred Stock Conversion were outstanding as of the beginning of the period presented. The following table summarizes our pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2023:

10


 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31, 2023

 

(in thousands, except share
and per share amounts)

Numerator

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

 $

Pro forma other income adjustments related to the change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common
   stockholders, basic and diluted

 

 

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the Preferred Stock Conversion

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable
   to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

 $

 

Balance Sheet Data

 

 

As of December 31, 2023

 

Actual

 

Pro
Forma
(1)

 

Pro Forma
as Adjusted
(2)(3)

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 $

 

 $

 

 $

Working capital(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, current and non-current

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)
The pro forma column above reflects (a) the Preferred Stock Conversion, (b) the conversion of all of our outstanding warrants exercisable for redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2023 into warrants exercisable for shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (c) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
(2)
The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to (a) the pro forma adjustments set forth in (1) above and (b) our receipt of estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3)
The pro forma as adjusted information above is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $ million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(4)
Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities. See our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities as of December 31, 2023.

11


 

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not material may also impair our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Business and Industry Risk Factors

We have a limited operating history and have experienced periods of significant business changes in a short time, making it difficult for you to evaluate our business and future prospects. If we are unable to manage our business and any fluctuations in our business effectively, our business and growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

We were founded in 2014 and began selling Ceribell headbands, recorder, and portal in 2018. Accordingly, we have a limited operating history, which makes evaluation of our future prospects difficult. In that time, we have had periods of significant growth which have required us to scale the size of our organization as our business has rapidly changed. Any growth that we experience in the future will require us to further expand our sales and marketing and research and development personnel (including those with software and hardware expertise), our manufacturing operations, and our general and administrative infrastructure. While our quarterly revenues have generally increased each quarter since our commercial launch, our results of operations have fluctuated in the past, and our future quarterly and annual results of operations may fluctuate as we focus on increasing the demand for our products. We may need to make business decisions that could adversely affect our results of operations and prospects, such as modifications to our pricing and reimbursement strategy, business structure, or operations.

The challenges we face in managing our business, including the changing reimbursement and regulatory landscapes, place significant demands on our management, financial, operational, manufacturing, technological, and other resources, and we expect that managing our business will continue to place significant demands on our management and other resources and will require us to continue developing and improving our operational, financial and other internal controls, reporting systems, and procedures. In particular, continued growth increases the challenges involved in a number of areas, including recruiting and retaining sufficient skilled personnel, providing adequate training and supervision to maintain our high-quality product standards and regulatory compliance, and preserving our culture and values. We may not be able to address these challenges in a cost-effective manner, or at all. As we grow, we may also need to invest significant resources to improve and expand our manufacturing capabilities and technology, and we may not be able to do so in a cost-effective manner or at all. We cannot assure you that any changes in scale, related quality, or compliance assurance, including those related to any future additional indications for the Ceribell System, will be successfully implemented or that appropriate personnel will be available to facilitate the management of and changes to our business. Failure to implement necessary quality and compliance procedures, transition to new manufacturing processes or supply chains, or hire or maintain necessary personnel could result in higher costs or an inability to meet demand. In addition, our business is affected by general macroeconomic and business conditions around the world, including the impacts of inflation, increased interest rates, market instability, geopolitical conditions and conflicts, health crises, and natural disasters. If we do not effectively manage our business through the various challenges we face, we may not be able to execute on our business plan, respond to competitive pressures, take advantage of market opportunities, satisfy customer requirements, or maintain high-quality products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We have a history of net losses, and we expect to incur additional substantial losses in the foreseeable future.

We have incurred net losses since inception, and we expect to incur additional substantial losses in the foreseeable future. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, we incurred net losses of $37.2 million and $29.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $126.5 million. We also expect our operating expenses to increase in future periods, and if our revenue growth does not increase to more than offset these anticipated increases in our operating expenses, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects will be harmed. Since inception, we have spent significant amounts to develop the Ceribell System and related algorithms, to fund clinical studies, to develop and build our manufacturing capacities, to scale our commercial operations, and to recruit and retain key talent.

We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies, including increasing expenses as we continue to grow our business. We expect our operating expenses to increase significantly over the next several years as we continue to expand our operations and infrastructure and continue to develop the Ceribell System and related algorithms, including for any future additional indications. In addition to the anticipated costs of growing our business, we also expect to incur additional legal, accounting, and other expert expenses as we grow. These investments may be more costly than we expect, and

12


 

if we do not achieve the benefits anticipated from these investments, or if the realization of these benefits is delayed, they may not result in increased revenue or growth in our business. If our growth rate were to decline significantly or become negative, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain or increase profitability. Our prior losses, combined with potential future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital.

We depend on sales from the use of the Ceribell System for our revenue. If we are unable to successfully achieve substantial market acceptance and adoption of the Ceribell System, or any of our future products, or if confidence in our products is diminished, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects would be harmed.

We expect that revenue from sales of the Ceribell System will continue to account for almost all of our revenue for the foreseeable future. Continued and widespread market acceptance of alternatives to conventional EEG systems, particularly in the acute care setting, is critical to our future success. The size of our customer base and our ability to acquire new customers is critical to our success as well. Thus, our commercial success will depend in large part on further adoption of the Ceribell System by hospital customers and healthcare professionals and an increase in the number of patients evaluated with it in the acute care setting, as well as on our ability to retain existing customers. Existing customers may choose to terminate or not renew their subscription typically on 30 days’ notice to us without payment of a penalty or termination fee, and we may not be able to replace any customers that elect to terminate or not renew their subscriptions with us.

Various factors can contribute to our ability to effectively engage and retain customers and their use of our products. For example, hospitals and healthcare professionals may be reluctant to purchase or use the Ceribell System due to familiarity with conventional EEG systems that are well-established and known to them, and because they must continue to use conventional EEG systems outside of the acute care setting. Our ability to grow sales of the Ceribell System and drive market acceptance will depend on successfully educating hospitals and healthcare professionals of the relative benefits of the Ceribell System compared to the standard of care, which includes conventional EEG systems in the acute care setting, as well as educating such hospitals or healthcare professionals regarding the uses and limitations of the Ceribell System. If healthcare professionals do not perceive our products to be useful, effective, reliable, and trustworthy, or if we are unable to provide sufficient training to healthcare professionals or harmonize our products with hospital information technology systems, we may not be able to attract or retain customers. In addition, negative clinical research results or publicity or an adverse change to published or unpublished guidelines or recommendations from third parties (including, without limitation, medical societies) relating to the use, clinical benefit, or risk profile of the Ceribell System or AI-enabled devices, or reduced montage EEGs or rapid EEGs in general could result in negative perception by healthcare professionals and affect our brand and reputation. For example, Villamar et al. (2023), a study that retrospectively reviewed EEG recordings for 21 patients who were admitted to a medical intensive care unit after cardiac arrest, found that the Clarity algorithm that was in use at the time of the study did not detect seizures in the four patients who were experiencing them. While we constantly work to improve our algorithm and overall system, the technologies we work with are novel and complex, and we cannot assure you that there will not be additional negative reports on the Ceribell System in the future. Further, customers who are dissatisfied with their experiences with the Ceribell System may post negative reviews, and we have been, and may in the future become, the subject of blog, forum, or other social media postings that contain negative statements about us, which are outside of our control and may be inaccurate. Any negative publicity, whether real or perceived, disseminated by word-of-mouth, the general media, electronic or social networking platforms, competitor materials, or other methods, could harm our reputation and brand and could severely diminish consumer confidence in our products. Lack of support for our products from healthcare professionals can affect how receptive physicians will be to use our products for their patients and could result in decreased demand for our products. Negative healthcare professional perception could also render us less attractive to future hospital customers, which could result in decreased sales of our products. A number of other factors, including the impacts of economic conditions and regulatory changes on hospital budgets and spending patterns, could potentially negatively affect new customer acquisitions and demand for our products.

We operate in a highly competitive industry, and competitive pressures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The market for EEG alternatives is competitive in terms of development, availability, pricing, product quality, and time-to-market. Our primary competition is from conventional EEG systems, which are used in the majority of hospitals in the United States that have resources to purchase and support EEG systems. These competitors have greater name and brand recognition, greater market share, greater resources, stronger financial profiles, and may have larger sales forces than we do, as well as legacy status among hospitals. For example, the two primary conventional EEG providers in the United States are Natus and Nihon Kohden, both of which have much longer operating histories than we do. We also face competition from companies that provide or are developing rapid EEG systems, including Nihon Kohden and a number of smaller companies, that can be used in the acute care and other settings (e.g., home and ambulance), or EEG systems specifically for use in the acute care setting, and conventional EEG providers may also seek to develop

13


 

additional EEG systems. Our competitors may be able to offer products similar or superior to ours at a more attractive price than we can. Our competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of our market, which could create additional price pressure. In light of these factors, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, or customer requirements. As a result, our competitors may be able to offer products that are more technologically advanced, cost-effective, or attractive than the Ceribell System, and even if the Ceribell System is more effective than our competitors’ products, current or potential customers may accept competitive products, including conventional EEG systems and rapid EEG systems that can be used in multiple settings, in lieu of purchasing and using our products. In addition, because the Ceribell System is supplemental to, and not a replacement for, conventional EEG systems for rapid acute care diagnosis, customers may view our products as an additional expense and choose to purchase and maintain only conventional EEG systems. If we are unable to successfully compete, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Adapting our manufacturing and production capacities to evolving patterns of demand is expensive, time-consuming, and subject to significant uncertainties. We may not be able to adequately predict existing customer trends and may be unable to adjust our production and inventory levels in a timely manner.

We market the Ceribell System directly to potential customers in the United States, where we face the risk of significant changes in the demand for our products, including demand for our disposable headbands based on usage rates. If demand decreases, we will need to implement capacity and cost reduction measures involving restructuring costs. If demand increases, we will be required to make capital expenditures related to increased production and expenditures to hire and train production, sales and marketing, and product support personnel. This would put pressure on our internal and third-party manufacturing capabilities. For example, a sudden increase in demand could require increased production of components, such as our disposable headbands that are intended for single patient use, so that our customers can timely deliver care to their patients. Adapting to changes in demand inherently lags behind the actual changes because it takes time to identify the change the market is undergoing and to implement any measures to take as a result. Finally, capacity adjustments are inherently risky because there is imperfect information, and sales trends may rapidly intensify, ebb, or even reverse. We may be unable to accurately or timely predict trends in demand and customer behavior or to take appropriate measures to mitigate risks and react to opportunities resulting from such trends. Any inability in the future to identify or to adequately and effectively react to changes in demand could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In addition, we may experience challenges managing the inventory of components of the Ceribell System, which can lead to excess inventory. Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs, which could impact our gross margins. Reserves and write-downs for discounts, promotions, and excess inventory are recorded based on our strategic plans and forecast of future demand. Actual future demand could be less than our forecast, which may result in additional reserves and write-downs in the future, or actual demand could be stronger than our forecast, which may result in a reduction to previously recorded reserves and write-downs in the future and increase the volatility of our operating results.

We are dependent on international manufacturers and suppliers, which exposes us to foreign operational risks that may harm our business.

We rely on manufacturers and third-party suppliers that are based outside of the United States, including in China, who complete the primary assembly and initial inspection of our headbands and supply components used in the manufacturing of our products.

Our reliance on an international supply chain and operations exposes us to risks and uncertainties, including:

product or material delays or disruption, including logistics challenges such as delays or disruptions in shipping;
higher prices for components used in the manufacturing of our products;
controlling quality of supplies and finished product;
trade protection measures, tariffs, and other duties, especially in light of trade disputes between the United States and several foreign countries, including China;
political, social, and economic instability;
the outbreak of contagious diseases;
laws and business practices that favor local companies;

14


 

interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services;
import and export license requirements and restrictions;
difficulties in the protection of intellectual property;
inflation and/or deflation;
the threat of nationalization and expropriation;
exchange controls, currency restrictions, and fluctuations in currency values;
potential adverse tax consequences;
supplies being purchased through purchase orders without long-term guaranteed commitments from our suppliers;
suppliers ceasing to do business with us; and
labor disputes, terrorism, vandalism, natural disasters, or work stoppages.

If any of these risks were to materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We source and manufacture a substantial number of our products from third-party suppliers and manufacturers in China, which exposes us to risks inherent in doing business in China.

We currently source and manufacture a substantial number of our products from third-party suppliers and manufacturers in China. We rely on two primary contract manufacturers in China to complete the manufacturing, primary assembly, and inspection of our headband. In addition, we have a team of contractors who are employed by an agency in China and perform monitoring and quality inspection services at the facilities of our manufacturers in China.

Our third-party suppliers and manufacturers in China expose us to political, legal, and economic risks. Our operations and the operations of our third-party suppliers and manufacturers in China may be adversely affected by deterioration of the U.S.-China relationship; adverse changes in U.S. economic and political policies relating to China (and vice versa), such as policies favoring domestically manufactured products; and changes in the United States and Chinese laws and regulations such as those related to, among other things, sanctions, taxation, import and export restrictions, tariffs, environmental protection, land use rights, intellectual property, currency controls, network security, labor and human rights practices, privacy, public health, and other matters. For example, in December 2021, the U.S. Congress enacted the Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act in an effort to prevent what it viewed as forced labor and human rights abuses in the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (“XUAR”). If it is determined that our third-party suppliers and manufacturers produce or manufacture our components or products wholly or in part from the XUAR, then we could be prohibited from importing such components or products into the United States. In addition, the political, legal, and economic climate in China, both nationally and regionally, is fluid and unpredictable. Chinese trade regulations are in a state of flux, and we or our third-party suppliers and manufacturers in China may become subject to additional taxation, tariffs, and duties, including retaliatory trade restrictions. Sustained uncertainty about or worsening of tensions between the United States and China could also result in a global economic slowdown and long-term changes to global trade. Furthermore, the third parties we rely on in China may disclose our confidential information or intellectual property to competitors or third parties, which could result in the illegal distribution and sale of counterfeit versions of our products. If any of these events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, with the rapid development of the Chinese economy, the cost of labor has increased and may continue to increase in the future. Our results of operations will be materially and adversely affected if the labor costs of our suppliers and manufacturers increase significantly and are passed on to us. In addition, our manufacturers and suppliers may not be able to find a sufficient number of qualified workers due to the intensely competitive and fluid market for skilled labor in China, which would negatively affect our manufacturers’ and suppliers’ ability to meet our needs. Any of these events may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If we cannot innovate at the pace of our competitors, we may not be able to develop or exploit new technologies in time to remain competitive.

For us to remain competitive, it is essential to be at the forefront of new technologies, including in the rapidly evolving area of AI. If we are unable to meet customer demands for new technology, or if the technologies we introduce are viewed less favorably than our competitors’ products, our results of operations and future prospects may be negatively affected. To meet our customers’ needs in these areas, we must continuously work on our product design, develop our algorithms, and invest in and develop new technologies. We

15


 

will also need to anticipate customer demand with respect to these technologies and which technological advances are most desirable in the EEG monitoring products and any future additional products we market. This need will result in requiring our employees to continue learning and adapting to new technologies, and us competing for highly skilled talent in a competitive market. Our operating results depend to a significant extent on our ability to anticipate and adapt to technological changes in the EEG monitoring market, maintain innovation, maintain a strong product pipeline, and reduce or maintain low costs for producing high-quality EEG monitoring products. Any inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Any future sales in international markets will subject us to additional costs and risks that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

To date, all of our sales have been to customers in the United States. We intend to enter into international markets in the future, and there are significant costs and risks inherent in conducting business in international markets. Upon our expansion into foreign markets, we will be subject to new business risks, in addition to regulatory risks. See the risk factor titled, “We face risks related to obtaining necessary foreign regulatory clearance or approvals.” In addition, expansion into foreign markets will impose additional burdens on our executive and administrative personnel, finance and legal teams, sales and marketing teams, and general managerial resources.

We have limited experience with international regulatory regimes and market practices, and we may not be able to penetrate or successfully generate sales in new markets. We may also encounter difficulty expanding into international markets because of limited brand recognition in certain parts of the world, leading to delayed acceptance of our products by potential customers in these international markets. In addition, international markets may have different reimbursement pathways that present additional challenges and make those markets less commercially viable. If we are unable to expand internationally and manage the complexity of international sales operations successfully, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. If our efforts to introduce our products into foreign markets are not successful, we may have expended significant resources without realizing the expected benefit. Ultimately, the investment required for expansion into foreign markets could exceed the results of operations generated from this expansion.

If we fail to attract and retain senior management and other key personnel, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain, and motivate highly qualified management, sales and marketing, and research and development personnel, including those with hardware expertise and software expertise, in particular in the area of AI. We are highly dependent upon our senior management team as well as our senior technology personnel. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, planned or unplanned departures of members of our senior management team or senior technology personnel. Any loss of services, whether planned or unplanned, of any of the members of our senior management team could adversely affect our business until a suitable replacement can be found.

Competition for qualified personnel in the medical device field in general and the EEG field specifically is intense, due to the limited number of individuals who possess the training, skills, and experience required by our industry. We intend to continue to review and, where necessary, strengthen our senior management as the needs of our business develop, including through internal promotion and external hires. However, there may be a limited number of people with the requisite competencies to serve in these positions, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to locate or employ such qualified personnel on terms acceptable to us or at all. We also face significant competition for personnel where our main office is located in the San Francisco Bay Area. To attract and maintain key personnel, we need to remain competitive in our “total rewards” offers to employees, including attractive cash compensation, equity, and benefits packages. While we regularly assess market trends for any changes in compensation across all functions, we need to remain diligent in our compensation benchmarking, especially for key personnel, to ensure we are providing attractive offers to new employees and compensating existing employees well. Therefore, the loss of one or more of our key personnel, whether planned or unplanned, or our failure to attract and retain additional key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In addition, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we have been, and may in the future be, subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information, or that their former employers own their research output.

If we fail to maintain our culture, our business may be negatively affected.

Maintaining a positive company culture is necessary to enable us to retain and hire key talent and have a cohesive, aligned employee base. Our ability to maintain this culture will directly affect the continued growth and success of our company. Our culture could face sustainability challenges as we continue to grow. Potential obstacles include reduced adoption of our culture by new employees, limited ability to maintain consistency of culture within business teams, and failure to attract and retain leaders who are mission-minded and support our culture.

16


 

If we are unable to successfully develop new products and effectively manage their introduction or improve our existing products, our business may be adversely affected.

We must successfully manage introductions of new or enhanced products or new or enhanced features of the Ceribell System and Clarity, including those related to any future indications in addition to seizure. Introductions of new products or features of the Ceribell System and Clarity could also adversely impact the sales of our existing products to customers. For instance, the introduction or announcement of a new or advanced Ceribell System could shorten the life cycle of our existing devices or reduce demand for them, potentially reducing any benefits of successful new product or enhancement introductions and leading to challenges in managing the inventory of existing products. In addition, new or enhanced products may have higher manufacturing, marketing, information technology, or other costs than our existing products, or lower market acceptance, which could negatively impact our gross margins and operating results. As the technological complexity of our products increases, the infrastructure to support our products, such as our design and manufacturing processes and technical support for our products, may also become more complex. Accordingly, if we fail to effectively manage introductions of new or advanced products, our business may be adversely affected.

We spend significant amounts on marketing and brand-building initiatives to acquire and retain customers, which may not be successful or cost effective.

We spend significant amounts in marketing initiatives to increase market awareness of the Ceribell System and the prevalence of seizures in critically ill patient populations. Through our marketing and educational efforts, we reinforce the prevalence and severity of non-convulsive status epilepticus, the importance of prompt diagnosis and treatment, and the limitations of conventional EEG systems in the acute care setting. We believe our marketing programs are essential to increasing adoption of our system and expanding the use of EEG monitoring to a greater number of at-risk patients.

While we have developed robust marketing initiatives, we may fail to identify marketing opportunities that satisfy our anticipated return on marketing spend or accurately predict customer acquisition or product-related concerns. If any of our marketing efforts prove less successful than anticipated in attracting new or retaining existing customers, we may not be able to recover our marketing spend, and our rates of customer acquisition and/or customer retention may fail to meet market expectations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Our marketing efforts may not result in increased sales of our products, and we may be unable to compete effectively in the long term.

In addition, we believe that building a strong brand and developing and achieving broad awareness of the Ceribell System is critical to achieving market success. If any of our brand-building activities prove less successful than anticipated, or such activities are inhibited by the negative perceptions of healthcare professionals, including with respect to AI-enabled devices or reduced montage EEG in general, or the safety, reliability and efficacy of the Ceribell System, it could materially adversely impact our ability to attract new and retain existing customers and the rate of use of our products by existing customers. If this were to occur, we may not be able to recover our brand-building spend, and our rates of customer acquisition and retention and product usage may fail to meet market expectations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our products are complex to design and manufacture and can contain defects. The production and sale of defective products could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit sales of our products.

The Ceribell System contains highly complex electronic components, which are sourced from external third parties, and there is an inherent risk that defects may occur in the production of any of our products. Although we rely on the suppliers’ internal procedures designed to minimize risks that may arise from quality issues, there can be no assurance that we or our suppliers will be able to eliminate or mitigate occurrences of these issues and associated liabilities. In addition to the risk of product returns by our customers due to product defects, we face exposure to product liability claims in the event that any of our devices are alleged to have resulted in personal injury, over- or under-reporting of seizures resulting in inappropriate diagnosis or treatment, damage to property, or otherwise to have caused harm. We may be sued if any of our devices allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing, sale, or use. For example, Clarity is not designed to detect all short seizures, and users of the Ceribell System may allege the failure to detect all short seizures is a defect. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers or limitations inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability, and a breach of warranty. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit sales of our products. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

decreased demand for our current or future products;
injury to our reputation;
costs to defend the related litigation;
a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

17


 

substantial monetary awards to customers and patients;
regulatory investigations, product recalls, withdrawals or labelling, marketing or promotional restrictions;
loss of revenue; and
the inability to sell our current or any future products.

Our inability to obtain and maintain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost and scope of coverage to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the sale of our current or any future products we develop. Although we currently carry product liability insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies also have various exclusions and deductibles, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to pay such amounts. Moreover, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses. The production and sale of defective products in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The size and expected growth of our addressable market has not been established with precision, and may be smaller than we estimate.

Our estimates of the addressable market for our current products and any future products are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates and assumptions, including the prevalence of seizures in the acute care setting and additional indications we intend to expand into, and the level of underutilization of EEG in the acute care setting. While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates are reasonable, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct. As a result, our estimates of the addressable market for our current or future products may prove to be incorrect. If the actual number of patients who would benefit from our products and services, the price at which we can sell future products or services or the addressable market for our products or services is smaller than we estimate, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Alternative technologies or therapies addressing seizure, non-convulsive status epilepticus or other indications we intend to expand into could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If medical research were to lead to the discovery of alternative therapies or technologies that address seizure, status epilepticus or other indications we intend to expand into in a way that is or is perceived to be more accurate, reliable, cost-effective, or otherwise improved relative to the Ceribell System, for example through alternative monitoring or testing technologies, medication, or therapies, the demand for our products could decrease significantly, leading to a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may in the future be deemed to manufacture or contract to manufacture products that contain conflict minerals.

We may in the future be deemed to manufacture or contract to manufacture products that contain certain minerals that have been designated as “conflict minerals” under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. As a result, in future periods, we may be required to diligence the origin of such minerals and disclose and report whether or not such minerals originated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries. The implementation of these new requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability, and pricing of materials used in the manufacture of our products. In addition, we may incur additional costs to comply with the disclosure requirements, including costs related to determining the source of any relevant minerals and metals used in our products.

Our continued rapid growth could strain our personnel resources and infrastructure, and if we are unable to manage the anticipated growth of our business, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially adversely effected.

We have experienced rapid growth in business. Any growth that we experience in the future will pose challenges to our organization, requiring us to expand our sales personnel, manufacturing, and general and administrative infrastructure. In addition to the need to scale our operational capacity, future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on management, including the need to identify, recruit, train, and integrate additional employees. Rapid expansion in personnel could impact our capacity to manufacture, market, sell, and support our products, which could result in inefficiencies and unanticipated costs and disruptions to our operations. Additionally, rapid expansion could pose challenges to retaining our existing employees, for example, by requiring us to rely on overtime to increase capacity that could, in turn, result in greater employee attrition and/or a loss in productivity during the process of recruiting and training additional resources and add to our operating expenses. In addition, rapid and significant growth may strain our

18


 

administrative and operational infrastructure, financial and management controls, and reporting systems and procedures. Our ability to manage our business and growth will depend on our ability to continue to improve our infrastructure, controls, systems, and procedures at a pace consistent with our growth. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, it may be difficult for us to execute our business strategy and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be materially adversely affected.

Macroeconomic conditions could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Macroeconomic conditions, such as high inflationary pressure, changes to monetary policy, high interest rates, volatile currency exchange rates, credit and debt concerns, decreasing consumer confidence and spending, including capital spending, concerns about the stability and liquidity of certain financial institutions, the introduction of or changes in tariffs or trade barriers, and global recessions can adversely impact demand for our products, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Recent macroeconomic conditions have been adversely impacted by geopolitical instability and military hostilities in multiple geographies and monetary and financial uncertainties.

The impacts of these macroeconomic conditions, and the actions taken by governments, central banks, companies, and consumers in response, have resulted in, and may continue to result in, higher inflation in the United States and globally, which is likely, in turn, to lead to an increase in costs and may cause changes in fiscal and monetary policy, including additional increases in interest rates. Other adverse impacts of recent macroeconomic conditions have been, and may continue to be, supply chain constraints, logistics challenges, liquidity concerns in the broader financial services industry, and fluctuations in labor availability.

In a higher inflationary environment, we may be unable to raise the prices of our products sufficiently to keep up with the rate of inflation. A higher inflationary environment can also negatively impact raw material, component, and logistics costs that, in turn, may increase the costs of producing and distributing our products.

Hospitals, in particular, are experiencing and may continue to experience financial and operational pressures as a result of staffing shortages, the supply chain environment, and high inflation, which could impact their ability to access capital markets and other funding sources, increase the cost of funding, or impede their ability to comply with debt covenants, all of which could impede their ability to provide patient care and impact their profitability. To the extent that hospitals face financial pressures, delayed access, or loss of access to uninsured deposits, reductions in government spending or higher interest rates, hospitals’ ability or willingness to spend on equipment may be adversely impacted, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Also, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, supply chain constraints, including difficulties obtaining a sufficient supply or increased prices of component materials used in our products. Increased interest rates may make access to credit more difficult, which may result in the insolvency of key suppliers, which would exacerbate supply chain challenges. Such supply chain constraints could cause us to fail to meet product demand or maintain our margins.

Risk Related to Regulatory Matters

If adequate reimbursement becomes unavailable for the diagnostic tests using our products, it could diminish our sales or affect our ability to sell the Ceribell System profitably.

Diagnostic tests performed with the Ceribell System are generally reimbursed under existing physician and hospital codes. Our ability to increase sales of the Ceribell System depends, in significant part, on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payers, including governmental payers (such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs in the United States), managed care organizations, and private health insurers. Third-party payers decide which diagnostic tests they will cover and establish reimbursement rates for those tests. We do not bill any third-party payers for the Ceribell System. Instead, we invoice healthcare providers and the cost is bundled into the reimbursement received by healthcare providers for the tests using the Ceribell System.

We expect the Ceribell System will continue to be purchased by hospitals who will then seek reimbursement from third-party payers. Reimbursement for the hospital services during an inpatient stay generally is made under a prospective payment system that is determined by a classification system known as diagnosis-related groups, which are assigned using a number of factors including the principal diagnosis, major procedures, discharged status, patient age, and complicating secondary diagnoses, among other things. In August 2023, CMS approved an NTAP under the Medicare inpatient prospective payment system for our newest Clarity algorithm, effective October 1, 2023. The NTAP designation for a product lasts for no more than three years for a specific indication. Once our new Clarity algorithm is no longer eligible for NTAP, the additional cost associated with the use of our products could affect our

19


 

customers’ profit margin. In light of the potential additional associated cost, some of our target customers may be unwilling to adopt our products and some of our existing customers may terminate their contracts with us.

While third-party payers currently cover and provide reimbursement for tests using the Ceribell System, we can give no assurance that these third-party payers will continue to provide coverage and adequate reimbursement, or that current reimbursement levels for the tests will continue. Third-party payers, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In addition, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for tests using our products exists among third-party payers. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for tests using our products can differ significantly from payer to payer. Other competitive products may be more widely covered or subject to different reimbursement policies and requirements, which could impact demand for our products.

Furthermore, the overall amount of reimbursement available for EEG monitoring and seizure diagnosis could decrease in the future. We cannot be sure that the reimbursement amounts available for hospital services and tests using the Ceribell System will not reduce or otherwise negatively impact the demand for our products. Further, coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. Failure by users of the Ceribell System to obtain adequate reimbursement for these tests would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The continued commercialization of our products depends in part on the extent to which governmental authorities and health insurers provide coverage and adequate reimbursement levels. Failure to obtain and maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

While third-party payers generally currently cover and provide reimbursement for diagnostic tests using the Ceribell System, there is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved and launched products. In the United States, third-party payers, including private and governmental payers, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, play an important role in determining the extent to which new devices will be covered. The Medicare and Medicaid programs increasingly are used as models in the United States for how private payers and other governmental payers develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for medical devices. Some third-party payers may require pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative devices before they will reimburse healthcare providers who use such devices.

In addition, customers that use our products may be subject to reimbursement claim denials upon submission of their claims. Customers may also be subject to recovery of overpayments if a payer makes payment for the claim and subsequently determines that the payer’s coding, billing, or coverage policies were not followed. These events, or any other decline in the amount payers are willing to reimburse our customers, could make it difficult for existing customers to continue using or to adopt our products and could create additional pricing pressure for us. If we are forced to lower the price we charge for our products, our gross margins will decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Obtaining coverage and reimbursement can be a time-consuming process that could require us to provide supporting scientific, clinical, and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products. We may not be able to provide data sufficient to satisfy governmental and other third-party payers that diagnostic tests using our products should be covered and reimbursed. In addition, payers continually review new and existing technologies for possible coverage and can, without notice, deny or reverse coverage for new or existing products and tests. There can also be no assurance that third-party payer policies will provide coverage for tests using our products.

Further, we believe that future coverage and reimbursement may be subject to increased restrictions, such as additional prior authorization requirements, both in the United States and in international markets, which may impact utilization of our products and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In Europe, reimbursement is entirely regulated at member state level, varies significantly between countries, and member states are facing increased pressure to limit public healthcare spending. Third-party coverage and reimbursement for our products or any of our products in development for which we may receive regulatory clearance, certification, or approval may not be available or adequate in either the United States or international markets. If demand for our products is adversely affected by third-party reimbursement policies and decisions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

20


 

We are subject to certain federal and state fraud and abuse laws and transparency laws, and any failure to comply could subject us to substantial penalties or other adverse consequences. In addition, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business.

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback, false claims, and transparency laws regarding payments and other transfers of value made to physicians and other healthcare professionals. Our business practices and relationships with providers are subject to scrutiny under these laws. The healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from soliciting, offering, receiving, or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce either the referral of an individual or furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. The U.S. government has interpreted this law broadly to apply to the marketing and sales activities of medical device manufacturers. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;
The federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalties laws, including the federal civil False Claims Act, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal healthcare programs that are false or fraudulent; knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or knowingly making a false statement to avoid, decrease, or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, certain marketing practices that, for example, induce providers to upcode to a higher reimbursement service or site of service, may also violate false claims laws. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Private individuals can bring False Claims Act “qui tam” actions, on behalf of the government and such individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” may share in amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement;
The federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law, which prohibits, among other things, offering or transferring remuneration to a federal healthcare beneficiary that a person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s decision to order or receive items or services reimbursable by the government from a particular provider or supplier;
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and regulations implemented thereunder (collectively, “HIPAA”), which, in addition to privacy protections applicable to healthcare providers and other entities, prohibits, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;
The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain applicable manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under certain federal healthcare programs, to monitor and report to CMS, certain payments and other transfers of value to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists, and chiropractors), certain other non-physician practitioners (physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, anesthesiologist assistants, certified registered nurse anesthetists, anesthesiology assistants, and certified nurse midwives), and teaching hospitals, and to report annually ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members;
U.S. federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm customers; and
Analogous state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, state anti-kickback, and false claims laws; state laws requiring device companies to comply with specific compliance standards, restrict payments made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources, and report information related to payments and other transfers of value to healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state laws related to insurance fraud in the case of claims involving private insurers.

These laws and regulations, among other things, constrain our business, marketing and other promotional and research activities by limiting the kinds of financial arrangements, including sales programs, we may have with hospitals, physicians, or other potential purchasers of our products. In particular, these laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs, and other business arrangements, as well as interactions with healthcare professionals through consultant arrangements, product training, sponsorships, or other activities. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare and other laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices, including arrangements with teleneurology

21


 

providers and customers for the provision of remote EEG interpretation services or agreements we have entered into with physicians who are paid, in part, in the form of stock or stock options, do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance, or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. Due to the breadth of these laws, the narrowness of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available, and the range of interpretations to which they are subject, governmental authorities may possibly conclude that our business practices may not comply with healthcare laws and regulations.

To enforce compliance with the healthcare regulatory laws, certain enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions, and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to investigations can be time-and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. We may be subject to private qui tam actions brought by individual whistleblowers on behalf of the federal or state governments, with potential liability under the federal False Claims Act including mandatory treble damages and significant per-claim penalties. In addition, as a result of these investigations and qui tam actions, we may have to agree to additional compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Even an unsuccessful challenge or investigation into our practices could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the federal and state laws described above or any other current or future fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including significant criminal, civil, and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from participation in government programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, imprisonment, contractual damages, reputation harm, oversight if we become subject to a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement, or disgorgement, and we could be required to curtail, restructure or cease our operations. Any of the foregoing consequences will have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our employees, consultants and other commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, consultants, and other commercial partners and business associates may engage in fraudulent or illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless, or negligent conduct or other unauthorized activities that violate the regulations of the FDA and other regulators (both domestic and foreign), including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete, and accurate information to such regulators, manufacturing standards, healthcare fraud and abuse laws, and regulations in the United States and internationally or laws that require the true, complete, and accurate reporting of financial information or data. In particular, sales, marketing, and business arrangements in the healthcare industry, including the sale of medical devices, are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing, and other abusive practices. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees, consultants, and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions, including the imposition of civil, criminal, and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, oversight if we become subject to a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement, and curtailment of operations, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Whether or not we are successful in defending against such actions or investigations, we could incur substantial costs, including legal fees and reputational harm, and divert the attention of management in defending ourselves against any of these claims or investigations.

Healthcare policy changes, including recently enacted legislation reforming the U.S. healthcare system, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In the United States, there have been and continue to be a number of legislative and regulatory initiatives to contain healthcare costs. Federal and state lawmakers regularly propose and, at times, enact legislation that would result in significant changes to the healthcare system, some of which are intended to contain or reduce the costs of medical products and services. Current and future legislative proposals to further reform healthcare or reduce healthcare costs may limit coverage of or lower reimbursement for the diagnostic tests associated with the use of our products. The cost containment measures that payers and providers are instituting and the effect of any healthcare reform initiative implemented in the future could impact our revenue from the sale of our products.

By way of example, in the United States, the Affordable Care Act (the “ACA”) made a number of substantial changes in the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among other ways in which it may affect our business, the ACA implemented payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians, and other providers to improve the coordination, quality, and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models; and

22


 

expanded the eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs. There have been executive, judicial, and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent challenge on procedural grounds that argued the ACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed by Congress.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. The Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to providers, effective on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2032, unless additional Congressional action is taken. In addition, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

We expect additional state and federal healthcare policies and reform measures to be adopted in the future, any of which could limit reimbursement for healthcare products and services or otherwise result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressure and have a material adverse effect on our industry generally and on our customers. We cannot predict what other healthcare programs and regulations will ultimately be implemented at the federal or state level or the effect of any future legislation or regulation in the United States may negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations, and other payers of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare may adversely affect our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our products, our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability, and the availability of capital.

Any changes of, or uncertainty with respect to, future coverage or reimbursement rates could affect demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our relationships with contracted physicians to provide remote EEG interpretation services to certain customers must be structured in compliance with state laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine or fee splitting and could be found to violate such laws.

Our relationships with physicians providing remote EEG interpretation services to certain customers may implicate certain state laws that generally prohibit non-professional entities from providing licensed medical services or exercising control over licensed physicians or other healthcare professionals (such activities generally referred to as the “corporate practice of medicine”) or engaging in certain practices such as fee-splitting with such licensed professionals. The interpretation and enforcement of these laws vary significantly from state to state. There can be no assurance that these laws will be interpreted in a manner consistent with our practices or that other laws or regulations will not be enacted in the future that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Regulatory authorities, state boards of medicine, state attorneys general, and other parties may assert that, despite the agreements through which we operate, we are nonetheless engaged in the provision of medical services and/or that our arrangements with the physicians constitute the unlawful practice of medicine and/or fee-splitting. If a jurisdiction’s prohibition on the corporate practice of medicine or fee-splitting is interpreted in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices, we would be required to restructure or terminate our arrangements with our employed and contracted physicians to bring our activities into compliance with such laws. A determination of non-compliance, or the termination of or failure to successfully restructure these relationships, could result in disciplinary action, penalties, damages, fines, and/or a loss of revenue, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. State corporate practice and fee-splitting prohibitions also often impose penalties on healthcare professionals for aiding in the improper rendering of professional services, which could discourage physicians from providing reading services to our customers with whom we contract.

Our products and operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight in the United States, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could harm our business.

Our products are regulated as medical devices in the United States. Medical devices and their manufacturers and product developers are subject to extensive regulation in the United States, including by the FDA. The FDA regulates, among other things, with respect to medical devices: design, development, and manufacturing; testing, labeling, content, and language of instructions for use and storage; clinical trials; product safety; establishment registration and device listing; marketing, sales, and distribution; premarket clearance, classification, and approval or certification; recordkeeping procedures; advertising and promotion; recalls and field safety corrective actions; post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury; post-market studies; and product import and export.

The regulations to which we are subject are complex, burdensome to understand and apply and have tended to become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. The FDA enforces its regulatory requirements through, among other means, periodic unannounced inspections. We do not know whether we or any of our contract manufacturers will be found compliant in connection with any future FDA or foreign inspections. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as: warning letters; fines; injunctions; civil penalties; termination of distribution; import alerts;

23


 

recalls or seizures of products; delays in the introduction of products into the market; total or partial suspension of production; refusal to grant future clearances or approvals; withdrawals or suspensions of clearances or approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products; and in the most serious cases, criminal penalties.

Failure to maintain marketing authorizations for our products, or to timely obtain necessary marketing authorizations for our future products, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, or other significant modification to an existing, marketed medical device, we must first receive either clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”), approval of a premarket approval application (“PMA”), or grant of a de novo classification request from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally-marketed “predicate” device, which includes a device that has been previously cleared through the 510(k) process, a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device), a device that was originally on the U.S. market pursuant to an approved PMA and later down-classified, or a 510(k)-exempt device. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data are sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the process of obtaining PMA approval, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing, and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting, or implantable devices. In the de novo classification process, a manufacturer whose novel device under the FDCA would otherwise be automatically classified as Class III and require the submission and approval of a PMA prior to marketing is able to request down-classification of the device to Class I or Class II on the basis that the device presents a low or moderate risk. If the FDA grants the de novo classification request, the applicant will receive authorization to market the device. This device type may be used subsequently as a predicate device for future 510(k) submissions.

The PMA approval, 510(k) clearance and de novo classification processes can be expensive, lengthy, and uncertain. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but can take longer. The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is submitted to the FDA. In addition, a PMA generally requires the performance of one or more clinical trials. Clinical data may also be required in connection with an application for 510(k) clearance or a de novo request. Despite the time, effort and cost, a device may not obtain marketing authorization by the FDA. We have obtained 510(k) clearances for our commercialized medical devices, and we must obtain marketing authorization for any future devices we develop, unless they are exempt. Marketing authorizations for any of our future products, if granted, may include significant limitations on the indicated uses for the device, which may limit the potential commercial market for the device.

In the United States, any modification to a medical device for which we have obtained marketing authorization may require us to submit a new 510(k) premarket notification and obtain clearance, to submit a PMA and obtain FDA approval, or to submit a de novo request prior to implementing the change. For example, any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, generally requires a new 510(k) clearance or other marketing authorization. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make such determinations in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with a manufacturer’s decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We may make modifications or add additional features in the future to our medical devices that we believe do not require a new 510(k) clearance, de novo request, or approval of a PMA. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to seek new marketing authorizations for the modifications for which we have concluded that new marketing authorizations are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain such marketing authorization, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could adversely affect our business.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny marketing authorization of a device for many reasons, including:

our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA that our products are substantially equivalent to a predicate device or are safe and effective for their intended uses;
the disagreement of the FDA with the design or implementation of our clinical trials or the interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

24


 

serious and unexpected adverse device effects experienced by participants in our clinical trials;
the data from our preclinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance, de novo classification, or approval, where required;
our inability to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of the device outweigh the risks;
the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements; and
the potential for marketing authorization regulations of the FDA to change significantly in a manner rendering our clinical data or regulatory filings insufficient for marketing authorization.

In September 2022, we received Breakthrough Device Designation from the FDA for the detection and monitoring of delirium using our Ceribell System. Breakthrough Device Designation provides certain benefits, including more interactive and timely communications with FDA staff, potential use of post-market data collection to facilitate expedited development and review, opportunities for more efficient and flexible clinical study design, and prioritized review of premarket submissions. However, there can be no guarantee that these benefits will materialize or significantly impact our development and regulatory approval process. We may not experience a faster development process, review, or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. Breakthrough Device Designation does not alter the regulatory standards for marketing authorization or guarantee that we will ultimately obtain FDA clearance or approval for the detection and monitoring of delirium using our Ceribell System. Furthermore, the FDA may rescind Breakthrough Device Designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. As with all FDA marketing authorizations, we will need to continue to comply with applicable regulations and standards, which may change over time.

Our clinical testing process is complex, lengthy, can be expensive, and carries uncertain outcomes. Future trials and studies by us or others may fail to replicate positive results observed to date.

We conduct our own clinical studies and provide support for third party–initiated trials that evaluate different aspects of the Ceribell System. Clinical testing is difficult to design and implement, can take many years, can be expensive, and carries uncertain outcomes. The results of preclinical studies and clinical trials of our products conducted to date and ongoing or future studies and trials of our current, planned, or future products may not be predictive of the results of later clinical trials or real-world performance, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. The data and results from our clinical studies do not ensure that we will achieve similar results in future clinical trials, are not head to head studies and not directly comparable with each other, as they have different sample sizes, designs, limitations, assumptions, and objectives, and are conducted on different patient populations at different sites by different researchers. In addition, as some of these studies are prospective studies, they may not reflect real-world performance. Some of our studies have not been peer reviewed or published, and peer reviewers may disagree with the methodologies or conclusions of such studies and may not deem them worthy of publication. In addition, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to various interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their products performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and earlier clinical trials have nonetheless failed to replicate results in later clinical trials, or have viewed such data in different ways than regulators. The risk that future trials and studies of the Ceribell System fail to replicate positive results observed to date is increased because most of our studies and trials are conducted on small samples, not powered for statistical significance, controlled for other clinical variables, or have other design limitations and almost all such studies were conducted or sponsored by us. Independent studies with larger samples or different designs may not replicate results observed to date. In addition, the performance of the Clarity algorithm is typically evaluated by comparing the algorithm results to a retrospective review of the EEG by a panel of neurologists. There is a high degree of inter-rater variability in the interpretation of EEGs by clinicians, such that Ceribell System study results may vary from study to study depending on the size and composition of the neurologist panel. Clinical studies or investigations on the Ceribell System have produced, and may in the future produce, negative or inconclusive results. Furthermore, others, including healthcare professionals and regulators, may perceive a conflict of interest with studies supported, sponsored, or funded by us or conducted by our employees or consultants, and may not find results of such studies to be compelling or credible. As a result of the foregoing, we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical and nonclinical testing in addition to those we have planned. The initiation and completion of clinical studies may be prevented, delayed, or halted for numerous reasons. We may experience delays in our clinical trials for a number of reasons, which could adversely affect the costs, timing, or successful completion of our clinical trials, including related to the following:

regulators may disagree as to the design or implementation of our clinical trials;
regulators and/or institutional review boards (“IRBs”), or other bodies may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial, or to conduct or continue a clinical trial at a prospective or specific trial site;
we may not reach agreement on acceptable terms with third-party researchers, clinical trial sites, or prospective contract research organizations (“CROs”), the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different researchers, trial sites, and CROs;

25


 

the number of subjects or patients required for clinical trials may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be insufficient or slower than we anticipate, and the number of clinical trials being conducted at any given time may be high and result in fewer available patients for any given clinical trial, or patients may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate;
our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner or at all;
we might have to suspend or terminate clinical trials for various reasons, including occurrence of adverse events or other findings that the subjects in our clinical trials are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;
we may have to amend clinical trial protocols or conduct additional studies to reflect changes in regulatory requirements or guidance, which we may be required to submit to an IRB, or other bodies and/or regulatory authorities for re-examination;
regulators, IRBs, other bodies, or other parties may require or recommend that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including safety signals or noncompliance with regulatory requirements;
the cost of clinical trials may be greater than we anticipate;
clinical sites may not adhere to the clinical protocol or may drop out of a clinical trial;
we may be unable to recruit a sufficient number of clinical trial sites;
regulators, IRBs, or other bodies may fail to approve or subsequently find fault with our manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we enter into agreements for clinical and commercial supplies, the supply of devices or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials may be insufficient, inadequate or not available at an acceptable cost, or we may experience interruptions in supply;
marketing authorization or regulations of FDA may change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for marketing authorization;
we may be required to submit an investigational device exemption (“IDE”) application to the FDA, which must become effective prior to commencing certain human clinical trials of medical devices, and the FDA may reject our IDE application and notify us that we may not begin clinical trials, or place restrictions on the conduct of such trials; similar requirements may apply in foreign jurisdictions; and
our current or future products may have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics.

Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of marketing authorization of any medical device.

Patient enrollment in clinical trials, and completion of patient follow-up, if applicable, depend on many factors, including the size of the patient population, the nature of the trial protocol, the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial, competing clinical trials, and clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the product being studied. Patients participating in our clinical trials may drop out before completion of the trial or experience adverse medical events unrelated to an investigational device. Delays in patient enrollment or failure of patients to continue to participate in a clinical trial may delay commencement or completion of the clinical trial, cause an increase in the costs of the clinical trial and delays, or result in the failure of the clinical trial.

26


 

Clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the laws and regulations of the FDA and other applicable regulatory authorities’ legal requirements, regulations, or guidelines, and are subject to oversight by these governmental agencies and IRBs, or other bodies at the medical institutions where the clinical trials are conducted. In addition, clinical trials must be conducted with supplies of our devices produced under current good manufacturing practice (“cGMP”) or similar foreign requirements, and other regulations applicable to the location where the clinical trial is conducted. We rely on third-party researchers and clinical trial sites, and may in the future rely on CROs, to ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials, and while we have agreements governing their committed activities, we have limited influence over their actual performance. We depend on these third parties to conduct our clinical trials in compliance with good clinical practice (“GCP”), requirements. To the extent they fail to enroll participants for our clinical trials, fail to conduct the study to GCP standards or are delayed for a significant time in the execution of trials, including achieving full enrollment, we may be affected by increased costs, trial delays or both. In addition, if we conduct clinical trials in other countries in the future, we may be subject to further delays and expenses as a result of increased shipment costs and additional regulatory requirements, and the engagement of non-U.S. third-party contractors may expose us to risks associated with clinical investigators who are unknown to the FDA, and different standards of diagnosis, screening, and medical care. See the risk factor titled, “We rely on third parties to conduct and support our preclinical studies and clinical trials. These third parties may not properly and successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, which could harm our ability to obtain marketing authorization of or commercialize future products we develop.

Interim, “top-line” and preliminary data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose interim, top-line or preliminary data from our clinical trials, which is based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular trial or additional data collected at a later time. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations, and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the interim, top-line, or preliminary results that we report may differ from future results of the same trial, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Interim, top-line, or preliminary data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the interim, top-line, or preliminary data we previously announced. As a result, interim, top-line, and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. Adverse differences between interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects. Further, disclosure of interim data by us or by our competitors could result in volatility in our share price.

Further, others, including regulatory agencies or other bodies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions, or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular trial, or the approvability or potential for commercialization of the particular medical device. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and others may not agree with what we determine is material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure. The interim, top-line, or preliminary data that we report may differ from final results, and regulatory authorities and other bodies may disagree with the conclusions reached, which may harm our ability to obtain marketing authorization for, and commercialize, our future products, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We are subject to ongoing regulatory review and scrutiny. Failure to comply with post-marketing regulatory requirements could subject us to enforcement actions, including substantial penalties, and might require us to recall or withdraw a product from the market.

We are subject to ongoing and extensive regulatory requirements governing, among other things, the manufacture, marketing, advertising, medical device reporting, sale, promotion, import, export, registration, and listing of devices. For example, medical device manufacturers must submit certain reports to the FDA and keep required records as a condition of obtaining and maintaining marketing authorization. These reports include information about failures and certain adverse events potentially associated with the device after its marketing authorization. Failure to submit such reports, or failure to submit the reports in a timely manner, could result in enforcement action by the FDA. Following its review of the periodic reports, the FDA might ask for additional information or initiate further investigation.

Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to continue or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs, or lower than anticipated sales. We have ongoing responsibilities under FDA regulations, and the FDA and state regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA or state regulatory authorities, which may include any of the following or other sanctions:

untitled letters or warning letters;

27


 

fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties;
recalls, termination of distribution, administrative detention, or seizure of our products;
customer notifications or repair, replacement, or refunds;
operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
delays in or refusal to grant our requests for future clearances, de novo classifications or approvals, or comparable foreign marketing authorizations of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;
withdrawals or suspensions of any granted marketing authorizations, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products;
FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries; and
criminal prosecution.

Any of these sanctions could result in negative publicity, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In addition, the FDA may change its marketing authorization policies affecting future products, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which may prevent or delay marketing authorization of any products under development or impact our ability to modify any products authorized for market on a timely basis. Such changes may also occur in foreign jurisdictions where we may market our products in the future. Such changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain future marketing authorizations, increase the costs of compliance, or restrict our ability to maintain any marketing authorizations we have obtained. See the risk factor titled, “Legislative or regulatory reforms in the United States may make it more difficult and costly for us to manufacture, market, or distribute our products, or to obtain marketing authorizations for any future products.

Our products must be manufactured in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, and we could be forced to recall our devices or terminate production if we fail to comply with these regulations.

In the United States, the methods used in, and the facilities used for, the manufacture of medical devices must comply with the FDA’s cGMPs for medical devices, known as the Quality System Regulation (“QSR”), which is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, process controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, handling, storage, distribution, installation, servicing, and shipping of medical devices. Furthermore, we are required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures, and operations that comply with our quality standards and applicable regulatory requirements. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of subcontractors. Our products are also subject to similar state regulations governing manufacturing.

Our third-party manufacturers may not take the necessary steps to comply with applicable regulations, which could cause delays in the delivery of our medical devices. In addition, failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements or later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products or manufacturing processes could result in, among other things: warning letters or untitled letters; fines, injunctions, or civil penalties; suspension or withdrawal of marketing authorizations; seizures or recalls of our products; total or partial suspension of production or distribution; administrative or judicially imposed sanctions; the FDA’s refusal to grant pending or future clearances or approvals for our products or similar decisions by foreign regulatory authorities or notified bodies; clinical holds; refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and criminal prosecution of us, our suppliers, or our employees. If any of these events occurs, our reputation could be harmed, we could be exposed to product liability claims and we could lose customers and experience reduced sales and increased costs.

Our products may cause or contribute to adverse medical events which we may be required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In addition, the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA, could have a negative impact on us.

It is possible that there may be side effects and adverse events associated with the use of our medical devices or any future devices we develop. For example, the Ceribell System has in certain instances issued false alarms, i.e., report seizure activity when there is no seizure, and in other instances has failed to report or under-reported seizure activity when there is seizure, and may continue to do so, all of which may lead to patients being misdiagnosed, receiving unnecessary medical procedures or treatments, or experiencing delays in receiving necessary medical procedures or treatments. Additionally, the headband used as part of the Ceribell System may cause skin irritation to patients or break down sooner than expected. The FDA’s medical device reporting regulations require us to assess reportability of adverse events that come to our attention and report to the FDA when we receive or become aware of information that reasonably suggests that one or more of our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a

28


 

way that, if the malfunction were to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we become aware of the event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report events of which we become aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of the product. The FDA may also disagree with our determinations that an event was not reportable. To date, we have not filed any medical device reports with the FDA. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, revocation of our marketing authorizations, seizure of our products, or delay in obtaining marketing authorizations for our future products.

The FDA has the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. The FDA’s authority to require a recall must be based on a finding that there is reasonable probability that the device could cause serious injury or death. We may also choose to voluntarily recall a product if any material deficiency is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects, or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable regulations. Product defects or other errors may occur in the future.

Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new marketing authorizations for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such clearances or approvals may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, or civil or criminal fines.

Companies are required to maintain certain records of recalls and corrections, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate voluntary withdrawals or corrections for our products in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions as recalls and we may be subject to enforcement action. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers, potentially lead to product liability claims against us, and negatively affect our sales. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may harm our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The misuse or off-label use of our products may result in injuries that harm patients and lead to product liability suits, harm our reputation in the marketplace, or result in costly investigations, fines, or sanctions by regulatory bodies if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which could be costly to our business.

Our commercial products, and any marketing authorization we may receive for future products, are, and will be, limited to specified indications for use. Our sales and marketing personnel, as well as our direct sales force, are trained to not promote our devices for uses outside of the FDA-authorized indications for use, known as “off-label uses.” We cannot, however, prevent a healthcare professional from using our devices off-label, when in the healthcare professional’s independent professional judgment he or she deems it appropriate. There may be increased risk of injury to patients if healthcare professionals attempt to use our devices off-label, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among healthcare professionals and patients.

If the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance or imposition of an untitled letter, which is used for violators that do not necessitate a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine, or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal or state enforcement authorities might take action under other regulatory authority, such as false advertising and consumer protection laws, or false claims laws, if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil, and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, and the curtailment of our operations.

In addition, healthcare professionals may misuse our products or use improper techniques if they are not adequately trained, potentially leading to injury and an increased risk of product liability. For example, healthcare professionals may misuse our single use, disposable headbands by using them on more than one patient. If our devices are misused or used with improper technique, we may become subject to costly litigation by our customers or their patients. As described above, product liability claims could divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend, and result in sizeable damage awards against us that may not be covered by insurance, all of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

29


 

Legislative or regulatory reforms in the United States may make it more difficult and costly for us to manufacture, market, or distribute our products, or to obtain marketing authorizations for any future products.

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulation of medical devices. In addition, the FDA may change its policies, adopt additional regulations, or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which may prevent or delay marketing authorization of any future products under development or impact our ability to modify any products for which we have already obtained marketing authorizations on a timely basis. For example, on January 31, 2024, the FDA issued a final rule to amend the QSR, which establishes current good manufacturing practice requirements for medical device manufacturers, to align more closely with the International Organization for Standardization standards. This new final rule, referred to as the Quality Management System Regulation, will take effect on February 2, 2026. Accordingly, it is unclear the extent to which any other legislative or regulatory proposal, if adopted, could impose additional or different regulatory requirements on us that could increase the costs of compliance or otherwise create competition that may negatively affect our business.

In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new statutes, regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may make it more difficult and costly to manufacture, market, or distribute our commercialized products, or may impose additional costs, lengthen marketing authorization review times, or make it more difficult to obtain marketing authorizations for any future products we develop. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may be subject to enforcement action and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

We face risks related to obtaining necessary foreign regulatory clearance or approvals.

We intend to enter into international markets in the future. Upon our expansion into foreign markets, we will be subject to foreign regulatory requirements that we have limited experience with and vary widely from country to country and from the United States. The time required to obtain clearances or approvals required by other countries may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and requirements for such approvals may differ from FDA requirements. We may be unable to obtain regulatory approvals and may also incur significant costs in attempting to obtain foreign regulatory approvals. If we experience delays in receipt of approvals to market our products in new jurisdictions, or if we fail to receive these approvals, we may be unable to market our products in international markets in a timely manner, if at all, which could materially impact our international expansion and adversely affect our business as a whole. If any of these risks were to materialize, they could limit our expected international growth and profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Failure to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”), economic and trade sanctions regulations, and similar laws could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We are subject to the FCPA and other laws in the United States and elsewhere that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Certain suppliers and manufacturers of our devices and components of our devices are located in countries known to experience corruption. Business activities in these countries create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, contractors, or agents that could be in violation of various laws, including the FCPA and anti-bribery laws in these countries, even though these parties are not always subject to our control. While we have implemented policies and procedures designed to discourage these practices by our employees, consultants, and agents and to identify and address potentially impermissible transactions under such laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that none of our employees, consultants, and agents will take actions in violation of our policies, for which we may be ultimately responsible.

We are also subject to certain economic and trade sanctions programs that are administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control which prohibit or restrict transactions to or from or dealings with specified countries, their governments, and in certain circumstances, their nationals, and with individuals and entities that are specially-designated nationals of those countries, narcotics traffickers and terrorists or terrorist organizations. For example, in December 2021, the U.S. Congress enacted the Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act in an effort to prevent what it views as forced labor and human rights abuses in the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (“XUAR”) of China. If it is determined that our third-party suppliers and manufacturers produce or manufacture our components or products wholly or in part from the XUAR, then we could be prohibited from importing such components or products into the United States.

Failure to comply with any of these laws and regulations or changes in this regulatory environment, including changing interpretations and the implementation of new or varying regulatory requirements by the government, may result in significant financial penalties or reputational harm, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

30


 

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

Various factors outside our direct control may negatively impact our manufacturing of the Ceribell System, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We manufacture the Ceribell System at our manufacturing facilities in Sunnyvale, California, using headbands supplied by third-party manufacturers located in China and components for our recorder procured from various suppliers and shipped to our facility for final assembly. While we believe that we currently have adequate manufacturing capacity and supplies for our products sufficient to meet our demand forecasts, if demand for the Ceribell System increases more rapidly than we anticipate, if we encounter problems with one or more of our manufacturers, including as a result of trade restrictions related to China, or if we secure regulatory approval to commercialize our products in additional geographies or indications, we may need to either expand our manufacturing capabilities, qualify new suppliers, or outsource to other manufacturers.

Our third-party manufacturers may not take the necessary steps to comply with applicable regulations, which could cause delays in the delivery of our medical devices. The methods used in, and the facilities used for, the manufacture of medical devices sold in the United States must comply with the QSR. See the risk factor titled, “Our products must be manufactured in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, and we could be forced to recall our devices or terminate production if we fail to comply with these regulations. Manufacturers of medical device products often encounter difficulties in production, including difficulties with production costs and yields, quality control, quality assurance testing, shortages of qualified personnel, as well as compliance with strictly enforced FDA requirements, other federal and state regulatory requirements and foreign regulations, to the extent applicable. If we fail to manufacture our products in compliance with the QSR, or if our or our third-party suppliers’ manufacturing facilities suffer disruptions, supply chain issues, machine failures, slowdowns, or disrepair, we may not be able to fulfill customer demand and our business would be harmed.

Any contamination of the controlled environment, equipment malfunction, supply issues, natural disasters (including wildfires or earthquakes, to which our manufacturing facility in Sunnyvale, California may be especially susceptible), public health emergencies, personnel issues, including human error, or failure to strictly follow procedures can significantly reduce our yield. A drop in yield can increase our cost to manufacture our products or, in more severe cases, require us to halt the manufacture of our products until the problem is resolved. Identifying and resolving the cause of a drop in yield can require substantial time and resources. In addition, if demand for our products shifts such that our manufacturing facilities are operated below our forecasts for an extended period, we may adjust our manufacturing operations to reduce fixed costs, which could lead to uncertainty and delays in manufacturing times and quality during any transition period.

The manufacturing and distribution of our products are technically challenging. Changes that our suppliers may make, or additional requirements from regulatory agencies, outside of our direct control can have an impact on our processes, on quality and on the successful or timely delivery of our products to our customers. Mistakes and mishandling may occur, which can affect supply and delivery. As a result, our dependence on third-party, including single-source suppliers, subjects us to a number of risks that could impact our ability to manufacture our products and harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospectus, including:

interruption of supply resulting from modifications to, or discontinuation of, a supplier’s operations;
delays in product shipments resulting from uncorrected defects, reliability issues, or a supplier’s failure to produce components that consistently meet our quality specifications;
delays in analytical results or failure of analytical techniques that we depend on for quality control and release of our products;
price fluctuations due to a lack of long-term supply arrangements with our suppliers for key component or other supply chain constraints;
inability to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms;
difficulty identifying and qualifying alternative suppliers for components in a timely manner;
inability of suppliers to comply with applicable provisions of the QSR or other applicable laws or regulations enforced by the FDA and other regulatory authorities;
delays in regulatory approvals of any changes to manufacturing, including the use of new suppliers;
latent defects that may become apparent after our products have been released and that may result in an adverse event or a recall of such products;
inclusion of vendors of raw materials not in compliance with regulatory requirements;

31


 

natural or other disasters, global pandemics, labor disputes, financial distress, lack of raw material supply, issues with facilities and equipment, international conflict or war, or other forms of disruption to business operations affecting our manufacturing operations and those of our third-party manufacturers and suppliers;
production delays related to the evaluation and testing of our products or the use of components from alternative suppliers; and
delays in delivery by our suppliers of components, materials or services due to changes in demand from us or their other customers.

The occurrence of any of these issues could significantly harm our ability to manufacture our products and maintain sufficient quality standards, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We depend on a limited number of manufacturers and suppliers in connection with the manufacture of the Ceribell System, which makes us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We source and rely upon components and sub-assemblies of the Ceribell System, as well as manufacturing services from approved manufacturers and suppliers, some of which are single-source suppliers.

These components, sub-assemblies and services are critical to us, and there are relatively few alternative sources of supply. Our suppliers generally are not under long-term contracts with us, and may experience delays or issues, stop producing our components or sub-assemblies, increase the prices they charge us, or elect to terminate their relationships with us. In any of these cases, we could face a delay of several months to identify, perform appropriate testing and qualify alternative manufacturers and suppliers with regulatory authorities, as we currently have transition plans for some but not all of our manufacturers and suppliers. In addition, the failure of our third-party manufacturers and suppliers to maintain acceptable quality requirements could result in quality issues, including recalls of our products. If one of our manufacturers or suppliers fails to maintain acceptable quality requirements, we may have to identify and qualify a new manufacturer or supplier. Although we require our third-party manufacturers and suppliers to supply us with materials, components, and services that meet our specifications and comply with applicable provisions of the QSR and other applicable legal and regulatory requirements in our agreements and contracts, and we perform incoming inspection, testing, or other acceptance activities to ensure the materials and components meet our requirements, there is a risk that they may not supply components that meet our requirements or supply components in a timely manner.

The number of third-party manufacturers and suppliers with the necessary manufacturing and regulatory expertise and facilities to produce our device components is limited and certification of a new manufacturer or supplier may be complex and time consuming. Any delay or interruption would likely lead to a delay or interruption in our manufacturing operations. The inclusion of substitute components must meet our product specifications and could require us to qualify the new manufacturer or supplier with the appropriate regulatory authorities, including the FDA. The added time and cost to arrange for alternative manufacturers or suppliers could harm our business. New manufacturers of any planned product would be required to qualify under applicable regulatory requirements and would need to have sufficient rights under applicable intellectual property laws to the method of manufacturing the planned product. Obtaining the necessary FDA or international approvals or other qualifications under applicable regulatory requirements and ensuring non-infringement of third-party intellectual property or other proprietary rights could result in a significant interruption of supply and could require the new manufacturer to bear significant additional costs that may be passed on to us.

We rely on third parties to conduct and support our preclinical studies and clinical trials. These third parties may not properly and successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, which could harm our ability to obtain marketing authorization of or commercialize future products we develop.

We utilize and depend upon independent investigators and collaborators, such as third-party researchers, medical institutions, and strategic partners, to conduct and support portions of our preclinical studies and clinical trials under agreements with us, and may in the future rely on CROs.

We negotiate budgets and contracts with these third parties and may not be able to do so on favorable terms, which may result in delays to our development timelines and increased costs. We have relied heavily on these third parties for our preclinical studies and expect to continue to do so, and we control only certain aspects of their activities. As a result, we have less direct control over the conduct, timing, and completion of these preclinical studies and clinical trials and the management of data developed through preclinical studies and clinical trials than would be the case if we were relying entirely upon our own staff. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies is conducted in accordance with applicable protocol, legal and regulatory requirements, and scientific standards and our reliance on third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and these third parties are required to comply with GCP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory

32


 

authorities for medical devices in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCP requirements through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites.

If we or any of these third parties fail to comply with applicable GCP regulations, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable, and the FDA or other bodies may require us to perform additional clinical trials. We cannot assure you that, upon inspection, such regulatory authorities will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with the GCP regulations. In addition, our investigational devices must be produced in accordance with cGMP requirements known as the QSR. Our failure or any failure by these third parties to comply with these regulations or to recruit a sufficient number of patients may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the marketing authorization process. Moreover, our business may be implicated if any of these third parties violates federal, state or foreign fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.

Third parties conducting or supporting portions of our clinical trials are not our employees and, except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such third parties, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our investigational products. These third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials, or other product development activities, which could affect their performance on our behalf. These third parties may not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines. They may need to be replaced or the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain may be compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons. Accordingly, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to complete development of, obtain marketing authorizations for or successfully commercialize our future devices.

Switching or adding third parties to conduct or support portions of our preclinical studies and clinical trials involves substantial cost and requires extensive management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new third party commences work. As a result, delays may occur, which could have an adverse impact on our product development, results of operations, and prospects.

We rely on relationships with contracted physicians to provide remote EEG reading services to certain customers.

We contract directly or indirectly with physicians to provide remote EEG reading services to certain customers. If these physicians terminate their contracts, we or our partners may not be able to contract with alternative physicians to provide such services in a timely manner, or at all, which would impact our ability to provide services to certain customers and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Data Privacy Risk Factors

Actual or perceived failures to comply with applicable data privacy and security laws, regulations, standards and other requirements could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and we, and the third-party service providers on which we rely, are or may become subject to numerous state, federal, and foreign laws, requirements, and regulations, as well as contractual obligations and research protocols governing the collection, use, disclosure, retention, processing, maintenance, transfer, and security of personal information, such as information that we and our third-party service providers collect in connection with the use and development of the Ceribell System and the Clarity algorithm and in clinical trials or studies, including patient EEG data. Implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, and we cannot yet determine the impact future laws, regulations, standards, or perception of their requirements may have on our business. This evolution may create uncertainty in our business; affect us or our service providers’ and contractors’ ability to operate in certain jurisdictions or to collect, store, transfer, use, process, and share personal information; necessitate the acceptance of more onerous obligations in our contracts; result in liability; impose additional costs on us; necessitate changes to our information technologies, systems and practices and those of third parties that process personal information on our behalf; and may require us to change our business model.

In the United States, numerous state and federal laws, regulations, standards, and other legal obligations, including consumer protection laws and regulations, which govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to, confidentiality, security, transfer, disclosure, and processing of personal information, including health-related information, could apply to our operations or the operations of our customers. For example, HIPAA imposes privacy, security, and breach notification obligations on certain healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, known as covered entities, as well as their business associates that perform certain services that involve creating, receiving, maintaining, or transmitting individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of such covered entities, and their covered subcontractors. Among other requirements, HIPAA requires business associates to develop and maintain policies with respect to the protection of, use and disclosure of protected health information (“PHI”), including the adoption of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to protect such information, certain notification requirements in the event of a breach of unsecured PHI, and requirements to report breaches of unsecured PHI to covered entities within 60 days of discovery of the breach

33


 

by the business associate or its agents. Depending on the facts and circumstances, we could be subject to significant civil, criminal, and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if found to be in violation of HIPAA.

Certain states have also adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, which govern the privacy, collection, use, processing, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information. Such laws and regulations will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us and our customers. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act (collectively, the “CCPA”) requires covered businesses that process the personal information of California residents to, among other things: (i) provide certain disclosures to California residents regarding the business’s collection, use, and disclosure of their personal information; (ii) receive and respond to requests from California residents to access, delete, and correct their personal information, or to opt out of certain disclosures of their personal information; and (iii) enter into specific contractual provisions with service providers that process California resident personal information on the business’s behalf. Additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may also be required. Similar laws have been passed in other states and are continuing to be proposed at the state and federal level, reflecting a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States. The enactment of such laws could have potentially conflicting requirements that would make compliance challenging.

We may in the future become subject to rapidly evolving data protection laws, rules and regulations in foreign jurisdictions, many of which have developed privacy and data protection requirements that impose requirements that differ substantially from those that apply within the United States. For example, in Europe, the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (the “EU GDPR”) went into effect in May 2018 and governs the collection, use, disclosure, transfer, and other processing of personal data of individuals within the European Economic Area (the “EEA”) and imposes stringent requirements for data processors and controllers of such personal data or in the context of their activities within the EEA. Companies that must comply with the EU GDPR face increased compliance obligations and risk, including more robust regulatory enforcement of data protection requirements and potential fines for noncompliance of up to €20 million or 4% of the annual global revenues of the noncompliant undertaking, whichever is greater. In addition to fines, a breach of the EU GDPR may result in regulatory investigations, reputational damage, orders to cease/ change our data processing activities, enforcement notices, assessment notices (for a compulsory audit), and/or civil claims (including class actions). The processing of “special category personal data” (such as personal data related to health and genetic information), which could become relevant to our operations in the context of our conduct of clinical trials, may also impose heightened compliance burdens under European data protection laws and is of interest to relevant regulators. Among other requirements, the EU GDPR regulates transfers of personal data subject to the EU GDPR to third countries that have not been found to provide adequate protection to such personal data, including the United States, and the efficacy and longevity of current transfer mechanisms between the EEA, and the United States remains uncertain. In addition, since early 2021, after the end of the transition period following the United Kingdom’s departure from the European Union, the EU GDPR continues to apply in substantially equivalent form in the context of the United Kingdom under the United Kingdom General Data Protection Regulation and Data Protection Act 2018, which imposes separate but similar obligations to those under the EU GDPR and comparable penalties, including fines of up to £17.5 million or 4% of a noncompliant company’s global annual revenue for the preceding financial year, whichever is greater. As we expand into foreign countries and jurisdictions, we will become subject to additional laws and regulations that will affect how we conduct business, and we expect the existing legal complexity and uncertainty regarding international personal data transfers to continue. Our operations could suffer additional costs, complaints and regulatory investigations or fines, and/or if we are otherwise unable to transfer personal data between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services, the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations, and could adversely affect our financial results.

The Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) also has authority to initiate enforcement actions against entities that mislead customers about HIPAA compliance, make deceptive statements about privacy and data sharing in privacy policies, fail to limit third-party use of personal health information, fail to implement policies to protect personal health information, or engage in other unfair practices that harm customers or that may violate Section 5 of the FTC Act. Even when HIPAA does not apply, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce under the FTC Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities.

Although we work to comply with applicable laws, regulations and standards, our contractual obligations, research protocols, and other obligations, any actual or perceived failure by us or our employees, representatives, contractors, consultants, or other third parties to comply with such requirements or adequately address data privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, could result in, among other adverse impacts, damage to our reputation, loss of customer confidence in our security measures, withdrawal or withholding of customer consent for using patient data, government investigations, and enforcement actions and litigation and claims by third parties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

34


 

We may face risks associated with our use and development of artificial intelligence and machine learning models.

We use and develop AI, machine learning and automated decision-making technologies, including proprietary AI and machine learning algorithms and models (collectively, “AI Technologies”), throughout our business, and are making significant investments in this area. For example, we use AI Technologies to power our Clarity algorithm and drive continuous improvements in the performance of the Ceribell System. New products that we develop, including expansion into new indications, are also likely to incorporate AI Technologies.

We expect that increased investment will be required in the future to continuously improve our use and development of AI Technologies. As with many technological innovations, there are significant risks involved in developing, maintaining, and deploying these technologies and there can be no assurance that the usage of or our investments in such technologies will always enhance our products or be beneficial to our business, including our efficiency or results of operations.

In particular, if the models underlying our AI Technologies are: incorrectly designed or implemented; trained or reliant on incomplete, inadequate, inaccurate, biased, or otherwise poor quality data, or on data to which we do not have sufficient rights or in relation to which we and/or the providers of such data have not implemented sufficient legal compliance measures; used without sufficient oversight and governance to ensure their responsible use; misused or used outside of scope of applicable regulatory authorizations; and/or adversely impacted by unforeseen defects, technical challenges, cybersecurity threats, or material performance issues, the performance of our products and business, as well as our reputation and the reputations of our customers, could suffer or we could incur liability resulting from the violation of laws or contracts to which we are a party, regulatory enforcement actions, or civil claims.

For the Clarity algorithm, as well as for any potential future AI Technology driven products, performance of the algorithm is generally assessed by comparing the output of the algorithm against a clinically derived reference standard (“ground truth”) for a specified dataset. This applies to internal evaluation of an algorithm’s performance, supporting external presentations and publications, and testing to support regulatory submissions. The Clarity algorithm output will not always agree with the opinion of a qualified neurologist, and in some cases multiple qualified neurologists will not agree with each other. While we constantly work to improve our product and algorithm, the AI Technologies we work with are novel and complex, and we cannot assure you that our AI Technologies will be able to perform as intended under all circumstances.

For example, an earlier version of the Clarity algorithm was found to be unable to detect seizure or status epilepticus in certain ICU patients who had cardiac arrest. Further, the data that we use to train our AI Technologies includes data collected from EEGs performed on patients by our customers, and we are dependent upon our ability to obtain the right to use such patient data to continue to develop our products, including within appropriate time frames and on commercially reasonable terms. If we are unable to obtain sufficient rights to use such data under applicable regulatory frameworks or our agreements with our customers, or our customers were to withdraw or withhold their data from us, our ability to continue to develop our products and services to our customers, and our revenue prospects, could be materially adversely impacted.

The regulatory framework for AI Technologies is rapidly evolving as many federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies have introduced or are currently considering additional laws and regulations. The FDA has issued guidance documents relating to the incorporation of AI Technologies into medical devices. In addition, existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in ways that would affect the operation of our AI Technologies. As a result, implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, and we cannot yet determine the impact future laws, regulations, standards, or market perception of their requirements may have on our business and may not always be able to anticipate how to respond to these laws or regulations.

Certain existing legal regimes (e.g., relating to FDA submissions or data privacy) regulate certain aspects of AI Technologies, and new laws regulating AI Technologies are expected to enter into force in the United States in 2024. In the United States, the Biden administration issued a broad Executive Order on the Safe, Secure and Trustworthy Development and Use of Artificial Intelligence (the “2023 AI Order”), which sets out principles intended to guide AI design and deployment for the public and private sector and signals the increase in governmental involvement and regulation over AI Technologies. The 2023 AI Order established certain new requirements for the training, testing, and cybersecurity of sophisticated AI models and large-scale compute centers used to train AI models. The 2023 AI Order also instructed several other federal agencies to promulgate additional regulations within specific timeframes from the date of the 2023 AI Order regarding the use and development of AI Technologies. Agencies such as the Department of Commerce and the FTC have issued proposed rules governing the use and development of AI Technologies. Legislation related to AI Technologies has also been introduced at the federal level and is advancing at the state level. For example, the California Privacy Protection Agency is currently in the process of finalizing regulations under the CCPA regarding the use of automated decision-making. Such additional regulations may impact our ability to develop, use, and commercialize AI Technologies in the future.

It is possible that further new laws and regulations will be adopted in the United States and in other non-U.S. jurisdictions, or that existing laws and regulations, including competition and antitrust laws, may be interpreted in ways that would limit our ability to use AI Technologies for our business, or require us to change the way we use AI Technologies in a manner that negatively affects the performance of our system and business and the way in which we use AI Technologies. We may need to expend resources to adjust our

35


 

system in certain jurisdictions if the laws, regulations, or decisions are not consistent across jurisdictions. Further, the cost to comply with such laws, regulations or decisions and/or guidance interpreting existing laws, could be significant and would increase our operating expenses (such as by imposing additional reporting obligations regarding our use of AI Technologies). Such an increase in operating expenses, as well as any actual or perceived failure to comply with such laws and regulations, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our business and operations may suffer in the event of information technology system failures, cyberattacks, or deficiencies in our cybersecurity.

We collect and maintain information in digital form that is necessary to conduct our business, and we are increasingly dependent on information technology systems and infrastructure to operate our business. In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, store, transmit, and process large amounts of confidential information, including intellectual property, proprietary business information, preclinical and clinical trial data, and personal information of clinical trial participants, patients of our customers, and our employees and contractors (confidentially, “Confidential Information”). We may also share Confidential Information with our partners or other third parties in conjunction with our business. It is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such Confidential Information.

Our information technology systems and those of our customers, third-party service providers, manufacturers, and other contractors or consultants are vulnerable to attack, damage and interruption from computer viruses and malware (e.g. ransomware), misconfigurations, “bugs” or other vulnerabilities, malicious code, natural disasters, terrorism, war, telecommunication and electrical failures, hacking, cyberattacks, phishing attacks and other social engineering schemes, employee theft or misuse, human error, unauthorized access, fraud, denial or degradation of service attacks, and sophisticated nation-state and nation-state-supported actors. We have also outsourced elements of our information technology infrastructure, and as a result a number of third-party vendors may or could have access to our confidential information. There can also be no assurance that our and our customers’, third-party service providers’, contractors’, and consultants’ cybersecurity risk management programs and processes, including policies, controls, or procedures, will be fully implemented, complied with or effective in protecting our systems, networks, and Confidential Information.

Attacks upon information technology systems are increasing in their frequency, levels of persistence, sophistication, and intensity, and are being conducted by sophisticated and organized groups and individuals with a wide range of motives and expertise. Furthermore, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period. Even if identified, we may be unable to adequately investigate or remediate incidents or breaches due to attackers increasingly using tools and techniques that are designed to circumvent controls, to avoid detection, and to remove or obfuscate forensic evidence.

We and certain of our customers and service providers may be subject to cyberattacks and security incidents from time to time. While we do not believe that we have experienced any significant system failure, accident, or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss, corruption or unauthorized disclosure or misappropriation of our trade secrets, personal information, patient data collected from our customers or other Confidential Information or other similar disruptions. It could also expose us to risks, including an inability to provide our services and fulfill contractual demands, and could cause management distraction and the obligation to devote significant financial and other resources to mitigate such problems, which would increase our future information security costs, including through organizational changes, deploying additional personnel, reinforcing administrative, physical and technical safeguards, further training of employees, changing third-party vendor control practices, and engaging third-party subject matter experts and consultants and reduce the demand for our technology and services. If a security breach or other incident were to result in the unauthorized access to or unauthorized use, disclosure, release, or other processing of personal information, including the patient data of our customers, it may be necessary to notify individuals, governmental authorities, supervisory bodies, the media, and other parties pursuant to privacy and security laws and the costs associated with the investigation, remediation, and potential notification of the breach to third-parties and data subjects could be material.

Any adverse impact to the availability, integrity, or confidentiality of our or third-party information technology systems or Confidential Information, whether actual or perceived, could result in liability, legal claims, or proceedings (such as class actions), regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, fines, and penalties, negative reputational impacts that cause us to lose existing or future customers, and/or significant incident response, system restoration or remediation, and future compliance costs, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our existing general liability and cyber liability insurance policies may not cover, or may cover only a portion of, any potential claims related to security breaches to which we are exposed or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all or any portion of liabilities that may be imposed. We also cannot be certain that our existing insurance coverage will continue to be available on acceptable terms or in amounts sufficient to cover the potentially significant losses that may result from a security incident or breach or that the insurer will not deny coverage of any future claim. Accordingly, if our cybersecurity measures, and those of our customers and service providers,

36


 

fail to protect against unauthorized access, attacks (which may include sophisticated cyberattacks), and the mishandling of data, then our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Our success will depend on our and our licensors’ ability to obtain, maintain, enforce, and protect our intellectual property rights.

Our success and ability to compete depends in part on our and our licensors’ ability to obtain, maintain, enforce, and protect issued patents, trademarks, trade secret, and other intellectual property rights and proprietary technology in the United States and elsewhere. If we cannot adequately obtain, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property rights and proprietary technology, competitors may be able to use our technologies or the goodwill we have acquired in the marketplace and erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have and our ability to compete, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability and/or cause us to incur significant expenses. We generally seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications that are important to our business. We also seek to protect our proprietary position by acquiring or in-licensing relevant issued patents or pending patent applications or other intellectual property or proprietary rights from third parties. If we are unable to obtain or maintain patent protection with respect to any proprietary technology, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially harmed.

We rely on a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures, and patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property laws to protect the proprietary aspects of the Ceribell System, brand, technologies, trade secrets, know-how, and data. These legal measures afford only limited protection, and competitors or others may gain access to or use our intellectual property rights and proprietary information. In addition, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, for example, the natural expiration of a utility patent is generally 20 years from the earliest effective non-provisional filing date. Our success will depend, in part, on preserving our trade secrets, maintaining the security of our data and know-how, and obtaining, maintaining, and enforcing other intellectual property rights. We may not be able to obtain, maintain, and/or enforce our intellectual property or other proprietary rights necessary to our business or in a form that provides us with a competitive advantage.

The patent prosecution process is expensive, time-consuming, and complex, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce, defend, or license all necessary or desirable patents or patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner, or in all jurisdictions. Moreover, pending patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless, and until, patents issue from such applications, and then only to the extent the issued claims cover relevant product, service, or the technology. There can be no assurance that our current or future patent applications will result in patents being issued or that our issued patents will afford sufficient protection against competitors or other third parties with similar products, services or technologies competitive with ours, nor can there be any assurance that the patents issued will not be infringed, designed around, or invalidated by third parties.

Even issued patents may later be found invalid or unenforceable or may be modified or revoked in proceedings instituted by third parties before various patent offices or in courts. The degree of future protection for our and our licensors’ intellectual property or other proprietary rights is uncertain. Only limited protection may be available and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. These uncertainties and/or limitations in our ability to properly protect the intellectual property or other proprietary rights relating to our products, services and technologies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We cannot be certain that the claims in our U.S. pending patent applications, corresponding international patent applications and patent applications in certain foreign territories, or those of our licensors, will be considered patentable by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”) courts in the United States or by the patent offices and courts in foreign countries, nor can we be certain that the claims in our future issued patents will not be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged. Our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends in part on whether the differences between our inventions and the prior art allow our inventions to be patentable over the prior art. Additionally, regardless of when filed, we may fail to identify relevant third-party patents or patent applications, or we may incorrectly conclude that a third-party patent is invalid or not infringed by our products, services, technologies, or activities. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to make the inventions claimed in any of our owned or in-licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.

Failure to obtain, maintain, and/or enforce intellectual property rights necessary to our business and failure to protect, monitor and control the use of our intellectual property rights could negatively impact our ability to compete and cause us to incur significant expenses. The intellectual property laws and other statutory and contractual arrangements in the United States and other jurisdictions we depend upon may not provide sufficient protection in the future to prevent the infringement, use, violation or misappropriation of our patents, trademarks, data, technology, and other intellectual property rights by others, and may not provide an adequate remedy if our intellectual property rights are infringed, misappropriated, or otherwise violated by others.

The degree of future protection for our intellectual property rights is uncertain, and we cannot ensure that:

37


 

others will not develop, manufacture and/or commercialize similar or alternative products, services, or technologies that do not infringe, misappropriate, or violate any patents or other intellectual property rights that we own or have rights to;
any patents issued to us will provide a basis for an exclusive market for our products, services, or technologies, will provide us with any competitive advantages or will not be challenged, invalidated, modified, revoked, or circumvented by third parties;
any of our challenged patents will be found to ultimately be valid and enforceable;
any of our patents, or any of our pending patent applications, if issued, will include claims having a scope sufficient to protect our products, services, or technologies;
any of our pending patent applications will issue as patents, or even if issued, will include claims with a scope sufficient to protect our products, services, or technologies;
we will be able to successfully develop, manufacture, and commercialize our products, services, or technologies on a substantial scale before relevant patents we may have expire;
we were the first to make the inventions covered by each of our patents and pending patent applications or we were the first to file patent applications for such inventions;
we will develop additional proprietary inventions, products, services, or technologies that are separately patentable; or
our commercial activities, products, services, or technologies will not infringe upon the patents of others.

If we fail to identify our patentable inventions or adequately protect our patent rights, the commercial value of our products, services or technologies may be adversely affected and our competitive position may be harmed.

We rely in part on our portfolio of issued patents and pending patent applications in the United States and other countries to protect our intellectual property and competitive position. However, it is also possible that we may fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of the development, manufacture, and commercial activities conducted by or on behalf of us before it is too late to obtain patent protection on such inventions. If we fail to timely file for patent protection in any jurisdiction, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, outside scientific collaborators, suppliers, consultants, advisors, and other third parties, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection. Furthermore, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in any of our patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. Moreover, should we become a licensee of a third party’s patents or patent applications, depending on the terms of any future in-licenses to which we may become a party, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing, and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain or enforce the patents, covering technology in-licensed from third parties. Therefore, these patents and patent applications may not be prosecuted, maintained, and/or enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, or sell our products or services or otherwise practice our technology, we may not accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. Furthermore, the issuance of a patent does not give us the right to practice the patented invention. Third parties may have blocking patents that could prevent us from importing, using, manufacturing, and/or commercializing our own products or services, or otherwise practicing our own technology. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

The patent positions of companies, including our patent position, may involve complex legal and factual questions that have been the subject of much litigation in recent years, and, therefore, the scope of any patent claims that we have or may obtain cannot be predicted with certainty. Accordingly, we cannot provide any assurances about which of our patent applications will issue, the breadth of any resulting patent, whether any of the issued patents will be found to be infringed, invalid, or unenforceable or will be threatened or challenged by third parties, that any of our issued patents have, or that any of our currently pending or future patent applications that mature into issued patents will include, claims with a scope sufficient to protect our products, services, or technology. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in the issuance of patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. The coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. We cannot offer any assurances that the breadth of our issued patents will be sufficient to stop a competitor from developing, manufacturing, and commercializing one or more products, services, or technologies in a non-infringing manner that would be competitive with one or more of our products, services, or technologies, or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Furthermore, any successful challenge to these patents or any other patents owned by or licensed to us after patent issuance could deprive

38


 

us of rights necessary for our commercial success. Further, there can be no assurance that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents.

Though an issued patent is presumed valid and enforceable, its issuance is not conclusive as to its validity or its enforceability and it may not provide us with adequate proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar products or services. Patents, if issued, may be challenged, deemed unenforceable, invalidated, narrowed, or circumvented. Proceedings challenging our patents or patent applications could result in either loss of the patent, or denial of the patent application or loss or reduction in the scope of one or more of the claims of the patent or patent application. Any successful challenge to our patents and patent applications could deprive us of exclusive rights necessary for our commercial success. In addition, defending such challenges in such proceedings may be costly. Thus, any patents that we own or in-license may not provide the anticipated level of, or any, protection against competitors. Furthermore, an adverse decision may result in a third party receiving a patent right sought by us, which in turn could affect our ability to develop, manufacture, commercialize, import, or otherwise use our products, services, or technologies.

Some of our patents and patent applications are and, may in the future be, co-owned with third parties. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such third- party co-owners’ interest in such patents or patent applications, such co-owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products, services, or technologies. In addition, we may need the cooperation of any such co-owners of our patents to enforce such patents against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment, and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The USPTO, and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment, and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In addition, periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees, and various other government fees on issued patents often must be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies over the lifetime of the patent and/or applications and any patent rights we may obtain in the future. While an unintentional lapse of a patent or patent application can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees, and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or our patent licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications that we in-license, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products, services, or technologies that are the same as or similar to our products, services, or technologies, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Changes in U.S. or foreign patent laws or their interpretations could diminish the value of our patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our current and future products, services, or technologies, and could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our current or future patents.

Our ability to obtain patents and the breadth of any patents obtained is uncertain in part because, to date, some legal principles remain unresolved, and there has not been a consistent policy regarding the breadth or interpretation of claims allowed in patents in the United States and other countries. Changes in either patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property rights or narrow the scope of our patent protection, which in turn could diminish the commercial value of our products, services, and technologies.

Patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution, enforcement, and defense of our patents and applications. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations.

In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on actions by the United States Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we own or that we might obtain or license in the future. An inability to obtain, enforce, and defend patents covering our proprietary technologies would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

39


 

Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. Changes in patent laws and regulations in other countries or jurisdictions, changes in the governmental bodies that enforce them, or changes in how the relevant governmental authority enforces patent laws or regulations may weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we own or may obtain in the future. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. In addition, any protection afforded by foreign patents may be more limited than that provided under U.S. patent and intellectual property laws. We may encounter significant problems in enforcing and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. For example, if the issuance in a given country of a patent covering an invention is not followed by the issuance in other countries of patents covering the same invention, or if any judicial interpretation of the validity, enforceability or scope of the claims or the written description or enablement in a patent issued in one country is not similar to the interpretation given to the corresponding patent issued in other countries, our ability to protect our intellectual property rights in those countries may be limited. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws in the United States and other countries or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by U.S. and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications and our ability to obtain additional patent protection in the future. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In June 2023, the European Unitary Patent system and the European Unified Patent Court (“UPC”) were launched. European patent applications now have the option, upon grant of a patent, of becoming a Unitary Patent which is subject to the jurisdiction of the UPC. In addition, conventional European patents, both already granted at the time the new system began and granted thereafter, are subject to the jurisdiction of the UPC, unless actively opted out. This was a significant change in European patent practice, and deciding whether to opt-in or opt-out of Unitary Patent practice entail strategic and cost considerations. The UPC provides third parties with a new forum to centrally revoke our European patents and makes it possible for a third party to obtain pan-European injunctions against us. It will be several years before we will understand the scope of patent rights that will be recognized and the strength of patent remedies that will be provided by the UPC. While we have the right to opt our patents out of the UPC over the first seven years of the court’s existence, doing so may preclude us from realizing the benefits of the UPC. Moreover, the decision whether to opt-in or opt-out of Unitary Patent status will require coordinating with co-applicants, if any, adding complexity to any such decision.

The legal systems in certain countries may also favor state-sponsored or companies headquartered in particular jurisdictions over our first-in-time patents and other intellectual property protection. We are aware of incidents where such entities have stolen the intellectual property of domestic companies in order to create competing products and we believe we may face such circumstances ourselves in the future. For example, through its “Annual Special 301 Report on Intellectual Property,” the Office of the United States Trade Representative has been reporting on the adequacy and effectiveness of intellectual property protection in a number of foreign countries that are U.S. trading partners and their protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights. Placement of a country on the Priority Watch List indicates that particular problems exist in that country with respect to intellectual property protection, enforcement, or market access for persons relying on intellectual property rights. Countries placed on the Priority Watch List are the focus of increased bilateral attention concerning the specific problem areas. It is possible that we will not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties that misappropriate our proprietary technology in those countries.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting, and defending patents on our products, services, and technologies in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly in developing countries. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third-parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products, services, or technologies and, further, may export otherwise infringing products, services, or technologies to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products, services, or technologies may compete with our products, services, or technologies, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent such competition.

Various companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries may not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to medical devices and related services and technologies, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products, services, and technologies in violation of our intellectual property and proprietary rights. In addition, some jurisdictions, such as Europe, Japan, and China, may have a higher standard for patentability than in the United States, including, for example, imposing a high standard for making claim amendments and for the submission of supplemental experimental data during patent examination. Under those heightened patentability requirements, we may

40


 

not be able to obtain sufficient patent protection in certain jurisdictions even though the same or similar patent protection can be secured in the United States and other jurisdictions.

Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patent rights at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put our owned or in-licensed patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license. Various countries outside the United States, including certain countries in Europe, India, and China, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. If we are forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be adversely affected. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. As a result, a patent owner in such countries may have limited remedies in certain circumstances, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Further, the standards applied by the USPTO and foreign patent offices in granting patents are not always applied predictably. As such, we do not know the degree of world-wide uniform protection that we will have on our technologies and products in the future.

If we cannot successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, the commercial value of our products, services, or technologies may be adversely affected and our competitive position may be harmed.

Third parties, including our competitors, may currently, or in the future, infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate our issued patents or other intellectual property rights, and we may file lawsuits or initiate other proceedings to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time-consuming, and unsuccessful. We regularly monitor for unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights and, from time to time, analyze whether to seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement, misappropriation, or violation of our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we have taken, and are taking, to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to enforce our rights as against such infringement, misappropriation, or violation of our intellectual property rights. In certain circumstances it may not be practicable or cost-effective for us to enforce our intellectual property rights fully, particularly in certain developing countries or where the initiation of a claim might harm our business relationships. We may also be hindered or prevented from enforcing our rights with respect to a government entity or instrumentality because of the doctrine of sovereign immunity. Our ability to enforce our patent or other intellectual property rights depends on our ability to detect infringement. It may be difficult to detect infringers who do not advertise the components or methods that are used in connection with their products, services, or technologies. Moreover, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain evidence of infringement in a competitor’s or potential competitor’s product, services, or technologies. Thus, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Any inability to meaningfully enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our ability to compete and reduce demand for our products, services, and technologies. We may in the future become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could harm our business. In any lawsuit we bring to enforce our intellectual property rights, a court may refuse to stop the other party from manufacturing, commercializing, using or importing the product, service, offering or technology at issue on grounds that our intellectual property rights do not cover, and the other party is not infringing, violating or otherwise misappropriating our intellectual property, through the manufacture, commercialization, use or importation of the product, service, offering or technology in question. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could also provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights. If we initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering a product, service, offering or technology, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are common, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of patentable subject matter, novelty, obviousness, or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Mechanisms for such challenges include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). In a patent or other intellectual property proceeding, a court may decide that a patent or other intellectual property right of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims or other intellectual property narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from manufacturing, commercializing, using or importing the product, service, offering, or technology at issue on the grounds that our patents or other intellectual property do not cover the manufacture, commercialization, use, or importation of the product, service, offering, or technology in question. Furthermore, even if our patents or other intellectual property rights are found to be valid and infringed, a court may refuse to grant injunctive relief against the infringer and instead grant us monetary damages and/or ongoing royalties. Such monetary compensation may be insufficient to adequately offset the damage to our business caused by the infringer’s competition in the market. An adverse result in any litigation or administrative

41


 

proceeding could put one or more of our patents or other intellectual property rights at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, which could adversely affect our competitive business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, even if we are successful in any litigation, we may incur significant expense in connection with such proceedings, and the amount of any monetary damages may be inadequate to compensate us for damage as a result of the infringement and the proceedings.

We may become a party to intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings that could be expensive, time-consuming, and unsuccessful, and could interfere with our ability to develop, manufacture, commercialize, import, or otherwise use our products, services, or technologies.

Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to develop, manufacture, commercialize, import, or use our products, services, and technologies without infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of third parties. Our industry has been characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual property rights, and companies in the industry have used intellectual property litigation to gain a competitive advantage. While we take steps to ensure that we do not infringe upon, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others, there may be other more pertinent rights of which we are presently unaware.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights. The outcomes of such proceedings are uncertain and could have a negative impact on the success of our business. It is possible that U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications controlled by third parties may be alleged to cover our products, services, and technologies, or that we may be accused of misappropriating third parties’ trade secrets or infringing third parties’ trademarks. We may in the future become party to, or be threatened with, adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products, services, or technologies, including interference proceedings, post grant review, and inter partes review before the USPTO or equivalent foreign regulatory authority. Furthermore, we may also become involved in other proceedings, such as reexamination, derivation, or opposition proceedings before the USPTO or other jurisdictional body relating to our intellectual property rights or the intellectual property rights of others. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future, regardless of their merit. Because patent applications can take many years to issue and because publication schedules for pending applications vary by jurisdiction, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware and which may result in issued patents, which our current or future products, services, or technologies infringe. Also, because the claims of published patent applications can change between publication and patent grant, there may be published patent applications that may ultimately issue with claims that we infringe. There is a risk that third parties may choose to engage in litigation with us to enforce or to otherwise assert their patent rights against us. Even if we believe such claims are without merit, a court of competent jurisdiction could hold that these third-party patents are valid and enforceable, and infringed by the use of our products, services, or technologies, which could have a negative impact on the commercial success of our current and any future products, services, or technologies. If we were to challenge the validity of any such third-party U.S. patent in federal court, we would need to overcome a presumption of validity. As this burden is a high one requiring us to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of any such U.S. patent claim, there is no assurance that a court of competent jurisdiction would invalidate the claims of any such U.S. patent. We will have similar burdens to overcome in foreign courts in order to successfully challenge a third-party claim of patent infringement.

Our defense of any litigation or interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, defending such claims brought against us would cause us to incur substantial expenses and distract our management and other employees. If such claims are successfully asserted against us, we could be forced to pay substantial damages. Further, if a patent infringement or other intellectual property rights-related lawsuit were brought against us, we could be forced, including by court order, to cease developing, manufacturing, commercializing, importing, or using the infringing product, service, or technology. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right. Although patent, trademark, trade secret, and other intellectual property disputes have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with such arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties. We may not be able to obtain licenses on commercially reasonable terms or at all, in which event our business would be materially and adversely affected. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors and other third parties gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, if we are unable to obtain such licenses or make any necessary changes to our products, services, or technologies, we could be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, which could harm our business significantly.

A finding of infringement or an unfavorable interference or derivation proceedings outcome could prevent us from developing, manufacturing, commercializing, importing, or using our products, services, or technologies, or force us to cease some or all of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation or administrative proceedings more effectively than we can because of greater

42


 

financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. We could encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to develop alternative products or technologies.

If third parties assert infringement, misappropriation, or other claims against our customers, these claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed or settle, we may be forced to pay damages or settlement payments on behalf of our customers or may be required to obtain licenses for the products, services, or technologies they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products, services, or technologies.

Our competitors, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios, trade secrets, trademarks, and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained, or may in the future apply for or obtain, patents or trademarks that will prevent, limit, or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use, sell, import, and/or export our products, services, or technologies. As the number of competitors in our market grows and the number of patents issued in this area increases, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us may increase. Moreover, individuals and groups that are non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” purchase patents, and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement in order to extract settlements. From time to time, we may receive threatening letters, notices or “invitations to license,” or may be the subject of claims that our products, services, or technologies and business operations infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others. These matters can be time-consuming, costly to defend in litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand, and cause us to incur significant expenses or make substantial payments. In addition, we purchase product components, including hardware and software, from suppliers, and the design of these components may be outside of our direct control. These suppliers may not indemnify us in the event that a third party alleges the use of such components infringes its intellectual property rights.

Any lawsuits relating to intellectual property rights could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our intellectual property. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

stop developing, making, selling, importing, or using products, services, or technologies that allegedly infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the asserted intellectual property right;
pay substantial damages or royalties to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating;
redesign those products, services, or technologies that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could be costly, disruptive, and infeasible; and attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property rights from third parties, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or from third parties who may attempt to license rights that they do not have;
lose the opportunity to license our intellectual property rights to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property rights against others;
incur significant legal expenses; or
pay the attorney’s fees and costs of litigation to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating.

Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review, inter partes review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (for example, opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in revocation of or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our products, services, or technologies. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we, our patent counsel, and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we may lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our products, services, or technologies. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearing, motions, or other interim developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of shares of our common stock. Even if we ultimately prevail, a court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, even if resolved in our favor, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any of the foregoing may

43


 

cause us to incur substantial costs and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business, and harm our reputation.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property rights.

We may also be subject to claims that our current or former employees, contractors, or other third parties have an ownership interest in our current or future patents, patent applications, or other intellectual property rights, including as an inventor or co-inventor. We may be subject to ownership or inventorship disputes in the future arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of employees, consultants, or others who were or are involved in developing our products, services, or technologies. Although it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of inventions to execute agreements assigning such inventions and intellectual property rights therein to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops inventions that we regard as our own, and we cannot be certain that our agreements with such parties will be upheld in the face of a potential challenge, or that they will not be breached, for which we may not have an adequate remedy. The assignment of inventions may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership of inventorship. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or the right to use, valuable intellectual property rights, and other owners may be able to license their interest in such intellectual property rights to other third parties, including our competitors. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

In addition, we may be subject to claims from third parties challenging inventorship or ownership of intellectual property rights we regard as our own, based on claims that our agreements with employees or consultants obligating them to assign their inventions and intellectual property rights therein to us are ineffective or in conflict with prior or competing contractual obligations to assign inventions and intellectual property rights therein to another employer, to a former employer, or to another person or entity. Many of our current and former employees and consultants were previously employed at or engaged by other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees and consultants have executed with such previous employment or engagements confidential information non-disclosure and non-use agreements and inventions assignment agreements, which may have included non-competition provisions. Although we try to ensure that such employees and consultants do not use or otherwise disclose confidential information or intellectual property rights of others in their work for us without such other person’s consent, we may be subject to claims that we or our current or former employees or consultants have, inadvertently or otherwise, infringed, violated, or otherwise misappropriated the confidential information or the intellectual property rights of these former employers, clients, or other third parties. To the extent that our current or former employees or consultants disclose or use confidential information or intellectual property rights owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in any related or resulting inventions and litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. It may also be necessary or we may desire to obtain a license to such third party’s intellectual property rights to settle any such claim; however, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain such license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages or a settlement payment, a court could prohibit us from manufacturing, commercializing, using or importing the product, service, or technology features or practicing other intellectual property rights that are essential to our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position as well as our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management and our employees. Any litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with collaborators, partners, services provides, or contractors. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to develop, manufacture, commercialize, import, or use our products, services, or technologies, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We depend on certain intellectual property rights that are licensed to us. We may be unsuccessful in licensing or acquiring intellectual property rights from third parties that may be necessary to develop, manufacture, commercialize, import, or use our current and/or future products, services, or technologies.

The “brain stethoscope” EEG sonification technology that is used in the Ceribell System is protected by intellectual property rights that we in-license from Stanford University. See the section titled “BusinessStanford Agreement.” Our rights to use such intellectual property rights in our business are subject to the continuation of and our compliance with the terms of the license agreements between us and each of our licensors. In addition, the agreements under which we in-license intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we have in-licensed, or in-license in the future, prevent, or impair our ability to maintain our

44


 

licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Despite our best efforts, our current or future licensors might conclude that we materially breached our license agreements and might therefore terminate the license agreements, thereby removing our ability to develop and commercialize products and technology covered by these license agreements. If these in-licenses are terminated, this could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

A third party may hold intellectual property rights, including patent rights, that are important or necessary to the development, manufacture, commercialization, import or use of our current and/or future products, services, or technologies, in which case we would need to acquire or obtain a license to such intellectual property rights from such third party. A third party that perceives us to be a competitor may be unwilling to license or assign its intellectual property rights to us. In addition, the licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and other companies may also pursue similar strategies to license or acquire such third party’s intellectual property rights. Some of these companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater development, manufacturing, and commercialization capabilities. We also may be unable to license or acquire third party intellectual property rights on commercially reasonable terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment, or we may be unable to obtain any such license or acquisition at all. If we are unable to successfully license or acquire necessary third-party intellectual property rights, we may not be able to develop, manufacture, commercialize, import, or use our current and/or future products, services, or technologies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If we are unable to protect the disclosure and use of our confidential information and trade secrets, the value of our products, services, and technologies and our business and competitive position could be harmed.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on other intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, know-how, and/or other proprietary information that is not patentable or that we elect not to patent. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect, and some courts are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. To protect and maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we rely heavily on confidentiality provisions that we have in contracts with our employees, consultants, collaborators, and other third parties. We generally enter into confidentiality and inventions assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, and applicable third parties upon their commencement of a relationship with us. However, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes, and we may not enter into such agreements with all employees, consultants, and third parties who have been involved in the development of our inventions. Although we generally require all of our employees, consultants, advisors, and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how, information, or technology to enter into confidentiality agreements, we cannot provide any assurances that all such agreements have been duly executed, and any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets.

In addition, despite the protections we place on our intellectual property and our other proprietary rights, monitoring unauthorized use and disclosure by employees, consultants, and other third parties who have access to such intellectual property or other proprietary rights is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights will be adequate. Therefore, we may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or other trade secrets by such employees, consultants, advisors, or third parties, despite the existence of our protections, including non-disclosure and use restrictions. These agreements may not provide meaningful protection against the unauthorized disclosure or use or of our trade secrets, know-how, or other proprietary information in the event the unwanted use is outside the scope of the provisions of the contracts or in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation, or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information that we fail to detect. There can be no assurances that such employees, consultants, advisors, or third parties will not intentionally or unintentionally breach their agreements with us, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known or independently developed by third parties, including our competitors. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that information to compete with us. In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information by maintaining physical security of our premises and electronic security of our information technology systems. Such security measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an employee, consultant or other third party with authorized access, provide adequate protection for our proprietary information. Our security measures may not prevent an employee, consultant, or other third party from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and recourse we take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully.

If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed. The exposure of our trade secrets and other proprietary information would impair our competitive advantages and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In particular, a failure to protect our

45


 

proprietary rights may allow competitors to copy our products, services, or technologies, which could adversely affect our pricing and market share. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our products, services, or technologies that we consider proprietary. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our trade secret rights and related confidentiality, non-disclosure, and non-use provisions, and outcomes of such litigation are unpredictable. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed, used or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. While we use commonly accepted security measures, trade secret violations are often a combination of federal and state law in the United States, and the criteria for protection of trade secrets can vary among different jurisdictions. If the steps we have taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating the trade secret. In addition, some courts are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets and agreement terms that address non-competition are difficult to enforce in many jurisdictions and might not be enforceable in certain cases. Finally, even if we were to be successful on the enforcement of our claims, we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies.

It is also possible that others may independently develop information or technologies that are the same as or similar to our trade secrets or other proprietary technologies and develop products, services, or technologies without obtaining access to our trade secrets or other proprietary information in which case we could not assert any intellectual property rights, including trade secret rights, against such parties in a manner that could prevent legal recourse by us. If we fail to obtain or maintain trade secret protection, or if any of our confidential or proprietary information, such as our trade secrets, were to be disclosed or used by others without our consent or otherwise misappropriated, or if any such information was independently developed by a competitor, or if our competitors obtain our trade secrets or independently develop products, services, or technologies that are the same as or similar to ours, our competitive market position could be materially and adversely harmed.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build brand name recognition in our markets of interest and our competitive position may be harmed.

Our trademarks could be challenged, opposed, invalidated, infringed, and circumvented by third parties, and our trademarks could also be diluted, declared generic or descriptive, or found to be infringing on other marks. If any of the foregoing occurs, we could be forced to re-brand our company, products, services, or technologies, resulting in loss of brand recognition and requiring us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands, and suffer other competitive harm. Third parties may also adopt trademarks similar to ours, which could harm our brand identity and lead to market confusion. Further, there can be no assurance that competitors will not infringe our trademarks or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. Certain of our current or future trademarks may become so well known by the public that their use becomes generic and they lose trademark protection. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We rely on our trademarks, trade names, and brand names, such as our Clarity mark, to distinguish our products, services, and technologies from the products, services, and technologies of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks in the United States and certain countries outside the United States; however, we have not yet registered all of our trademarks in all of our current and potential markets. There can be no assurance that all of our trademark applications will be approved for registration. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in proceedings before the USPTO and comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties have opposed and may oppose in the future further our trademark applications and may seek to cancel trademark registrations or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademark filings in these agencies, and such filings may not survive such proceedings. While we may be able to continue the use of our trademarks in the event registration is not available, particularly in the United States, where trademark rights are acquired based on use and not registration, third parties may be able to enjoin the continued use of our trademarks if such parties are able to successfully claim infringement in court. In addition, opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademark applications and registrations and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would. Our trademarks or trade names may be infringed, circumvented, declared generic, or determined to be violating or infringing on other marks.

Our products contain third-party open source software components and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could restrict our ability to sell our products, affect our ability to protect our proprietary information, and subject us to possible litigation.

Our products contain software tools licensed by third parties under open source software licenses. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source software licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some open source software licenses contain requirements that the licensee make its source code publicly available if the licensee creates modifications or derivative works using such open source software, depending on the type of open source software the licensee uses and how the licensee uses it.

46


 

If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source software licenses, be required to make available the source code of certain of our proprietary software to the public for free. This could allow our competitors to create similar products with less development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of product sales and revenue. In addition, some companies that use third-party open source software have faced claims challenging their use of such open source software and their compliance with the terms of the applicable open source license. We may be subject to suits by third parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming non-compliance with the applicable open source licensing terms. Use of open source software may also present additional security risks because the public availability of such software may make it easier for hackers and other third parties to compromise or attempt to compromise our technology platform and systems.

Although we typically review our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our products, services or technology to conditions we do not intend, the terms of many open source software licenses have not been interpreted by United States courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products, services or technology. Moreover, our processes for monitoring and controlling our use of open source software in our products, services or technology may not be effective. If we are held to have breached the terms of an open source software license, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue offering our solutions on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our products, services, or technology, to discontinue the sale of our products, services, or technology if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, to pay statutory or other damages to the license holder, or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We are subject to certain manufacturing restrictions related to licensed intellectual property rights that were developed with the financial assistance of United States government grants.

Under the Bayh-Dole Act, the federal government retains a “nonexclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, paid-up license” in inventions produced with its financial assistance (“Government Funded Inventions”) for its own benefit. The Bayh-Dole Act provides federal agencies with march-in rights (“March-In Rights”), which allows a government agency, in specified circumstances, to require the patent owner or successors in title to the patent directed to such Government Funded Inventions (“Patent Owner”) to grant a “nonexclusive, partially exclusive or exclusive license” to a “responsible applicant or applicants,” which if exercised, would allow such government agency to require such Patent Owner to grant a non-exclusive, partially exclusive, or exclusive license in any field of use to a third-party designated by such agency. The Bayh-Dole Act also provides that the Patent Owner manufacture products embodying the respective Government Funded Inventions domestically in accordance with certain requirements. If this domestic manufacturing requirement is not met, the government agency that funded the relevant grant is entitled to exercise March-In Rights. We are subject to the Bayh-Dole Act with respect to licensed technology that was developed with United States government grants. Such licensed technology is used in our recorders. Further, we cannot be sure that if we acquire intellectual property rights in the future they will be free from government rights or regulations pursuant to the Bayh-Dole Act.

If we own, co-own, or in-license Government Funded Inventions that are critical to our business, our ability to enforce or otherwise exploit patents covering such technology may be adversely affected. Further, the exercise of March-In Rights, the requirement that we grant additional licenses to third parties, or the termination of our license of the relevant technologies could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The restrictions of the Bayh-Dole Act may also limit our ability to manufacture our products in locations where it may be otherwise more favorable for us to do so, which could limit our ability to respond to competitive developments or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Risks Relating to Financial and Accounting Matters

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes may be limited due to certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or state tax law.

We have incurred substantial losses during our history and may never achieve profitability. U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) we generated in tax years through December 31, 2017 may be carried forward for 20 years and may fully offset taxable income in the year utilized, and federal NOLs we generated in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely but may only be used to offset 80% of our taxable income annually for tax years beginning after December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2023, we had NOLs of approximately $105.0 million for federal income tax purposes and $104.8 million for state income tax purposes.

Realization of these NOLs depends on future taxable income, and there is a risk that our existing NOLs could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future taxable income, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change federal NOLs and other tax attributes (such as tax credits) to offset

47


 

its post-change taxable income and taxes may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in a corporation’s equity ownership by certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period. Transactions that have occurred since our formation, including this offering, may result in an ownership change. We have not conducted a study to determine whether an ownership change would result from this offering. In addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership (some of which shifts are outside our control). As a result, our ability to use pre-change federal NOLs and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income and taxes could be subject to limitations. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply. For these reasons, even if we achieve profitability, we may be unable to use a material portion of our NOLs and other tax attributes, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our effective tax rate may vary significantly from period to period.

Various internal and external factors may have favorable or unfavorable effects on our future effective tax rate. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in tax laws, regulations, or rates, both within and outside the U.S., structural changes in our business, new accounting pronouncements or changes to existing accounting pronouncements, non-deductible goodwill impairments, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, changes in the relative proportions of revenue and income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have different statutory tax rates, the future levels of tax benefits of equity-based compensation, changes in overall levels of pretax earnings or changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. Additionally, we could be challenged by state and local tax authorities as to the propriety of our sales tax compliance, and our results could be materially impacted by these compliance determinations.

In addition, our effective tax rate may vary significantly depending on the market price of our common stock. The tax effects of the accounting for share-based compensation may significantly impact our effective tax rate from period to period. In periods in which the market price of our common stock is higher than the grant price of the share-based compensation vesting in that period, we will recognize excess tax benefits that will decrease our effective tax rate. In future periods in which our stock price is lower than the grant price of the share-based compensation vesting in that period, our effective tax rate may increase. The amount and value of share-based compensation issued relative to our earnings in a particular period will also affect the magnitude of the impact of share-based compensation on our effective tax rate. These tax effects are dependent on the market price of our common stock, which we do not control, and a decline in our stock price could significantly increase our effective tax rate and adversely affect our financial condition.

Changes in tax laws or tax rulings could adversely affect our effective tax rates , results of operations and financial condition.

The tax regimes we are subject to or operate under are unsettled and may be subject to significant change. This challenge will continue to increase as we expand our operations globally. Changes in tax laws, issuance of new tax rulings or changes in interpretations of existing laws could cause us to be subject to additional income-based taxes and non-income-based taxes, including payroll, sales, use, value-added, digital, net worth, property and goods and services taxes, which in turn could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In particular, the U.S. government may enact significant changes to the taxation of business entities including, among others, an increase in the corporate income tax rate, the imposition of minimum taxes or surtaxes on certain types of income, significant changes to the taxation of income derived from international operations, and it may enact further limitations on the deductibility of business interest. For example, on August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act (the “IRA”) was signed into law in the U.S. Among other changes, the IRA, along with subsequent regulations, imposes a minimum tax on certain corporations with book income of at least $1 billion, subject to certain adjustments, and a 1% excise tax on certain stock buybacks and similar corporate actions.

In addition, many countries in the European Union, as well as a number of other countries and organizations, have recently proposed or recommended changes to existing tax laws or have enacted new laws that could impact our tax obligations in the future. We are unable to predict what changes to the tax laws of the U.S. and other jurisdictions may be proposed or enacted in the future or what effect such changes would have on our business. Any of these or similar developments or changes to tax laws or rulings (which changes may have retroactive application) could adversely affect our effective tax rate and our results of operations and financial condition.

Our venture loan and security agreement contains restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

We have entered into a venture loan and security agreement, dated as of February 6, 2024, by and among us, Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, as a lender and collateral agent, and Silicon Valley Bank, a division of First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company (“SVB”), as a lender (the “VLSA”). Concurrent with the VLSA, we also entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with SVB for a senior revolving line of credit of up to $10.0 million (the “Revolving Facility”). As of March 31, 2024, $20.0 million in aggregate principal amount was outstanding under the VLSA, and no amount was outstanding under the Revolving Facility. The VLSA and the

48


 

Revolving Facility contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our ability to, among other things:

sell, transfer, lease, or dispose of our assets subject to certain exclusions;
create, incur, assume, guarantee, or assume additional indebtedness, other than certain permitted indebtedness;
encumber or permit liens on any of our assets other than certain permitted liens;
make restricted payments, including paying dividends on, repurchasing, or making distributions with respect to any of our capital stock;
make specified investments;
consolidate, merge with, or acquire any other entity, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and
enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

The covenants in the VLSA and the Revolving Facility limit our ability to take certain actions and, in the event that we breach one or more covenants, the lenders may choose to declare an event of default and require that we immediately repay all amounts outstanding of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest, and foreclose on the collateral granted to it to secure such indebtedness. Such repayment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our cash deposits with financial institutions exceed insured limits.

We maintain the majority of our cash and cash equivalents in accounts with one or more U.S. financial institutions, and our deposits at these institutions exceed insured limits. Market conditions can impact the viability of financial institutions. In the event of failure of any of the financial institutions where we maintain our cash and cash equivalents, there can be no assurance that we would be able to access uninsured funds in a timely manner or at all. Any inability to access or delay in accessing these funds could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and this Offering

There may not be an active trading market for our common stock, which may cause shares of our common stock to trade at a discount from the initial public offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is possible that after this offering, an active trading market will not develop or, if developed, that any market will not be sustained, which would make it difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share of common stock will be determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our common stock will trade in the public market, if any, after this offering. The market value of our common stock may decrease from the initial public offering price. Furthermore, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital in the future by selling shares of our common stock.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of:

the last day of the fiscal year during which our total annual revenue equals or exceeds $1.235 billion (subject to adjustment for inflation);
the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering;
the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; or
the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act.

49


 

As a result of our “emerging growth company” status, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that would otherwise be applicable to public companies including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We also are a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700.0 million and our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our annual report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

Investors may find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected and more volatile.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We have also incurred and will continue to incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the exchange on which our securities are listed. The expenses generally incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions, other regulatory action, and potentially civil litigation.

If we are unable to design, implement, and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may decline.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC regarding compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The process of designing, implementing and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time consuming, costly and complicated. We have in the past identified control deficiencies including material weaknesses and may identify control deficiencies, including material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. Further, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we or, if required, our auditors, are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

50


 

We do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the market price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, prospects, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock is limited by the terms of the VLSA, and may be limited by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities we issue or any future credit facilities we enter into. Accordingly, investors must for the foreseeable future rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet any guidance that we provide to the public, the market price of our common stock may decline.

We may, but are not obligated to, provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods. Any such guidance will be comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus and in our other public filings and public statements. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed any guidance we have provided, especially in times of economic uncertainty. If actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, our operating and financial results could fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of investors. If, in the future, our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet any guidance we provide or the expectations of investment analysts or investors generally, or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our common stock may decline. Even if we do issue public guidance, there can be no assurance that we will continue to do so in the future.

We will have broad discretion in the use of net proceeds to us from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be harmed, and the market price of our common stock could decline. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government that may not generate a high yield for our stockholders. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on the initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $ per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock but will own only approximately % of our total equity outstanding after this offering. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, or outstanding options and warrants are exercised, you could experience further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled “Dilution.”

We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all, and may dilute existing stockholders’ ownership of our common stock.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges and opportunities, including the need to develop new products, enhance our existing products, enhance our operating infrastructure, potentially expand internationally, and potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies. In order to achieve these objectives, we may make future commitments of capital resources. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. In addition, the incurrence of indebtedness would increase our fixed obligations and include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations. Further, if additional

51


 

financing is needed, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us or at all. Our inability to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, could significantly limit our ability to continue supporting our business growth and responding to business challenges and opportunities.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Prior to this offering, as of , 2024, our executive officers, directors, holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates held approximately % of our outstanding voting stock and, upon the closing of this offering, that same group will hold approximately % of our outstanding voting stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants). Therefore, even after this offering, these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and assuming (i) the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2023 into an aggregate of shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock, and (iii) no exercise of outstanding options or warrants subsequent to December 31, 2023, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering.

We anticipate that we and each of our directors, our executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into our capital stock have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering. The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, as of December 31, 2023, up to approximately additional shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, approximately of which shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The representatives of the underwriters may, however, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

In addition, as of December 31, 2023, approximately shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options, reserved for future issuance under our existing equity incentive plan, or subject to outstanding warrants will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decline.

After this offering, based upon the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2023, the holders of approximately shares of our common stock, or approximately % of our total outstanding common stock, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to vesting schedules and to the lock-up agreements described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable and may lead to entrenchment of management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will contain provisions that could delay or prevent changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions will include the following:

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

52


 

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;
the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death, or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror;
the ability of our board of directors to alter our amended and restated bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;
the required approval of at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws or to repeal certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;
a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and
advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions contained in Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware General Corporation Law”). Under Section 203, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other exceptions, the board of directors has approved the transaction. For a description of our capital stock, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

Claims for indemnification by our directors, officers, and other employees or agents may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors, officers and certain other employees will provide that:

We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.
We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.
We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.
We will not be obligated pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.
The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees, and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

53


 

We may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaws provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees, and agents.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action against us or any of our directors, officers, employees, or agents and arising under the Securities Act. Nothing in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws precludes stockholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law.

We believe these provisions may benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors and judges, as applicable, particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums, and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, this choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees, or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions, and there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision that will be contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market, or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our common stock regardless of our operating performance. In addition, our results of operations could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly results of operations, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, data privacy and security-related events, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors, adverse publicity about the medical device industry, or individual scandals, and, in response, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

Stock markets experience extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

54


 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the market price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our results of operations fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

General Risk Factors

If we engage in acquisitions or strategic partnerships, it may increase our capital requirements, dilute our stockholders, cause us to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities, and subject us to other risks.

From time to time, we may evaluate various acquisitions and strategic partnerships, including licensing or acquiring complementary offerings, intellectual property rights, technologies, or businesses. Any acquisition or strategic partnership may entail numerous risks, including:

increased operating expenses and cash requirements;
the assumption of additional indebtedness or contingent liabilities;
assimilation of operations, intellectual property, and products of an acquired company, including difficulties associated with integrating new personnel;
the diversion of our management’s attention from our existing operations in pursuing such a strategic merger or acquisition;
loss of key personnel and uncertainties in our ability to maintain key business relationships;
uncertainties associated with the other party to such a transaction, including the prospects of that party and their existing products or future products and regulatory approvals; and
our inability to generate revenue from acquired technology and/or products sufficient to meet our objectives in undertaking the acquisition or even to offset the associated acquisition and maintenance costs.

In addition, if we undertake acquisitions or strategic partnerships, we may issue dilutive securities, assume or incur debt obligations, incur large one-time expenses, and acquire intangible assets that could result in significant future amortization expense. Moreover, we may not be able to locate suitable acquisition or partnership opportunities, and even if we do locate such opportunities, we may not be able to successfully bid for or obtain them due to competitive factors or lack of sufficient resources. This inability could impair our ability to grow or obtain access to technology or products that may be important to the development of our business.

We or the third parties we depend on may be adversely affected by natural disasters and other catastrophic events, and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious natural disaster or other catastrophic event. Any interruption in our operations or the operations of third parties who supply components or other materials for our products may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Severe weather, natural disasters and other catastrophic events, including pandemics or other public health crises (such as the COVID-19 pandemic), earthquakes, tsunamis, hurricanes, floods, fires, explosions, accidents, power outages, cyberattacks, telecommunications failures, mechanical failures, unscheduled downtimes, civil unrest, strikes, transportation interruptions, unpermitted discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances, other environmental risks, wars or other conflicts (including wars in Ukraine and the Middle East), sabotage, terrorist attacks, or other intentional acts of vandalism or misconduct could severely disrupt our operations, or the operations of third parties who manufacture or supply components or other materials for our products, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If a natural disaster or other catastrophic event occurs that prevents us or third-party suppliers or manufacturers from using all or a significant portion of our or their headquarters or other facilities, that damages critical infrastructure or that otherwise disrupts operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar catastrophic event. The potential impact of any disruption would depend on the nature and extent of the damage caused by a disaster. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity

55


 

plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of earthquake insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

In addition, our corporate headquarters and manufacturing facilities are located in Sunnyvale, California, near major earthquake faults and fire zones. We do not carry earthquake insurance. Furthermore, integral parties in our supply chain are similarly vulnerable to natural disasters or other sudden, unforeseen, and severe adverse events. If such an event were to affect our supply chain, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We are subject to risks from legal and arbitration proceedings that may prevent us from pursuing our business activities or require us to incur additional costs in defending against claims or paying damages.

We may become subject to legal disputes and regulatory proceedings in connection with our business activities involving, among other things, product liability, product defects, intellectual property infringement, employment matters, and/or alleged violations of other applicable laws in various jurisdictions. We may not be insured against all potential damages that may arise out of any claims to which we may be party in the ordinary course of our business. A negative outcome of these proceedings may prevent us from pursuing certain activities and/or require us to incur additional costs in order to do so and pay damages. In addition, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities. This type of litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which would harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Additionally, the significant increase in the cost of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance may cause us to opt for lower overall policy limits or to forgo insurance that we may otherwise rely on to cover significant defense costs, settlements, and damages awarded to plaintiffs.

The outcome of pending or potential future legal and arbitration proceedings is difficult to predict with certainty. In the event of a negative outcome of any material legal or arbitration proceeding, whether based on a judgment or a settlement agreement, we could be obligated to make substantial payments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. In addition, the costs related to litigation and arbitration proceedings may be significant, and any legal or arbitration proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We must design our disclosure controls and procedures to reasonably assure that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. For example, our directors or executive officers could inadvertently fail to disclose a new relationship or arrangement, causing us to fail to make a required related party transaction disclosure. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Our insurance may not cover all potential losses or liabilities that may arise.

We are not insured against all potential losses or liabilities that may arise, as insurance coverage may be unavailable, not cost-effective, or subject to significant limitations. For example, we are not insured against business interruptions suffered by third parties that we depend on, environmental liabilities or patent infringement, among other types of risks. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that an insurance carrier will not seek to cancel or deny coverage after a claim has occurred. If a loss or liability occurs that is not or not fully covered by insurance, we may be required to pay substantial amounts, which could adversely affect its cash position and results of operations.

56


 

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our strategy, future financial condition, future operations, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management, and expected market growth, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “may,” “will,” “shall,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “goal,” “objective,” “seeks,” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans, or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

our ability to attract and retain customers;
our expectations concerning orders for our products and utilization by existing customers;
our expectations regarding the potential market size for our products;
our ability to maintain our competitive technological advantages;
our plans to develop and release new features for the Ceribell System;
our plans to expand into new indications;
our intentions to pursue adjacent and international markets;
our ability to continue improving our product and technology, including our AI-powered algorithm;
our commercialization and marketing capabilities and strategies;
the implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our business and products and technology;
our relationships with, and the capabilities of, our component manufacturers and suppliers;
the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our products;
our ability to effectively manage our growth;
our anticipated use of proceeds from this offering;
our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;
estimates of our expenses, future revenue, capital requirements, our needs for additional financing, and our ability to obtain additional capital; and
our future financial performance.

We caution you that the foregoing list does not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance, or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur at all. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events, and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments we may make.

57


 

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.

58


 

Market and Industry Data

This prospectus contains estimates, projections, and other information concerning our industry and our business, as well as data regarding market research, estimates, and forecasts prepared by our management or third parties. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research, or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties, and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. While we believe the market and industry data included in this prospectus are reliable and are based on reasonable assumptions, these data and the industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these estimates, publications, and reports made by third parties or us.

Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained such industry, business, market, and other data from reports, research surveys, studies, and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry and general publications, government data, and similar sources. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from sources which we paid for, sponsored, or conducted, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. The content of these third-party sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein.

Forecasts and other forward-looking information with respect to industry, business, market, and other data are subject to the same qualifications and additional uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

59


 

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund sales and marketing efforts, fund research and product development activities, conduct or sponsor clinical studies, and for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. We periodically evaluate strategic opportunities; however, we have no current understandings or commitments to enter into any such acquisitions or make any such investments.

The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. Pending their use, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a variety of capital-preservation investments, including government securities and money market funds.

60


 

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The terms of our credit, security, and guaranty agreement also limit our ability to pay dividends, and we may enter into additional credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that may restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our capital stock. Any future determinations regarding the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable law, and will depend upon then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, general business conditions, capital requirements, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

61


 

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2023:

on an actual basis;
on a pro forma basis, to reflect: (i) the Preferred Stock Conversion; (ii) the elimination of the preferred stock warrant liability following conversion of all of our outstanding warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2023 into warrants exercisable for shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments discussed above, and our receipt of estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with the sections titled “Summary Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

As of December 31, 2023

 

Actual

 

Pro Forma

 

Pro Forma as
Adjusted

 

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 $

 

 $

 

 $

Notes payable, current and long-term

 

 $

 

 $

 

 $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; shares
   authorized, shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares
   authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

 

 $

 

 $

 

 $

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; no shares authorized, issued
   and outstanding, actual; shares authorized, no shares issued or
   outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; shares authorized,
            shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized
   and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares authorized
   and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 $

 

 $

 

 $

Total capitalization

 

 $

 

 $

 

 $

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in-capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit), and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in-capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit), and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover

62


 

page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit), total capitalization, and shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2023 would be $ , $ , $ , $ , and shares, respectively.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2023, after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion, and does not include:

shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which includes our existing redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of December 31, 2023, with a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share;
shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which includes our existing redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, issued subsequent to December 31, 2023, with a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share;
shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2023, with a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share;
shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 2023, with a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share; and
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:
shares of our common stock to be reserved for future issuance under the 2024 Plan, which will become effective as of the date immediately preceding the date on which this offering is consummated, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2024 Plan;
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our EIP, which plan was adopted subsequent to December 31, 2023, and which number of shares will be added to the shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuances under the 2024 Plan upon its effectiveness, at which time we will cease granting awards under the EIP; and
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date our registration statement relating to this offering becomes effective, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

63


 

Dilution

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately and substantially diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of December 31, 2023, our historical net tangible book value (deficit) was $ million, or $ per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities and redeemable convertible preferred stock, divided by the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2023.

Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of December 31, 2023 was $ million, or $ per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents tangible assets, less liabilities, divided by the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding, after giving effect to:

the Preferred Stock Conversion;
the elimination of the preferred stock warrant liability following conversion of all of our outstanding warrants exercisable for redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2023 into warrants exercisable for shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and
the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving further effect to the sale by us of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) as of December 31, 2023 would have been $ million, or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $ per share and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value to new investors of $ per share. Dilution per share represents the difference between the price per share to be paid by new investors for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

 

 

 $

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2023

 

 $

 

 

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2023
   attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2023

 

 

 

 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
   participating in this offering

 

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

 

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

 

 

 

 $

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price, the number of shares we sell, and other terms of this offering that will be determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ per share and the dilution in pro forma per share to investors participating in this offering by $ per share, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million share increase in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ per share and decrease the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors participating in this offering by $ per share, and each 1.0 million share decrease in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ per share and increase the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors participating in this offering by $ per share, in each case assuming the initial public offering price of $ per share remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

64


 

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our common stock after this offering would be $ per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share to investors participating in this offering would be $ per share of our common stock, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2023, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (1) paid to us by existing stockholders and (2) to be paid by new investors acquiring our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table below shows, investors participating in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 

 

Shares Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average
Price Per

 

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Share

Existing stockholders

 

 

 

%

 

 $

 

%

 

 $

New investors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

100%

 

 $

 

100%

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1.0 million share increase or decrease in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $ million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of common stock remains the same, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock, our existing stockholders would own %, and our new investors would own % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2023, after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion, and does not include:

shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which includes our existing redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of December 31, 2023, with a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share;
shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which includes our existing redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants that will convert into warrants exercisable for common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, issued subsequent to December 31, 2023, with a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share;
shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2023, with a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share;
shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 2023, with a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share; and
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:
shares of our common stock to be reserved for future issuance under the 2024 Plan, which will become effective as of the date immediately preceding the date on which this offering is consummated, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2024 Plan;
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our EIP, which plan was adopted subsequent to December 31, 2023, and which number of shares will be added to the shares of common stock to be reserved for

65


 

future issuances under the 2024 Plan upon its effectiveness, at which time we will cease granting awards under the EIP; and
shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date our registration statement relating to this offering becomes effective, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

To the extent that any outstanding warrants or options are exercised, new options or other equity awards are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional shares in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors participating in this offering.

66


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the section titled Summary Financial Data and our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from management’s expectations. See the section titled Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section titled Risk Factors. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future. We are not undertaking any obligation to update any forward-looking statements or other statements we may make in the following discussion or elsewhere in this prospectus even though these statements may be affected by events or circumstances occurring after the forward-looking statements or other statements were made.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company focused on transforming the diagnosis and management of patients with serious neurological conditions. We have developed the Ceribell System, a novel, point-of-care electroencephalography (“EEG”) platform specifically designed to address the unmet needs of patients in the acute care setting. By combining proprietary, highly portable, and rapidly deployable hardware with sophisticated artificial intelligence (“AI”)-powered algorithms, the Ceribell System enables rapid diagnosis and continuous monitoring of patients with neurological conditions.

We are initially focused on becoming the standard of care for the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting, where the technological and operational limitations of conventional EEG systems have contributed to significant delays in seizure diagnosis and suboptimal patient care and clinical outcomes, as well as a high economic burden for hospitals and the healthcare system. By making EEG more accessible and enabling continuous monitoring through the power of AI, the Ceribell System enables clinicians to more rapidly and accurately diagnose and manage patients at risk of seizure in the acute care setting, resulting in improved patient outcomes and hospital and payer economics. As of March 31, 2024, the Ceribell System has been adopted by more than 450 active accounts, ranging from top academic centers to small community hospitals, and has been used to care for over 100,000 patients.

We specifically designed the Ceribell System to address the limitations of conventional EEG in the acute care setting and dramatically improve clinical outcomes of critically ill patients at high risk of seizures. The Ceribell System integrates proprietary, highly portable hardware with AI-powered algorithms to aid in the detection and management of seizures. Our hardware is composed of a disposable, flexible headband and a pocket-sized, battery-operated recorder used to capture and wirelessly transmit EEG signals. The hardware is simple to use and, after approximately one hour of training, can be applied within minutes by any non-specialized healthcare professional. EEG data captured by the recorder is interpreted by our proprietary AI-powered seizure detection algorithm, Clarity, which continuously monitors the patient’s EEG signal and can support the clinician’s real-time assessment of seizure activity.

We are currently focused on becoming the standard of care for the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting. There are approximately 5,800 acute care facilities in the United States that we believe could benefit from our system. As of March 31, 2024, we employed a team of approximately 70 sales representatives, including Territory Managers (“TMs”), who are responsible for new customer acquisition and onboarding, and Clinical Account Managers (“CAMs”), who focus on ongoing account coverage to increase utilization and further support hospital onboarding. We intend to expand the size of our direct sales organization in the United States to support our efforts to drive further adoption and utilization of the Ceribell System. While our current commercial focus is on the United States, we have received a CE Mark for the Ceribell System in Europe, and in the future we intend to pursue additional regulatory clearances in Europe and elsewhere outside of the United States. We also plan to engage in market access initiatives in attractive international regions in which we see significant opportunity.

We manage all aspects of manufacturing, supply chain, and distribution of the headband and recorder from our facility in Sunnyvale, California. Contract manufacturers in China assemble the Ceribell headband, with final inspection and labelling completed at our facility. We have dual sources for major components of the headband. The components for our recorder are procured from various suppliers and shipped to our facility for final assembly.

Since our inception, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to organizing and staffing our company, research and development activities, obtaining FDA clearance, business planning, raising capital, establishing and maintaining our intellectual property portfolio, conducting direct sales efforts and marketing initiatives, conducting clinical studies and clinical trials, and providing general and administrative support for these operations.

67


 

We have experienced rapid growth since we began commercializing the Ceribell System in 2018 and have generally experienced sequential quarterly revenue growth. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, we recognized revenue of $25.9 million and $45.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 74%. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, our net loss was $37.2 million and $29.5 million, respectively, and our net cash used in operating activities was $32.0 million and $29.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $126.5 million. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through proceeds from the sale of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, term loan proceeds, and cash generated from the sale of headbands and subscriptions. As of December 31, 2023, we had $34.5 million in cash and cash equivalents. For the period from our inception through December 31, 2023, we had received aggregate gross proceeds of $150.3 million from sales of our common stock, convertible notes, and redeemable convertible preferred stock and $15.0 million from term loans. In February 2024, we executed a Venture Loan and Security Agreement (“VLSA”) with Silicon Valley Bank, a division of First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company (“SVB”), as a lender, and Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (“Horizon”), as a lender and collateral agent of $50.0 million. The Company drew $20.0 million of the $50.0 million term loan commitment at closing with a $30.0 million term loan commitment remaining. The Company used a portion of the proceeds to pay the remaining principal and end-of-term fee of prior term loan as well as the fees associated with the VLSA. Net proceeds were $7.6 million. Concurrent with the VLSA, we also entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with SVB for a senior revolving line of credit of up to $10.0 million (“Revolving Facility”).

Based on our current operating plan, we believe that the estimated net proceeds from this offering, together with the expected cash generated from revenue transactions with customers and our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our planned operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could deplete our capital resources sooner than we expect. We may experience lower than expected cash generated from operating activities or greater than expected capital expenditures, cost of revenue, or operating expenses, and may need to raise additional capital to fund operations, further research and development activities, or acquire, invest in, or in-license other businesses, assets, or technologies.

We have incurred operating losses since the commencement of our operations and we expect to continue to incur losses as we grow and transition to operating as a public company. We have invested heavily in our product development and sales and marketing activities. We intend to make significant investments building our sales and marketing organization by increasing the number of U.S. sales representatives. Our sales and marketing expenses were $31.8 million and $38.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively. Our general and administrative expenses were $18.5 million and $20.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the foreseeable future as we increase our headcount to support the continued growth of our business begin to operate as a public company. We intend to continue to make investments in research and development efforts to develop our next generation products. Our research and development expenses were $7.2 million and $9.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively.

Our Business Model

Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations and Performance

We believe there are several important factors that have impacted and that we expect will impact our operating performance and results of operations for the foreseeable future. These factors include:

Adoption of the Ceribell System in new accounts. As of March 31, 2024, we had over 450 active accounts. We define active accounts as those with an active subscription or recent headband usage, which is typically considered to be six months. There are approximately 5,800 acute care facilities in the United States that we believe could benefit from our system. To penetrate these hospitals, we continue to increase our commercial organization, which, as of March 31, 2024, consisted of approximately 70 sales representatives. This team comprises TMs and CAMs, who are responsible for new account acquisition by engaging with key decision makers to educate them about the value proposition of the Ceribell System. As we seek to increase our account base, we expect that our revenue will increase due to resulting utilization and subscription revenue. The rate at which we grow our commercial organization and the speed at which newly hired personnel become effective can impact our revenue growth or our costs incurred in anticipation of such growth.
Utilization of the Ceribell System within our existing customer base. Our revenue is impacted by the utilization of the headband component of the Ceribell System within hospitals. Within each hospital, we are initially focused on site onboarding and launch. Once the launch is complete, our CAMs drive greater utilization of the Ceribell System within the hospital by reinforcing our value proposition, increasing disease state awareness, and integrating standard protocols for monitoring the broader set of appropriate patients. CAMs also are focused on expanding the use of our system into additional departments within the hospital. As hospitals and physicians gain exposure to our system, we expect to leverage their

68


 

experiences to increase usage and establish the Ceribell System as the standard of care for the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting.
Investment in research and development to drive innovation and expand our addressable market. Our research and development initiatives are focused on introducing significant enhancements, features, and improvements aimed at increasing the value provided by our system for diagnosing and monitoring seizures in the acute care setting. We believe the platform nature of our system enables us to efficiently deploy it for use in other serious neurological conditions beyond seizures, for which we have begun the technical validation process for several additional indications.

Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue from two recurring sources. Product revenue is generated by the sale of our disposable headbands that are intended for single patient use. Subscription revenue is generated by monthly subscription fees charged to our hospital customers for use of Clarity, recorders, and our portal. Revenue from sales of headbands is recognized at a point in time upon transfer of control of the product. We generally recognize subscription revenue ratably over the related contractual term beginning on the date that the system is made available to a customer. Our revenue fluctuates primarily based on the number of active accounts and the volume of headband usage.

We expect that our revenue will continue to fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter due to a variety of factors, including the potential success of our sales force in expanding adoption of the Ceribell System in new accounts and expanding the utilization of our system in existing accounts. We may experience fluctuations in the number of headbands used by our customers based on seasonal factors that impact the number of patients in the acute care setting. For example, the number of patients in the intensive care unit is typically lower during the summer months.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of the cost of materials and labor to manufacture headbands and depreciation of the manufacturing cost of recorders, as well as third-party hosting fees and personnel-related expenses for our subscription cost of revenue. Cost of revenue also includes expenses related to manufacturing overhead comprising compensation for personnel, manufacturing supervision, facilities, utilities, quality assurance, property tax, and certain direct costs such as tariffs and shipping costs. As we acquire new customers and existing customers increase their use of our product and software, we expect that our cost of revenue will continue to increase.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit, or revenue less cost of revenue, and gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, have been and will continue to be affected by various factors, including sales prices, the timing of our acquisition of new customers, renewals of and follow-on sales to existing customers, costs associated with third-party hosting fees, and costs associated with the purchase of inventory and third party manufacturing. We expect our gross margin to increase over the long term as we focus on optimizing our manufacturing processes and to the extent our production volume increases, our fixed manufacturing costs would be spread over a larger number of units, thereby reducing our per-unit manufacturing costs. We expect our gross margin to fluctuate from period to period, based upon the factors described above and in the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expenses are incurred in connection with the advancement of the Ceribell System with the goal to improve and expand on our existing system and indications. Research and development expenses consist primarily of engineering, product development, regulatory activities, consulting services, materials, depreciation, and other costs associated with products and technologies being developed. These expenses include employee and non-employee compensation, including benefits, stock-based compensation, supplies, materials, consulting, related travel expenses, and facilities expenses. Our research and development team includes hardware and software engineers with deep expertise in mechanical and electrical engineering, data science, AI, embedded software design, and cloud-based data and security architecture. We invest in research and development efforts with the goal of driving continuous improvements in our current system and solutions and expanding the clinical application of our system and AI algorithms, in the acute care setting and beyond. Research and development expenses are recognized as incurred and payments made prior to the

69


 

receipt of goods or services to be used in research and development are capitalized and are recognized as expense as the goods are delivered or as related services are performed.

We record research and development expenses in the periods in which they are incurred. Costs for certain activities, such as clinical studies and clinical trials, are generally recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information and data provided to us by our vendors and collaborators.

We expect our research and development expenses to increase as we continue to improve and optimize our algorithm, leverage our platform to expand indications, and develop products for use beyond the acute care setting.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of employee related costs, including salaries, commissions, bonuses, benefits, travel, and stock-based compensation as well as investments in marketing initiatives to increase market awareness of our technology and the prevalence of seizures in critically ill patient populations, including expenses related to travel, conferences, trade shows, and consulting services.

We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to increase the size of our sales organization and market penetration in the United States, expand indications, and potentially establish an international presence by pursuing marketing authorizations and engaging in other market access initiatives in international regions in which we see significant potential opportunity. However, we expect sales and marketing expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue primarily as, and to the extent, our revenue grows.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, including salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation expense for personnel in executive, finance, accounting, commercial operations, legal, human resource, IT, and administrative functions. General and administrative expenses also include direct or allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and insurance, not otherwise included in research and development expenses, sales and marketing expenses, or cost of revenue, as well as professional fees for legal, patent, and consulting services.

We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the foreseeable future as we increase our headcount to support the continued growth of our business. We also anticipate incurring additional expenses associated with operating as a public company, including increased expenses related to audit, legal, regulatory, compliance, director and officer insurance, investor and public relations, and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and standards applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange. However, we expect general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue primarily as, and to the extent, our revenue grows.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), net

Interest and other income (expense), net is primarily interest income on our cash and cash equivalents, interest expense on our term loans, and change in the fair value of the warrant liability. Interest expense primarily consists of interest on our term loans and a non-cash interest charge related to amortization of debt issuance costs. Gains and losses related to the change in fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability issued as a part of our term loans are recognized in the income statement each quarter until the warrants are exercised, expire, or become exercisable into shares of common stock.

Provision for Income Taxes

To date, we have not recorded any U.S. federal or state income tax expense. We have recorded deferred tax assets for U.S. federal income taxes for which we provide a full valuation allowance. These deferred tax assets primarily include net operating loss carryforwards of $28.8 million, capitalized research and development $3.2 million, and of tax credit carryforwards of $1.8 million, as of December 31, 2023, which begin expiring in 2035. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance for the foreseeable future as it is not more likely than not the deferred tax assets will be realized based on our history of losses.

70


 

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenue

 

$

20,503

 

 

$

34,568

 

 

$

14,065

 

 

 

69

%

Subscription revenue

 

 

5,419

 

 

 

10,657

 

 

 

5,238

 

 

 

97

%

Total revenue

 

$

25,922

 

 

$

45,225

 

 

$

19,303

 

 

 

74

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product cost of goods sold

 

 

4,194

 

 

 

6,630

 

 

 

2,436

 

 

 

58

%

Subscription cost of revenue

 

 

236

 

 

 

432

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

83

%

Total cost of revenue

 

 

4,430

 

 

 

7,062

 

 

 

2,632

 

 

 

59

%

Gross profit

 

 

21,492

 

 

 

38,163

 

 

 

16,671

 

 

 

78

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

7,243

 

 

 

8,995

 

 

 

1,752

 

 

 

24

%

Sales and marketing

 

 

31,811

 

 

 

38,922

 

 

 

7,111

 

 

 

22

%

General and administrative

 

 

18,459

 

 

 

20,287

 

 

 

1,828

 

 

 

10

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

57,513

 

 

 

68,204

 

 

 

10,691

 

 

 

19

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(36,021

)

 

 

(30,041

)

 

 

5,980

 

 

 

(17

)%

Interest and other income (expense), net

 

 

(1,141

)

 

 

588

 

 

 

1,729

 

 

NM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

 

(37,162

)

 

 

(29,453

)

 

 

7,709

 

 

 

(21

)%

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

450

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(37,164

)

 

$

(29,464

)

 

$

7,700

 

 

 

(21

)%

 

 

The following table sets forth the components of our statements of operations data, for each of the periods presented, as a percentage of revenue:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenue

 

 

79

%

 

 

76

%

Subscription revenue

 

 

21

%

 

 

24

%

Total Revenue

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product cost of goods sold

 

 

16

%

 

 

15

%

Subscription cost of revenue

 

 

1

%

 

 

1

%

Total cost of revenue

 

 

17

%

 

 

16

%

Gross profit

 

 

83

%

 

 

84

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

28

%

 

 

20

%

Sales and marketing

 

 

123

%

 

 

86

%

General and administrative

 

 

71

%

 

 

45

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

222

%

 

 

151

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(139

)%

 

 

(66

)%

Interest and other income (expense), net

 

 

(4

)%

 

 

1

%

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

 

(143

)%

 

 

(65

)%

Provision for income taxes

 

*

 

 

*

 

Net loss

 

 

(143

)%

 

 

(65

)%

* Less than 1%

71


 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2023

Revenue

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Product revenue

 

$

20,503

 

 

$

34,568

 

 

$

14,065

 

 

 

69

%

Subscription revenue

 

 

5,419

 

 

 

10,657

 

 

 

5,238

 

 

 

97

%

Total revenue

 

$

25,922

 

 

$

45,225

 

 

$

19,303

 

 

 

74

%

 

Total revenue increased $19.3 million, or 74%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022.

 

The increase of product revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 was primarily driven by an increase in headband sales, and a price increase initiative on headbands that began in the fourth quarter of 2022, which contributed to 12% of the revenue growth.

 

The increase of subscription revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 was primarily driven by an increase in our active account base, and an increase in adoption of subscriptions.

Cost of Revenue

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Product cost of goods sold

 

$

4,194

 

 

$

6,630

 

 

$

2,436

 

 

 

58

%

Subscription cost of revenue

 

236

 

 

432

 

 

196

 

 

 

83

%

Total cost of revenue

 

$

4,430

 

 

$

7,062

 

 

$

2,632

 

 

 

59

%

 

As we continued to scale our business, total cost of revenue increased $2.6 million, or 59%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022.

 

The increase in cost of goods sold for products was primarily due to an increase in headband sales to new and existing active accounts.

 

The increase in subscription cost of revenue was primarily due to an increase hosting costs for new active accounts for subscriptions and incremental recorder depreciation associated with new subscriptions.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Gross profit

 

$

21,492

 

 

$

38,163

 

 

$

16,671

 

 

 

78

%

Gross margin

 

 

83

%

 

 

84

%

 

 

1

%

 

 

1

%

Product gross profit

 

 

16,309

 

 

 

27,938

 

 

 

11,629

 

 

 

71

%

Product gross margin

 

 

80

%

 

 

81

%

 

 

1

%

 

 

2

%

Subscription gross profit

 

 

5,183

 

 

 

10,225

 

 

 

5,042

 

 

 

97

%

Subscription gross margin

 

 

96

%

 

 

96

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

 

Gross profit increased $16.7 million, or 78% primarily due to revenue increases and decreasing the cost of goods sold per unit, as non-variable costs are allocated among a larger number of units.

72


 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Research and development

 

$

7,243

 

 

$

8,995

 

 

$

1,752

 

 

 

24

%

Sales and marketing

 

 

31,811

 

 

 

38,922

 

 

 

7,111

 

 

 

22

%

General and administrative

 

 

18,459

 

 

 

20,287

 

 

 

1,828

 

 

 

10

%

Total operating expenses

 

$

57,513

 

 

$

68,204

 

 

$

10,691

 

 

 

19

%

 

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased $1.8 million, or 24%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $2.0 million in personnel and related expenses directly associated with an increase in headcount. These increases were partially offset by $0.1 million of decreased spending on materials and overhead.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses increased $7.1 million, or 22%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $6.5 million in personnel and related expenses directly associated with an increase in headcount and $0.5 million in marketing and trade show increased expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $1.8 million, or 10%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $4.1 million in personnel and related expenses directly associated with an increase in headcount, $2.4 million in professional services including audit, legal, and consultant fees, $1.2 million in increased overhead and facilities, $0.9 million in stock-based compensation expense, and $0.2 million in other increases. These increases were primarily offset by $6.8 million in decreased stock-based compensation expense due to sales of shares of common stock above fair value by an executive and a member of the Board of Directors in 2022 and a $0.2 million decrease in severance.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), net

Interest and other income (expense), net increased $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily due to the extension of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock financing round in the third quarter of 2022 that resulted in $50 million in additional cash and related interest income. This increase was offset by an increase in interest expense due to an increase in the interest rate on our venture financing loan.

73


 

Quarterly Results of Operations Data

The following tables set forth selected quarterly statements of operations data for each of the four fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 and the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2024, as well as the percentage of revenue that each line item represents for each quarter. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), on the same basis as our audited annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and includes, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These historical quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for the full year or any future period.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended (in thousands)

 

 

 

 

March 31,
2022

 

 

June 30,
2022

 

 

September 30,
2022

 

 

December 31,
2022

 

 

March 31,
2023

 

 

June 30,
2023

 

 

September 30,
2023

 

 

December 31,
2023

 

 

March 31,
2024

 

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenue

 

$

3,787

 

 

$

4,569

 

 

$

5,554

 

 

$

6,593

 

 

$

7,379

 

 

$

8,418

 

 

$

8,764

 

 

$

10,007

 

 

$

11,035

 

 

Subscription revenue

 

 

997

 

 

 

1,263

 

 

 

1,479

 

 

 

1,680

 

 

 

2,167

 

 

 

2,519

 

 

 

2,847

 

 

 

3,124

 

 

 

3,365

 

 

Total revenue

 

 

4,784

 

 

 

5,832

 

 

 

7,033

 

 

 

8,273

 

 

 

9,546

 

 

 

10,937

 

 

 

11,611

 

 

 

13,131

 

 

 

14,400

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

3,945

 

 

 

4,768

 

 

 

5,955

 

 

 

6,824

 

 

 

7,981

 

 

 

9,340

 

 

 

9,725

 

 

 

11,117

 

 

 

12,342

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

13,295

 

 

 

15,095

 

 

 

12,990

 

 

 

16,133

 

 

 

16,062

 

 

 

15,755

 

 

 

16,890

 

 

 

19,497

 

 

 

20,795

 

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(9,348

)

 

 

(10,328

)

 

 

(7,036

)

 

 

(9,309

)

 

 

(8,081

)

 

 

(6,415

)

 

 

(7,165

)

 

 

(8,380

)

 

 

(8,453

)

 

Net loss

 

$

(9,665

)

 

$

(10,722

)

 

$

(7,515

)

 

$

(9,262

)

 

$

(7,918

)

 

$

(6,218

)

 

$

(7,055

)

 

$

(8,273

)

 

$

(8,521

)

 

 

All values from the statements of operations data, expressed as a percentage of revenue, were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31,
2022

 

 

June 30,
2022

 

 

September 30,
2022

 

 

December 31,
2022

 

 

March 31,
2023

 

 

June 30,
2023

 

 

September 30,
2023

 

 

December 31,
2023

 

 

March 31,
2024

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenue

 

 

79

%

 

 

78

%

 

 

79

%

 

 

80

%

 

 

77

%

 

 

77

%

 

 

75

%

 

 

76

%

 

 

77

%

Subscription revenue

 

 

21

%

 

 

22

%

 

 

21

%

 

 

20

%

 

 

23

%

 

 

23

%

 

 

25

%

 

 

24

%

 

 

23

%

Total revenue

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

Gross profit

 

 

82

%

 

 

82

%

 

 

85

%

 

 

82

%

 

 

84

%

 

 

85

%

 

 

84

%

 

 

85

%

 

 

86

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

278

%

 

 

259

%

 

 

185

%

 

 

195

%

 

 

168

%

 

 

144

%

 

 

145

%

 

 

148

%

 

 

144

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(195

)%

 

 

(177

)%

 

 

(100

)%

 

 

(113

)%

 

 

(85

)%

 

 

(59

)%

 

 

(62

)%

 

 

(64

)%

 

 

(59

)%

Net loss

 

 

(202

)%

 

 

(184

)%

 

 

(107

)%

 

 

(112

)%

 

 

(83

)%

 

 

(57

)%

 

 

(61

)%

 

 

(63

)%

 

 

(59

)%

 

Quarterly Trends

Revenue

Our quarterly revenue increased sequentially in each of the periods presented due primarily to the addition of new customers and revenue growth from expansion within existing customers as a result of increased number of sales representatives, as well as sales price increases.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue generally increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented, driven by increased sales.

Our quarterly gross margins have fluctuated between 82% and 86% in each period presented.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses have generally increased sequentially in each quarter presented with the exception of activity in the quarters ended March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, and December 31, 2022, when we incurred $3.0 million, $3.2 million, and $0.7 million in stock-based compensation expenses, respectively, related to common stock sales above fair value by one executive and one board member. Operating expenses also decreased in the quarter ended June 30, 2023 due to spend on a national sales meeting that occurred in March 2023. Other sequential increases in total operating expenses were primarily due to increases in personnel-related expenses as a result of increased headcount and other related expenses to support the growth of our business and related infrastructure.

74


 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since inception, we have financed operations primarily through the net proceeds we have received from the sales of our preferred stock and common stock as well as net proceeds from our term loans and cash generated from the sale of headbands and Clarity subscriptions. We have generated losses from our operations as reflected in our accumulated deficit of $126.5 million as of December 31, 2023, and have generated negative cash flows from operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023.

Our losses primarily resulted from the costs incurred in the development and sales and marketing of our products and providing general and administrative support for our operations. We expect to continue to incur losses in the foreseeable future to expend significant amounts of cash in the foreseeable future as we continue to scale our business, invest in research and development activities, increase sales and marketing expenses to support commercial expansion, and increase general and administrative expenses to support being a publicly-traded company.

Sources of Liquidity

As of December 31, 2023, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of $34.5 million of cash and cash equivalents and $15.0 million of term loans, of which principal payments of $3.8 million have been made.

On February 6, 2024, we entered into a VLSA with SVB and Horizon. The VLSA provides a term loan commitment of $50.0 million. We drew $20.0 million of the $50.0 million term loan commitment at closing, which was used to retire our existing debt with Horizon, pay transaction fees, and for general corporate purposes. The remaining $30.0 million term loan commitment consists of three tranches of $10.0 million commitments, expiring on each of December 31, 2024, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2025. The maturity date of VLSA is March 1, 2029.

The VSLA is secured by all of our assets, excluding intellectual property. There are no financial covenants as long as our net debt (defined as the difference between unrestricted cash and outstanding debt) does not exceed $40 million. Commencing on the last day of the calendar quarter in which our net debt exceeds $40.0 million and continuing until the repayment in full of the obligations (other than any inchoate indemnity obligations), we covenant, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, to achieve annualized trailing six-month revenue in an amount equal to or no less than our net debt balance. We must also maintain account balances in accounts at or through SVB representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the value of all deposit account balances all financial institutions through the time at which the debt has been repaid in full. Additionally, we shall obtain any business credit card, letter of credit, and cash management services exclusively from SVB. In the event that we breach one or more covenants, each lender's obligation to lend its undisbursed portion of the loan commitment shall terminate and the lenders may choose to declare an event of default and require that we immediately repay all amounts outstanding of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest, and foreclose on the collateral granted to it to secure such indebtedness.

Concurrent with the VLSA, we also entered into the Revolving Facility. The Revolving Facility is secured by our accounts receivable, inventory, and other property. There are no financial covenants as long as our net debt (defined as the difference between unrestricted cash and outstanding debt) does not exceed $40 million. Commencing on the last day of the calendar quarter in which our net debt exceeds $40.0 million and continuing until the repayment in full of the obligations, we covenant, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, to achieve a recurring revenue ratio of not less than 1.00:1.00. The recurring revenue ratio is defined as annualized trailing six months of revenue divided by net debt. We may draw amounts up to 85% of the eligible trade receivables. The outstanding principal amount of any advance will accrue interest at a floating rate per annum equal to the greater of the prime rate of interest as published in the Wall Street Journal plus 0.25%, or 6.00%. In the event that we breach one or more covenants, the lender may choose to declare an event of default and require that we immediately repay all obligations.

 

Funding Requirements

Based on our current operating plan, we believe that the estimated net proceeds from this offering together with the expected cash generated from revenue transactions with customers and our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our planned operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could deplete our capital resources sooner than we expect. We may experience lower than expected cash generated from operating activities or greater than expected capital expenditures, cost of revenue, or operating expenses, and may need to raise additional capital to fund operations, further research and development activities, or acquire, invest in, or in-license other businesses, assets, or technologies.

Our future capital needs will depend upon many factors, including:

the market acceptance of our products;
the cost and pace of developing new products and our research and development activities;

75


 

the scope, timing and costs of supporting sales growth and expansion of our commercial organization;
the costs associated with any product recall that may occur;
the costs associated with the manufacturing of our products at increased production levels;
the costs of attaining, defending, and enforcing our intellectual property rights;
whether we acquire third-party products or technologies;
the terms and timing of any other collaborative, licensing, and other arrangements that we may establish;
the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments;
our ability to raise additional funds to finance our operations;
debt service requirements; and
the cost associated with being a public company.

 

If these sources of cash are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. In addition, the incurrence of indebtedness would increase our fixed obligations and include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations. Our ability to raise additional funds may be adversely impacted by deteriorating global economic conditions and the disruptions to and volatility in the credit and financial markets in the United States and fluctuations in interest rates, resulting from factors that include but are not limited to, inflation, the conflict between Russia and Ukraine and other factors, diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates and interest rates, and uncertainty about economic stability. If the equity and credit markets deteriorate, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly, and more dilutive. Further, if additional financing is needed, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us or at all. Our inability to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, could significantly limit our ability to continue supporting our business growth and responding to business challenges and opportunities.

Cash Flows

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for each of the periods presented:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(32,002

)

 

$

(29,159

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(1,399

)

 

$

(1,763

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

$

49,805

 

 

$

(2,818

)

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2022 consisted primarily of our net loss of $37.2 million, non-cash charges of stock-based compensation of $7.9 million driven by the sale of shares of common stock by one executive and one board member, and a net increase in operating assets of $6.1 million, partially offset by a net increase in operating liabilities of $2.2 million. Net operating assets increased due to the timing of the inventory purchases and accounts receivable for the overall increase in sales in the year ended December 31, 2022. Net operating liabilities increased primarily due to increased accrued payroll, bonus, and commissions due to increased headcount.

Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2023, consisted primarily of our net loss of $29.5 million, non-cash charges of stock-based compensation of $2.7 million, and a net increase in operating assets of $6.1 million, partially offset by a net increase in operating liabilities of $2.4 million. Net operating assets increased due to the timing of inventory purchases and accounts receivable for the overall increase in sales in the year ended December 31, 2023. Net operating liabilities increased primarily due to increased accrued payroll, bonus, and commissions due to increased headcount.

Investing Activities

76


 

Net cash used in investing activities during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 was $1.4 million and $1.8 million, respectively, and consisted of purchases of equipment and recorders provided to customers.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2022, consisted primarily of $50.0 million in proceeds from the sale of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2023, consisted primarily of $3.8 million in debt repayment.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our contractual obligations at December 31, 2023 include:

Debt — Principal payments required on current debt outstanding at December 31, 2023 was $11.3 million. Please refer to the section titled “Liquidity and Capital Resources” above for a discussion of changes in commitments.

Operating leases — As of December 31, 2023, estimated contractual obligations for operating lease payments were $2.6 million due within 37 months.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, expenses and the disclosure of our contingent liabilities in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

See Note 2 to our financial statements elsewhere in this prospectus for information about our significant accounting policies and how estimates are involved in the preparation of our financial statements. We believe the following reflect the critical accounting estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Valuation of Warrants

We have issued freestanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with our term loans. We classify these warrants as a liability because they contain liquidation features that are not solely within our control. We record the fair value of the warrant on the balance sheet at the inception of such classification and adjust to fair value at each financial reporting date. The changes in the fair value of the warrants are recorded in the statement of operations as a gain or loss. We will continue to adjust the carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability for changes in the fair value of the warrants until the earlier of: the exercise of the warrants, at which time the liability will be reclassified to temporary equity or the expiration of the warrant, at which time the entire amount would be reversed and reflected in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss, or the warrants being exercisable for shares of common stock, at which time the liability will be reclassified to equity. Our assumptions with regard to the warrant valuation are based on estimates of the valuation of the underlying preferred stock, volatility, interest rate and such estimates could vary significantly.

Valuation of Common Stock

Prior to the completion of this offering, the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock awards was determined by our board of directors. The valuations of our common stock prior to the completion of this offering were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

our stage of development;
our history and the timing of the introduction of new solutions and services;
our actual operating results and performance and financial condition, including our levels of available capital resources;

77


 

current business conditions and projections;
the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;
U.S. market and economic conditions;
conditions of the U.S. medical device industry;
the stock price performance, volatility, and valuation multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies;
the likelihood and timing of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our business given prevailing market conditions;
the prices of redeemable convertible preferred stock sold by us to third-party investors in arms-length transactions;
recent secondary stock transactions in shares of our preferred and common stock;
relevant mergers and acquisitions in targeted industries;
the lack of marketability of our common stock; and
contemporaneous valuations performed by third-party valuation firms.

Our board of directors determined the income approach and market approach, including the back-solve method, were the most appropriate methods for estimating our enterprise value. Under the income approach, we estimated the value based upon our projected financial performance. Under the back-solve method in the market approach, we estimated the value based upon our prior sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, as well as secondary transactions undertaken in our preferred securities, using the option pricing method (the “OPM”). The back-solve analysis considered the post-transaction liquidation preferences, participation caps, dividends, conversion features, and our capital structure immediately following the closing of each financing round. Other market approaches included analyses based on the valuation of comparable publicly traded companies and mergers and acquisitions observed in related industries. We then applied these derived multiples or values to our financial metrics to estimate our market value.

In addition, we also considered any secondary transactions involving our common stock. In our evaluation of such transactions, we considered the facts and circumstances of each such transaction to determine the extent to which they represented a fair value exchange. Factors considered include transaction volume, timing, whether such transactions occurred among willing and unrelated parties, and whether such transactions involved investors with access to our financial information.

For valuations performed prior to September 30, 2023, the allocation of these enterprise values to each part of our capital structure, including our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, was done utilizing the OPM. The OPM treats the rights of the holders of redeemable convertible preferred and common stock as equivalent to call options on any value of the enterprise above certain break points of value based upon the liquidation preferences of the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock, as well as their rights to participation and conversion. Thus, the estimated value of the common stock can be determined by estimating the value of its portion of each of these call option rights. The OPM back-solve derives the implied equity value of a company from a recent transaction involving our own securities issued on an arms-length basis.

For our valuations performed on and after September 30, 2023, the allocation of these enterprise values to each our share classes was done utilizing the hybrid method. The hybrid method is a hybrid between the probability-weighted expected returns method (the “PWERM”) and the OPM. Using the PWERM, the enterprise value under various exit scenarios including an initial public offering (the “IPO Scenario”) and staying private that considered our estimate of the timing of each scenario and were weighted based on our estimate of the probability of each event occurring. Our equity value under the IPO Scenario was estimated using the market approach based on recent IPO values of comparable companies. The equity value under the IPO Scenario was allocated to our capital stock using an IPO scenario analysis that contemplates the timing, size, valuation, and probability of an IPO event in the future. The stay private scenario estimated our equity value using an income approach based on our financial projections and market approaches based on the valuation of comparable publicly traded companies and mergers and acquisitions observed in related industries. Further, we used the back-solve method under the market approach with respect to the secondary transactions in our redeemable convertible preferred stock. The equity value was then allocated to our capital stock based on the OPM.

After the equity value is determined and allocated to the various share classes, a discount for lack of marketability (“DLOM”) is applied to arrive at the fair value of the common stock. A DLOM is meant to account for the lack of marketability of a stock that is not traded on public exchanges. For financial reporting purposes, we considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date of our stock options to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation or a straight-line interpolation between the two

78


 

valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date.

For valuations after the completion of this offering, the fair value of each share of underlying common stock will be based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of June 30, 2024 was approximately $ million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), of which approximately $ million is related to vested options and approximately $ million is related to unvested options.

Valuation of Common Stock Options for Stock-Based Compensation

We maintain an equity incentive plan to provide long-term incentives for employees, consultants and members of the board of directors. The plan allows for the issuance of non-statutory and incentive stock options to employees and non-statutory stock options to consultants and non-employee directors. We are required to determine the fair value of equity incentive awards and recognize compensation expense for all equity incentive awards granted, including employee stock options.

We account for stock-based compensation awards, including stock options to employees and non-employees, based on their estimated grant date fair value. We estimate the fair value of our stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

We recognize fair value of stock options, which vest based on continued service, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally four years. For performance-based grants, we estimate when and if they will be earned. If we consider such award to be probable, we recognize expense over the estimated service period, which would be the estimated period of performance. If we do not consider such awards probable of achievement, we recognize no amount of stock-based compensation. There were 165,840 performance-based option awards outstanding as of December 31, 2023. We account for forfeitures as they occur.

Determining the grant date fair value of options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires management to make assumptions and judgments. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately the amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. Changes in the following assumptions can materially affect the estimate of the fair value of stock-based compensation:

Fair Value of Common Stock—The absence of an active market for our common stock requires us to estimate the fair value of our common stock. See “—Valuation Common Stock” above.
Expected Term—The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We estimated the expected term based on the simplified method, which is the average of the weighted-average vesting period and contractual term of the option.
Expected Volatility— Since there has been no public market for our common stock and lack of company specific historical volatility, we have determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of the volatility of a peer group of publicly traded companies. In evaluating similarity, we consider factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, and size.
Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is calculated using the average of the published interest rates of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with maturities that are commensurate with the expected term.
Dividend Yield—The dividend yield assumption is zero, as we have no history of, or plans to make, dividend payments.

The following weighted-average assumptions were used for the Black-Scholes option pricing model for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023:

 

December 31,

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Expected term (in years)

 

 

5.0

 

 

5.1

 

Expected volatility

 

 

73.4

%

 

 

75.4

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

3.1

%

 

 

4.2

%

Dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Following the completion of this offering, our common stock will be publicly traded and will therefore be subject to potentially significant fluctuations in the market price. Increases and decreases in the market price of our common stock will also increase and decrease the fair value of our stock-based awards granted in future periods.

79


 

Based on the assumed initial public offering price per share of $ , which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2024 was $ , with $ related to vested stock options.

See Note 11 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of recent accounting pronouncements applicable to our financial statements.

Qualitative and quantitative disclosures about market risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate sensitivities. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $68.2 million and $34.5 million, respectively. We generally hold our cash in money market funds. We also had variable rate debt of $15.0 million and $11.3 million as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2023, respectively. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. We do not believe that a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates during any of the periods presented would have had a material effect on our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Financial Institution Risk

Substantially all of our cash and cash equivalents are held with two financial institutions. Cash amounts held at financial institutions are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000.

Effects of Inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and raw material costs. Inflationary and supply chain pressures may adversely impact our future financial results. Our operating costs have increased and may continue to increase because of these pressures, and we may not be able to fully offset these cost increases by raising prices for products or subscription fees, which could result in downward pressure on margins.

Contract Manufacturing

We have partnered with two contract manufacturers in China to assemble our headband, with final inspection and labeling completed at our facility in Sunnyvale, California. Political instability or the deterioration of trade relations between the United States and China could adversely impact our manufacturing and operations.

Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company Status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period for any other new or revised accounting standards during the period in which we remain an emerging growth company; however, we may adopt certain new or revised accounting standards early. As a result, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies and our financial statements may not be comparable to other public companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. The JOBS Act also exempts us from having to provide an attestation and report from our independent registered public accounting firm on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion; (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year; or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

80


 

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares of common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our shares of common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for shares of our common stock and our share price may be more volatile.

81


 

Business

Business Overview

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company focused on transforming the diagnosis and management of patients with serious neurological conditions. We have developed the Ceribell System, a novel, point-of-care electroencephalography (“EEG”) platform specifically designed to address the unmet needs of patients in the acute care setting. By combining proprietary, highly portable, and rapidly deployable hardware with sophisticated artificial intelligence (“AI”)-powered algorithms, the Ceribell System enables rapid diagnosis and continuous monitoring of patients with neurological conditions. We are initially focused on becoming the standard of care for the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting, where the technological and operational limitations of conventional EEG systems have contributed to significant delays in seizure diagnosis and suboptimal patient care and clinical outcomes, as well as a high economic burden for hospitals and the healthcare system. By making EEG more accessible and enabling continuous monitoring through the power of AI, the Ceribell System enables clinicians to more rapidly and accurately diagnose and manage patients at risk of seizure in the acute care setting, resulting in improved patient outcomes and hospital and payer economics. As of March 31, 2024, the Ceribell System has been adopted by more than 450 active accounts, ranging from top academic centers to small community hospitals, and has been used to care for over 100,000 patients.

A seizure is an abnormal burst of uncontrolled electrical activity in the brain which, if left untreated, can result in permanent disability or death. Seizures are often associated with epilepsy, a chronic condition that causes recurring seizures throughout an individual’s life. However, seizures in the acute care setting are also commonly triggered by serious conditions such as brain tumors, traumatic brain injury, stroke, cardiac arrest, and sepsis, among others. In contrast to epileptic seizures which are short in duration and typically involve convulsions, seizures occurring in the acute care setting tend to be longer in duration and are most often non-convulsive, meaning they lack the physical symptoms that are often used to identify seizure activity, which makes empirical diagnosis extremely challenging. This creates a significant unmet need, and it is estimated that up to 92% of all seizures in the ICU are non-convulsive.

A seizure lasting longer than five minutes is known as status epilepticus, a serious medical emergency that can lead to mortality or severe and permanent brain damage. Awareness of the severity of status epilepticus has significantly increased over the last decade, with a heightened emphasis on prompt diagnosis and treatment, which are the most important factors in appropriately managing the condition and improving patient outcomes. The overall mortality rate for status epilepticus is approximately 30%, with mortality increasing by 13% for each hour that the condition goes untreated. Further, patient response rates to first-line anti-seizure medication drop by approximately 30% for every hour medication is delayed from the onset of seizures. Given the impact of prompt detection on treatment success and outcomes, medical society guidelines emphasize the need for prompt EEG monitoring for patients at risk of status epilepticus.

EEG, a non-invasive test that measures electrical activity in the brain and displays this activity as continuous waveforms, is the only way to definitively confirm a seizure diagnosis. EEG was originally designed for the outpatient setting, primarily for use in the diagnosis and management of epilepsy, where the technology has been used for nearly 100 years. In the acute care setting, conventional EEG systems are insufficient to meet the needs of critically ill patients as they are unable to provide the speed of diagnosis and continuous monitoring necessary for optimal patient management. These challenges are the result of multiple inherent bottlenecks in the design of conventional EEG systems and the infrastructure required to administer them. Conventional EEG systems must be operated by specialized EEG technicians who typically work limited hours, are staffed across multiple departments within the hospital, and face a national supply shortage. After arrival at the bedside, which is often delayed, EEG technicians must initiate a long, complex, and labor-intensive setup process before EEG recording can begin. The EEG recording must then be interpreted and monitored by specialized neurologists, who face similar workflow and supply shortage issues, and when available, are rarely able to continuously monitor EEG recordings in real-time. These bottlenecks result in delays in both diagnosis and monitoring. This can lead to delayed seizure detection and less informed treatment decisions, which may negatively impact clinical outcomes and have been shown to contribute to a higher cost burden for hospitals and the healthcare system.

We specifically designed the Ceribell System to address the limitations of conventional EEG in the acute care setting and dramatically improve clinical outcomes of critically ill patients at high risk of seizures. The Ceribell System integrates proprietary, highly portable hardware with AI-powered algorithms to aid in the detection and management of seizures. Our hardware is composed of a disposable, flexible headband and a pocket-sized, battery-operated recorder used to capture and wirelessly transmit EEG signals. The hardware is simple to use and, after approximately one hour of training, can be applied within minutes by any non-specialized healthcare professional. The recorder is integrated with a proprietary web-based portal that allows neurologists to remotely access EEG data in real time from any web-enabled device. EEG data captured by the recorder is interpreted by our proprietary AI-powered seizure detection algorithm, Clarity, which continuously monitors the patient’s EEG signal and can support the clinician’s real-time assessment of seizure activity. In May 2023, the latest generation of Clarity became the first and only device to receive 510(k) clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for diagnosing electrographic status epilepticus, and subsequently received a New Technology Add-on Payment (“NTAP”) from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”).

82


 

The unique features and capabilities of our system deliver numerous benefits, including:

Early seizure detection and improved patient outcomes. The Ceribell System can be deployed in as little as five minutes by any non-specialized healthcare professional with limited training required and continuously monitors the patient for seizure activity, empowering bedside clinicians to make more informed and timely treatment decisions. This results in improved patient outcomes, including shorter hospital stays and reductions in unnecessary administration of anti-seizure medication, intubation and patient transfers.
Improved hospital and payer economics. We have demonstrated that the Ceribell System can deliver cost savings for hospitals and payers by decreasing the average hospital length of stay, reducing the over-administration of anti-seizure medication, and reducing unnecessary patient transfers. In addition, confirmed diagnosis of seizures may allow hospitals to receive appropriate reimbursement coding for the more complex and costly management of patients with multiple comorbidities.
Reduced strain on key hospital personnel. The Ceribell System reduces reliance on EEG technicians for EEG administration and enables hospitals to better manage technician infrastructure and workflow. Additionally, Clarity allows for better triage of at-risk patients, improves resource allocation, and supports more efficient workflow for neurologists.

We have developed a large body of evidence that supports these clinical and economic benefits, including over 20 peer-reviewed publications and over 65 abstracts and posters. Our growing base of clinical evidence highlights the value of the Ceribell System to all key stakeholders, including patients, clinicians, and hospitals of different types and acuity settings. We believe our base of clinical evidence validates that the quality of Ceribell System recordings are equivalent to conventional EEG, supports the diagnostic accuracy of Clarity, and shows that use of the Ceribell System can result in improved clinical management and care. In addition, our clinical evidence supports that use of the Ceribell System can provide meaningful cost savings to hospitals and payers, appropriate reimbursement coding for the treatment of patients with complex conditions, and reduced strain on hospital personnel.

Given the inherent limitations of conventional EEG systems, we believe that EEG has been significantly underutilized in the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting. By providing our customers with a tool that can be promptly administered and leveraged to inform treatment decisions at the bedside, the Ceribell System has the ability to meaningfully expand the use of EEG to a significantly broader set of acute care patients who should be monitored for non-convulsive seizures. We define our addressable market opportunity as the approximately three million acute care patients in the United States who we believe should be monitored with EEG each year due to high risk of seizures. Based on the average selling prices of the hardware and software components of our solution, we estimate this represents a total annual addressable market opportunity of approximately $2 billion in the U.S. acute care setting. We believe the platform nature of the Ceribell System will enable us to efficiently pursue other serious neurological conditions beyond seizures, including delirium and ischemic stroke, which could represent an incremental, multi-billion-dollar market opportunity.

We are currently focused on becoming the standard of care for the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting. There are approximately 5,800 acute care facilities in the United States that we believe could benefit from our system. As of March 31, 2024, we employed a team of approximately 70 sales representatives, including Territory Managers (“TMs”), who are responsible for new customer acquisition and onboarding, and Clinical Account Managers (“CAMs”), who focus on ongoing account coverage to increase utilization and further support hospital onboarding. We intend to expand the size of our direct sales organization in the United States to support our efforts to drive further adoption and utilization of the Ceribell System. While our current commercial focus is on the United States, we have received a CE Mark for the Ceribell System in Europe, and in the future we intend to pursue additional regulatory clearances in Europe and elsewhere outside of the United States. We also plan to engage in market access initiatives in attractive international regions in which we see significant opportunity.

We have established a significant competitive advantage through multiple strategic initiatives, including investing substantial resources to create our wholly-owned intellectual property portfolio. As of May 31, 2024, we had 18 issued patents and 24 pending patent applications covering multiple aspects of our hardware and algorithms. We have also invested in building data science and AI capabilities, which would be costly and difficult to replicate. As of March 31, 2024, our system has been used on over 100,000 patients, which we believe to be the largest database of acute care EEG recordings. Finally, we spend a significant amount of time partnering with our customers, including providing onsite training and ongoing education as well as ensuring optimal workflow and IT integration, all of which strengthens our competitive position, customer loyalty, and customer retention.

We invest in research and development efforts with the goal of driving continuous improvements in the Ceribell System, advancing our mission of becoming the standard of care for the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting, and expanding the clinical application of our system and AI algorithms, in the acute care setting and beyond. Our research and development team includes hardware and software engineers with deep expertise in mechanical and electrical engineering, data science, AI, embedded software design, and cloud-based data and security architecture.

83


 

We generate revenue from two recurring sources – the sale of our disposable headbands that are intended for single patient use and a monthly subscription fee charged to our hospital customers for use of Clarity, recorders, and our portal. We have experienced rapid growth since we began commercializing the Ceribell System in 2018 and have generally experienced sequential quarterly revenue growth. We recognized revenue of $45.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to revenue of $25.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, representing 74% year-over-year growth. For the year ended December 31, 2023, we recognized a gross margin of 84.4% and a net loss of $29.5 million, compared to a gross margin of 82.9% and a net loss of $37.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Our Success Factors

We believe the continued growth of our company will be driven by the following success factors:

Paradigm-shifting platform technology capable of becoming the standard of care for brain monitoring in the acute care setting. The Ceribell System represents a paradigm-shifting EEG solution for brain monitoring in the acute care setting, a field that has experienced minimal innovation since conventional EEG systems were developed in the 1920s. The Ceribell System was specifically designed to address the shortcomings of conventional EEG systems in the acute care setting. Unlike conventional EEG systems, the Ceribell System provides clinicians with rapid access to EEG, bedside seizure detection, and continuous monitoring, which enables more accurate treatment decisions and improved outcomes for critically ill patients. We believe the Ceribell System is positioned to become the standard of care for the detection and management of seizures in these patients. In the future, we believe the platform nature of the Ceribell System will enable us to efficiently pursue other serious neurological conditions beyond seizures, for which we have begun the technical validation process for multiple indications, including delirium and ischemic stroke. We received Breakthrough Device Designation from the FDA for delirium in September 2022.
Compelling benefits supported by a robust body of clinical and real-world evidence. The Ceribell System was designed to optimize patient care and hospital workflow through improved EEG access, quicker detection of seizures, continuous monitoring, and improved clinical decision-making. These attributes of the Ceribell System successfully translate into improved clinical care, which has been shown to improve patient outcomes and hospital and payer economics. The clinical and economic benefits of the Ceribell System are supported by a significant body of evidence that includes over 20 peer-reviewed publications and over 65 abstracts and posters. We believe our clinical evidence and real-world case studies will continue to support the adoption of our system.
Large addressable market opportunity with a significant unmet need. Prolonged seizures, particularly non-convulsive seizures, are highly prevalent in critically ill patients in the acute care setting and are associated with significant morbidity and mortality. While conventional EEG can be used to detect seizures in these patients, the inherent limitations of conventional EEG systems have resulted in a significant underutilization of this necessary and often lifesaving technology. By providing hospitals with 24/7 bedside assessment and continuous monitoring of seizure activity, the Ceribell System enables hospitals to promptly and more appropriately care for critically ill patients. We believe that the Ceribell System can expand the use of EEG to the approximately three million acute care patients in the United States who we believe should be monitored with EEG each year due to high risk of seizures, representing an approximately $2 billion annual addressable market opportunity. In addition, we believe that future indication and geographic expansion opportunities could represent an incremental, multi-billion-dollar market opportunity.
Recurring, predictable and scalable revenue model with attractive gross margins. We generate revenue primarily from two recurring sources – the sale of our single use, disposable headbands and a monthly subscription fee for the use of our system. Once we onboard an account, we have historically observed high retention rates. We believe that our track record of customer retention and our recurring revenue model improve the predictability of our revenue. Both our disposable headband and subscription revenue streams offer significant visibility and produce high gross margins. For the period ended March 31, 2024, we generated gross margin of 86%, with subscription gross margins of 97%. We have also developed a highly scalable commercial model that combines TMs focused on new customer adoption and onboarding and CAMs focused on driving utilization with limited case coverage support required, which we believe will support efficient growth and greater operating leverage. We believe the attractive attributes of our business model will allow us to continue to invest in growth initiatives while driving the company towards profitability.
Strong competitive position with first mover advantage. We have deployed a wide range of strategies to strengthen our competitive advantage. We have invested sizeable resources in developing a comprehensive and wholly-owned intellectual property portfolio, which, as of May 31, 2024, included 18 issued patents and 24 pending patent applications covering multiple aspects of our hardware and algorithms. Additionally, we have invested in building data science and AI capabilities, which would be costly and difficult to replicate. As of March 31, 2024, our system has been used in over 100,000 patients and, through these efforts, we have amassed a large database of acute care EEG recordings, including over 700,000 hours of data. Portions of this database have been used to inform our proprietary, AI-powered algorithm for seizure detection and

84


 

will enable us to develop algorithms for indications beyond seizures. We have also established a sophisticated onboarding program, which includes onsite training and ongoing education as well as workflow and IT integration, all of which help to build customer loyalty and strengthens our competitive position and customer retention.
Established reimbursement. The Ceribell System enables our customers to operate under the existing reimbursement structure for EEG, which has well-established reimbursement levels via the Medicare Severity Diagnosis Related Group (“MS-DRG”) classification system and Current Procedural Terminology (“CPT”) codes. Given the wide variety of underlying acute conditions that may lead to seizures in critically ill patients, use of our system is reimbursed across a large and diverse base of MS-DRGs. As a result, we believe that our system is less subject to targeted reimbursement changes to individual MS-DRGs. In addition, our newest Clarity algorithm is the first neurodiagnostic to achieve both Breakthrough Device Designation from the FDA and an NTAP from CMS. For eligible patients, the NTAP enables hospitals to receive additional reimbursement for each qualifying inpatient admission during which the new Clarity algorithm is used.
Experienced leadership team. Our senior management team consists of industry professionals with deep industry expertise across various disciplines, including medical technology, sales and marketing, engineering, data science, and manufacturing.

Our Growth Strategies

Our mission is to establish the Ceribell System as the standard of care for EEG in the acute care setting and help clinicians save patient lives. The key elements of our growth strategy include:

Increase adoption of the Ceribell System in new accounts. There are approximately 5,800 acute care facilities in the United States that we believe could benefit from our system. As of March 31, 2024, we have successfully deployed our system to more than 450 active accounts, ranging from top academic centers to small community hospitals. We believe that all acute care facilities in the United States can benefit from the Ceribell System, and our goal is to establish our system as the standard of care for the detection and management of seizures in critically ill patients. To drive further adoption of our system, we plan to continue to expand our commercial infrastructure by adding both TMs, who focus on new account acquisition and onboarding, and CAMs, who focus on ongoing account coverage to increase utilization and further support hospital onboarding. Our commercial team engages with customers to communicate the value proposition of the Ceribell System, leveraging our large base of clinical evidence.
Drive utilization of the Ceribell System within our existing customer base. We believe there are approximately three million acute care patients in the United States who should be monitored with EEG each year due to high risk of seizures. As we grow our customer base, we plan to drive utilization of our system within existing accounts by leveraging our CAMs to raise awareness of the prevalence of seizures in critically ill patients, train and educate clinicians and nurses, and assist our customers in developing diagnostic protocols consistent with medical society recommendations and guidelines. Since implementing this approach in July 2021, we have demonstrated success in meaningfully increasing utilization within our active accounts.
Continue to drive awareness of seizures in the acute care setting. We continue to focus on increasing awareness of the prevalence of seizures in critically ill patient populations among intensive care and emergency medicine clinicians in the acute care setting. Based on our experience, many providers underappreciate the full spectrum of underlying conditions that may result in non-convulsive seizures, which generally cannot be reliably diagnosed on an empirical basis. We also aim to educate providers on the importance of prompt diagnosis and treatment of seizures, including the relevant medical society guidelines that recommend EEG be applied promptly when status epilepticus is suspected and in various conditions in which the risk of status epilepticus is high. We work to achieve these objectives by directly engaging with clinicians, investing in marketing initiatives, and supporting clinical research that validates the importance of early diagnosis and treatment of status epilepticus.
Invest in further growing our base of clinical evidence. Clinical evidence is an important driver of our customers’ decision-making process, and we are committed to continuing to build upon the foundation of evidence that supports our value proposition. We conduct our own clinical studies and provide support for independent investigator-initiated trials that evaluate different aspects of our system. For example, we are sponsoring and supporting studies to further validate the impact of our system on patient outcomes and to further demonstrate the reliability and diagnostic utility of Clarity, with a focus on studies that validate speed of EEG setup, ease-of-use, diagnostic accuracy, enhanced clinician confidence in treatment decisions, improved patient outcomes, and hospital and payer economics.
Continue to improve and innovate our system for use in seizures. Our research and development initiatives are focused on introducing enhancements, features, and improvements aimed at increasing the value provided by our system for seizures in the acute care setting. We have introduced multiple iterations of our Clarity seizure detection algorithm, increasing both the sensitivity and specificity of the algorithm since the initial introduction, and expect to continue to drive further improvements of Clarity in the future. We are also investing in expanding the indicated age range of Clarity to include

85


 

individuals below the age of 18, so that we can bring the benefits of AI-powered seizure detection and continuous monitoring to younger patients, who are already able to benefit from rapid EEG access provided by our proprietary hardware. In addition, we have received 510(k) clearance for and are continuing to develop a headset that will be able to accommodate a head size range appropriate for neonate and infant patients, which have different needs than adult and pediatric patients. We believe that these innovations have the potential to increase the utilization of our system within our established customer base.
Expand into new indications and clinical use cases beyond seizures. We believe EEG offers one of the richest datasets of brain activity. While the clinical use of EEG has historically been limited to the identification of seizures, EEGs have been scientifically demonstrated to aid in the detection of a wide variety of other neurological conditions. We intend to leverage our proprietary database of over 700,000 hours of acute care EEG recordings as of March 31, 2024 and our data science and AI capabilities to identify patterns in EEG waveforms that may allow us to expand the use of our system to other indications, both in the acute care setting and beyond. We have begun the technical validation process for several indications in the acute care setting. In September 2022, we received FDA Breakthrough Device Designation for the detection and monitoring of delirium, a common condition in the acute care setting characterized by episodes of confusion and disorientation that affects more than seven million hospitalized patients in the United States annually. We have also initiated technical and clinical work to develop an algorithm that may allow for earlier triage of stroke. We believe these indications would be accessible using our existing hardware platform and commercial infrastructure and significantly expand our total addressable market.
Pursue adjacent and international markets. There are approximately 5,800 acute care facilities in the United States that we believe could benefit from our system. We believe that our system offers compelling benefits to other types of institutions beyond this core market. These other opportunities for adjacent expansion include hospitals affiliated with the Veteran Affairs (“VA”) system and the Department of Defense (“DoD”), children’s hospitals, and long-term acute care facilities. In the future, we plan to establish our presence internationally. While our current commercial focus is on the United States, we have received a CE Mark for the Ceribell System in Europe, and in the future we intend to pursue additional regulatory clearances in Europe and elsewhere outside of the United States. We also plan to engage in market access initiatives in attractive international regions in which we see significant opportunity.

Market Overview

Overview of Seizures in the Acute Care Setting

A seizure is an abnormal burst of uncontrolled electrical activity in the brain that causes a range of clinical symptoms and, if undetected and left untreated, can be life threatening. Seizures generally manifest as a result of an underlying condition, which may be a chronic disorder such as epilepsy or a response to a serious, acute condition, such as brain tumors, traumatic brain injury, stroke, cardiac arrest, and sepsis, among others.

Epileptic seizures are characterized by temporary loss of awareness and disturbances of movement, including twitching or convulsions, and typically last between 30 seconds and two minutes. On the other hand, seizures in critically ill patients are longer in duration and most often non-convulsive, meaning they lack the typical physical symptoms of convulsive seizures. These seizures are common in the acute care setting, which includes the ICU and emergency departments (“EDs”). The table below presents the estimated prevalence of seizures associated with various conditions common in the acute care setting:

 

Acute Condition

 

Estimated Prevalence of Seizures

Following Convulsive Status Epilepticus

 

48%

Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy Following Cardiac Arrest

 

10-59%

Sepsis-Associated Encephalopathy

 

32%

Brain Tumors

 

23-37%

Moderate-to-Severe Traumatic Brain Injury

 

18-33%

Recent Neurosurgical Procedures

 

23%

Intraparenchymal Hemorrhage

 

16-23%

Acute Ischemic Stroke

 

6-27%

Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage

 

10-19%

Unexplained Altered Mental Status

 

8-10%

 

86


 

A seizure lasting longer than five minutes is known as status epilepticus, which is a serious medical emergency that can lead to severe long-term cognitive disability or death. The severity of status epilepticus is comparable, and in some cases higher, than other medical emergencies impacting patients in the acute care setting.

Status Epilepticus As Compared to Other Serious Conditions

 

 

Sepsis

In-Hospital Stroke

Cardiac Arrest

Status Epilepticus

Estimated Annual Inpatient Deaths

217,300

55,000

22,400

30,000

In-Hospital Mortality Rate

16%

6-10%

63%

30%

Average Age of Onset

67

65

63

40

Prompt detection and treatment of status epilepticus are crucial for improving patient outcomes, similar to the management of these other conditions, wherein early detection and treatment result in significantly improved outcomes. At the same time, we believe that, unlike sepsis, stroke, and cardiac arrest, most hospitals do not have defined protocols for identifying and treating status epilepticus. Multiple studies have established that morbidity and mortality rates for status epilepticus are strongly correlated to seizure duration. Young, et al. demonstrated that mortality increases by 13% for each hour that status epilepticus goes untreated, with seizures lasting longer than 20 hours resulting in an 85% mortality rate. In addition, Payne, E.T., et al. showed neurological decline in 98% of pediatric patients with 12 or more minutes of seizures in any one-hour window, and De Marchis, G.M., et al. demonstrated that subarachnoid hemorrhage patients were 10% more likely to have severe disability and mortality at three months for every hour of seizure. Response rates to first-line anti-seizure medication are significantly higher when administered promptly following the onset of seizures. Lowenstein, D. H., et al. showed an 80% response rate to first-line anti-seizure medication when administered within 30 minutes of seizure onset, compared to a response rate of only 40% when first-line treatment was delayed by only two hours.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_2.jpg 

 

Given the impact of prompt detection on treatment success and outcomes, medical society guidelines emphasize the need for prompt EEG monitoring for patients at risk of status epilepticus. For example, the Neurocritical Care Society (“NCS”) guidelines recommend continuous EEG monitoring within 15-60 minutes of onset of seizure for treatment of status epilepticus. Further, guidelines from the American Heart Association (“AHA”) and American Stroke Association (“ASA”) have confirmed the importance of EEG monitoring for certain cardiac arrest and stroke patients who are at high risk of seizures. In addition to the importance of prompt detection, continuous monitoring for seizure activity is critical to the successful management of patients, as status epilepticus may continue or reemerge even after treatment with anti-seizure medication is administered.

87


 

Challenges of Managing Seizures in the Acute Care Setting

Seizures in the acute care setting are particularly challenging to detect and often go undiagnosed given they predominantly present as non-convulsive. It is estimated that up to 92% of all seizures in the ICU are non-convulsive. EEG, which measures electrical activity in the brain, is the only test that can definitively confirm a seizure diagnosis and is critical for making informed treatment decisions. EEG converts electrical brain activity to visual, continuous waveforms, which must be interpreted by a specially trained neurologist, such as an epileptologist or neurophysiologist, to detect seizures or other neurological conditions.

Image of EEG Waveforms

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_3.jpg 

 

Conventional EEG System and Electrodes Placement

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_4.jpg https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_5.jpg

 

 

Conventional EEG systems consist of reusable or single-use electrodes, which are manually attached to the patient’s scalp, and capital equipment, which includes an amplifier, computer module, and display device for transmitting, recording, and displaying the EEG data. Conventional EEG systems were originally designed in the 1920s for use in the outpatient setting, primarily for the diagnosis and management of epilepsy. As such, they were designed with the goal of understanding the precise region of the brain in which seizure activity occurs, rather than to achieve a rapid seizure diagnosis.

In the acute care setting, rapid diagnosis and continuous monitoring are necessary for optimal patient management. While conventional EEG systems are also used in the acute care setting, the inherent limitations of these systems prevent them from addressing the needs of critically ill patients. These limitations, which include long and manual processes that must be performed by specialized personnel, contribute to delayed, and in some cases outright lack of, access to EEG.

Conventional EEG systems require set up by specialized EEG technicians who must undergo advanced training and obtain certifications. Nationally, there is a shortage of such technicians, and the infrastructure costs required to staff technicians 24/7 are generally too high for all but the largest and most well-funded medical centers. In most community-based hospitals, EEG technicians are generally only staffed during normal daytime business hours from Monday through Friday. This results in significant gaps in EEG coverage. For example, a hospital that has EEG technicians available for its ICU from 9:00am to 5:00pm Monday through Friday (i.e., 40 hours a week) would lack EEG coverage for 76% of each week (80 hours on weekdays, plus 48 hours on weekends). On-call services may be available outside of standard business hours, but utilizing these services results in additional delays in EEG access and

88


 

incremental costs as a result of overtime pay. While large academic hospitals may provide greater EEG coverage, general workflow limitations may still result in significant delays in EEG access. Moreover, we believe that many EDs do not use EEGs as a standard practice given the significant delays in access to EEG.

Conventional EEG systems consist of large and cumbersome capital equipment which is generally not stored in the acute care setting due to space constraints and, as such, must be located and transported to the patient. When the EEG technician finally arrives at the bedside with the equipment, the setup process is long, complex, and labor-intensive. The EEG technician will measure the patient’s head to determine electrode placement, then manually part the patient’s hair, scrub the skin to remove dead skin cells, apply a conductive gel to form electrical connectivity between the skin and the EEG electrode and then tape the electrode to the patient’s skin. This process is repeated for each individual electrode and typically takes around 30 minutes to complete. The combination of these factors can result in multi-hour, or even multi-day, delays in EEG administration and interpretation in the acute care setting. For example, Vespa et al., which examined five top academic centers with 24/7 EEG technician coverage, found that median conventional EEG arrival and set up time was 2.8 hours and 4.8 hours during business hours and after-hours, respectively, which is significantly longer than recommendations from NCS guidelines and deviates from the needs of patients at risk of seizure. Further, at non-academic, community hospitals, patients who experience status epilepticus may see further delays in receiving an EEG due to staffing limitations.

Once EEG signal is acquired, the recording must be interpreted by a specially trained neurologist. Similar to EEG technicians, there is a nationwide shortage of neurologists, with demand estimated to exceed supply by almost 20% by 2025. EEG interpretation is a complicated and time-consuming task, as each page of EEG data typically only represents 15 seconds of brain activity. Neurologists are not always immediately available to interpret urgent EEG requests, further contributing to delays in diagnosis. A peer-reviewed publication of survey results from 97 respondent hospitals showed a majority of physicians at such hospitals reviewed EEG results only twice or less a day, and only 5% of such hospitals continuously reviewed EEGs records. When neurologists only review EEGs periodically, diagnosis of seizures that emerge after initial review can be delayed and can restrict the clinician’s ability to provide optimal care.

Due to the delays in diagnosis caused by the many inherent limitations of conventional EEG, bedside clinicians are often left with three unappealing choices – wait until an EEG test is administered and a diagnosis is made to treat the patient, treat the patient empirically without the benefit of EEG data, or transfer the patient to a better equipped facility. The decision to delay treatment for hours until EEG is administered would likely result in poor outcomes, such as long-term cognitive impairment or even death, if the patient is indeed experiencing status epilepticus. The decision to treat empirically without an EEG creates the potential for unnecessary treatment with anti-seizure medication, likely resulting in preventable intubation and increased length of stay. In addition, treating the patient prophylactically runs counter to medical society guidelines published by both the AHA and ASA given the potential for unnecessary comorbidities. The decision to transfer a patient to another institution would result in further delays in potentially necessary treatment and will result in increased costs related to transporting the patient. None of these choices is appealing to clinicians as they are likely to result in poor clinical outcomes for the patient as well as imposing cost burdens on the hospital and payers.

 

Our Addressable Market Opportunity in Seizures

Given the inherent limitations of conventional EEG systems, we believe that EEG has been significantly underutilized in the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting. By providing our customers with a tool that can be promptly administered and leveraged to inform treatment decisions at the bedside, we believe the Ceribell System has the ability to meaningfully expand the use of EEG to a significantly broader set of acute care patients who should be monitored due to high risk of seizures. Based on the experiences of several hospital customers that have studied the impact of the Ceribell System on their institutions, we believe that adoption of the Ceribell System will drive an increase in EEG testing volumes.

We define our addressable market opportunity as the approximately three million acute care patients in the United States who we believe should be monitored with EEG each year due to high risk of seizures based on clinical literature and medical society guidelines. This reflects patients with conditions where seizure is a common comorbidity, including those with a history of prior seizure, stroke or severe sepsis with altered mental state, unexplained and persistent altered mental state, moderate or severe traumatic brain injury, and cardiac arrest with return of spontaneous circulation. Based on the average selling prices of the hardware and software components of our solution, we estimate this represents a total annual addressable market opportunity in the acute care setting of approximately $2 billion in the United States.

While our current commercial focus is on the United States, we have received a CE Mark for the Ceribell System in Europe, and in the future we intend to pursue additional regulatory clearances in Europe and elsewhere outside of the United States. We also plan to engage in market access initiatives in attractive international regions in which we see significant opportunity. We believe acute care EEG monitoring is also underutilized worldwide and that a significant opportunity exists for the Ceribell System to improve patient care and neurologic monitoring.

89


 

Other Potential Opportunities Beyond Seizures

In the future, we intend to leverage our proprietary database of EEG recordings and our data science and AI capabilities to identify patterns in EEG waveforms that would allow us to expand the use of our system. We believe that our system can be deployed with novel algorithms for various indications in the acute care setting using our existing hardware platform and commercial infrastructure, which would enable us to monitor patients for multiple neurological conditions simultaneously. We have already begun the technical validation process for multiple additional indications in the acute care setting. In September 2022, we received FDA Breakthrough Device Designation for the detection of delirium, a common condition in the acute care setting characterized by episodes of confusion and disorientation. Delirium is estimated to affect more than seven million hospitalized patients in the United States annually, and failure to diagnose delirium has been associated with a two-fold increase in six-month mortality. We have also initiated technical and clinical work to develop an algorithm that may allow for earlier triage of ischemic stroke. We believe that the Ceribell System could positively impact the current diagnostic practices for both of these conditions. Based on the prevalence of delirium and ischemic stroke, we believe expansion of our indications could represent an incremental, multi-billion-dollar market opportunity.

Our Solution

We designed the Ceribell System to address the limitations of conventional EEG in the acute care setting and dramatically improve clinical outcomes of critically ill patients at risk of seizures. The Ceribell System is a novel, point-of-care EEG platform that integrates proprietary, highly portable and simple-to-use hardware with AI-powered algorithms to aid in the detection and management of seizures. We currently commercialize our system in the United States, where it has been adopted by more than 450 active accounts and used on over 100,000 patients as of March 31, 2024.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_6.jpg 

 

Our hardware is composed of a disposable, flexible headband and a pocket-sized, battery-operated recorder used to capture and wirelessly transmit EEG signals generated by the headband. The raw EEG data is accessible through our web portal that enables real-time remote review by neurologists. The data captured by the recorder is also monitored by Clarity, our AI-powered seizure detection algorithm. Leveraging our proprietary database of EEG recordings, which includes over 700,000 hours of acute care EEG recordings as of March 31, 2024, Clarity is designed to interpret a patient’s EEG waveforms and display actionable insights regarding seizure activity on the recorder, including automatic alerts in the event of non-convulsive status epilepticus. Since launching, we have regularly updated the Clarity algorithm using additional data and our AI capabilities to enhance its performance.

We believe the Ceribell System eliminates many of the limitations and inherent bottlenecks in the conventional EEG infrastructure that lead to suboptimal patient care, offering the following highly differentiated features and capabilities:

Rapid setup by any trained healthcare professional. The Ceribell System is highly portable and designed for rapid setup, enabling initiation of EEG in as little as five minutes with limited training required. The system is straightforward and intuitive, and we are generally able to train new users and establish proficiency in approximately one hour. This allows the Ceribell System to be applied by any non-specialized healthcare professional with approximately one hour of training

90


 

required, reducing reliance on specialized EEG technicians and eliminating one of the biggest bottlenecks in the conventional EEG infrastructure.
Bedside EEG interpretation. Clarity, our AI-powered algorithm, analyzes and converts EEG waveforms into a seizure burden trend, which can be interpreted by any licensed clinician at the bedside to provide actionable information on seizure activity. This can be used to support prompt diagnosis, inform better patient care, and determine whether the patient is responding to treatment.
Continuous, automated patient monitoring. Through Clarity, the Ceribell System makes continuous monitoring for potential seizure activity much easier and automatically alerts clinicians in the event of suspected seizure activity so that appropriate care can be promptly administered.
Remote access to EEG data with AI-powered insights. The Ceribell System features our cloud-based portal, an intuitive EEG management platform which enables remote access to EEG data on any web-enabled device and provides AI-powered insights to simplify and support efficient EEG interpretation by any licensed clinician without requiring bedside presence.

Key Benefits of the Ceribell System

The differentiated features of the Ceribell System enable our hospital customers to offer optimal patient care while delivering improved economics for both the hospital and payers. The benefits delivered by the Ceribell System include:

Early seizure detection and improved patient outcomes. The Ceribell System can be quickly deployed by any non-specialized healthcare professional with limited training required, reducing the time required to begin an EEG test to as little as five minutes, compared to several hours or potentially days for conventional EEG systems. Once the Ceribell System is applied, Clarity automatically and continuously monitors the patient for seizure activity, further reducing time to diagnosis and empowering bedside clinicians to make real-time decisions and optimize treatment. Peer-reviewed studies indicate that this results in improved patient care and outcomes, including shorter hospital stays and reductions in unnecessary administration of anti-seizure medication, intubation, and patient transfers.
Improved hospital and payer economics. By providing hospitals with 24/7 access to EEG without a significant incremental investment in personnel and capital equipment, we believe that the Ceribell System has the potential to reduce the cost burdens associated with the monitoring and management of seizures in the acute care setting for both hospitals and payers. We have demonstrated that the Ceribell System can deliver cost savings for hospitals and payers by decreasing hospital length of stay, reducing the over-administration of anti-seizure medication, and reducing unnecessary patient transfers. Hospital inpatient care for patients diagnosed with non-convulsive status epilepticus is often more complex and costly than management of patients without this condition. A confirmed diagnosis of seizure may qualify an inpatient stay as involving a complication or comorbidity (“CC”) or major complication or comorbidity (“MCC”) for certain conditions under the MS-DRG classification system, which may allow hospitals to receive appropriate reimbursement coding for care of patients with more complex conditions.
Reduced strain on key hospital personnel. The Ceribell System reduces strain on EEG technicians and neurologists. For the former, the Ceribell System reduces reliance on EEG technicians for EEG administration and enables hospitals to better manage technician infrastructure and workflow. For the latter, Clarity allows for better triage of at-risk patients, improves resource allocation, and supports more efficient workflow for neurologists.

Key Components of the Ceribell System

Hardware

The Ceribell System includes two proprietary hardware components – a headband and a recorder. Both components received 510(k) clearances from the FDA in 2017 and, together, are used to acquire EEG signals.

The headband is a disposable, single-use headband composed of ten non-invasive electrodes, each pre-filled with conductive gel, affixed to a flexible band that fits comfortably around the crown of a patient’s head. Each electrode is housed within a small knob that, when turned, parts the patient’s hair and preps the patient’s skin using an array of prongs with a light abrasive surface. After skin prep, a plunger affixed to each knob is depressed and the conductive gel is released, forming an electrical connection between the scalp and the electrode. These simple steps effectively replicate the process that is performed by EEG technicians during conventional EEG setup in a manner simple enough that it can be completed in as little as five minutes by any trained healthcare professional. Each headband is intended for use on a single patient.

The recorder is a pocket-sized, battery-operated reusable device designed to record and store EEG signals generated by the headband. The recorder establishes device-to-cloud communication through a secure Wi-Fi connection. The recorder features a digital screen which displays the raw EEG data as well as our proprietary seizure burden trend line produced by our AI-powered seizure detection algorithm, Clarity, and provides alerts when significant seizure activity is suspected. During setup, the recorder provides

91


 

prompts on its digital screen to ensure that each electrode has made proper contact with the skin, with a green light indicating that the electrode connection is strong. These prompts are designed to ensure our electrodes meet the same connection quality standards as conventional EEG. The recorder also enables healthcare providers to input relevant details, such as patient information and annotations of treatments administered to the patient, which help providers assess the impact and efficacy of treatment.

 

Headband Placement and Recorder

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_7.jpg 

Recorder Confirmation of Electrode Connection

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_8.jpg 

 

Algorithms

Through our extensive database of EEG recordings and our data science and AI expertise, we have developed proprietary algorithms that power some of the most critical features of our system by converting raw EEG waveforms into actionable clinical insights.

We currently commercialize Clarity, our seizure detection algorithm that has been trained using thousands of EEGs from our proprietary database of over 100,000 EEGs. Clarity continuously interprets raw EEG data captured every ten seconds across all ten electrodes of the headband and assesses a multitude of EEG features to determine if seizure activity is present. It then converts this data into a metric known as seizure burden, which measures the quantum of seizure activity detected in a rolling five-minute interval (for example, a 90% seizure burden indicates 4.5 minutes of seizure activity in the last five minutes). Seizure burden is displayed on the digital screen of the recorder as a simple chart that can be easily understood by clinicians without formal EEG interpretation training. This provides clinicians with the vital, real-time data needed to rapidly identify and treat seizures and to evaluate the efficacy of anti-seizure medication. A seizure burden that exceeds 90% suggests the patient is potentially in non-convulsive status epilepticus. When Clarity detects a seizure burden of 90% or greater, it generates a visual and audio alert that is delivered by the recorder, helping the bedside clinician to act promptly to interpret the EEG and provide timely care. A seizure burden between 1% and 89% suggests shorter duration seizures or a seizure-like abnormality, which may warrant alerting the neurology team. When Clarity detects a 0% seizure burden, which suggests no ongoing seizure activity, clinicians may be able to more confidently rule out status epilepticus.

92


 

Seizure Burden Display

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_9.jpg 

 

Continuous Seizure Monitoring and Seizure Activity Alerts

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_10.jpg 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_11.jpg 

0% seizure burden – Likely rule out seizure activity

>90% seizure burden – Potential non-convulsive status epilepticus

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_12.jpg 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_13.jpg 

1-89% seizure burden - Likely seizure activity or epileptiform abnormality

Non-convulsive status epilepticus alert

 

We are continuously improving our Clarity algorithm and have released software updates to our customers at least once per year. In May 2023, the latest generation of our Clarity algorithm became the first and only device to receive 510(k) clearance from FDA for the diagnosis of electrographic status epilepticus (“ESE”), which refers to status epilepticus which can be diagnosed using EEG alone without the benefit of additional clinical information. The clearance follows prior receipt of Breakthrough Device Designation from the FDA and subsequent receipt of an exclusive NTAP code from CMS.

93


 

Ceribell EEG Portal

Our EEG portal is a cloud-based secured portal that enables real-time remote access to a patient’s EEG data. The portal can be accessed by clinicians anywhere and anytime using any web browser or mobile applications. The portal enables simple sorting and filtering of EEG recordings, makes it easy to annotate EEGs, and offers an extensive EEG reference library with a database of expertly annotated sample cases. In addition, the raw EEG waveforms viewed through the portal are overlaid with the seizure burden curve produced by Clarity, providing clinicians with interpretation assistance.

Intuitive Interface Accessible through Web or Mobile Applications

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_14.jpghttps://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_15.jpg 

 

Reading Services

In 2024, Ceribell entered into agreements with two teleneurology providers to offer remote EEG interpretation services to customers. We believe that this product offering will help service a subset of our customer population where neurology infrastructure is insufficient to meet the demand for interpretation of EEGs using the Ceribell System. These providers are introduced to our customers by our sales personnel and contract directly with our customers. We may also contract directly with hospitals to provide EEG reading services, where allowed by applicable law.

Sales and Marketing

Sales

We generate revenue primarily from two recurring sources – the sale of our single use, disposable headbands and a monthly subscription fee charged to our customers for use of Clarity, recorders and the portal. We sell the Ceribell System in the United States through our direct sales organization. As of March 31, 2024, we employed a team of approximately 70 sales representatives, including TMs, who are responsible for new customer acquisition, and CAMs, who are responsible for ongoing account coverage, with the primary objective of raising awareness of non-convulsive status epilepticus and gaining more customer support of the Ceribell solution. TMs and CAMs are also jointly responsible for onboarding customers. Together, this team is focused on driving new account growth and greater utilization, and delivering high-quality customer experiences. In addition to TMs and CAMs, our commercial organization includes other personnel who are responsible for hospital system relationship management, sales training, launch support, technical assistance, and hospital IT integration and other activities.

Our TMs drive adoption of our system in new accounts by engaging with key decision makers to introduce the compelling value proposition of the Ceribell System. They are responsible for identifying key customer prospects, educating them on the value of our system and gaining their commitment to acquire our system. Given the Ceribell System’s multi-faceted value proposition, driving new account adoption involves multiple stakeholders. Our TMs initially focus on engaging with and gaining the support of intensive care and emergency medicine clinicians, neurologists, and nursing staff, among other clinicians. These individuals have firsthand experience with the limitations of conventional EEG systems in the acute care setting and, as such, often play an important role in championing support for our system across the institution. Our TMs work to gain the support of other key stakeholders, including executive leadership, who are responsible for resource allocation and financial management. In addition to driving new account growth, our TMs, in coordination with our CAMs, play a critical role in site onboarding, training, and launch.

Our CAMs are focused on driving increased utilization and penetration within existing accounts, ongoing account coverage, and further supporting customer onboarding. CAMs initially work in close coordination with TMs during the site onboarding phase to ensure a successful launch. We have a highly tailored onboarding program that involves training hospital staff, supporting customers in designing workflows, and integrating with the hospital’s IT system. We believe that the time we spend supporting our customers during the onboarding process builds customer loyalty and strengthens our competitive position. Once the customer onboarding is complete, CAMs fully assume responsibility for the account. CAMs provide ongoing physician education and training support to promote an

94


 

excellent user experience and drive greater utilization of our system within the hospital by reinforcing our value proposition and increasing disease state awareness. CAMs are also focused on expanding the use of the Ceribell System into additional departments within the hospital.

There are approximately 5,800 acute care facilities in the United States that we believe could benefit from our system. As of March 31, 2024, we have successfully deployed our system to more than 450 active accounts, ranging from small community hospitals to top academic centers. We believe that our system offers compelling benefits to other types of institutions beyond this core market. These other opportunities for adjacent expansion include hospitals affiliated with the VA system and the DoD, children’s hospitals, and long-term acute care facilities.

In the future, we plan to establish our presence internationally. While our current commercial focus is on the United States, we have received a CE Mark for the Ceribell System in Europe, and in the future we intend to pursue additional regulatory clearances in Europe and elsewhere outside of the United States. We also plan to engage in market access initiatives in attractive international regions in which we see significant opportunity.

Marketing

In addition to our direct sales efforts, we invest in marketing initiatives to increase awareness of our technology and the prevalence of seizures in critically ill patient populations within the acute care setting. Based on our experience, many intensive care and emergency medicine clinicians underappreciate the prevalence of seizures, particularly non-convulsive seizures, associated with common acute conditions. Through our marketing and educational efforts, we reinforce the prevalence and severity of status epilepticus, the criticality of prompt diagnosis and treatment, and the limitations of conventional EEG systems in the acute care setting.

Our marketing team ensures our representation and presence at national and regional medical society conferences, where our commercial team meets with key opinion leaders and society chairs to discuss greater collaboration as well as generates prospective customer leads. Additionally, we create and distribute content for digital engagement to educate prospective customers on status epilepticus and the Ceribell System through our website, email, social media, and advertisements. We believe our marketing programs are essential to increasing adoption of our system and expanding the use of EEG monitoring in the acute care setting to address the significant unmet needs of critically ill patients at risk of seizures.

Our Clinical Results and Economic Evidence

A robust body of evidence supports the clinical and economic benefits of the Ceribell System for the detection of seizures and management of patients at risk of nonconvulsive status epilepticus in the acute care setting. The Ceribell System has been the subject of over 20 peer-reviewed publications and over 65 abstracts and posters. We believe our base of clinical evidence supports the value of the Ceribell System to all key stakeholders, including patients, clinicians, hospitals, and payers across different hospital types and acute care settings.

Validated Technical Characteristics and Performance

Signal Quality Concordant to Conventional EEG. Studies have shown that the Ceribell System and conventional EEG provide largely concordant data, meaning that the quality of the recordings are generally equivalent.
Reduced Montage is Effective. Studies have demonstrated that the reduced montage in the Ceribell System preserved key features of conventional EEG, and that focal seizures in the area of the brain not covered by the reduced montage are very rare in patients in the acute care setting.
Diagnostic Accuracy of Clarity. The diagnostic accuracy of the Clarity algorithm is typically evaluated by comparing the determination of the Clarity algorithm to a diagnosis made by a panel of neurologists following review of the EEG recording produced by our system. These studies generally demonstrate that the Clarity algorithm is specific and sensitive in detecting non-convulsive status epilepticus. One study presented in a peer-reviewed publication and three abstracts reporting on different datasets and different iterations of Clarity have shown that the algorithm detected nonconvulsive status epilepticus with 87% to 100% sensitivity, 93% to 98% specificity, and 99% to 100% negative predictive value.

Improved Clinical Management and Care

Rapid Diagnosis and Ease of Use. Studies reported in publications and abstracts have shown meaningfully shorter time to EEG setup (i.e., time from EEG order to EEG acquisition) and time to interpretation or diagnosis with the Ceribell System. For example, a multicenter study of ICUs in five major U.S. hospitals found that it took a median of five minutes to set up a Ceribell EEG, while conventional EEGs took a median of 239 minutes (nearly 4 hours) for arrival and set-up time (even

95


 

with EEG technicians available 24/7 on site or on-call). Other studies have found setup and time to interpretation by conventional EEG systems were subject to delays ranging from 1.8 to 11.2 hours. Studies also indicate that the Ceribell System has been found simple to learn and implement. For example, in one study, surveyed physicians consistently rated the system easy to use (4.7 on a scale of 1-5), and another study noted that it “can be set up in minutes by nurses or physicians or any other user.”
Reduced Length of Stay. Several studies have shown that the Ceribell System is associated with reduced length of stay in the hospital or ICU. For example, one study found that patients at three large academic hospitals who were initially evaluated with the Ceribell System had a median ICU length of stay that was approximately four days shorter compared to those who received conventional EEG. Another study at a community hospital showed a median length of stay decrease of three days after adoption of the Ceribell System, and a third found a decreased length of stay of 0.4 days in ICU and 1.2 days in hospital.
Improved Decision Making and Clinical Management. A number of studies have indicated that the Ceribell System helps support appropriate clinical management of seizure patients by improving physicians’ ability to quickly and confidently diagnose or rule out a seizure. For example, studies have found that the Ceribell System allowed physicians to change clinical management for approximately 53% of patients; modify diagnostic suspicion for seizure and nonconvulsive status epilepticus for approximately 40% of patients and treatment decisions in 20% of patients; reduce over-treatment for non-seizure patients by avoiding anti-seizure treatment escalation in 43% of patients; potentially reduce intubation and parenteral anti-seizure medicine by 51%; and expedite disposition of cases in 21% of patients. A recent study found that the seizure burden assessed by Clarity correlated with functional outcomes, and in a matched analysis use of the Ceribell System was associated with better clinical outcomes for ICU patients with nonconvulsive seizures.
Fewer Patient Transfers. Studies have provided evidence that access to the Ceribell System reduces patient transfers from community hospitals to facilities with greater access to conventional EEG systems. For example, one study found that the use of the Ceribell System enabled physicians to avoid transferring 94% of patients who would have met the criteria for EEG-related transfer before implementing the Ceribell System.

Supports Hospital and Payer Economics

Meaningful Cost Savings. The Ceribell System is designed to enable around-the-clock access to EEG without significant investment in staff and equipment. Studies have demonstrated that the clinical benefits described above, such as reduced transfers, reduced length of stay, and reduced use of antiseizure medication, as well as adequate treatment of status epilepticus, could result in cost savings for the hospital and payers. One study estimated approximately $14,000 net positive value per patient (not accounting for Ceribell System costs) in two community hospitals, based on avoided transfer costs and applicable reimbursement. Two different studies at community hospitals projected, respectively, total annual cost savings of nearly $740,000 related to reduced length of stay and emergency department discharges, and transportation cost savings of more than $39,000 in 16 months based on reduced patient transfers and a third-party estimate of ambulance costs. In a fourth study of the Ceribell System, a decision-analytic model projected savings of $3,971 per patient hospitalized for coma or encephalopathy, due to reduction in both the ICU and hospital length of stay.
Appropriate Reimbursement Coding for Complex Patients. When seizures are identified as a comorbidity of another condition, hospitals can appropriately code the patient as having a comorbid condition or major comorbid condition. One study showed that the Ceribell System may support complication or comorbidity DRG payments from seizure diagnoses and reported additional annual revenue of $145,580 from its MS-DRG coding.
Reduced Strain on Hospital Personnel. The Ceribell System is designed to reduce reliance on EEG technicians for EEG set up and better control of technician infrastructure and workflow. It is simple to use and can be applied by non-specialized healthcare professionals trained on the system, which can mitigate burdens on healthcare staff and users of EEG. In a study examining potential reduction in workforce demands due to use of on-call EEG technicians, ten EEG tests were conducted using the Ceribell System, and 40 using conventional EEG systems as a control. No EEG technicians were called to the hospital after hours for any of the tests using the Ceribell System, while technicians were called in to assist with 15 (38%) of the control studies in which conventional EEG systems were used.

 

The table below lists key peer-reviewed publications as well as abstracts or preprints that are not peer-reviewed. The abstracts are identified as such in the study description. The publications and abstracts report on studies of the Ceribell System and also address related issues, such as the costs associated with conventional EEGs and the impact of delayed EEGs. The results of each study concerning the Clarity algorithm apply only to the algorithm version that was in use at the time of the analysis and do not reflect subsequent algorithm updates. Most of these studies were conducted with small sample sizes and were not powered for statistical significance, did

96


 

not control for other clinical variables, or have other design limitations. In addition, many were conducted or supported by Ceribell or involved employees or consultants of Ceribell and are identified as such in the table.

Reference

Source

Study Summary

Gururangan et al. (2016)*^

Clinical Neurophysiology

Description: Retrospective review of 200 continuous EEGs from in ICU and non-ICU wards and 100 spot EEGs from emergency department of a large tertiary medical center. Investigated access time and percentage of studies revealing significant abnormality.

Conclusions: “Access to EEG is hampered by significant delays, and in emergency settings, the conventional EEG system detects seizures only in a minority of cases.” Highlights: “An average delay of 4 h exists between the request for EEG monitoring and its initiation. Seizures were detected in less than 6% of EEGs, and 45% of emergency department EEGs were normal. The observed delay and low diagnostic yield represent significant inefficiencies in EEG practice.”

Gururangan et al. (2018)*^A

Clinical Neurophysiology Practice

Description: Abstract reporting on 44 EEG segments presented to 20 neurologists, 20 residents, and 42 medical students. The EEG segments were presented with both a full-montage and a reduced-montage using the Ceribell System channels.

Conclusions: “The reduction of the number of EEG channels from 18 to 8 does not compromise neurologists’ sensitivity for detecting seizures that are often a core reason for performing urgent EEG. It may also increase their specificity for detecting rhythmic and periodic patterns, and thereby providing important diagnostic information to guide patient’s management.”

Hobbs et al. (2018)*^

Neurocritical Care

Description: At an academic center hospital, Ceribell EEGs were performed on 35 ICU patients with encephalopathy (alteration in attention, cognition, or consciousness due to brain disease, damage, or malfunction). Study outcomes were EEG set-up time, ease of use of the device, change in clinician seizure suspicion, and change in decision to treat with anti-seizure medication before and after sonification.

Conclusions: “The Ceribell EEG System enabled rapid acquisition of EEG in patients at risk for non-convulsive seizures and aided clinicians in their evaluation of encephalopathic ICU patients. The ease of use and speed of EEG acquisition and interpretation by EEG-untrained individuals has the potential to improve emergent clinical decision making by quickly detecting non-convulsive seizures in the ICU.”

Kamousi et al. (2019)*^

Clinical Neurophysiology Practice

Description: Simultaneous EEG recordings with both the Ceribell System and two conventional EEG systems were obtained from a healthy subject in a laboratory setting. Additionally, the Ceribell and conventional EEG data were compared for 22 ICU patients who had received both Ceribell System and conventional EEGs.

Conclusions: “Our findings show that the tested rapid response EEG system provides EEG recording quality that is equivalent to conventional EEG systems and even better when it comes to 60 Hz noise level. The concordance between the rapid response EEG and conventional EEG systems was demonstrated both in a controlled laboratory environment as well as in the noisy environment of a hospital ICU on patients with altered mental status.”

Yazbeck et al. (2019)* ^

Journal of Neuroscience Nursing

Description: RR-EEGs [Ceribell Rapid Response EEGs] were performed on 10 ICU patients at a community hospital. The abstract reports on time to EEG, recording quality, and diagnostic information as compared to conventional EEGs performed on 6 of the patients. The conventional EEGs were significantly delayed (11.2 ± 3.6 hours) compared with RR-EEG (5.0 ± 2.4 minutes).

Conclusions: “This study was a feasibility study using the new RR-EEG system on 10 patients in a community hospital. Despite the limitations of the study, our findings suggest that the new EEG system has the potential to provide faster access to EEG and help guide treatment decisions (although in this study, 9 of the 10 patients were already treated with anticonvulsant medications) while minimizing the use of EEG technicians and deescalating treatment choices, all of which can ultimately lead to shortening length of stay and lessening cost. This study with a small number of patients serves as a proof-of-concept study documenting that early access to EEG information leads to reliable and correct exclusion of status epilepticus and hence guiding the management of patients at risk for nonconvulsive seizures.”

Abstract Conclusions: “RR-EEG can be set up by nurses, and diagnostic information about the presence or absence of seizures can be appreciated by nurses. The RR-EEG system, compared

97


 

 

 

with the conventional EEG, did not require EEG technologists and enabled significantly faster access to diagnostic EEG information. This report confirms the ease of use and speed of acquisition and interpretation of EEG information at a community hospital setting using an RR-EEG device. This new technology has the potential to improve emergent clinical decision making and prevent overtreatment of patients in the intensive care unit setting while empowering nursing staff with useful diagnostic information in real time and at the bedside.”

Gururangan et al. (2020)*^

Neurocritical Care

Description: 300 conventional EEGs were reviewed to determine the frequency of seizures localized to the midline parasagittal regions (regions of the brain that are covered by conventional EEG but not covered by the Ceribell System’s 10-electrode montage).

Conclusions: “Our study serves as the first to systematically explore the scope of EEG abnormalities captured exclusively by midline or parasagittal electrodes and document their very low prevalence.”

Vespa et al. (2020)*^

Critical Care Medicine

Description: The “Does Use of Rapid Response EEG Impact Clinical Decision Making” (“DECIDE”) study, a prospective multi-center study of the Ceribell System, was conducted at five hospitals. Time to EEG and clinical utility of the Ceribell System were assessed in comparison to conventional EEG.

Conclusions: “Rapid response electroencephalography enabled timely and more accurate assessment of patients in the critical care setting. The use of rapid response electroencephalography may be clinically beneficial in the assessment of patients with high suspicion for nonconvulsive seizures and status epilepticus.”

Westover et al. (2020)^

Neurocritical Care

Description: 212 EEG recordings were retrospectively reviewed with both a full-montage (which would be obtained with conventional EEG) and with a reduced-montage (using the Ceribell System channels).

Conclusions: “Reduced EEG with ten electrodes in circumferential configuration preserves key features of the traditional EEG system. Discrepancies between rm-EEG [reduced-montage EEG] and fm-EEG [full-montage EEG] as reported in some of the past studies can be in part due to methodological factors such as choice of gold standard diagnosis, asymmetric access to ancillary clinical information, and inter-rater variability rather than detection failure of rm-EEG as a result of electrode reduction per se.”

Kamousi et al. (2021)*^

Neurocritical Care

Description: 353 Ceribell EEG recordings from 6 hospitals were reviewed retrospectively by a panel of expert neurologists. The sensitivity and specificity of the Clarity seizure detection algorithm was assessed against the neurologist determinations.

Conclusions: “Clarity detected SE [status epilepticus] events with high sensitivity and specificity, and it demonstrated a high negative predictive value for distinguishing nonepileptiform activity from seizure and highly epileptiform activity.”

LaMonte et al. (2021)

Epilepsia Open

Description: 10 ICU patients at an academic center hospital received Ceribell EEG recording during the initial phases of the COVID-19 pandemic. Time to diagnosis and clinical utility were compared to a set of 20 conventional EEGs collected prior to the pandemic. The mean time to interpretation was 23.8 minutes using the Ceribell System and 126.5 minutes using conventional EEG (P =.0000006).

Conclusions “In this study, the Ceribell EEG shortened the time to diagnosis of SE [status epilepticus] and non-SE conditions compared with standard 18-channel electroencephalography and reduced the frequency of technologist call-in requests. The Ceribell EEGs were easily deployed by staff members who were already taking care of the patient. The assessment could be performed at any time of day and at any level of care (emergency department, ICU, floor nursing units), including respiratory isolation rooms for COVID-19 patients, even those in the prone position. This device is especially applicable to such patients, since the headband can be stored in the patient’s room for reuse if clinical suspicion recurs, thus reducing cross-contamination. The pocket-sized data capture device can be placed in a sealed bag during use and then decontaminated when the assessment is complete. The rapid diagnosis of non-SE conditions yields the positive outcomes of reducing risk by avoiding the administration of unnecessary medications (some of which are in short supply) and the concomitant costs. We recommend further studies on patient risk reduction and the financial aspects of care associated with the use of the Ceribell EEG.”

98


 

Wright et al. (2021)*

Emergency Medicine Journal

Description: Evaluation of the clinical utility of Ceribell EEGs performed on 38 Emergency Department patients at two hospitals (one academic center and one community hospital).

Conclusions: “Rapid-EEG was successfully deployed by emergency physicians at academic and community hospitals, and the device changed management in a majority of cases. Widespread adoption of Rapid-EEG may lead to earlier diagnosis of NCSE [non-convulsive status epilepticus], reduced unnecessary treatment and expedited disposition of seizure mimics.”

Ney et al.

(2021) *

Journal of Medical Economics

Description: A two-armed decision-analytic cost–benefit model was developed comparing Ceribell EEG with clinical suspicion alone for the diagnosis of non-convulsive status epilepticus. The model was informed by the multi-center DECIDE study.

Conclusions: “Rapid-EEG alters the treatment course for patients with suspected seizures and will result in cost savings per patient.”

Davey et al. (2022)

Current Neurology and Neuroscience Reports

Description: Review of literature on advances in EEG including a number of publications reporting on studies of the Ceribell System.

Conclusions: “Though the neurodiagnostic benefits of conventional EEG [sic: in] acute neurological injury have been well established, the utility is generally not possible or pragmatic in the emergency setting. While not a replacement for conventional EEG, great strides over the last decade have resulted in the development of RRLM-EEG [rapid response limited montage EEG] technologies which can bring about a cost-effective solution for neurophysiological monitoring with less reliance on specialized personnel. Wider implementation of this technology in emergency departments and lower resource settings shows promise to reduce the morbidity and mortality associated with unrecognized NCSE and the differentiation of altered mental status of unknown etiology.”

Madill et al. (2022)*

Epileptic Disorders

Description: A total of 118 Ceribell EEGs performed on 74 patients from a community hospital were reviewed. The effect of Ceribell System availability on patient transfers to the affiliated academic center hospital was retrospectively analyzed.

Conclusions: “Rapid access to EEG led to the detection of seizures that would otherwise have been missed and reduced inter-hospital transfers for LTM [long-term EEG monitoring]. We estimate that the reduction in inter-hospital transportation costs alone would be in excess of $39,000 ($1,274 per patient). Point-of-care EEG systems may support a hub-and-spoke model for managing non-convulsive seizures (similar to that utilized in this study and analogous to existing acute stroke infrastructures), with increased EEG capacity at community hospitals and tele-EEG interpretation by specialists at academic hospitals that can accept transfers for LTM.”

Kurup et al. (June 2022)*^

Frontiers in Neurology

Description: From the 164 patient multi-center DECIDE study, the patients who had seizures identified by either or both Ceribell and conventional EEG systems were analyzed.

Conclusions: “Our case series demonstrates that electrographic data obtained from initial Rapid-EEG and subsequent conventional EEG monitoring are largely concordant relative to morphology and laterality. These findings are valuable to inform future investigation of abbreviated EEG systems to optimize management of suspected nonconvulsive seizures and status epilepticus. Future, larger studies could further investigate the value of Rapid-EEG findings for forecasting and predicting seizures in long-term EEG recordings.”

Kurup et al. (October 2022)*^

Epileptic Disorders

Description: Ceribell EEGs performed on 100 patients from an academic center were retrospectively reviewed to determine the effect on usage of anti-seizure medications.

Conclusions: “Our study demonstrates that seizures were rapidly ruled out with rEEG [rapid EEG] in 81% of patients while 19% of patients were rapidly identified as having seizures or being at higher risk for seizures. The rapid evaluation of patients correlated with a significant reduction in ASM [anti-seizure medication] treatment in NL/SL cases [normal or slow brain waves] compared to HEP/SZ cases [highly epileptiform patterns/seizures]. Thus, early access to EEG information may lead to more informed and targeted management of patients suspected to have nonconvulsive seizures.”

Fatima (2022) *^A

Neurophysiology

Description: Abstract reporting on study estimating how many patients have seizures while awaiting conventional EEG, due to frequent delay between ordering and placement.

99


 

 

 

Conclusions: “The median delay from EEG order to performing EEG was 2.00 hours (range of 0.5-8.00 hours) in the total cohort. For EEGs ordered after-hours, it was 2.00 hours (range of 0.5-8.00 hours) and during business hours it was 2.00 hours (range 0.5-6.00 hours).”

Kozak et al. (December 2023)*^A

Critical Care Medicine

Description: Abstract reporting on retrospective evaluation of 70 patients who had received a stroke code in a community hospital and been assessed for electrographic seizures using the Ceribell System.

Conclusions: “The differential diagnosis for patients undergoing acute stroke evaluation often includes epileptic seizures. In our community hospital, pocEEG devices enabled rapid diagnosis of non-convulsive seizures as either stroke mimics or complication of acute stroke, as well as rapid exclusion of ongoing seizures in the majority of cases. Such devices open the possibility of EEG as a valuable adjunctive tool during acute stroke evaluations.”

Kozak et al. (June 2023)*^

Journal of the American College of Emergency Physicians

Description: Ceribell EEGs performed on 157 Emergency Department patients from two affiliated community hospitals were assessed to determine the impact on anti-seizure medication and patient management.

Conclusions: “Our study, the largest to date describing the real-world use of pocEEG [point-of-care] in emergency medicine, found that rapid EEG acquisition in the ED [Emergency Department] was feasible in a community hospital and significantly affected the management of suspected non-convulsive seizures.”

Eberhard et al. (2023)* ^

Clinical Nursing Focus

Description: A quality improvement study was conducted at a community hospital where overall EEG usage was compared for six months before and six months after the implementation of the Ceribell System.

Conclusions: “A nurse-led, rapid-response EEG protocol at a community hospital resulted in significant improvements in EEG accessibility and seizure diagnosis with hospital-level financial benefits. By expanding access to EEG, confirming nonconvulsive seizures, and increasing care efficiency, rapid-response EEG protocols can enhance patient care.”

Rajshekar et al. (2023)* A

Neurology

Description: Abstract reporting on Ceribell POC-EEG [point-of-care EEG] used for patients with suspected seizure activity when conventional EEG was not immediately available after hours. Among 97 patients administered EEGs within 24 hours of hospital arrival, POC-EEG was associated with a median of 5.7 hours shorter time to monitoring than conventional EEG.

Conclusions: “Compared to the 10-20 conventional EEG, POC-EEG may allow for more rapid diagnostic evaluation of patients with suspected seizure. While few included patients were diagnosed with seizures in this cohort, earlier exclusion of seizure may reduce unnecessary treatment and expedite second tier diagnostic testing for altered mentation or abnormal movements.”

Villamar et al. (2023)

Neurocritical Care

Description: Ceribell EEG recordings from 2021-22 were assessed by two epileptologists for 21 comatose post-cardiac arrest patients in one hospital.

Conclusions: “The presence of frequent electrographic seizures and/or status epilepticus can go undetected by Clarity. Timely and careful review of all raw Rapid-EEG recordings by a qualified human EEG reader is necessary to guide clinical care, regardless of Clarity seizure burden measurements.”

Ward et al. (2023)*

Frontiers in Digital Health

Description: 88 patients from a teaching community hospital were prospectively studied with Ceribell EEG to determine the clinical and financial impact of implementing the Ceribell System.

Conclusions: “A poc-EEG [point-of-care EEG] system can be safely implemented in a community hospital leading to an absolute decrease in transfers to tertiary hospital. This decrease in patient transfers can cover the cost of implementing the poc-EEG system. The additional benefits from transfer avoidance include clinical benefits such as rapid appropriate treatment of seizures and avoidance of unnecessary treatment as well as negating transfer risk and keeping the patient at their local hospital.”

Green et al. (2024)* ^

Journal of Medical Economics

Description: A review of 12 publications was conducted to assess the economic impact of the Ceribell POC-EEG [point-of-care EEG] System.

100


 

 

 

Conclusions: “POC-EEG can refine clinical management of hospitalized patients with suspected seizures, reduce unnecessary patient transfers and hospital LOS [length of stay], improve reimbursement, and mitigate burdens on healthcare staff and hospitals, all of which are accompanied with potential economic benefits. As an adjunct to convEEG [conventional EEG], POC-EEG is an expeditious screening device for identifying NCS [non-convulsive seizures] or NCSE [non-convulsive status epilepticus] in critical care and emergency medicine with the promise of financial advantages over standard care.”

Desai et al. (Jan 2024) * ^A

Critical Care

Medicine

Description: Abstract reporting retrospective analysis of 264 EEGs from three academic hospitals for concordance between Clarity detection of status epilepticus and interpretation of EEG recordings by three independent, experienced specialists (epileptologists/neurophysiologists).

Conclusions: “This study aligns with previous studies on this topic, indicating a high level of concordance for the detection or rule out of status epilepticus between the Clarity algorithm and human EEG reader reviews. The high sensitivity and NPV [Negative Predictive Value] provide confidence for the use of this algorithm as a critical care triage tool.”

Desai et al. (Jan 2024) * ^A

Critical Care

Medicine

Description: Abstract reporting retrospective analysis of 657 EEGs in academic hospitals with both conventional EEG and the Ceribell point-of-care (“POC”) EEG, evaluating impact on ICU length of stay.

Conclusions: “Patients who first received a POC EEG had, as a group, shorter LOS (length of stay) when compared to those who received convEEG [conventional EEG] only. Multiple sub-analyses demonstrated the same trend across different centers. These data highlight that even in hospitals with 24/7 convEEG coverage, POC EEG can aid in patient assessment and early seizure detection, and can significantly shorten ICU stay.”

Desai et al. (2024) * ^ A

Neurocritical Care (Preprint)

Description: Retrospective sub-analysis of a multi-center study comparing the impact of the Ceribell point-of-care system (“POC-EEG”) vs. conventional EEG (“convEEG”) on length of stay in an ICU (“ICU-LOS”), functional outcomes and time to EEG in ICU.

Conclusions: “In this study, we found significant differences in the ICU-LOS and functional outcomes between the POC-EEG cohort and the convEEG cohort when adjusting for population differences and accounting for the clinical factors. The study once again demonstrated significant delay in time to conventional EEG, which could be one of the factors driving this association, Future prospective studies or randomized trials may assist in validating this study findings and understanding the rationale supporting it.”

Kalkach-Aparicio (2024) ^*

Neurology

Description: A multicenter retrospective EEG diagnostic accuracy study comparing 240 Ceribell rapid-response EEGs (rrEEG) to conventional EEGs for seizure prediction via the validated 2HELPS2B score (designed to stratify inpatients’ seizure risk and improve cost-effectiveness of continuous EEG).

Conclusions: “2HELPS2B on 1-hour rrEEG is noninferior to cEEG [continuous EEG] for seizure prediction. Patients with low-risk (2HELPS2B = 0) may be able to forgo prolonged cEEG, allowing for increased monitoring of at-risk patients.”

Moutonnet et al. (2024)A

arXiv (online)

Description: Abstract evaluating machine learning seizure detection algorithms with a focus on clinical translatability and performance metrics, and potential for real-world potential effectiveness.

Relevant section: “Traditional clinical EEG is costly and requires experts to set up and interpret. Hence, EEG in most healthcare settings is not frequently used, even in ICUs, where seizure occurrence is high. Technological advancements in wearable EEG devices is promising for addressing these issues and revolutionising EEG monitoring. One such portable device, the point-of-care EEG (POC-EEG) by Ceribell, consists of a headband with ten electrodes connected to a small battery powered recorder equipped with a screen for real-time EEG streaming (see https://ceribell.com). In a single centre cohort study, Rajshekar 2023 found that in 72% of patients monitored, POC-EEG was thought to have expedited diagnostic testing and/or treatment.”

Ney et al. (2024)*

Neurology: Clinical Practice

Description: A cost model was developed based on publicly available datasets to evaluate the costs of EEG technologist coverage required to support conventional EEG systems.

101


 

 

 

Conclusions: “Our study provides a cost model which explains that access to EEGs during after-hours has a substantial expense because of the labor cost of in-house technologists. This cost is directly related to the number of EEGs performed per year. Here, we discuss that the higher cost of after-hour EEG needs to be weighed against the clinical importance of access to this important diagnostic tool, the timeliness of which can influence clinical decisions. A by-product of our work is a cost-calculator that is made available for users to tailor the parameters according to their needs and realities on the ground at the local level (links.lww.com/CPJ/A513). We hope this will be a useful tool for neurology leaders and administrators alike.”

* Study authors include Ceribell employees and/or consultants, who may have received equity compensation and hold shares of the Company’s capital stock and/or options to purchase common stock.

^ Study was supported, sponsored, or funded by Ceribell.

A Study was reported in an abstract or other publication that has not been peer-reviewed.

Coverage and Reimbursement for Ceribell

We derive substantially all of our revenue from healthcare providers and hospitals that use the Ceribell System in the United States. These facilities and providers, in turn, bill third-party payers, including private insurers, Medicare, and Medicaid, for the services and items they provide to patients. The Ceribell System enables our customers to operate under the existing reimbursement structure for EEG, which has well-established reimbursement levels via the MS-DRG classification system and CPT codes. Government and commercial payers generally provide coverage for EEG under this framework.

The Ceribell System is most commonly deployed in the hospital inpatient setting. For Medicare, inpatient acute-care hospitals are paid under the inpatient prospective payment system (“IPPS”). The IPPS pays a flat rate based on the average charges across all hospitals for a specific diagnosis, regardless of whether that particular patient costs more or less. Under the IPPS, each case is categorized into a MS-DRG, which is derived from ICD-10 codes that describe the patient’s diagnoses and procedures performed during the hospital stay. While these MS-DRG and CPT codes are generally employed by both private insurers and government payers, payment rates often differ. Base MS-DRGs may contain subgroups to identify patients with a diagnosed complication or comorbidity (“CC”) or major complication or comorbidity (“MCC”), which may qualify the admission for a higher payment amount intended to reflect the increased resources needed to treat patients with secondary complications or comorbidities. Seizure is considered a comorbidity that typically qualifies as a CC or MCC. Additional, temporary payment is available for new medical services and technologies designated as eligible by CMS for a New Technology Add-on Payment (“NTAP”), if certain criteria are met. In August 2023, CMS approved an NTAP under the IPPS for our newest Clarity algorithm, effective October 1, 2023 for a period of three years.

The physicians who interpret the EEG data provided by the Ceribell System are typically neurologists, and they may seek reimbursement for their services using a variety of Category I CPT codes. These services are described by routine EEG codes, such as CPT codes 95812, 95813, 95816, and 95819, and longer-term EEG codes such as 95717 and 95719. These codes are the same CPT codes used to report physician services for the professional services associated with conventional EEG monitoring. Reimbursement for the facility in the hospital outpatient setting is determined by Medicare’s Ambulatory Payment Classification (“APC”) system which assigns CPT codes to certain groupings identified by an APC code. Hospitals receive reimbursement based on the APC group to which the physician service or procedure performed is assigned.

Research and Development

We invest in research and development efforts with the goal of driving continuous improvements in the Ceribell System. We are advancing our mission of becoming the standard of care for the detection and management of seizures in the acute care setting, and expanding the clinical indications of our system and AI algorithms in the acute care setting and beyond (such as home use). Our research and development team includes hardware and software engineers with deep expertise in mechanical and electrical engineering, data science, AI, embedded software design, and cloud-based data and security architecture.

We use portions of our database of over 100,000 EEGs to continually improve the performance of our algorithm in diagnosing seizures. We are also investing in expanding the age range of Clarity to include individuals below the age of 18, so that we can bring the benefits of AI-powered seizure detection and continuous monitoring to younger patients, who are already able to benefit from rapid EEG access provided by our proprietary hardware. In addition, we have received 510(k) clearance for and are continuing to develop a headset that will be able to accommodate a head size range appropriate for neonate and infant patients, which have different needs than adult and pediatric patients.

102


 

We also invest in developing algorithms for new indications. Since 2022, we have developed two separate AI-powered algorithms that have been designated as Breakthrough Devices by the FDA. These designations include diagnosis of electrographic status epilepticus and detection of delirium.

In May 2023, the latest generation of our Clarity algorithm received FDA clearance and we have since begun actively marketing alongside our other FDA-cleared hardware and software solutions. It is the first FDA-cleared software indicated for the diagnosis of ESE. Our delirium and ischemic stroke algorithms remain under development, with ongoing research and active clinical studies. Beyond our current indications, we continue to explore other potential opportunities to leverage our AI algorithms to improve neurological care.

Manufacturing and Supply

We manage all aspects of manufacturing, supply chain and distribution of the headband and recorder from our facility in Sunnyvale, California. We have partnered with two ISO 13485 certified contract manufacturers (“CM”) in China to manufacture and assemble our headband, with final inspection and labeling completed at our facility. The components for our recorder are procured from various suppliers and shipped to our facility for final assembly. We believe our current manufacturing capacity is sufficient to meet our current and expected near term growth. We also maintain incremental supply of finished goods, subassembly, and individual components for both the headband and recorder to mitigate potential supply disruptions.

We are registered with the FDA as a medical device manufacturer and licensed by the State of California to manufacture and distribute medical devices. We are required to manufacture our products in compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (21 C.F.R. Part 820). We have been ISO 13485 certified since January 2018 with a recertification audit occurring in August 2023. To date, no major non-conformities have been identified in any FDA or ISO audit.

We employ a rigorous supplier assessment, qualification, and selection process targeted to suppliers that meet the requirements of the FDA and the International Organization for Standardization and quality standards supported by internal policies and procedures. Our quality assurance process monitors supplier performance through qualification and periodic supplier reviews and audits.

Headband

We rely on two primary CMs in China to complete the manufacturing, primary assembly, and inspection of our headband. The CMs ship the assembled headbands to our facility in Sunnyvale, California for final processing, inspection, and labeling. We have redundant vendors for major components or subassemblies of the headband.

Recorder

The recorder comprises three primary components: a printed circuit board, a battery pack and an LCD screen. We have redundant vendors for major components of the recorder, other than the LCD screen, and recorders are assembled, tested and packaged at our facility in Sunnyvale, California.

Competition

The primary competition that we face is from conventional EEG systems, which are used in the majority of hospitals in the United States. These systems are primarily used for outpatient epilepsy diagnosis but are often deployed to the acute care setting for use in patients at risk of seizure. The two primary providers of conventional EEG systems in the United States are Natus Medical Incorporated and Nihon Kohden Corporation.

We also face competition from companies that have designed or aim to design rapid EEG systems or EEG systems, including Nihon Kohden and a number of smaller companies, specifically for use in the acute care setting. These products focus on one or more aspects of the shortcomings of conventional EEG in the acute care setting including time to setup, reliance on specially trained technicians, size of capital equipment, or lack of bedside diagnosis and monitoring capabilities.

We believe that the primary competitive factors in the acute EEG market are:

reliable EEG signal quality;
algorithm sensitivity or specificity;
ease of use (including required training);
time to diagnosis;

103


 

monitoring features;
customer support and service;
integration within hospital IT systems and clinical workflows;
strength and volume of clinical evidence;
economic benefits and cost savings;
pricing and reimbursement strategies;
ability to sterilize and manage infection risk;
form factor impact on patient positioning; and
technology enhancements (such as length of battery life).

We believe we have established a compelling value proposition to compete favorably in this market.

Stanford Agreement

In June 2015, we entered into a license agreement with the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (“Stanford University”), as amended in September 2015, in April 2017 and in March 2022 (the “Stanford Agreement”). Pursuant to the Stanford Agreement, Stanford University granted to us a worldwide, term-limited exclusive license under certain patent rights owned or controlled by Stanford University to make, use and sell certain portable devices in connection with brain wave activity.

As consideration for the license granted under the Stanford Agreement, we paid a non-refundable license issue fee of $42,000 in two equal installments and issued 569,806 shares of our common stock, of which 408,324 shares were issued to Stanford University and 161,482 shares were issued to the inventors of the licensed patents under the Stanford Agreement (one of whom was Josef Parvizi, M.D., Ph.D., who is our co-founder and board member). We paid Stanford University $36,000 upon the achievement of a specific commercial milestone event in 2018. There are no additional milestone payments that are due under the agreement. We are paying Stanford University an annual license maintenance fee of $20,000 that is creditable against the mid-single digit percentage royalty payment that we are required to make to Stanford University, which is based on the net sales of licensed products covered by the licensed patent rights or otherwise includes certain other technologies that Stanford University provided to us pursuant to the terms of the Stanford Agreement. We also agreed to pay Stanford University a low twenties percentage range of non-royalty sublicense related revenue that we receive from third party sublicensees. We agreed to pay Stanford University $100,000 prior to any assignment of the license, including if we are acquired by a third party or if we sell all or substantially all of our assets to which the Stanford Agreement relates.

The Stanford Agreement is exclusive until June 15, 2025. In a March 2022 amendment, we agreed to pay Stanford an option fee of $80,000 to extend exclusivity for the life of the patent, of which $60,000 was paid as of April 30, 2024, and the remaining balance of $20,000 is due in April 2025, which will be waived if we exercise the option at any point until June 15, 2025 by paying an option exercise fee of $250,000. If we decide not to pay the option exercise fee, our rights will convert to a non-exclusive license.

The Stanford Agreement is subject to the Bayh-Dole Act, which provides federal agencies with certain march-in rights and imposes certain domestic manufacturing requirements. See the section titled “Risk factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our intellectual property.

Stanford University may terminate the Stanford Agreement in the event, we (i) are delinquent on any report or payment; (ii) are not diligently developing and commercializing the licensed products; (iii) are in breach of the agreement; or (iv) provide any false report, and any of these events remains uncured for 30 days following written notice of such event. We may terminate the Stanford Agreement at any time upon 30 days’ advance written notice to Stanford University.

Intellectual Property

Intellectual property rights are important to the success of our business. We seek to protect the intellectual property (the “IP”) and proprietary technology that we consider important to our business, including by pursuing patent applications that cover our technologies and product candidates and methods of using the same, as well as any other relevant inventions and improvements that are considered commercially important to the development of our business. We have developed, and are continuing to develop, a comprehensive intellectual property portfolio related to EEG monitoring in the acute care setting, including system hardware and algorithms for seizure detection as well as other medical conditions.

104


 

Our success depends in part on our ability to: (a) obtain, maintain, protect and enforce intellectual property and other proprietary rights for our current and future technology, inventions, improvements, and know-how we consider important to our business, (b) preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets, (c) defend and enforce our intellectual property rights, (d) operate without infringing, misappropriating, or violating the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of others, and (e) prevent others from infringing, misappropriating, or violating our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, pursuing and obtaining patent protection in the United States and in jurisdictions outside of the United States related to our proprietary technology, inventions, and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. Our patent portfolio is intended to cover components of our system and algorithms run thereon, their methods of use, and any other inventions that are commercially important to our business. We also rely on trademarks, trade secrets, and know-how to develop and maintain our proprietary position. We seek to protect the IP to which we obtain rights through licenses and sublicenses and work collaboratively with our licensors to ensure patent prosecution and protection.

Patents have a limited lifespan, and the term of individual patents depends upon the date of filing of the patent application, the date of patent issuance and the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries, including the United States, issued patents are granted a term of 20 years from the earliest effective non-provisional filing date. In certain instances, a patent term of a U.S. patent may be adjusted to recapture a portion of delay by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”) in examining the patent application or extended to account for term effectively lost as a result of the FDA regulatory review period, or both. The period of extension may be up to five years, but cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of approval. Only one patent among those eligible for an extension and only those claims covering the approved product, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. However, there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the FDA, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and even if granted, the length of such extensions. may be less than the maximum extension available.

Our patent portfolio as of May 31, 2024 contains 42 total issued patents and pending patent applications, 35 of which are solely owned by us, five of which are exclusively licensed from Leland Stanford Junior University, and two of which are co-owned with Leland Stanford Junior University. The solely owned cases include eight issued U.S. patents and 10 pending U.S. applications, as well as foreign counterparts filed in countries including Australia, Canada, China, Europe, Hong Kong, and Japan. The solely owned cases are directed to the Ceribell System and EEG algorithms for seizure detection that run on the Ceribell System, as well as EEG algorithms for other indications. The solely owned cases will expire between 2036 and 2039, not including any extensions that may be available in certain jurisdictions. The exclusively licensed and co-owned cases include five issued U.S. patents and two pending U.S. patent applications directed to EEG sonification, which will expire between 2034 and 2038. We continue to seek to maximize the scope of our patent protection for all our programs.

Our use of the foregoing exclusively licensed patents and pending patent applications is subject to the terms and conditions of the Stanford Agreement. See the section titled “Business—Stanford Agreement.”

In addition to patents, we also rely upon trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We maintain and are seeking registered trademarks. We have certain know-how and trade secrets relating to our EEG monitoring technology. We rely on trade secrets to protect certain aspects of our technology related to our current and future seizure detection algorithms. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary information, including trade secrets, in part, by using confidentiality agreements with our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants, and invention assignment agreements with our employees. We also have a trade secret policy that our employees are required to comply with, and have confidentiality agreements and/or invention assignment agreements with our employees, commercial partners and consultants. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining the physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. See the section titled “Risk factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our intellectual property.

Government Regulation

Our products and operations are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other federal and state authorities in the United States, as well as comparable authorities in foreign jurisdictions. Our product candidates are subject to regulation as medical devices in the United States under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”), as implemented and enforced by the FDA.

United States Regulation of Medical Devices

The FDA regulates the development, design, non-clinical and clinical research, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, installation, servicing, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, adverse event reporting, advertising, promotion, marketing and distribution, and import and export of medical devices to ensure that medical devices distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses and otherwise meet the requirements of the FDCA.

105


 

FDA premarket clearance and approval requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device commercially distributed in the United States requires either FDA clearance of a 510(k) premarket notification, or approval of a premarket approval (“PMA”) application. Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of manufacturer and regulatory control needed to ensure its safety and effectiveness. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s General Controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the Quality System Regulation (the “QSR”), facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s General Controls, as well as any special controls deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. These special controls can include performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries and FDA guidance documents.

While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting and some implantable devices, devices that have a new intended use, or devices that use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA. Some pre-amendment devices are unclassified, but are subject to FDA’s premarket notification and clearance process in order to be commercially distributed. The products we currently market are classified as Class II devices and have received FDA marketing authorization through the 510(k) clearance process.

510(k) Clearance marketing pathway

To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit to the FDA a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device already on the market. A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments) and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to twelve months, but may take longer. The FDA may require additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. FDA collects user fees for certain medical device submissions and annual fees and for medical device establishments.

If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device currently on the market, it will grant 510(k) clearance to commercially market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially equivalent” to a previously-cleared device, the device is automatically designated as a Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements. The PMA process requires that the manufacturer demonstrate that the device is safe and effective for its intended uses, which generally requires the submission of extensive data, including results from pre-clinical studies and human clinical trials. A PMA must also contain a full description of the device and its components, the methods, facilities, and controls used for manufacturing, and proposed labeling. The PMA process is burdensome, and in practice, the FDA’s review of a PMA application may take up to several years following initial submission. Alternatively, a manufacturer can request a risk-based classification determination for a novel device in accordance with the “de novo” process, described below. We currently do not market any medical devices pursuant to a PMA.

After a device receives 510(k) or de novo clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, PMA approval or de novo reclassification. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k), de novo request or a PMA in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision and disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approval is obtained or a de novo request is granted. In these circumstances, the manufacturer may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

De novo classification process

Medical device types that the FDA has not previously classified as Class I, II, or III are automatically classified into Class III regardless of the level of risk they pose. The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established a route to market for low-to-moderate risk medical devices that are automatically placed into Class III due to the absence of a predicate device, called the “Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation,” or the de novo classification procedure. This procedure allows a manufacturer whose novel device is automatically classified into Class III to request down-classification of its medical device into Class I or Class II on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA application. Pursuant to the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (the “FDASIA”) manufacturers may request de

106


 

novo classification directly without first submitting a 510(k) pre-market notification to the FDA and receiving a not-substantially-equivalent determination. De novo classification requests are subject to the payment of user fees.

Under FDASIA, FDA is required to classify the device within 120 days following receipt of the de novo request, although the process may take significantly longer. If the manufacturer seeks reclassification into Class II, the manufacturer must include a draft proposal for special controls that are necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the medical device. If FDA grants the de novo request, the device may be legally marketed in the United States. However, the FDA may reject the request if the FDA identifies a legally marketed predicate device that would be appropriate for a 510(k) notification, determines that the device is not low-to-moderate risk, or determines that General Controls would be inadequate to control the risks and/or special controls cannot be developed. After a device receives de novo classification, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or efficacy, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, another de novo request or even PMA approval.

Medical device clinical trials

Clinical trials are sometimes required to support 510(k) or de novo submissions. All clinical investigations of devices to determine safety and effectiveness must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s investigational device exemption (“IDE”), regulations which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion of the investigational device, and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. If the device presents a “significant risk” to human health, as defined by the FDA, the FDA requires the device sponsor to submit an IDE application to the FDA, which must become effective prior to commencing human clinical trials. If the device under evaluation does not present a significant risk to human health, then the device sponsor is not required to submit an IDE application to the FDA before initiating human clinical trials, but must still comply with abbreviated IDE requirements when conducting such trials. A significant risk device is one that presents a potential for serious risk to the health, safety or welfare of a patient and either is implanted, used in supporting or sustaining human life, substantially important in diagnosing, curing, mitigating or treating disease or otherwise preventing impairment of human health, or presents a potential for serious risk to a patient in some other way. An IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA unless the FDA notifies the company that the investigation may not begin. If the FDA determines that there are deficiencies or other concerns with an IDE for which it requires modification, the FDA may permit a clinical trial to proceed under a conditional approval.

Regardless of the degree of risk presented by the medical device, clinical studies must be approved by, and conducted under the oversight of, an Institutional Review Board (the “IRB”), for each clinical site. The IRB is responsible for the initial and continuing review of the clinical study, and may pose additional requirements for the conduct of the study. If an IDE application is approved by the FDA and one or more IRBs, human clinical trials may begin at a specific number of investigational sites with a specific number of patients, as approved by the FDA. If the device presents a non-significant risk to the patient, a sponsor may begin the clinical trial after obtaining approval for the trial by one or more IRBs without separate approval from the FDA, but must still follow abbreviated IDE requirements, such as monitoring the investigation, ensuring that the investigators obtain informed consent, and labeling and record-keeping requirements. Acceptance of an IDE application for review does not guarantee that the FDA will allow the IDE to become effective and, if it does become effective, the FDA may or may not determine that the data derived from the trials support the safety and effectiveness of the device or warrant the continuation of clinical trials.

During a study, the sponsor is required to comply with the applicable FDA requirements, including, for example, trial monitoring, selecting clinical investigators and providing them with the investigational plan, ensuring IRB review, adverse event reporting, record keeping and prohibitions on the promotion of investigational devices or on making safety or effectiveness claims for them. The clinical investigators in the clinical study are also subject to FDA’s regulations and must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of the investigational device, and comply with all reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Additionally, after a trial begins, we, the FDA or the IRB could suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, such as strategic business decisions or a belief that the risks to study subjects may outweigh the anticipated benefits.

Expedited development and review programs

Following passage of the 21st Century Cures Act, the FDA implemented the Breakthrough Devices Program, which is a voluntary program offered to manufacturers of certain medical devices and device-led combination products that may provide for more effective treatment or diagnosis of life-threatening or irreversibly debilitating diseases or conditions. The goal of the program is to provide patients and health care providers with more timely access to qualifying devices by expediting their development, assessment and review, while preserving the statutory standards for PMA approval, 510(k) clearance and de novo classification. The program is available for medical devices that meet certain eligibility criteria, including that the device provides more effective treatment or diagnosis of life-threatening or irreversibly debilitating diseases or conditions, and that: (i) the device represents a breakthrough technology, (ii) no approved or

107


 

cleared alternatives exist, (iii) the device offers significant advantages over existing approved or cleared alternatives, or (iv) the availability of the device is in the best interest of patients. Breakthrough Device Designation provides certain benefits to device developers, including more interactive and timely communications with FDA staff; use of post-market data collection, when scientifically appropriate, to facilitate expedited and efficient development and review of the device; opportunities for more efficient and flexible clinical study design; and prioritized review of premarket submissions. When reviewing Breakthrough Device Designation requests, the FDA may require a combination of literature or preliminary bench, animal or clinical data to demonstrate a reasonable likelihood of clinical and technological success. Receiving a Breakthrough Device Designation from the FDA does not guarantee that the FDA will grant marketing authorization for the device.

Post-market regulation

After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and pervasive regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

establishment registration and device listing with the FDA;
QSR requirements, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the design and manufacturing process;
labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of investigational products, or the promotion of “off-label” uses of cleared or approved products;
requirements related to promotional activities;
clearance or approval of product modifications to cleared devices or devices authorized through the de novo classification process that could significantly affect safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in intended use of such devices, or approval of certain modifications to PMA-approved devices;
medical device reporting regulations, which require that a manufacturer report to the FDA if a device it markets may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned and the device or a similar device that it markets would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, if the malfunction were to recur;
correction, removal and recall reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;
the FDA’s recall authority, whereby the agency can order device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of governing laws and regulations; and
post-market surveillance activities and regulations, which apply when deemed by the FDA to be necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

Manufacturing processes for medical devices are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and the facilities and controls for the design, manufacture, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, distribution, installation and servicing of finished devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires, among other things, maintenance of a device master file, device history file, and complaint files. As a manufacturer, we are subject to periodic scheduled or unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shutdown of, or restrictions on, manufacturing operations and the recall or seizure of marketed products. The discovery of previously unknown problems with marketed medical devices, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could result in restrictions on the device, including the removal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls.

The FDA has broad regulatory compliance and enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that a manufacturer has failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of compliance or enforcement actions, which may result in any of the following sanctions, among others:

warning letters, untitled letters, it has come to our attention letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties;
recalls, withdrawals, or administrative detention or product seizures;
operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products;

108


 

withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;
refusal to grant export approvals for devices being shipped to foreign markets; or
criminal prosecution.

We are also subject to regulation by the California Department of Public Health Food and Drug Branch (“FDB”) through the Medical Device Safety Program. We must maintain a California Medical Device Manufacturing license. Our facilities may be subjected to scheduled or unscheduled inspections by the FDB.

Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws

In the United States, we are subject to a number of federal and state healthcare regulatory laws that restrict business practices in the healthcare industry. These laws include, but are not limited to, federal and state anti-kickback, false claims, and other healthcare fraud and abuse laws.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting, receiving or providing any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any good, facility, item, or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

The federal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, prohibit, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim for payment to, or approval by, the federal government, knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government, or knowingly making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. A claim includes “any request or demand” for money or property presented to the government. Actions under the civil False Claims Act may be brought by the Attorney General or as a qui tam action by a private individual in the name of the government. Moreover, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.

In addition, the civil monetary penalties statute, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits, among other things, the offer or transfer of remuneration, including waivers of copayments and deductible amounts (or any part thereof), to a Medicare or state healthcare program beneficiary if the person knows or should know it is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner, or supplier of services reimbursable by Medicare or a state healthcare program.

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third party payers, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services. Similar to the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (“HITECH”), and their respective implementing regulations, impose requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as business associates, independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.

The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”), information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists, and chiropractors), certain other healthcare professionals such as physician assistants and nurse practitioners, and teaching hospitals, and applicable manufacturers and applicable

109


 

group purchasing organizations to report annually to CMS ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

Several states in which we operate have also adopted fraud and abuse laws similar to those described above. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by any payer, including patients and commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally funded healthcare program.

Violations of fraud and abuse laws, including federal and state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may be punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including fines and civil monetary penalties, the possibility of exclusion from federal healthcare programs (including Medicare and Medicaid), disgorgement, and corporate integrity agreements, which impose, among other things, rigorous operational and monitoring requirements on companies. Similar sanctions and penalties, as well as imprisonment, also can be imposed upon executive officers and employees of such companies.

Coverage and Reimbursement Regulation

In the United States, our commercial success depends in part on the extent to which governmental authorities, private health insurers and other third-party payers provide coverage for and establish adequate reimbursement levels for our products and related services. Use of the Ceribell System is reimbursed under existing physician and hospital codes. We do not bill any third-party payers for the Ceribell System. Instead, we invoice healthcare providers and the cost is bundled into the reimbursement received by healthcare providers when the Ceribell System is used. Failure by physicians, hospitals, and other users of our products to obtain adequate reimbursement from third-party payers for services performed with our products, or adverse changes in government and private third-party payers’ coverage and reimbursement policies, could adversely impact demand for our products.

Coverage and reimbursement for use of the Ceribell System can differ significantly from payer to payer. Third-party payers are increasingly auditing and challenging the prices charged for medical products and services with concern for upcoding, miscoding, using inappropriate modifiers, or billing for inappropriate care settings. Some third-party payers must approve coverage for new or innovative devices before they will reimburse healthcare providers who use the products or therapies. Even though a new product may have been cleared for commercial distribution by the FDA, we may find limited demand for the product unless and until reimbursement approval has been obtained from governmental and private third-party payers.

In addition to uncertainties surrounding coverage policies, there are periodic changes to reimbursement levels. Third-party payers regularly update reimbursement amounts and also from time to time revise the methodologies used to determine reimbursement amounts. This includes routine updates to payments to hospitals under the IPPS. These updates could directly impact the demand for our products.

We believe the overall escalating cost of medical products and services being paid for by the government and private health insurance has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased pressures on the healthcare and medical device industries to reduce the costs of products and services. Third-party payers are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs through prospective reimbursement and capitation programs, group purchasing, redesign of benefits, and exploration of more cost-effective methods of delivering healthcare. In the United States, some insured individuals enroll in managed care programs, which monitor and often require pre-approval of the services that a member will receive. Some managed care programs pay their providers on a per capita (patient) basis, which puts the providers at financial risk for the services provided to their patients by paying these providers a predetermined payment per member per month and, consequently, may limit the willingness of these providers to use our products.

Although we do not currently sell into international markets, we note that reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country, and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific product lines and procedures. There can be no assurance that our products will be considered cost-effective by third party payers, that an adequate level of reimbursement will be available or that the third-party payers’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably. More and more, local, product specific reimbursement law is applied as an overlay to medical device regulation, which has provided an additional layer of clearance requirements.

Healthcare Reform

The United States and some foreign jurisdictions are considering or have enacted a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect our ability to sell our products profitably. Among policy makers and payers in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality or expanding access. Current and future legislative proposals to further reform healthcare or reduce healthcare costs may limit coverage of or lower reimbursement for the procedures associated with the use of our products.

110


 

The cost containment measures that payers and providers are instituting and the effect of any healthcare reform initiative implemented in the future could impact our revenue from the sale of our products.

The implementation of the Affordable Care Act (the “ACA”) in the United States, for example, has substantially changed healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly affected medical device manufacturers. The ACA, among other things, provided incentives to programs that increase the federal government’s comparative effectiveness research, and implemented payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians, and other providers to improve the coordination, quality and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models. Additionally, the ACA expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs and created a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research. Since its enactment, there have been judicial, executive and political challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed a judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on its constitutionality.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. For example, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to providers, effective on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2032, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2022, unless additional Congressional action is taken. Additionally, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

We expect additional state and federal healthcare reform measures to be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressure.

State Corporate Practice of Medicine and Fee-Splitting Laws

Our arrangements with contracted telehealth providers who provide reading services to certain customers are subject to various state laws, including those commonly referred to as corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting laws, which are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the physician’s professional judgment, and prohibiting the sharing of professional service fees with non-professional or business interests. These laws vary from state to state and are subject to broad interpretation and enforcement by state regulators and other bodies. A determination that we and/or our contracted providers are not compliant with such laws could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease and desist orders from state regulators, loss of customers, and/or restructuring of these contractual arrangements.

Data Privacy and Security Laws

Numerous state, federal, and foreign laws, regulations, and standards govern the collection, use, disclosure, access to, confidentiality, and security of health-related and other personal information, and could apply now or in the future to our operations or the operations of our collaborators, third-party providers, and others upon whom we commercially rely upon. In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including data breach notification laws, health information privacy and security laws, and consumer protection laws and regulations govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information. In addition, certain foreign laws govern the privacy and security of personal data, including health-related data. Privacy and security laws, regulations, and other obligations are constantly evolving, may conflict with each other to complicate compliance efforts, and can result in investigations, proceedings or actions that lead to significant civil and/or criminal penalties and restrictions on data processing.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2024, we had 229 full time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or party to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing, and integrating our existing and additional employees. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain, and motivate selected employees, consultants, and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards.

111


 

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is in Sunnyvale, California, where we lease a 15,600 square foot facility pursuant to a lease agreement which commenced on November 1, 2021 and expires on January 31, 2027. To support our growth we are currently in the process of moving our manufacturing and quality teams to a new, 11,600 square foot facility also located in Sunnyvale, California, pursuant to a lease that will commence on September 1, 2024 and expires on January 31, 2027. Our existing facility will continue to support our research and development, finance, marketing, and administrative teams. We believe that our existing and new facilities are adequate to support our expansion through the end of the facilities’ lease periods. We believe that suitable additional or alternative space would be available in the future as required on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities. We are not presently a party to any litigation the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves, our partners, and our customers by determining the scope, enforceability, and validity of third-party proprietary rights, to establish our proprietary rights or for other matters. Involvement in such proceedings is costly and can impose a significant burden on management and employees. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of legal expenses and settlement costs, diversion of management attention, and resources and other factors.

112


 

Management

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of March 31, 2024:

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

Executive Officers

 

 

Xingjuan (Jane) Chao, Ph.D.

 

44

 

Chief Executive Officer, Co-Founder, and Director

Scott Blumberg

 

42

 

Chief Financial Officer

Joshua Copp

 

39

 

Chief Business Officer

Raymond Woo, Ph.D.

 

42

 

Chief Technology Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Employee Directors

 

 

Rebecca (Beckie) Robertson

 

63

 

Chair

Juliet Tammenoms Bakker

 

62

 

Director

William W. Burke

 

65

 

Director

Lucian Iancovici, M.D.

 

42

 

Director

Josef Parvizi, M.D., Ph.D.

 

56

 

Director, Co-Founder

Joseph M. Taylor

 

71

 

Director

(1)
Member of our audit committee.
(2)
Member of our compensation committee.
(3)
Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Xingjuan (Jane) Chao, Ph.D. is a co-founder of our company and has served as a member of our board of directors and as our Chief Executive Officer since October 2015. Prior to joining Ceribell, Dr. Chao served as Principal Manager of Portfolio Management Strategy at Genentech, Inc., a biotechnology company, from June 2014 until August 2015, and as Senior Strategy Manager at Novartis AG, a pharmaceutical company, from January 2013 until June 2014. Dr. Chao previously served as a management consultant at McKinsey & Company, a consulting company, from July 2007 until January 2013. Dr. Chao has served on the board of directors of Magnus Medical, Inc., a medical equipment company, since November 2021. Dr. Chao received a B.S. in chemistry from Peking University and a Ph.D. in biophysics from Cornell University. We believe that Dr. Chao is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the valuable expertise and perspective she brings in her capacity as a co-founder and our Chief Executive Officer and because of her extensive experience and knowledge of our industry.

Scott Blumberg has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2020. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Blumberg served as Managing Advisor at Venture Forward Advisory Services, an advisory firm, from June 2014 until December 2020, as Director of Business Development at IDEV Technologies, Inc., a medical device company, from February 2009 until January 2014, as an Analyst at Bay City Capital, an investment firm, from July 2006 until January 2009, and as an Investment Banking Analyst at Bank of America from June 2004 until June 2006. Mr. Blumberg received an A.B. in economics from Dartmouth College.

Joshua Copp joined Ceribell in September 2023 and serves as our Chief Business Officer. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Copp held various roles at McKinsey & Company from October 2012 until September 2023, including most recently as Partner, and also served as an Analyst for the Boston Consulting Group from August 2007 until August 2010. Mr. Copp received an A.B. in applied mathematics from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from the M.I.T. Sloan School of Management.

Raymond Woo, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Technology Officer since February 2017, and previously served as our Vice President of Engineering from June 2016 until February 2017. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Woo held various roles at OptiMedica Corporation, an ophthalmic device company, from September 2011 until its acquisition by Abbott Medical Optics, Inc. (“Abbott”), a manufacturer of ophthalmic care products, in 2013. Dr. Woo subsequently held various roles at Abbott from August 2013 until May 2016, including most recently as the Global Head, Femtosecond Laser R&D. Previously, Dr. Woo served as Senior Engineer at Exponent Failure Analysis Associates, an engineering and scientific consulting firm, from January 2009 until September 2011. Dr. Woo received a B.S. in electrical engineering and computer science from Duke University and a Ph.D. in electrical engineering from Stanford University.

113


 

Non-Employee Directors

Rebecca (Beckie) Robertson has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2017 and as chair of our board of directors since June 2024. Ms. Robertson is a founder and General Partner at Versant Ventures, a venture capital firm, where she has specialized in investing in the areas of medical devices and diagnostics since 1999. In addition, through Longridge Business Advisors, she has provided business advisory services and board services since April 2017. Prior to Versant, she served as Senior Vice President at Chiron Diagnostics, a division of Chiron Corporation, a biotechnology company, where she had responsibility for the critical care business unit in addition to leading the division’s business development efforts. Prior to joining Chiron, Ms. Robertson was a co-founder and Vice President at Egis, a consumer products company, and held senior management positions in operations and finance at LifeScan, a former Johnson & Johnson Company. Ms. Robertson serves on the board of directors of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., a publicly traded medical device manufacturer. Ms. Robertson received a B.S. in chemical engineering from Cornell University. We believe Ms. Robertson is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her experience with numerous companies in the healthcare and medical device industries.

Juliet Tammenoms Bakker has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2021. Ms. Tammenoms Bakker co-founded Longitude Capital, a healthcare venture capital firm, where she has served as a Managing Director since 2006. Previously, Ms. Tammenoms Bakker served as a Managing Director of Pequot Ventures, a venture capital firm, where she founded the life sciences investment practice. Prior to Pequot Ventures, Ms. Tammenoms Bakker was an equity research analyst with Banque Paribas. Ms. Tammenoms Bakker currently serves on the board of directors of RxSight, Inc. and on the boards of directors of multiple privately held healthcare companies. Ms. Tammenoms Bakker previously served on the boards of directors of various other publicly traded companies, including Eargo, Inc., Axonics Modulation Technologies, Inc., and Venus Concept Inc. Ms. Tammenoms Bakker received an M.P.A. from the Harvard Kennedy School and a B.Sc. from the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences at Cornell University. We believe Ms. Tammenoms Bakker is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her extensive experience as an investor in medical technology companies and as a member of the boards of directors of multiple companies.

William W. Burke has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2022. He served as President of Austin Highlands Advisors, LLC, a provider of corporate advisory services, from November 2015 to June 2024. Mr. Burke served as Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of IDEV Technologies, Inc., a peripheral vascular devices company, from November 2009 until the company was acquired by Abbott Laboratories in August 2013. From August 2004 to December 2007, he served as Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of ReAble Therapeutics, Inc., a diversified orthopedic device company which was sold to the Blackstone Group in a going private transaction in 2006 and subsequently merged with DJO Incorporated in November 2007. Mr. Burke remained with ReAble Therapeutics until June 2008. From 2001 to 2004, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Cholestech Corporation, a medical diagnostic products company. Mr. Burke has served on the board of directors of numerous public and private companies, including serving as a board chairman and a lead independent director. He currently serves on the board of directors of Nalu Medical, a privately held manufacturer of minimally invasive solutions for patients with chronic neuropathic pain, Adtalem Global Education, a healthcare education company, and Tactile Systems Technology, a medical technology company providing therapies for people with chronic disorders. He previously served on the board of directors of EQ Health Acquisition Corp., Invuity, Inc. (acquired by Stryker Corporation in 2018), LDR Holding Corporation (acquired by Zimmer Biomet in 2016), and Medical Action Industries Inc. (acquired by Owens & Minor in 2014). Mr. Burke received a B.A. in Finance from The University of Texas at Austin and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Burke is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his significant experience as a senior executive and as a board member of multiple public companies, including growth-oriented medical technology companies. His extensive understanding of culture, financing, and operating strategy enhances the board’s corporate governance and strategy capabilities.

Lucian Iancovici, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2020. Dr. Iancovici is currently a Managing Director with TPG, a private equity investment firm, where he has worked since January 2018. From September 2012 to October 2017, Dr. Iancovici served as the head of the Qualcomm Life Fund, a venture fund focused on investing in digital health technologies. From January 2015 to October 2017, Dr. Iancovici was a general partner at dRx Capital, a joint venture investment company launched by Novartis and Qualcomm. From 2011 to 2012, Dr. Iancovici was an associate at McKinsey & Company. Dr. Iancovici currently serves on the board of directors of Rallybio Corp, a publicly traded biotechnology company, and on the boards of the following private companies: Sionna Therapeutics, Sling Therapeutics, Ellodi Pharmaceuticals, and Anovo. Dr. Iancovici is a board-certified internal medicine doctor, who trained at Columbia University Medical Center in New York prior to joining McKinsey & Company. Dr. Iancovici received a B.A. in economics and an M.D., both from Tufts University. We believe that Dr. Iancovici is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the venture capital industry, and his medical and scientific background and training.

114


 

Josef Parvizi, M.D., Ph.D. is a co-founder of our company, has served as a member of our board of directors since 2014 and previously served as chair of our board of directors from August 2015 until June 2024. Dr. Parvizi has served as a Professor of Neurology at Stanford University School of Medicine since June 2017, and previously served as an Associate Professor at Stanford University School of Medicine from July 2007 to June 2017. Prior to that, Dr. Parvizi was a Neurology Resident at Harvard Medical School from 2003 until 2006, and an Internal Medicine Intern at the Mayo Clinic from 2002 until 2003. Dr. Parvizi received an M.D. from the University of Oslo, and a Ph.D. in neuroscience from the University of Iowa. We believe that Dr. Parvizi is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the valuable expertise and perspective he brings in his capacity as a co-founder and because of his extensive experience and knowledge of neurology and our industry.

Joseph M. Taylor has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2017. Mr. Taylor served in various roles at Panasonic Corporation of North America, an electronics company, including most recently as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, from September 1983 to April 2017. Mr. Taylor served on the board of the New Jersey Institute of Technology, a public polytechnic university, from June 2014 to June 2022 and has served as an advisory board member of WAVE Equity Partners, a private equity firm, since September 2023. We believe that Mr. Taylor is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in leading a large and innovative technology company and experience in corporate governance and business strategy.

Board Composition

Director Independence

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Dr. Chao and Dr. Parvizi, qualify as “independent” directors in accordance with the listing rules of the (the “Listing Rules”). Dr. Chao is not considered independent by virtue of her position as our Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Parvizi is not considered independent due to his role as a consultant to our company. Under the Listing Rules, the definition of independence includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his or her family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by the Listing Rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationship exists that, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no current family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers; however Dr. Chao and Dr. Parvizi were formerly married.

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

The Class I directors will be , , and , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2025;
The Class II directors will be , , and , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2026; and
The Class III directors will be , , and , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2027.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Leadership Structure of the Board

Our amended and restated bylaws and corporate governance guidelines to be in place immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chair of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer and to implement a lead director in accordance with its determination regarding which structure would be in the best interests of our company.

115


 

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the strategic risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these strategic risks with the board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations, or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.

Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. While our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, our audit committee is responsible for overseeing company-wide and information security risk assessment processes, our major financial risk exposures, regulatory compliance, and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these risks and exposures. The audit committee then reviews these matters with the full board of directors as part of the audit committee’s reports at regular board meetings. The audit committee also approves or disapproves any related-party transactions. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines and risks related to environmental, social, and governance issues and oversees management succession planning. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Each committee intends to adopt a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and Listing Rules, which we will post on our website at www.ceribell.com upon the completion of this offering.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:

appoints our independent registered public accounting firm;
evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence, and performance;
determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;
reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and pre-approves the audit and non-audit fees and services;
reviews and approves all related-party transactions on an ongoing basis;
establishes procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of any complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters;
discusses with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;
approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;
discusses on a periodic basis, or as appropriate, with management our policies and procedures with respect to risk assessment and risk management, including information security, financial, and regulatory compliance related risks;
is responsible for reviewing our financial statements and our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

116


 

investigates any reports received through the ethics helpline and reports to the Board periodically with respect to any information received through the ethics helpline and any related investigations; and
reviews the audit committee charter and the audit committee’s performance on an annual basis.

Our audit committee consists of , , and . Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is . Our board of directors has determined that and are each an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is currently defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has also determined that each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements, in accordance with applicable requirements.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee oversees policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. Among other matters, the compensation committee:

reviews and approves or recommends corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our executive officers (other than our Chief Executive Officer);
evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and approves the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations;
reviews and approves or makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans to our executive officers (other than our Chief Executive Officer);
reviews the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and makes recommendations to our board of directors with respect to her compensation, and our board of directors retains the authority to make compensation decisions relative to our Chief Executive Officer; and
reviews the compensation committee charter and the compensation committee’s performance on annual basis.

Our compensation committee consists of , , and . Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules and are non-employee directors, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. The chair of our compensation committee is .

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee oversees policies relating to our corporate governance. Among other matters, the nominating and corporate governance committee:

identifies and recommends candidates for membership on our board of directors, including the consideration of nominees submitted by stockholders, and on each of the board’s committees;
reviews and recommends our corporate governance guidelines and policies;
oversees the process of evaluating the performance of our board of directors;
oversees management succession planning; and
assists our board of directors on corporate governance matters, including strategy and risks related to environmental, social, and governance issues.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of , , and . Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules. The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is .

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or on our compensation committee.

117


 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and agents and representatives. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website at www.ceribell.com upon the completion of this offering. The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing our code of business conduct and ethics and any waivers applicable to any director, executive officer, or employee. We intend to disclose any future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of such provisions applicable to our directors, officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and agents and representatives, on our website identified above or in public filings.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, both of which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, limit our directors’ and officers’ liability and provide that we may indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The DGCL provides that directors and officers of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers, except for liability for any:

transaction from which the director or officer derives an improper personal benefit;
act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or
breach of a director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or recession.

The DGCL and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify other employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any indemnified person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to advancement, direct payment, or reimbursement of reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding.

In addition, we have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as a director or officer, or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers. We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or control persons, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy, as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

118


 

Executive and Director Compensation

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for the company’s executive officers who are named in the “2023 Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2023, the “named executive officers” and their positions with the company were as follows, who included our principal executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers (other than our principal executive officer) plus our principal financial officer:

Xingjuan (Jane) Chao, Ph.D., Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder;
Scott Blumberg, Chief Financial Officer;
Joshua Copp, Chief Business Officer (former Chief Operating Officer); and
Raymond Woo, Ph.D., Chief Technology Officer.

Mr. Copp commenced services with us on September 18, 2023 as our Chief Operating Officer, and subsequently took the role of Chief Business Officer in June 2024.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies. Further, while, as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include Scott Blumberg as a “named executive officer” pursuant to the scaled disclosure requirements, we have elected to include Mr. Blumberg as a “named executive officer.”

2023 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of the named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2023.

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Salary ($)

 

 

Option Awards
($)(1)

 

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
($)(2)

 

 

All Other
Compensation ($)(3)

 

 

Total
($)

 

Xingjuan (Jane) Chao, Ph.D.

 

 

466,250

 

 

 

1,630,832

 

 

 

255,300

 

 

 

28,343

 

 

 

2,380,725

 

Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott Blumberg

 

 

328,875

 

 

 

192,138

 

 

 

151,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

672,613

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joshua Copp(4)

 

 

105,000

 

 

 

857,885

 

 

 

46,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,008,885

 

Chief Business Officer (former Chief Operating
Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raymond Woo, Ph.D.

 

 

318,000

 

 

 

417,081

 

 

 

146,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

881,681

 

Chief Technology Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)
Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of stock options granted during 2023 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. See Note 11 of the financial statements elsewhere included in this prospectus for a discussion of valuation assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.
(2)
Amounts represent annual bonuses earned by each named executive officer in 2023 which were paid by us after certification of performance achievement in early 2024. See “2023 Bonuses” below.
(3)
Amounts in the “All Other Compensation” column for Dr. Chao represent reimbursements by us for car travel in connection with her commute to the company’s headquarters.
(4)
Mr. Copp commenced services with us on September 18, 2023, and his base salary and bonus were pro-rated for his partial employment with us in 2023.

119


 

2023 Salaries

In 2023, the named executive officers received an annual base salary to compensate them for services rendered to the company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role, and responsibilities.

For fiscal year 2023, Dr. Chao’s annual base salary was $475,000 effective as of April 1, 2023 (and it was $440,000 prior), Mr. Blumberg’s base salary was $335,000 effective as of April 1, 2023 (and it was $310,500 prior), Mr. Copp’s base salary was $360,000 (but was pro-rated for 2023 for his partial employment with us starting in September 2023), and Dr. Woo’s base salary was $324,000 effective as of April 1, 2023 (and it was $300,000 prior).

2023 Bonuses

In 2023, each Dr. Chao, Mr. Blumberg, Mr. Copp, and Dr. Woo were eligible to earn an annual cash bonus targeted at 50%, 40%, 40%, and 40% respectively of their respective annual base salaries. Mr. Copp’s actual annual bonus was pro-rated for his partial employment with us in 2023 from September 18, 2023 through December 31, 2023. Pursuant to our annual cash bonus program, each named executive officer was eligible to earn his or her annual cash bonus based on the attainment of pre-established annual company and individual performance objectives, which were comprised of the company’s performance against corporate objectives (weighted 100% of Dr. Chao’s and 75% of Mr. Blumberg’s, Mr. Copp’s, and Dr. Woo’s respective bonus opportunity), including revenue, research and development project milestones, operational excellence metrics, and individual goals (weighted 25% of Mr. Blumberg's, Mr. Copp’s, and Dr. Woo’s respective bonus opportunity). The actual achieved bonus amount was paid in 2024 based on achievement of company and individual performance objectives.

The actual annual cash bonuses awarded to each named executive officer for 2023 performance are set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.

Equity Compensation

Each of our named executive officers currently holds outstanding stock option awards granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan. In 2023, Dr. Chao was granted stock option awards covering an aggregate of 1,392,000 shares of our common stock, Mr. Blumberg was granted stock option awards covering an aggregate of 164,000 shares of our common stock, Mr. Copp was granted stock option awards covering an aggregate of 658,500 shares of our common stock, and Dr. Woo was granted stock option awards covering an aggregate of 356,000 shares of our common stock, as described in further detail below.

In February 2023, in connection with our annual review of compensation, we granted Dr. Chao, Mr. Blumberg, and Dr. Woo each (i) an option to purchase 768,000, 164,000 and 154,000, respectively, shares of our common stock, which vests and becomes exercisable as to 1/48th of the total number of shares underlying the stock option on each of the first 48 monthly anniversaries of April 1, 2023. Additionally, in February 2023, in connection with our annual review of compensation, we granted Dr. Chao and Dr. Woo each an option to purchase 624,000 and 202,000, respectively, shares of our common stock, which vests and becomes exercisable as to 1/24th of the total number of shares underlying the stock option on each of the first 24 monthly anniversaries of April 1, 2023, in each case, subject to the applicable named executive officer’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.

In September 2023, in connection with his commencement of employment, we granted Mr. Copp (i) an option to purchase 548,500 shares of our common stock, which vests and becomes exercisable as to 25% of the total number of shares underlying the stock option on the first anniversary of the September 19, 2023 and 1/48th of the total number of shares underlying the stock option on each of the subsequent 36 monthly anniversaries thereafter and (ii) an option to purchase 110,000 shares of our common stock, which vests and becomes exercisable in four substantially equal tranches following the company’s certification of its annual performance for each of 2024, 2025, 2026 and 2027 (which certification must occur by March 31 of the year following the applicable performance year), in each case, subject to Mr. Copp’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.

Certain stock option awards granted to the named executive officers are subject to accelerated vesting upon qualifying termination of employment as set forth in each of their respective employment agreements. For additional information about the accelerated vesting provisions, please see the section titled “Executive Employment Agreements” below.

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt the 2024 Plan in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants of our company and certain of our subsidiaries (if any) and to enable us to obtain and retain the services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. We expect that the 2024 Plan will be effective as of the date immediately preceding the date on which this offering is consummated. For additional information about the 2024 Plan, please see the section titled “Equity Compensation Plans” below.

120


 

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. We did not make any matching contributions on behalf of our executives in 2023. We anticipate that, following the consummation of this offering, our named executive officers will continue to participate in this 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Health/Welfare Plans. All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including:

medical, dental, and vision benefits;
medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts;
short-term and long-term disability insurance; and
life insurance.

We believe that the employee benefits described above are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our named executive officers.

No Tax Gross-Ups

We do not make gross-up payments to cover our named executive officers’ personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or perquisites paid or provided by our company.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2023.

 

 

 

 

 

Option Awards

Name

 

Vesting
Commencement
Date (1)

 

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

 

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable

 

 

Option
Exercise
Price ($)

 

 

Option
Expiration
Date

Xingjuan (Jane) Chao, Ph.D.

 

11/7/15

 

 

 

325,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.15

 

 

11/10/25

 

6/11/19

(2)

 

 

114,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.87

 

 

6/10/29

 

6/11/19

 

 

 

392,058

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.87

 

 

6/10/29

 

6/10/21

 

 

 

453,124

 

 

 

271,876

 

 

 

1.42

 

 

6/10/31

 

4/1/23

 

 

 

128,000

 

 

 

640,000

 

 

 

1.83

 

 

2/16/33

 

4/1/23

(3)

 

 

208,000

 

 

 

416,000

 

 

 

1.83

 

 

2/16/33

Scott Blumberg

 

4/8/20

(2)

 

 

206,636

 

 

 

31,000

 

 

 

0.88

 

 

6/5/30

 

 

6/10/21

 

 

 

37,788

 

 

 

37,500

 

 

 

1.42

 

 

6/10/31

 

 

1/1/21

(5)

 

 

27,920

 

 

 

27,920

 

 

 

1.42

 

 

12/2/31

 

 

4/1/23

 

 

 

27,333

 

 

 

136,667

 

 

 

1.83

 

 

2/16/33

Joshua Copp

 

9/19/23

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

548,500

 

 

 

2.01

 

 

9/29/33

 

1/1/24

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

110,000

 

 

 

2.01

 

 

9/29/33

Raymond Woo, Ph.D.

 

6/11/19

(2)

 

 

107,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.87

 

 

6/10/29

 

6/10/21

 

 

 

93,750

 

 

 

56,250

 

 

 

1.42

 

 

6/10/31

 

4/1/23

 

 

 

25,666

 

 

 

128,334

 

 

 

1.83

 

 

2/16/33

 

4/1/23

(3)

 

 

84,166

 

 

 

117,834

 

 

 

1.83

 

 

2/16/33

 

(1)
Unless otherwise indicated, the stock option vests and becomes exercisable as to 1/48th of the total number of shares underlying the stock option on each of the first 48 monthly anniversaries of the applicable vesting commencement date, subject to applicable named executive officer’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.

121


 

(2)
The stock option vests and becomes exercisable as to 25% of the total number of shares underlying the stock option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the total number of shares underlying the stock option on each of the subsequent 36 monthly anniversaries thereafter, subject to the applicable named executive officer’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(3)
The stock option vests and becomes exercisable as to 1/24th of the total number of shares underlying the stock option on each of the first 24 monthly anniversaries of the vesting commencement date, subject to the applicable named executive officer’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(4)
The stock option vests and becomes exercisable upon following the company’s certification of its annual performance for each of 2024, 2025, 2026, and 2027 (which certification must occur by March 31 of the year following the applicable performance year), subject to the named executive officer’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(5)
The stock option vests and becomes exercisable upon following the company’s certification of its annual performance for each of 2021, 2022, and 2023 (which certification must occur by March 31 of the year following the applicable performance year), subject to the named executive officer’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.

Executive Compensation Arrangements

Executive Employment Agreements

In connection with this offering, we plan to enter into new employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, which will supersede any prior employment agreements or offer letters. If the named executive officer’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or due to his or her resignation for “good reason” outside the period commencing four months preceding and ending 12 months following the consummation of a “change in control” (such period, the “Change in Control Period”) (each such term, as defined in the employment agreement), then, subject to the named executive officer’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims and continued compliance with restrictive covenants, he or she will be eligible to receive (i) continuing payments of base salary for from the date of such termination, payable in accordance with our regular payroll procedures, (ii) accelerated vesting of that number of his or her then-outstanding unvested equity awards that would have vested had he or she remained employed through the anniversary of the termination date (excluding any performance-based awards), and (iii) COBRA reimbursements for months. Pursuant to the contemplated employment agreements, if the named executive officer’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or due to his or her resignation for “good reason” during the Change in Control Period, then, subject to the named executive officer’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims and continued compliance with restrictive covenants, he or she will be eligible to receive (i) continuing payments of base salary for months for and months for from the date of such termination, payable in accordance with our regular payroll procedures, (ii) accelerated vesting as to of his or her then-outstanding unvested equity awards (excluding any performance-based equity awards), (iii) a lump sum cash payment equal to times for and time for the applicable target annual performance bonus, and (iv) COBRA reimbursements for months for and months for . Pursuant to the contemplated employment agreements, in the event that any amounts payable to a named executive officer are subject to an excise tax pursuant to Section 280G or Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the named executive officer will receive either (i) the full amount of such payments or (ii) such payments reduced to the least extent necessary to prevent the application of such excise tax, whichever will result in the greatest after tax benefit to the named executive officer.

The employment agreements will contain customary non-solicitation provisions for one year from termination and require the named executive officer to continue to abide by our standard confidential information and invention assignment agreement.

Equity Compensation Plans

The following summarizes the material terms of the 2014 Plan and EIP, under which we have previously made periodic grants of equity and equity-based awards to our named executive officers and other key employees. In addition, we intend to adopt the 2024 Plan and the ESPP in connection with the consummation of this offering. The terms of the 2024 Plan and the ESPP have not yet been finalized.

2024 Incentive Award Plan

We intend to adopt the 2024 Plan, which will be effective as of the date immediately preceding the date on which this offering is consummated. The principal purpose of the 2024 Plan is to attract, retain, and motivate selected employees, consultants, and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The material terms of the 2024 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.

Share Reserve. Under the 2024 Plan, shares of our common stock will be initially reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, and other stock-based awards. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2024 Plan will be increased by (i) the number of shares represented by awards outstanding under our 2014 Plan and our EIP (collectively, the

122


 

“Prior Plan Awards”) that become available for issuance under the counting provisions described below following the effective date and (ii) an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal year 2025 and ending in fiscal year 2034, equal to the lesser of (A) % of the shares of our common stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of shares of stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, that no more than shares of stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options.

The following counting provisions will be in effect for the share reserve under the 2024 Plan:

to the extent that an award (including a Prior Plan Award) terminates, expires or lapses for any reason or an award is settled in cash without the delivery of shares, any shares subject to the award at such time will be available for future grants under the 2024 Plan;
to the extent shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant, exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to any award under the 2024 Plan or Prior Plan Award, such tendered or withheld shares will be available for future grants under the 2024 Plan;
to the extent shares subject to SARs are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of SARs on exercise thereof, such shares will be available for future grants under the 2024 Plan;
to the extent that shares of our common stock are repurchased by us prior to vesting so that shares are returned to us, such shares will be available for future grants under the 2024 Plan;
the payment of dividend equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding awards or Prior Plan Awards will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2024 Plan; and
to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by us or any of our subsidiaries (if any) will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2024 Plan.

In addition, the sum of the grant date fair value of all equity-based awards and the maximum that may become payable pursuant to all cash-based awards to any individual for services as a non-employee director during any calendar year may not exceed $ .

Administration. The administrator of the 2024 Plan is expected to be the compensation committee of our board of directors unless our board of directors assumes authority as the administrator. The compensation committee must consist of at least three members of our board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “independent director” within the meaning of the rules of the applicable stock exchange, or other principal securities market on which shares of our common stock are traded. The 2024 Plan provides that the board or compensation committee may delegate its authority to grant awards to employees other than executive officers and certain senior executives of the company to a committee consisting of one or more members of our board of directors or one or more of our officers, other than awards made to our non-employee directors, which must be approved by our full board of directors.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2024 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2024 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend, or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2024 Plan. Our board of directors may at any time remove the compensation committee as the administrator and revest in itself the authority to administer the 2024 Plan. The full board of directors will administer the 2024 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.

Eligibility. Options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and all other stock-based and cash-based awards under the 2024 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers, employees, or consultants or are the officers, employees, or consultants of certain of our subsidiaries (if any). Such awards also may be granted to our directors. Only employees of our company or certain of our subsidiaries (if any) may be granted incentive stock options (“ISOs”).

Awards. The 2024 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock-based or cash-based awards, and dividend equivalents, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

Nonstatutory Stock Options (“NSOs”) will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant (except in the case of certain substitute awards or awards granted to participants not subject to Section 409A of the Code), and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments on or after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets

123


 

established by the administrator. NSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator that does not exceed ten years. NSOs may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until the option is exercised and the holder receives the underlying shares.
ISOs will be designed in a manner intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, and must not be exercisable after a period of ten years measured from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2024 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five years measured from the date of grant. ISOs may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until the option is exercised and the holder receives the underlying shares.
Restricted Stock may be granted to any eligible individual and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until restrictions are removed or expire. Recipients of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options or restricted stock units, will have voting rights and will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse, however, extraordinary dividends will generally be placed in escrow, and will not be released until restrictions are removed or expire.
Restricted Stock Units may be awarded to any eligible individual, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.
SARs may be granted in connection with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs granted in connection with stock options or other awards typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a set exercise price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2024 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. SARs under the 2024 Plan will be settled in cash or shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator.
Other Stock or Cash Based Awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock. Other stock-based or cash-based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees, or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock-based or cash-based awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance, and/or other conditions.
Dividend Equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between a specified date and the date such award terminates or expires, as determined by the plan administrator. In addition, dividend equivalents with respect to shares covered by a performance award will only be paid to the participant at the same time or times and to the same extent that the vesting conditions, if any, are subsequently satisfied and the performance award vests with respect to such shares.

Any award may be granted as a performance award, meaning that the award will be subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals.

Change in Control. In the event of a change in control, unless the plan administrator elects to terminate an award in exchange for cash, rights, or other property, or cause an award to accelerate in full prior to the change in control, such award will continue in effect or be assumed or substituted by the acquirer, provided that any performance-based portion of the award will be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement. The administrator may also make appropriate adjustments to awards under the 2024 Plan and is authorized to provide for the acceleration, cash-out, termination, assumption, substitution, or conversion of such awards in the event of a change in control or certain other unusual or nonrecurring events or transactions.

Adjustments of Awards. In the event of any stock dividend or other distribution, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, recapitalization, repurchase, or any other corporate event

124


 

affecting the number of outstanding shares of our common stock or the share price of our common stock that would require adjustments to the 2024 Plan or any awards under the 2024 Plan in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be made available thereunder, the administrator will make appropriate, proportionate adjustments to: (i) the aggregate number and type of shares subject to the 2024 Plan; (ii) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards and terms and conditions of outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect to such awards); and (iii) the grant or exercise price per share of any outstanding awards under the 2024 Plan.

Amendment and Termination. The administrator may terminate, amend or modify the 2024 Plan at any time and from time to time subject to stockholder approval only to the extent required by applicable law, rule, or regulation (including any applicable stock exchange rule). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an option may be amended to reduce the per share exercise price below the per share exercise price of such option on the grant date and options may be granted in exchange for, or in connection with, the cancellation or surrender of options having a higher per share exercise price without receiving additional stockholder approval.

No ISOs may be granted pursuant to the 2024 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2024 Plan, and no additional annual share increases to the 2024 Plan’s aggregate share limit will occur from and after such anniversary. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2024 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2024 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve the ESPP, which will be effective as of the date immediately preceding the date on which this offering is consummated. The ESPP is designed to allow our eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. The material terms of the ESPP, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.

Administration. Subject to the terms and conditions of the ESPP, our compensation committee will administer the ESPP. Our compensation committee can delegate administrative tasks under the ESPP to the services of an agent and/or employees to assist in the administration of the ESPP. The administrator will have the discretionary authority to administer and interpret the ESPP. Interpretations and constructions by the administrator of any provision of the ESPP or of any rights thereunder will be conclusive and binding on all persons. We will bear all expenses and liabilities incurred by the ESPP administrator.

Share Reserve. The maximum number of shares of our common stock which will be authorized for sale under the ESPP is equal to the sum of (a) shares of common stock and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal year 2025 and ending in fiscal year 2034, equal to the lesser of (i) % of the shares of our common stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) such number of shares of common stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, no more than shares of our common stock may be issued under the ESPP. The shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP may be authorized but unissued shares or reacquired shares.

Eligibility. Employees eligible to participate in the ESPP for a given offering period generally include employees who are employed by us or one of our subsidiaries (if any) on the first day of the offering period, or the enrollment date. Our employees (and, if applicable, any employees of our subsidiaries) who customarily work less than five months in a calendar year or are customarily scheduled to work less than 20 hours per week will not be eligible to participate in the ESPP. Finally, an employee who owns (or is deemed to own through attribution) 5% or more of the combined voting power or value of all our classes of stock or of one of our subsidiaries (if any) will not be allowed to participate in the ESPP.

Participation. Employees will enroll under the ESPP by completing a payroll deduction form permitting the deduction from their compensation of at least 1% of their compensation but not more than the lesser of % of their compensation or $ . Such payroll deductions may be expressed as either a whole number percentage or a fixed dollar amount, and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each purchase date. However, a participant may not purchase more than shares in each offering period and may not subscribe for more than $ in fair market value of shares of our common stock (determined at the time the option is granted) during any calendar year. The ESPP administrator has the authority to change these limitations for any subsequent offering period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a participant may be granted rights under the ESPP only if such rights, together with any other rights granted to such participant under “employee stock purchase plans” of the Company, any parent or any subsidiary, as specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such participant’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary thereof to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined as of the first day of the offering period during which such rights are granted) in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.

125


 

Offering. Under the ESPP, participants are offered the option to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount during a series of successive offering periods, the duration and timing of which will be determined by the ESPP administrator. However, in no event may an offering period be longer than 27 months in length.

The option purchase price will be set forth in the offering document but shall not be lower of 85% of the closing trading price per share of our common stock on the first trading date of an offering period in which a participant is enrolled or 85% of the closing trading price per share on the purchase date.

Unless a participant has previously canceled his or her participation in the ESPP before the purchase date, the participant will be deemed to have exercised his or her option in full as of each purchase date. Upon exercise, the participant will purchase the number of whole shares that his or her accumulated payroll deductions will buy at the option purchase price, subject to the participation limitations listed above.

A participant may cancel his or her payroll deduction authorization at any time prior to the end of the offering period. Upon cancellation, the participant will have the option to either (i) receive a refund of the participant’s account balance in cash without interest or (ii) exercise the participant’s option for the current offering period for the maximum number of shares of common stock on the applicable purchase date, with the remaining account balance refunded in cash without interest. Following at least one payroll deduction, a participant may also decrease (but not increase) his or her payroll deduction authorization once during any offering period. If a participant wants to increase or decrease the rate of payroll withholding, he or she may do so effective for the next offering period by submitting a new form before the offering period for which such change is to be effective.

A participant may not assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) payroll deductions credited to a participant’s account or any rights to exercise an option or to receive shares of our common stock under the ESPP, and during a participant’s lifetime, options in the ESPP shall be exercisable only by such participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will not be given effect.

Adjustments upon Changes in Recapitalization, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Asset Sale. In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of our common stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, or reclassification of the common stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, we will proportionately adjust the aggregate number of shares of our common stock offered under the ESPP, the number and price of shares which any participant has elected to purchase under the ESPP, and the maximum number of shares which a participant may elect to purchase in any single offering period. If there is a proposal to dissolve or liquidate the company, then the ESPP will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, and any offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new purchase date to take place before the date of our dissolution or liquidation. We will notify each participant of such change in writing at least ten business days prior to the new purchase date. If we undergo a merger with or into another corporation or sell all or substantially all of our assets, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or the parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume the outstanding options or substitute equivalent options, then any offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new purchase date to take place before the date of our proposed sale or merger. We will notify each participant of such change in writing at least ten business days prior to the new exercise date.

Amendment and Termination. Our board of directors may amend, suspend, or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, the board of directors may not amend the ESPP without obtaining stockholder approval within 12 months before or after such amendment to the extent required by applicable laws.

2024 Equity Incentive Plan

The EIP was adopted by our board of directors, effective as of April 23, 2024, with an initial reserve 3,610,238 of shares available for future awards.

Administration. The EIP is administered by our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by the board of directors and composed of one or more members of board of directors and/or our executive officers. The plan administrator has the authority to (i) determine which service providers will receive awards, (ii) grant awards, (iii) set all terms and conditions of awards, and (iv) take all actions and make all determinations contemplated by the EIP and adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices related to the EIP as it deems advisable. The plan administrator may also correct any defect or ambiguity, supply any omissions or reconcile any inconsistencies in the EIP or any award into effect, as it determines. All determinations under the EIP are made in the plan administrator’s sole discretion, which are final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the EIP or in any award.

126


 

Eligibility. Our employees and consultants, directors, employees and consultants of our parents or subsidiaries (if any), and non-employee members of our board of directors are eligible to receive awards under the EIP, provided that only employees may be granted awards intended as ISOs.

Share Reserve. An aggregate of (i) 3,610,238 shares of our common stock plus (ii) any shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan and that (A) are not issued because such award (or a portion thereof) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shared of common stock covered by such award having been issued, (B) are not issued because such award (or a portion thereof) is settled in cash, (C) are forfeited back to or repurchased by the company because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, (D) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price, or (E) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy any related taxes may be issued under the EIP; provided that in no event may more than 15,626,511 shares of common stock be issued under the EIP. Any unused common stock covered by an award that expires or lapses or is terminated, surrendered or cancelled without having been fully exercised or settled or is forfeited in whole or in part, in any case, in a manner that results in any shares of common stocks not being issued or being so reacquired by the company will again be available for the grant of awards under the EIP. Further, shares of common stock delivered to the company by a participant in satisfaction of an exercise or purchase price of an award and/or in satisfaction of any applicable tax will be added to the number of shares of common stock available for the grant of awards under the EIP.

Awards. The EIP provides that the plan administrator may grant or issue stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other stock-based awards under the EIP to eligible service providers. In general, awards granted under the EIP may not be sold or otherwise transferred except by will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.

Stock Options. Stock options may be granted to any eligible person, provided that ISOs may only be granted to our employees or employees of our parents or subsidiaries (if any), subject to the EIP and such restrictions as may be determined by the plan administrator and set forth in an applicable award agreement. The exercise price of stock options granted to employees, directors or consultants will be determined by the plan administrator and set forth in an applicable award agreement; provided that such exercise price may not be less than fair market value of a share on grant date (or 110% of fair market value with respect to ISOs granted to employees holding 10% or more of the total combined voting power of the company). No stock option award may have a term of more than ten years following the date of grant.
Restricted Stock. Restricted stock may be granted to any eligible person and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the plan administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be forfeited or repurchased by us at the issue price or other stated or formula price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period(s) as established by the plan administrator. Recipients of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options or restricted stock units, will generally have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse; however, any dividends or distributions paid in shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of the restricted stocks with respect to which they were paid.
Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units may be awarded to any eligible person, subject to vesting or forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period(s) established by the plan administrator. Shares of common stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and, if provided by the plan administrator, dividends may be paid currently or credited to an account for the participant, may be settled in cash and/or shares of common stock and may be subject to the same restrictions on transfer or forfeitability as the restricted stock units with respect to which the dividends are paid.
Other Stock-Based Awards. Other awards of shares of common stock and other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to or otherwise based on shares of common stock or other property may be granted to any eligible person, subject to the EIP and such restrictions as may be determined by the plan administrator and set forth in an applicable award agreement.

127


 

Adjustments of Awards. In the event the plan administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the company, or sale or exchange of common stock or other securities of the company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase common stock or other securities of the company, or other similar corporate transaction or event (“Transactions”) affects the common stock such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of benefits or potential benefits intended by the company to be made under the EIP or with respect to any award, the plan administrator may, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of the number and kind of shares of common stock with respect to which awards may be granted or awarded, the number and kind of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards, the grant or exercise price with respect to any award, and the terms and conditions of any awards. In the event of a non-reciprocal transaction between the company and its stockholders that affects the shares of common stock or other securities of the company or the share price of common stock or other securities of the company and causes a change in the per share value of the common stock underlying outstanding awards, the plan administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding award as the plan administrator deems appropriate. In the event of a Transaction affecting the common stock or the share price of the common stock, the plan administrator may refuse to permit the exercise of any award during a period of up to thirty days prior to the consummation of any such Transaction.

Corporate Transaction. In the event of any Transaction (including a change in control of the company) or any unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the company or the financial statements of the company or any change in any laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator is authorized to (i) provide for the cancellation of any awards in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such award or realization of the rights under the vested portion of such award, (ii) provide that such award shall vest and be exercisable as to all share covered thereby, (iii) provide that such award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof (if any), or be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary therefor (if any), with appropriate adjustments, (iv) make adjustments in the number and type of shares of common stock (or other property) subject to outstanding awards and/or in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, outstanding award which may be granted in the future, (v) replace such award with other rights or property, and/or (vi) provide that the award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.

Amendment and Termination. The board of members may amend, suspend or terminate the EIP at any time (subject to stockholder approval if required in accordance with the EIP) provided that no amendment of the EIP will materially and adversely affect any outstanding award without the consent of the affected participant. Following this offering and in connection with the effectiveness of our 2024 Plan, the EIP will terminate and no further awards will be granted under the EIP. However, all outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

2014 Plan

The 2014 Plan was adopted by our board of directors, effective as of August 29, 2014 and was amended effective as of each of August 29, 2014, August 11, 2015, April 24, 2017, May 26, 2018, September 21, 2018, April 21, 2021, September 16, 2022, and March 14, 2024, and was terminated on April 23, 2024. As of March 31, 2024, options to purchase 12,242,731 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price per share of $1.61 remained outstanding under the 2014 Plan.

Administration. The 2014 Plan is administered by our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by the board of directors and composed of members of board of directors. The plan administrator has the authority, in its discretion, to (i) select the employees, directors and consultants to whom awards may be granted from time to time under the 2014 Plan, (ii) determine whether and to what extent awards are granted under the 2014 Plan, (iii) determine the number of shares or the amount of other consideration to be covered by each award granted under the 2014 Plan, (iv) approve forms of award agreements for use under the 2014 Plan, (v) determine the terms and conditions of any award granted under the 2014 Plan, (vi) establish additional terms, conditions, rules or procedures to accommodate the rules or laws of applicable non-U.S. jurisdictions and afford grantees favorable treatment under such rules or laws, subject to the provisions of the 2014 Plan, (vii) amend the terms of any outstanding award granted under the 2014 Plan, subject to certain restrictions set forth in the 2014 Plan, (viii) construe and interpret the terms of the 2014 Plan and awards, including any notice of award or award agreement pursuant to the 2014 Plan, and (ix) take such other actions, not inconsistent with the terms of the 2014 Plan, it deems appropriate. All decisions, or actions taken, by the plan administrator or in connection with the administration of the 2014 Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in the 2014 Plan.

Eligibility. Our employees and consultants, directors, employees and consultants of our parents or subsidiaries (if any), and non-employee members of our board of directors are eligible to receive awards under the 2014 Plan, provided that only employees may be granted awards intended as ISOs.

128


 

Share Reserve. At the time of the 2014 Plan’s termination, a total of 19,943,860 shares of our common stock had been authorized for issuance under the 2014 Plan. As of the termination of the 2014 Plan, options to purchase a total of 12,022,773 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding and a total of 4,973,389 shares of common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options or pursuant to other awards granted under the 2014 Plan and were outstanding. The remaining 2,947,698 shares that were available for issuance were retired when the 2014 Plan terminated and became part of the new share reserve under the EIP.

Awards. The 2014 Plan provides that the plan administrator may grant or issue stock options, SARs, dividend equivalent rights, restricted stocks, restricted stock units, or other rights or benefits under the 2014 Plan to eligible employees, consultants, and directors. In general, awards granted under the 2014 Plan may not be sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to a beneficiary designation, by will, in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution or, except in the case of incentive stock options, to the extent and in the manner authorized by the administrator by gift or pursuant to domestic relations order to members of the grantee’s immediate family.

Stock Options. Stock options may be granted to any eligible person, provided that ISOs may only be granted to our employees or employees of our parents or subsidiaries (if any), subject to the 2014 Plan and such restrictions as may be determined by the plan administrator and set forth in an applicable award agreement. The exercise price of stock options granted to employees, directors or consultants will be determined by the plan administrator and set forth in an applicable award agreement; provided that such exercise price may not be less than fair market value of a share on grant date (or 110% of fair market value with respect to ISOs granted to employees holding 10% or more of the total combined voting power of the company). No stock option award may have a term of more than ten years following the date of grant.
Restricted Stock. Restricted stock may be granted to any eligible individual and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated until restrictions are removed or expire. Recipients of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options and restricted stock units, will have voting rights and will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse, however, extraordinary dividends will generally be placed in escrow, and will not be released until restrictions are removed or expire.
Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units may be awarded to any eligible individual, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.
Stock Appreciation Rights. SARs typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a set exercise price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2014 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. SARs under the 2014 Plan will be settled in cash or shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator.
Other Awards. Other stock-based or cash-based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. The administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance, and/or other conditions.
Dividend Equivalent Rights. Dividend equivalent rights represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between a specified date and the date such award terminates or expires, as determined by the plan administrator. In addition, dividend equivalents with respect to shares covered by a performance award will only be paid to the participant at the same time or times and to the same extent that the vesting conditions, if any, are subsequently satisfied and the performance award vests with respect to such shares.

Adjustments of Awards. In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination or reclassification of the shares or similar transaction affecting the shares, any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares effected without receipt of consideration by the company or any other transaction with respect to common stock (including a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation (including a spin-off or other distribution of stock or property), reorganization, partial or complete liquidation or any similar transaction, proportionate adjustments will be made to the number of shares covered by each outstanding award and the number of shares which have been authorized for issuance under the 2014 Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each such outstanding award, the maximum number of shares with respect to which awards may be granted to any grantee in any calendar, as well as any other terms that the plan

129


 

administrator determines required. In the event of any distribution of cash or other assets to stockholders other than a normal cash dividend, the plan administrator shall also make such adjustments or substitute, exchange or grant awards to effect such adjustments, in each case, in a manner that precludes the enlargement of rights and benefits under such awards. In connection with the foregoing adjustments, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, prohibit the exercise of awards or other issuance of shares, cash, or other consideration pursuant to awards during certain periods of time.

Corporate Transactions. Effective upon the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reverse merger, or series of related transactions culminating in a reverse merger, liquidation, dissolution, acquisition in a single or series of related transactions by any person or related group of persons of beneficial ownership of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the company’s outstanding securities (unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator), or the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the company, all outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan shall terminate but only to the extent they are not assumed in connection with such corporate transaction. The plan administrator shall have the authority, exercisable either in advance of any actual or anticipated corporate transaction or at any time of an actual corporate transaction and exercisable at the time of the grant of an award under the 2014 Plan or at any time while an award remains outstanding, to provide for the full or partial automatic vesting and exercisability of one or more outstanding unvested awards under the plan and the release from restrictions on transfer and repurchase or forfeiture rights of such awards in connection with a corporate transaction on such terms and conditions as the plan administrator may specify. The plan administrator also has the authority to condition any such award vesting and exercisability or release form such limitation upon subsequent termination of the continuous service of the grantee within a specified period following the effective date of the corporate transaction.

Amendment and Termination. The 2014 Plan was terminated on April 23, 2024. However, all outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we did not have a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors for service as directors. We have, however, paid each of our non-affiliated directors, Mr. Taylor, Mr. Burke, and Ms. Robertson, cash fees as set forth in the table below for their service on our board. From time to time, we have granted equity awards to certain non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors. In February 2023, we granted Mr. Taylor an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock, which vest as to 1/48th of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of September 13, 2021, subject to Mr. Taylor’s continued service on the applicable vesting date. We have also reimbursed our directors for expenses associated with attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

In addition to his service on the board, Dr. Parvizi serves as a consultant to the company. Dr. Parvizi received a cash fee of $7,000, payable biweekly, until April 1, 2023, and subsequently has received a cash fee of $7,700, payable biweekly, since April 1, 2023, in consideration of his consulting services.

Director Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2023

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation of our non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

 

Name

 

Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)

 

 

Option Awards
($)(1) (2)

 

 

All Other
Compensation
($) (3)

 

 

Total ($)

 

Juliet Tammenoms Bakker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William W. Burke

 

 

27,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,500

 

Lucian Iancovici, M.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Josef Parvizi, M.D., Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180,600

 

 

 

180,600

 

Rebecca Robertson

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

Joseph M. Taylor

 

 

28,000

 

 

 

58,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

86,579

 

 

(1)
Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during 2023 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See Note 11 of the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of valuation assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

130


 

(2)
The aggregate number of option awards (whether exercisable or unexercisable) held as of December 31, 2023 by Mr. Burke, Ms. Robertson, and Mr. Taylor is 148,750, 215,752 and 175,414, respectively. None of our other directors held outstanding options as of December 31, 2023.
(3)
Amounts shown for Dr. Parvizi reflect the cash consulting fees paid for consulting services performance in 2023.

In connection with the consummation of this offering, we intend to approve and implement a compensation program for our non-employee directors that consists of annual retainer fees and long-term equity awards.

131


 

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2021 and any currently proposed transactions to which we were or are expected to be a participant in which (1) the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and (2) any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any affiliate or member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation and other arrangements that are described under the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In April 2021, we entered into a Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock purchase agreement with various investors, pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 22,308,227 shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at $4.47 per share for gross proceeds of $99.7 million in multiple closings, and 626,398 shares of Series C-NV redeemable convertible preferred stock at $4.47 per share for gross proceeds of $2.8 million in the first closing. The first closing occurred in April 2021, at which time we issued 10,788,027 shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock and 626,398 shares of Series C-NV redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $51.0 million. The second closing occurred in May 2021, at which time we issued 334,520 shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock for gross proceeds of $1.5 million. The third closing occurred in September 2022, at which time we issued 11,185,680 shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock for gross proceeds of $50.0 million.

The table below sets forth the number of shares of our Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock and Series C-NV redeemable convertible preferred stock purchased by our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock at the time of the transaction, and their affiliated entities or immediate family members. Each share of Series C-1 and Series C-NV redeemable convertible preferred stock in the table below will convert into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

Name(1)

 

Series C-1
Convertible
Preferred
Stock (#)

 

 

Series C-NV Convertible Preferred Stock (#)

 

 

Aggregate Cash
Purchase Price ($)

 

Entities affiliated ABG WTT-Ceribell Limited(2)

 

 

5,592,841

 

 

 

 

 

$

24,999,999

 

Longitude Venture Partners IV, L.P.(3)

 

 

5,501,345

 

 

 

 

 

$

24,591,012

 

The Rise Fund Clearthought L.P.(4)

 

 

3,510,847

 

 

 

 

 

$

15,693,486

 

Entities affiliated with Red Tree Venture Capital(5)

 

 

1,681,933

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,518,241

 

Optimas Capital Partners Fund LP(6)

 

 

1,214,587

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,429,204

 

u.life fund(7)

 

 

 

 

 

626,389

 

 

$

2,799,999

 

Josef Parvizi, M.D., Ph.D.(8)

 

 

392,633

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,755,070

 

 

(1)
For additional information regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings, see “Principal Stockholders.”
(2)
ABG WTT-Ceribell Limited owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital.
(3)
Longitude Venture Partners IV, L.P. owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital. Ms. Tammenoms Bakker is a member of our board of directors and is a managing member of Longitude Venture Partners IV, L.P.
(4)
The Rise Fund Clearthought L.P. owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital.
(5)
Entities affiliated with Red Tree Venture Capital own more than 5% of our outstanding capital.
(6)
Entities affiliated with Optimas Capital Partners Fund LP owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital.
(7)
u.life fund owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital.
(8)
Dr. Parvizi is a co-founder and member of our board of directors.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, as amended, with the purchasers of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, including holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. Following the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately million shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

132


 

Voting Agreement

We are party to an amended and restated voting agreement, as amended, with certain holders of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, including certain of our directors and executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. Upon the consummation of this offering, the amended and restated voting agreement will terminate.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

We are party to an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, including certain of our directors and executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. This agreement provides for rights of first refusal and co-sale relating to the shares of our common stock held by the parties to the agreement. Upon the consummation of this offering, the amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate.

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

Please see “Executive and Director Compensation” for information regarding the compensation of our directors and executive officers.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into change in control and severance agreements with our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain compensatory and change-in-control benefits, as well as severance benefits. For a description of these agreements with our named executive officers, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Parvizi Consulting Agreement

We entered into a consulting agreement with Dr. Parvizi on May 7, 2018. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Dr. Parvizi was paid $84,000, $168,000, and $180,600 in 2021, 2022, and 2023, respectively, in consideration of his consulting services. See the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our current directors and executive officers and intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers before the completion of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. See the section titled “Management—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related-Party Transactions

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written related-party transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related-party transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K, any transaction, arrangement, or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements, or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness, and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including but not limited to whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

133


 

Principal Stockholders

The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 2024, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
each of our named executive officers;
each of our directors; and
all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information under the column titled “Beneficial Ownership Prior to this Offering” is based on 59,826,997 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2024, including shares of our common stock resulting from the Preferred Stock Conversion, as if this conversion had occurred as of March 31, 2024. The percentage ownership information under the column titled “Beneficial Ownership After this Offering” assumes the foregoing and the issuance of shares of common stock in this offering and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. In addition, the following table assumes the conversion of Series C-NV redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock and does not reflect any shares of common stock that may be purchased in this offering.

We have determined beneficial ownership according to the rules and regulations of the SEC, and thus it generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she, or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security. In addition, shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2024 are included in the following table. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The information contained in the following table does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

134


 

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o CeriBell, Inc., 360 N. Pastoria Avenue, Sunnyvale, California 94085.

 

 

Beneficial Ownership Prior to this Offering

 

 

Beneficial Ownership After this Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Number of
Outstanding
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

 

 

Number of
Shares
Exercisable
Within 60
Days

 

 

Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

 

 

Percentage
of Beneficial
Ownership

 

 

Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

 

Percentage
of Beneficial
Ownership

5% and Greater Stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with The Rise
   Fund Clearthought L.P.
(1)

 

 

9,218,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,218,992

 

 

 

15.4

%

 

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with u.life fund(2)

 

 

6,086,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,086,653

 

 

 

10.2

%

 

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Longitude
   Venture Partners IV, L.P.
(3)

 

 

5,751,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,751,345

 

 

 

9.6

%

 

 

 

 

Entities affiliated ABG
   WTT-Ceribell Limited
(4)

 

 

5,592,841

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,592,841

 

 

 

9.3

%

 

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Red Tree
   Venture Fund, L.P.
(5)

 

 

5,168,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,168,126

 

 

 

8.6

%

 

 

 

 

Entities affiliated with Optimas
   Capital Partners Fund LP
(6)

 

 

3,985,599

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,985,599

 

 

 

6.7

%

 

 

 

 

Named Executive Officers and
   Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Xingjuan (Jane) Chao, Ph.D.(7)

 

 

2,447,849

 

 

 

1,907,245

 

 

 

4,355,094

 

 

 

7.1

%

 

 

 

 

Scott Blumberg

 

 

227,108

 

 

 

231,304

 

 

 

458,412

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

Joshua Copp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

Raymond Woo, Ph.D.(8)

 

 

302,483

 

 

 

384,333

 

 

 

686,816

 

 

 

1.1

%

 

 

 

 

Josef Parvizi, M.D., Ph.D.(9)

 

 

5,356,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,356,416

 

 

 

9.0

%

 

 

 

 

Juliet Tammenoms Bakker(10)

 

 

5,751,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,751,345

 

 

 

9.6

%

 

 

 

 

William W. Burke(11)

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

78,046

 

 

 

83,046

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

Lucian Iancovici, M.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

Rebecca Robertson(12)

 

 

 

 

 

202,210

 

 

 

202,210

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph M. Taylor(13)

 

 

113,618

 

 

 

158,747

 

 

 

272,365

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

All current directors and executive
   officers as a group (10 persons)
(14)

 

 

13,255,261

 

 

 

2,961,885

 

 

 

16,217,146

 

 

 

25.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

* Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the total outstanding common stock.

(1)
Consists of (i) 5,708,145 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and (ii) 3,510,847 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. The principal address for The Rise Fund Clearthought L.P. entities is 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
(2)
Consists of (i) 5,460,25 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, (ii) 403,924 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, and (iii) 222,474 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-NV redeemable convertible preferred stock. The principal address for the u.life fund entities is Level 19, Singapore Land Tower, 50 Raffles Place, Singapore 048623.
(3)
The securities of the company are held by Longitude Venture Partners IV, L.P. (“LVPIV”). Longitude Capital Partners IV, LLC (“LCPIV”) is the general partner of LVPIV and may be deemed to have voting, investment, and dispositive power over the securities held by LVPIV. Patrick G. Enright and Juliet Tammenoms Bakker, a member of our board of directors, are managing members of LCPIV and may be deemed to share voting, investment, and dispositive power over the securities held by LVPIV. Each of LCPIV, Mr. Enright and Ms. Tammenoms Bakker disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein. The principal address for these entities is 2740 Sand Hill Road, 2nd Floor, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(4)
Consists of 5,592,841 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock held by ABG WTT-Ceribell Limited, which is 100% owned by Ally Bridge Group-WTT Global Life Science Capital Partners, L.P. (“ABG-WTT Fund”) and Ally Bridge Group Global Life Science Capital Partners V, L.P. (“ABG V”). Mr. Fan Yu is the director of the entities that respectively acts as the general partner of ABG-WTT Fund and ABG V. The registered address of ABG WTT-Ceribell Limited is the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.
(5)
Red Tree Venture Fund, L.P. (“Red Tree Fund I”) directly holds 4,720,699 shares. Red Tree SPV II, LLC (“Red Tree SPV II”) directly holds 447,427 shares. Red Tree GP, L.P. (“Red Tree GP I”) is the general partner of Red Tree Fund I and Red Tree SPV II, and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Red Tree Fund I and Red Tree SPV II. Red Tree GP I and Heath Lukatch, the Managing Director of Red Tree GP I who may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the reported securities, disclaim beneficial ownership of the reported securities held by Red Tree Fund I and Red Tree SPV II except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The principal address for these entities is 2055 Woodside Road, Suite 270, Redwood City, CA 94061.

135


 

(6)
Consists of (i) 446,428 shares of our common stock, (ii) 2,324,584 shares issuable upon conversion of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, and (iii) 1,214,587 shares issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. The principal address for the Optimas Capital Partners Fund LP entities is Unit 709-710, 7/F, Chater House, 8 Connaught Road, Central, Hong Kong.
(7)
Consists of (i) 1,499,291 shares of our common stock and 1,907,245 shares of our common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options issuable upon conversion within 60 days of March 31, 2024 held directly by Dr. Chao, and (ii) 948,558 shares of our common stock held by the ACP 2021 Trust. Dr. Chao is a co-trustee of the ACP 2021 Trust and therefore may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares.
(8)
Consists of 302,483 shares of our common stock and 384,333 shares of our common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2024.
(9)
Consists of (i) 2,074,525 shares of our common stock held directly by Dr. Parvizi, (ii) 2,333,333 shares of our common stock held by the Innovation ACP Trust, and (iii) 948,558 shares of our common stock held by the ACP 2021 Trust. Dr. Parvizi is a co-trustee of the Innovation ACP Trust and the ACP 2021 Trust and therefore may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares.
(10)
The securities are held by Longitude Venture Partners IV, L.P. (“LVPIV”). Longitude Capital Partners IV, LLC (“LCPIV”) is the general partner of LVPIV and may be deemed to have voting, investment, and dispositive power over the securities held by LVPIV. Juliet Tammenoms Bakker, a member of our board of directors, and Patrick G. Enright are managing members of LCPIV and may each be deemed to share voting, investment, and dispositive power over the securities held by LVPIV. Each of LCPIV, Ms. Tammenoms Bakker, and Mr. Enright disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of the respective pecuniary interests therein.
(11)
Consists of 5,000 shares of our common stock and 78,046 shares of our common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2024.
(12)
Consists of 202,210 shares of our common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2024.
(13)
Consists of (i) 57,670 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, (ii) 33,577 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, (iii) 22,371 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C-1 preferred stock, and (iv) 158,747 shares of our common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2024.
(14)
Includes (i) 13,255,261 shares owned by our current directors and executive officers and (ii) 2,961,885 shares of our common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2024.

136


 

Description of Capital Stock

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries. You should also refer to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the amended and restated bylaws, and the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

General

Upon the completion of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

As of , we had shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by stockholders, after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion.

Voting Rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking-fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences, and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, all of our currently outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into common stock, and we will not have any preferred shares outstanding. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences, and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company that may otherwise benefit holders of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

137


 

Stock Options

As of , shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, at a weighted-average exercise price of $ per share. For additional information regarding terms of our equity incentive plans, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation—Equity Compensation Plans.”

Warrants

The following table sets forth information about outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our stock as of March 31, 2024. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the warrants to purchase shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of our Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock.

 

Class of Stock Underlying

 

Issue Date

 

Number of Shares
of Preferred Stock
Exercisable Prior to
this Offering

 

 

Number of Shares
of Common Stock
Underlying Warrants
on As-Converted Basis

 

 

Exercise Price
Per Share

 

 

Expiration Date

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

 

5/1/2020

 

117,520(1)

 

 

 

117,520

 

 

$

2.9782

 

 

May 1, 2030

Series C-1 Convertible Preferred
   Stock

 

3/10/2022

 

 

39,146

 

 

 

39,146

 

 

$

4.47

 

 

March 10, 2032

Series C-1 Convertible Preferred
   Stock

 

2/6/2024

 

 

106,263

 

 

 

106,263

 

 

$

4.47

 

 

February 6, 2034

 

(1) In March 2022, the Company amended the terms of certain warrants exercisable for up to 16,788 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock to be exercisable at the holder’s option for either (i) 16,788 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock or (ii) 11,184 shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. The figures in the table above assume that these warrants amended in March 2022 are exercisable for shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering and subject to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering and federal securities laws, certain holders of shares of our common stock, including those shares of our common stock that will be issued upon the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with this offering, will initially be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, as amended, and are described in additional detail below. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of the registration rights described below would enable the holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions, stock transfer taxes, fees and disbursements of more than one special counsel for the holders, and the compensation of regular employees of the company, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions and limitations, to limit the number of shares the holders may include. The demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registration rights described below will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (1) the date five years after the consummation of this offering or (2) with respect to each stockholder, such time after the completion of this offering at which Rule 144 of the Securities Act (“Rule 144”) or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such stockholder’s shares without limitation, during a three-month period without registration.

Demand Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, holders of up to approximately million shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. Beginning on the earlier of (i) September 16, 2025 and (ii) six months following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, investors holding, collectively, not less than 20% of registrable securities may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares, subject to certain specified exceptions. Such request for registration must cover securities the anticipated aggregate offering price of which is at least $25.0 million and the proposed sale price of which is at least $8.94 per share. If such holders exercise their demand registration rights, then holders of approximately million shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will be entitled to register their shares, subject to specified conditions and limitations in the corresponding offering.

138


 

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, holders of up to approximately million shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. The requisite percentage of these stockholders have waived all such stockholders’ rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act in another offering, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

S-3 Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of up to approximately million shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will initially be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. Any holder or holders of registrable securities may, with respect to not more than two such registrations within any 12-month period, request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, subject to specified exceptions. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities with aggregate proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and expenses related to the issuance, which equal or exceed $3.0 million. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.

Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
any sale, transfer, pledge, or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

139


 

The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us even though such a transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

permit our board of directors to issue up to shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences, and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in control;
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;
provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors, divided as nearly as equal in number as possible;
provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, directors may only be removed for cause, which removal may be effected, subject to any limitation imposed by law, by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors;
provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;
require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent or electronic transmission;
provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;
provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors constituting the board, and not by our stockholders; and
not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

The amendment of any of these provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue undesignated preferred stock, would require approval by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding common stock.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to effect a change in control of our company.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in control or management of our company. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting

140


 

a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or stockholders to us or to our stockholders; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time); or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. As a result, any action brought by any of our stockholders with regard to any of these matters will need to be filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and cannot be filed in any other jurisdiction; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act.

If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope described above is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”), in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the applicable provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder. Although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain the choice of forum provision described above, it is possible that a court could find that such a provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees, or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification

For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see the section titled “Management—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the under the trading symbol “CBLL.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is .

141


 

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and a liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock from time to time or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market for a period of several months after the completion of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Future sales of our common stock in the public market either before or after restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sale of Restricted Shares

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2023, upon the completion of this offering and assuming (i) the Preferred Stock Conversion, (ii) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock, and (iii) no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, we will have outstanding an aggregate of shares of common stock.

Of these shares, all of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 or subject to lock-up agreements. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be “restricted securities,” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“Rule 701”), which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements referred to below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding (calculated as of December 31, 2023 on the basis of the assumptions described above and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, if any, and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants), the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

 

Approximate number of shares

 

First date available for sale into public market

 

 

 

shares

 

181 days after the date of this prospectus, upon expiration of the lock-up agreements referred to below, subject in some cases to applicable volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701.

 

We may issue shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments, or other corporate purposes. In the event that any such acquisition, investment, or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we may issue may in turn be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition and investment.

In addition, the shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2024 Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements, a registration statement under the Securities Act, or an exemption from registration, including Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Rule 144

Under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, and we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been one of our “affiliates” for purposes of Rule 144 at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our “affiliates,” is entitled to sell those shares in the public market (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable) without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitations, or notice provisions of Rule 144, but subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has

142


 

beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than “affiliates,” then such person is entitled to sell such shares in the public market without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144 (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable).

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, who have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, are entitled to sell in the public market, upon expiration of any applicable lock-up agreements and within any three-month period, a number of those shares of our common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares of common stock immediately upon the completion of this offering (calculated as of December 31, 2023 on the basis of the assumptions described above and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants subsequent to December 31, 2023); or
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Such sales under Rule 144 by our “affiliates” or persons selling shares on behalf of our “affiliates” are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements, and requirements related to the availability of current public information about us. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted securities have entered into lock-up agreements as referenced above, and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants, or advisors who acquired common stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (to the extent such common stock is not subject to a lock-up agreement) and who are not our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 during the immediately preceding 90 days, is entitled to rely on Rule 701 to resell such shares beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without complying with the notice, manner of sale, public information requirements, or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Persons who are our “affiliates” may resell those shares beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without compliance with minimum holding period requirements under Rule 144 (subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable).

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our directors, our executive officers, and the holders of substantially all of our common stock, stock options, and other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed, that without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock; file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock; or make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. These agreements are described in the section titled “Underwriting.”

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain security holders, including the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, our standard form of option agreement, our standard form of restricted stock agreement, and our standard form of restricted stock purchase agreement, that contain market stand-off provisions or incorporate market stand-off provisions from our equity incentive plan imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell, or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

143


 

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of million shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreements described under “—Lock-Up Agreements” above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of the relevant filed registration statement, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements described above. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. The requisite percentage of these stockholders have waived all such stockholders’ rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Equity Incentive Plans

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock subject to issuance upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under the 2014 Plan and the EIP and reserved for issuance under the 2024 Plan and the ESPP. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations, vesting restrictions, and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

Following the closing of this offering, certain of our officers, directors, and significant stockholders may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis to diversify their assets and investments. Under these Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, a broker may execute trades pursuant to parameters established by the officer, director, or stockholder when entering into the plan, without further direction from such officer, director, or stockholder. Such sales would not commence until the expiration of the applicable lock-up agreements entered into by such officer, director, or stockholder in connection with this offering.

144


 

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local, or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income and the alternative minimum tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;
banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;
brokers, dealers, or traders in securities;
“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);
tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;
persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;
persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;
tax-qualified retirement plans; and
“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership, and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

145


 

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and all substantial decisions of which are subject to the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (ii) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described under the subsection titled “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition” below.

Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable tax treaties.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates applicable to U.S. persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);
the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates applicable to U.S. persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

146


 

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the Non-U.S. Holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends or whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker that does not have certain enumerated relationships with the United States generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”)) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (ii) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (i) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock beginning on January 1, 2019, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

147


 

UNDERWRITING

BofA Securities, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

 

Number of Shares

BofA Securities, Inc.

 

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

 

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

 

 

TD Securities (USA) LLC

 

 

Canaccord Genuity LLC

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel, or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession, or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount, and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

Per Share

 

Without Option

 

With Option

Public offering price

 

 $

 

 $

 

 $

Underwriting discount

 

 $

 

 $

 

 $

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

 $

 

 $

 

 $

 

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $ and are payable by us. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for their expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in an amount up to $ .

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

148


 

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for common stock (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”) for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any Lock-Up Securities,
sell any option or contract to purchase any Lock-Up Securities,
purchase any option or contract to sell any Lock-Up Securities,
grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any Lock-Up Securities,
lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any Lock-Up Securities,
request or demand that we file or make a confidential submission of a registration statement related to the Lock-Up Securities,
enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any Lock-Up Securities whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or
publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

This lock-up provision applies to any Lock-Up Securities whether now owned or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement has or later acquires the power of disposition. The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the Lock-Up Securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the under the symbol “CBLL.”

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,
our financial information,
the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,
an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,
the present state of our development, and
the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix, or maintain that price.

149


 

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales, and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each a “Relevant State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

a.
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

150


 

b.
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
c.
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in a Relevant State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the underwriters, and their respective affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In relation to the United Kingdom (“UK”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in the UK prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in the UK in accordance with the UK Prospectus Regulation and the FSMA, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in the UK at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation and the FSMA:

a.
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation;
b.
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
c.
at any time in other circumstances falling within section 86 of the FSMA,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or Article 3 of the UK Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in the UK who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in the UK to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the underwriters, and their respective affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements, and agreements.

151


 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in the UK means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and the expression “FSMA” means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended.

This document is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the “Financial Promotion Order”), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the UK, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act), or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

152


 

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation, or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives, and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the shares were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a)
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
(b)
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(c)
to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
(d)
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(e)
where the transfer is by operation of law; or
(f)
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

153


 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

154


 

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Allen Overy Shearman Sterling US LLP, New York, New York.

Experts

The financial statements as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and for the years then ended included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where You Can Find Additional Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are summary in nature and not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document.

You may read our SEC filings, including this registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for review at the SEC’s website referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.ceribell.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. You should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

Change in independent registered public accounting firm

On November 15, 2022, the audit committee of our board of directors approved the engagement of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements. On November 16, 2022, we dismissed BDO USA, LLP (n/k/a BDO USA, P.C.) (“BDO”) as our independent auditor and engaged PwC as our independent registered public accounting firm. In addition to being engaged as the auditor for December 31, 2022, PwC performed a reaudit of the 2021 financial statements.

BDO did not issue a report on our audited financial statements for either of the years ended December 31, 2022 or December 31, 2023. During the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2021 and the subsequent interim period through November 16, 2022, there were:

no “disagreements” (as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto) with BDO on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreement, if not resolved to the satisfaction of BDO, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report on our financial statements, and
no “reportable events” (as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto).

We have provided a copy of this disclosure to BDO and requested that they furnish a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not it agrees with the statements made herein. A copy of the letter, dated , 2024, is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

During the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2021 and the subsequent interim period through November 16, 2022, when we engaged PwC, we did not consult with PwC with respect to: (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the financial statements, and no written report or oral advice of PwC was provided that was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing, or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a “disagreement” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto) or any “reportable event” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto). See “Risk factors - If we are unable to design, implement, and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may decline.”

155


F-1


CeriBell, Inc.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of CeriBell, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of CeriBell, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “ financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

June 24, 2024

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2022.

F-2


CeriBell, Inc.

 

Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

68,235

 

 

$

34,495

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

5,295

 

 

 

7,955

 

Inventory

 

 

4,075

 

 

 

5,868

 

Contract costs, current

 

 

1,029

 

 

 

1,515

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,165

 

 

 

2,130

 

Total current assets

 

 

79,799

 

 

 

51,963

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

1,577

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

2,770

 

 

 

2,160

 

Contract costs, long-term

 

 

952

 

 

 

1,238

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

1,834

 

 

 

1,984

 

Total assets

 

$

86,458

 

 

$

58,922

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

423

 

 

$

732

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

5,823

 

 

 

7,540

 

Contract liabilities, current

 

343

 

 

206

 

Notes payable, current

 

 

2,500

 

 

 

11,833

 

Operating lease liability, current

 

629

 

 

694

 

Other current liabilities

 

146

 

 

595

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

9,864

 

 

 

21,600

 

Long-term liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable, long-term

 

 

12,720

 

 

 

 

Contract liabilities, long-term

 

 

 

 

44

 

Other liabilities, long-term

 

489

 

 

441

 

Operating lease liability, long-term

 

 

2,371

 

 

 

1,677

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

15,580

 

 

 

2,162

 

Total liabilities

 

$

25,444

 

 

$

23,762

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 45,998,440 and
   46,624,838 shares authorized as of December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively,
   issued and outstanding 45,791,409 shares as of both December 31, 2022
   and 2023; aggregate liquidation preference of $152,590 as of both
   December 31, 2022, and 2023.

 

 

147,412

 

 

 

147,412

 

Stockholders’ deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 76,672,748 and 76,046,350 shares authorized as
   of December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively; 13,168,150 and 13,956,146 shares
   issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively.

 

 

13

 

 

 

14

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

10,614

 

 

 

14,223

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(97,025

)

 

 

(126,489

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(86,398

)

 

 

(112,252

)

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’
   deficit

 

$

86,458

 

 

$

58,922

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


CeriBell, Inc.

 

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenue

 

$

20,503

 

 

$

34,568

 

Subscription revenue

 

 

5,419

 

 

 

10,657

 

Total revenue

 

 

25,922

 

 

 

45,225

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product cost of goods sold

 

 

4,194

 

 

 

6,630

 

Subscription cost of revenue

 

 

236

 

 

 

432

 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

4,430

 

 

 

7,062

 

Gross profit

 

 

21,492

 

 

 

38,163

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

7,243

 

 

8,995

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

31,811

 

 

 

38,922

 

General and administrative

 

 

18,459

 

 

 

20,287

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

57,513

 

 

 

68,204

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(36,021

)

 

 

(30,041

)

Interest expense

 

 

(1,603

)

 

 

(2,098

)

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

(175

)

 

 

48

 

Other income, net

 

 

637

 

 

 

2,638

 

Loss, before provision for income taxes

 

 

(37,162

)

 

 

(29,453

)

Provision for income tax expense

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(11

)

Net loss and comprehensive loss

 

$

(37,164

)

 

$

(29,464

)

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

(2.84

)

 

 

(2.16

)

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable
   to common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

13,102,368

 

 

 

13,630,758

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4


CeriBell, Inc.

 

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(In thousands, except share data)

 

 

Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

Additional

 

Accumulated

 

Total Stockholders'

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

Par Value

 

Paid-in- Capital

 

Deficit

 

Deficit

 

Balance December 31, 2021

 

34,605,729

 

$

97,722

 

 

 

13,012,137

 

 

13

 

$

2,532

 

$

(59,861

)

$

(57,316

)

Issuance of Series C redeemable
   preferred stock

 

11,185,680

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series C-1 redeemable preferred stock
   issuance costs

 

 

 

(310

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock pursuant to
   stock option exercises

 

 

 

 

 

 

156,013

 

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

 

154

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,928

 

 

 

 

7,928

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(37,164

)

 

(37,164

)

Balance December 31, 2022

 

45,791,409

 

$

147,412

 

 

 

13,168,150

 

 

13

 

$

10,614

 

$

(97,025

)

$

(86,398

)

Issuance of common stock pursuant to
   stock option exercises

 

 

 

 

 

 

787,996

 

 

1

 

 

931

 

 

 

 

932

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,678

 

 

 

 

2,678

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29,464

)

 

(29,464

)

Balance December 31, 2023

 

45,791,409

 

$

147,412

 

 

 

13,956,146

 

 

14

 

$

14,223

 

$

(126,489

)

$

(112,252

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-5


CeriBell, Inc.

 

Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(37,164

)

 

$

(29,464

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

497

 

 

 

847

 

Noncash lease expense

 

 

68

 

 

 

(19

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

7,928

 

 

 

2,678

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

280

 

 

 

363

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

175

 

 

 

(48

)

Loss on disposal of recorders

 

 

98

 

 

 

181

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

(3,063

)

 

 

(2,660

)

Inventory

 

 

(1,902

)

 

 

(1,794

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(347

)

 

 

(965

)

Contract costs

 

 

(896

)

 

 

(773

)

Other non-current asset

 

 

110

 

 

 

113

 

Accounts payable

 

 

124

 

 

 

309

 

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

 

 

1,995

 

 

 

2,166

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

95

 

 

 

(93

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(32,002

)

 

 

(29,159

)

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of recorder components and recorders

 

 

(883

)

 

 

(780

)

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(516

)

 

 

(983

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,399

)

 

 

(1,763

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of debt

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(3,750

)

Proceeds from exercise of common stock pursuant to stock option exercises

 

 

154

 

 

 

932

 

Proceeds from the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred shares issuance costs

 

 

(310

)

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

49,805

 

 

 

(2,818

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

16,404

 

 

 

(33,740

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

51,831

 

 

 

68,235

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

$

68,235

 

 

$

34,495

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

1,628

 

 

$

1,734

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-6


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

 

1.
The Company

Organization and Business

CeriBell, Inc., (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware as Brain Stethoscope, Inc., on August 29, 2014, and changed its name to CeriBell, Inc. on August 11, 2015, and maintains its principal office in Sunnyvale, California. The Company is a commercial-stage medical technology company focused on transforming the diagnosis and management of patients with serious neurological conditions.

The Company has developed the Ceribell System, a novel, point-of-care electroencephalography (“EEG”) platform specifically designed to address the unmet needs of patients in the acute care setting. By combining proprietary, highly portable and rapidly deployable hardware with sophisticated artificial intelligence (“AI”) powered algorithms, the Ceribell System enables rapid diagnosis and continuous monitoring of patients with neurological conditions.

Liquidity

As of December 31, 2023, the Company’s principal sources of liquidity consisted of $34.5 million of cash and cash equivalents.

The Company has incurred operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception. On December 31, 2022 and 2023, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $97.0 million and $126.5 million, respectively. Such losses primarily resulted from the costs incurred in the development and sales and marketing of the Company’s products and building the Company’s organization. The Company expects to incur losses in the near term as it continues to focus on the development and promotion of new and existing products and expand its corporate infrastructure, including the costs associated with being a public company.

On February 6, 2024, the Company entered into a Venture Loan and Security Agreement (“VLSA”) with Silicon Valley Bank, a division of First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company (“SVB”), as a lender, and Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (“Horizon”), as a lender and the collateral agent. The VLSA provides a term loan commitment of $50.0 million. The Company drew $20.0 million of the $50.0 million term loan commitment at closing, which was used to retire its existing debt with Horizon, pay transaction fees, and for general corporate purposes. The remaining $30.0 million term loan commitment consists of three tranches of $10.0 million commitments, expiring on each of December 31, 2024, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2025. The maturity date of VLSA is March 1, 2029.

The VSLA is secured by all assets of the Company, excluding intellectual property. There are no financial covenants as long as the net debt (defined as the difference between unrestricted cash and outstanding debt) does not exceed $40 million. Commencing on the last day of the calendar quarter in which the net debt exceeds $40.0 million and continuing until the repayment in full of the obligations (other than any inchoate indemnity obligations), the Company covenants, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, to achieve annualized trailing six month revenue in an amount equal to or no less than its net debt balance. The Company must also maintain account balances in accounts at or through SVB representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the value of all deposit account balances all financial institutions through the time at which the debt has been repaid in full. Additionally, the Company shall obtain any business credit card, letter of credit and cash management services exclusively from SVB. In the event that the Company breaches one or more covenants, each lender’s obligation to lend its undisbursed portion of the loan commitment shall terminate and the lenders may choose to declare an event of default and require that the Company immediately repay all amounts outstanding of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest, and foreclose on the collateral granted to it to secure such indebtedness.

Concurrent with the VLSA, the Company executed a Loan and Security Agreement with SVB to receive a senior revolving line of credit of up to $10.0 million (“Revolving Facility”). The Revolving Facility is secured by the Company's accounts receivable, inventory, and other property. There are no financial covenants as long as the net debt (defined as the difference between unrestricted cash and outstanding debt) does not exceed $40 million. Commencing on the last day of the calendar quarter in which the net debt exceeds $40.0 million and continuing until the repayment in full of the obligations, the Company covenants, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, to achieve a recurring revenue ratio of not less than 1.00:1.00. The recurring revenue ratio is defined as annualized trailing six months of revenue divided by net debt. The Company may draw amounts up to 85% of the eligible trade receivables. In the event that the Company breaches one or more covenants, the lender may choose to declare an event of default and require that the Company immediately repay all obligations

Based on the Company’s current operating plan, the Company believes that the expected cash generated from revenue transactions with customers and its existing cash and cash equivalents, along with funding available from the VLSA, will be sufficient to fund the Company’s planned operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, the Company may experience lower than expected cash generated from operating activities or greater than expected capital expenditures, cost of revenue, or operating expenses, and may need to raise additional capital to fund operations, further research and development activities,

F-7


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

or acquire, invest in, or license other businesses, assets, or technologies. The Company’s future capital needs will depend upon many factors, including the market acceptance of the Company’s products, the cost and pace of developing new products, and the costs of supporting sales growth.

Should the Company obtain additional equity or debt financing to satisfy its liquidity needs, the issuance of additional debt or equity securities could be dilutive to existing shareholders. Furthermore, any new securities could have rights that are senior to existing stockholders and could contain covenants that would restrict operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will generate sufficient future cash flows from operations or that financing will be available on terms commercially acceptable to the Company or at all. If the Company is unable to obtain future funding or access funding available under the VLSA, the Company would curtail expenses by reducing some of its research and development programs and commercialization efforts in order to maintain liquidity, if necessary.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the medical device industry, including, but not limited to, new technological innovations, dependence upon third-party payers to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement, dependence on key personnel, dependence on key suppliers, protection of proprietary technology, product liability, and compliance with government regulations. There can be no assurance that the Company’s products or services will be accepted in the marketplace, nor can there be any assurance that any future products or services can be developed or manufactured at an acceptable cost and with appropriate performance characteristics, or that such products or services will be successfully marketed, if at all. These factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future financial results, financial position, and cash flow.

In addition, inflationary and supply chain pressures may adversely impact the Company’s future financial results. The Company’s operating costs have increased and may continue to increase because of these pressures, and the Company may not be able to fully offset these cost increases by raising prices for products or subscription fees, which could result in downward pressure on margins.

Adverse economic conditions in the U.S., including any economic disruptions related to another or worsening global pandemic or a recession, could negatively impact the Company’s revenues and results of operations. The global credit and financial markets continue to experience volatility and disruptions, including diminished liquidity and credit availability, increased concerns about inflation, and uncertainty about economic stability. Events including a potential recession have caused economic, market, and political uncertainty. Volatility and disruption of financial markets could limit the Company customers’ ability to obtain adequate financing or credit to purchase and pay for products in a timely manner or to maintain operations, which could result in a decrease in sales volume that could harm the company’s results of operations. General concerns about the fundamental soundness of the U.S. economy may also cause customers to reduce their purchases. Changes in governmental banking, monetary, and fiscal policies to address liquidity and increase credit availability may not be effective. Continuation or further deterioration of these financial and macroeconomic conditions could harm company sales, profitability, and results of operations.

The Company utilizes contract manufacturers in China to supply key sub-assemblies for its primary products. In addition, political instability or the deterioration of trade relations between the United States and China could adversely impact the Company’s business.

To minimize supply chain disruptions, the Company has increased inventory purchases of manufactured components and parts needed to meet forecast production demand.

2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The Company made immaterial revisions to change the classification of cash outflows for the acquisition of recorders and related components from cash outflow from operations to cash outflow from investing in the amounts of $0.9 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively. The Company also made immaterial revisions to change the classification of recorders and related components not placed into service from inventory to other non-current assets in the amounts of $1.1 million and $1.3 million and the classification of warrants for convertible preferred stock from other current liabilities to other liabilities, long term in the amounts of $0.4 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2022 and 2023 respectively.

Use of Estimates

F-8


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions, and such differences could be material to the Company’s financial position and results of operations. Significant estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, valuation of warrants, valuation of the Company’s common stock, and valuation of the Company’s options to purchase common stock for purposes of accounting for stock-based compensation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less on the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2022 and 2023, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in business checking accounts, demand deposit accounts, and money market funds.

Accounts Receivable

The Company records accounts receivables at the invoiced amount. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses for any receivables the Company may be unable to collect. The Company estimates uncollectible receivables on an individual basis based on the receivables’ age, customers’ expected ability to pay and collection history, and current economic conditions, among other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay. The Company uses its judgment, based on the best available facts and circumstances, and records an allowance against amounts due to reduce the receivable to the amount that is expected to be collected. Allowances for credit losses are immaterial and included in accounts receivable, net on the balance sheets.

Inventory

Inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value, which approximates actual cost on the first-in, first-out basis. Inventory costs include direct materials, direct labor, and normal manufacturing overhead. The Company uses third party contract manufacturers to complete the manufacturing and assembly of material components on site. Final quality inspection and packaging is performed at the Company’s headquarters. Prior to the quality inspection and packaging, the inventory is considered component material. The Company periodically assesses the recoverability of all inventories to determine whether adjustments for impairment are required. The Company evaluates the related commercial mix of finished goods and other general obsolescence and impairment criteria in assessing the recoverability of the Company’s inventory and records a provision for excess, expired, and obsolete inventory based primarily on estimates of forecasted demand. Judgment is required in determining these provisions, and a change in the timing or level of demand for products, as compared to forecasted amounts, may result in recording additional provisions for excess, expired, and obsolete inventory in the future.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and leasehold improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the statement of operations in the period realized. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets in accordance with the following table:

 

Fixed asset category

 

Estimated useful life

Furniture and fixtures

 

 36 months

Computer equipment and software

 

 36 months

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment

 

 36 months

Leasehold improvements

 

 Shortest of:
     1) Useful life of the leasehold improvement
     2) 60 Months
     3) Life of the lease

Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities

F-9


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, at inception. The Company recognizes on its balance sheets operating lease liabilities representing the present value of future lease payments and an associated operating lease right-of-use (ROU) asset for any operating lease with a term greater than one year. As the Company leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company generally uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the estimated rate of interest for collateralized borrowing over a term similar to the lease arrangement. Significant judgment is required in determining the incremental collateralized borrowing rate. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants

The holders of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock do not have stated redemption rights; however, the holders of the redeemable convertible stock are entitled to preferential payments in the event of a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or intellectual property, the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any reorganization, merger, or consolidation following which the Company’s stockholders as of immediately prior to such acquisition fail to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the resulting entity, or a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (a “Deemed Liquidation Event”). Because a Deemed Liquidation Event is not solely within the Company’s control, all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity in the accompanying Balance Sheets for all periods presented.

In addition, the Company has issued freestanding warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock. The warrants are currently exercisable and are included in Other liabilities, long-term on the accompanying Balance Sheets. The redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of non-operating income in the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. The Company uses the Black- Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the warrants.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are invested in checking accounts and money market funds. The Company has not experienced any losses to date.

The Company’s accounts receivables are derived solely from product and subscription sales to customers located in the United States. The Company performs periodic evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally requires no collateral from its customers. Credit losses historically have not been significant. No customers comprise 10% of the Company revenue or accounts receivable balance for the years ended and as of December 31, 2022 or 2023.

Bank failures, events involving limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance, or other adverse developments that affect financial institutions, or concerns or rumors about such events, may lead to liquidity constraints. For example, on March 10, 2023, Silicon Valley Bank failed and was taken into receivership by the FDIC. The failure of a bank, or other adverse conditions in the financial or credit markets impacting financial institutions at which the Company maintains balances, could adversely impact liquidity and financial performance. There can be no assurance that the Company’s deposits in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or other comparable insurance limits will be backstopped by the U.S. or applicable foreign governments, or that any bank or financial institution with which the Company does business will be able to obtain needed liquidity from other banks, government institutions, or by acquisition in the event of a failure or liquidity crisis. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are primarily held in money market funds. As a result, the failing of Silicon Valley Bank did not have a material adverse impact during 2023 on the Company’s performance and liquidity.

On March 27, 2023, First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company assumed all of Silicon Valley Bank’s customer deposits and certain other liabilities and acquired substantially all of Silicon Valley Bank’s loans and certain other assets from the FDIC. The Company has not experienced any losses on its cash and cash equivalents and, as of the date that these financial statements were available to be issued.

Other Non-Current Assets

Other non-current assets include recorders, recorder components, and recorders at customer locations, as well as non-current deposits. The estimated useful life of recorders is three years and depreciation commences when recorders are placed into service at customer locations.

F-10


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, principally Property and Equipment and Right of Use Assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparison of the carrying amount to the future cash flows that the assets are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. There have been no such impairments of long-lived assets recognized to date.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of direct and indirect costs related to the manufacturing of the Company’s products as well as hosting costs for the Company’s Clarity and EEG portal subscription services. Direct costs include headband costs, depreciation of recorders at customer locations, and costs related to assembly and testing performed by the Company’s employees. Indirect costs consist of allocated overhead for employee costs and facility costs. Shipping and handling costs incurred for inventory purchases and product shipments as well as tariffs are recorded in cost of revenue in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Information About Segment and Geographic Areas

The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable and operating segment. The Company’s chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. All of the Company’s revenue was in the United States for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2023. Long-lived assets held outside of the United States are immaterial.

License Agreement

The Company has entered into an in-license arrangement with Stanford University whereby the Company owes low-single digit royalty percentages related to revenue that is derived pursuant to in-licensed technologies, subject to a minimum payment. Royalty obligations are expensed as cost of revenue, in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss, when incurred or over the minimum royalty periods and have not been material. The estimated future minimum payments are less than $0.1 million per year through the end of the patents’ lives. The Company has an option to extend the exclusivity of the license to the date the last licensed patent expires upon payment of a term exercise fee.

Related Party Transactions

The Company paid Dr. Parvizi $175,000 and $194,000 for consulting services and reimbursement of related expenses and recorded such amounts as general and administrative expenses within the statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are charged to operations in the period incurred. Research and development costs include, but are not limited to, payroll and personnel and stock-based compensation expenses, laboratory supplies, consulting costs, and allocated overhead, including rent, equipment, depreciation, and utilities.

Intellectual Property Costs

Costs to secure, defend, and maintain patents, including those incurred in connection with filing and prosecuting patent applications, are expensed as incurred due to the uncertainty about the recovery of the expenditure. Amounts incurred for patent-related expenditures are classified as general and administrative expenses in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Advertising Costs

The Company charges advertising costs to expense as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 were $282,000 and $533,000, respectively.

F-11


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, redeemable convertible preferred stock, stock options, and warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Basic and diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities, as the redeemable convertible preferred stock is considered a participating security because it participates in dividends with common stock. The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. As such, the net loss was attributed entirely to common stockholders. Because the Company has reported a net loss for all periods presented, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation for employee and non-employee awards in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation. ASC 718 requires the recognition of compensation expense, using a fair value-based method, for costs related to all service-based share- based payments, including stock options.

The Company estimates the fair value of options granted to employees on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. This valuation model for stock-based compensation expense requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation, including the value of the Company’s stock, the expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.

The Company uses a third-party valuation company to assist management with the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s common stock and expected volatility. In deriving the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the option pricing method (“OPM”) was used to allocate the total shareholders’ equity value derived from discounted cash flow, guideline public company, and guideline transaction analyses to the outstanding preferred and common share classes of the Company. The OPM uses option theory to value the various classes of a company’s securities in light of their respective claims to the enterprise value. Total shareholders’ equity value is allocated to the various share classes based upon their respective claims on a series of call options with strike prices at various value levels depending upon the rights and preferences of each class. A Black-Scholes closed form option pricing model is typically employed in this analysis, with an option term assumption that is consistent with management’s expected time to a liquidity event.

For valuations performed on and after September 30, 2023, the allocation of these enterprise values to each share class was done utilizing the hybrid method. The hybrid method is a hybrid between the probability-weighted expected returns method (the “PWERM”) and the OPM. Using the PWERM, the enterprise value under various exit scenarios including an initial public offering (the “IPO Scenario”) and staying private that considered an estimate of the timing of each scenario and were weighted based on the estimate of the probability of each event occurring. The equity value under the IPO Scenario was estimated using the market approach based on recent IPO values of comparable companies. The equity value under the IPO Scenario was allocated to capital stock using an IPO scenario analysis that contemplates the timing, size, valuation, and probability of an IPO event in the future. The stay private scenario estimated the equity value using an income approach based on the Company’s financial projections and market approaches based on the valuation of comparable publicly traded companies and mergers and acquisitions observed in related industries. Further, the Company used the back-solve method under the market approach with respect to the secondary transactions in its redeemable convertible preferred stock. The equity value was then allocated to capital stock based on the OPM. After the equity value is determined and allocated to the various share classes, a discount for lack of marketability (“DLOM”) is applied to arrive at the fair value of the common stock.

In valuing the Company’s options, a volatility assumption is based on the estimated stock price volatility of a peer group of comparable public companies over a similar expected life of the option. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option and assumes no dividend are made. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

F-12


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss includes net loss as well as other changes in stockholders’ deficit that result from transactions and economic events other than those with stockholders. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, there was no difference between net loss and comprehensive loss.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s balance sheets and income tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and for loss and credit carryforwards using the enacted rates expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets and records a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets may not be realized.

The Company assesses its income tax positions and records tax benefits based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date. The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes based on the guidance within ASC 740-10, which requires a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company records the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority having full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized in the financial statements. The Company classifies interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

ASC 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-13 “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” and has since modified the standard with several ASUs (collectively, “Topic 326”). Topic 326 requires measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets. On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted this standard using a modified retrospective approach. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

ASC 280, Segment Reporting

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07 Segment Reporting—Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. The amendment expands segment disclosures by requiring disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (CODM), the amount and description of other segment items, permits companies to disclose more than one measure of segment profit or loss, and requires all annual segment disclosures to be included in the interim periods. The amendments do not change how an entity identifies its operating segments, aggregates those operating segments, or applies quantitative thresholds to determine its reportable segments. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2023-07 will impact the Company’s disclosures only and the Company is evaluating the effect of adopting the new disclosure requirements.

ASC 740, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09 Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. The amendments expand income tax disclosure requirements by requiring an entity to disclose (i) specific categories in the rate reconciliation, (ii) additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold, and (iii) the amount of taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2023-09 will impact the Company’s disclosures only and the Company is evaluating the effect of adopting the new disclosure requirements.

F-13


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

ASC 505, Equity

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt-Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 47020) and Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 81540): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity. The amendment simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. The new standard requires entities to provide expanded disclosures about the terms and features of convertible instruments, how the instruments have been reported in the entity’s financial statements, and information about events, conditions, and circumstances that can affect how to assess the amount or timing of an entity’s future cash flows related to those instruments. On January 1, 2024, the Company adopted ASU 2020-06, which had a disclosure only impact on its consolidated financial statements.

3.
Revenue

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. ASC 606 established a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. The core principle of ASC 606 is to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to the Company’s customers.

Under Topic 606, the Company recognizes revenue through the following steps:

Identification of a contract with a customer
Identification of the performance obligations in the contract, including the evaluation of performance obligations and the distinct goods or services in a contract
Determination of the transaction price
Analysis of the Standalone Selling Price (SSP) and allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, as appropriate
Recognition of revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied

The Company accounts for a contract when both parties have approved the contract and the Company is committed to perform its obligations, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms (generally net 30 days) are identified, the contract has commercial substance, and collectability of consideration is probable.

Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of promised products to the customer in an amount reflecting the consideration that is expected to be received in exchange for those products. The Company enters into contracts that include one or more products that are generally capable of being distinct and accounted for as individual performance obligations, in addition to a monthly subscription fee that is generally capable of being distinct and accounted for as an individual performance obligation.

Identification and Satisfaction of Performance Obligations

The Company’s revenue is derived from the sale of its products to medical groups and hospitals through its direct sales force throughout the U.S. Performance obligations in the Company’s contracts that are satisfied at a point in time include EEG headbands and EEG recorders sold to customers. The Company recognizes revenue for its EEG recorders sold separately from subscriptions and its EEG headbands upon transfer of control to the customer at a point in time. Performance obligations in the Company’s contracts that are satisfied over time include the EEG portal and Clarity software-as-a-service (SaaS) subscription products. For its Clarity and portal subscription products, the Company recognizes revenue ratably over the period in which the customer has the ability to consume and receive benefit from its access to the subscription, which is generally month to month. The Company’s Clarity subscriptions include the use of EEG recorders by the customer over the subscription term. The Company identifies the EEG recorders used in conjunction with a subscription as an operating lease component in its arrangements with its customers and identifies the subscription as a non-lease component in its arrangements with its customers, which the Company determined to be predominant. The lease and non-lease revenue components have similar patterns of revenue recognition, and as such, allows the Company to elect the practical expedient to not separate the lease and non-lease components. Therefore, the overall arrangement is accounted for under ASC 606.

F-14


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The consideration associated with customer contracts includes both fixed and variable amounts. Variable consideration includes discounts, rebates, credits, incentives, penalties, or other similar items. The amount of consideration that can vary is less than 1% of total annual consideration. Variable consideration estimates are reassessed at each reporting period until the contingency is resolved. The changes to the transaction price due to a change in estimated variable consideration are recorded as an adjustment to revenue in the period the estimate is changed. Changes to variable consideration are tracked and material changes are disclosed. Such changes were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023.

The Company excludes sales tax from the transaction price and presents, as an accounting policy election, amounts collected from customers for sales and other taxes net of the related amounts remitted.

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the basis of revenue recognition in accordance with GAAP. To determine the proper revenue recognition method for contracts, the Company evaluates whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as one single contract and whether the combined or single contract should be accounted for as more than one performance obligation. This evaluation requires judgment, and the decision to combine a group of contracts or separate the combined or single contract into multiple performance obligations could change the amount of revenue and profit recorded in a given period.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table provides information about disaggregated revenue from contracts with customers by the nature of products and services provided (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

EEG recorders and EEG headbands, point in time

 

$

20,503

 

 

$

34,568

 

EEG portal and Clarity subscriptions, over time

 

 

5,419

 

 

 

10,657

 

Total Revenue

 

$

25,922

 

 

$

45,225

 

 

Currently, the Company’s customers are solely in the United States.

Contract Costs

The Company capitalizes sales commissions that are considered to be incremental to the acquisition of customer contracts and amortizes them over an estimated period of benefit. To determine the period of benefit of its deferred commissions, the Company evaluates the type of commissions, the nature of the related benefit, and the specific facts and circumstances of its arrangements. The Company determines the period of benefit for commissions paid for the acquisition of the initial subscription contract by taking into consideration its average customer life, which is generally assumed to be three years. The Company evaluates these assumptions at least annually and periodically reviews whether events or changes in circumstances have occurred that could impact the period of benefit.

The Company has elected to utilize the practical expedient to expense sales commissions with an amortization period of less than one year and capitalize sales commissions that are considered to be incremental costs of obtaining contracts with an amortization period greater than one year.

F-15


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The following table provides the breakdown of capitalized contract costs (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Contract cost balance beginning of the year

 

$

1,084

 

 

$

1,981

 

Contract costs capitalized during the year

 

 

1,763

 

 

 

2,304

 

Contract costs amortized during the year

 

 

(866

)

 

 

(1,532

)

Contract Costs as of year end

 

$

1,981

 

 

$

2,753

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract costs, current

 

$

1,029

 

 

$

1,515

 

Contract costs, long-term

 

 

952

 

 

 

1,238

 

Total Contract Costs as of year end

 

$

1,981

 

 

$

2,753

 

 

Contract Liabilities and Performance Obligations

Contract liabilities consist of up-front payments received from customers primarily for the Clarity SaaS subscriptions. Contract liabilities related to up-front payments received from customers were $343,000 and $250,000 at December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, $343,000 were classified as current contract liabilities and $0 were classified as long-term contract liabilities. At December 31, 2023, $206,000 are classified as current contract liabilities and $44,000 are classified as long-term contract liabilities.

The following table provides the breakdown of contract liabilities (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Contract Liabilities balance beginning of the year

 

$

249

 

 

$

343

 

Additional Contract Liabilities revenue during the year

 

 

786

 

 

 

763

 

Contract Liabilities balance recognized during the year

 

 

(692

)

 

 

(856

)

Balance as of year end

 

$

343

 

 

$

250

 

 

The Company has elected not to include in unfulfilled performance obligations for contracts in which the amount of revenue it recognizes is equal to the amount which the Company has a right to invoice. No revenue was recognized in the reporting period from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods. The short-term remaining performance obligations are expected to be recognized within 12 months and non-current performance obligations are expected to be recognized within 5 years.

4.
Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between (1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from independent sources (observable inputs) and (2) an entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs). The fair value hierarchy consists of three levels, which gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 are described below:

Level 1 – This level consists of quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets or liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs.

Level 2 – This level consists of directly or indirectly observable inputs as of the reporting date through correlation with market data, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and quoted prices in markets that are not active. Level 2 also includes assets and liabilities that are valued using models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment since the input assumptions used in the models, such as interest rates and volatility factors, are corroborated by readily observable data from actively quoted markets for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

F-16


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Level 3 – This level consists of unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the use of significant management judgment. These values are generally determined using pricing models for which the assumptions utilize management’s estimates of market participant assumptions.

In determining the fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the unobservable inputs to the extent possible, as well as considers counterparty credit risk in its assessments of fair value.

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

The following tables represent the Company’s financial assets and liabilities according to the fair value hierarchy, measured at fair value (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

68,235

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

68,235

 

Total Assets, at fair value

 

$

68,235

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

68,235

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liability

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

382

 

 

$

382

 

Total Liabilities, at fair value

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

382

 

 

$

382

 

 

December 31, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

33,831

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

33,831

 

Total Assets, at fair value

 

$

33,831

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

33,831

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant liability

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

334

 

 

$

334

 

Total Liabilities, at fair value

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

334

 

 

$

334

 

 

The carrying amount of the Company’s notes payable is carried at amortized cost and approximates its fair value.

 

The value of the warrants to purchase the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock is dependent on the inputs for which there is little or no market data, in particular the value of the Company’s stock. As a result, the valuation of the warrants is categorized as Level 3. When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within Level 3, the determination is based upon the lowest level of significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement. However, Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable inputs, observable inputs (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources). Accordingly, the gain or loss for changes in fair value recognized in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss are due in part, to observable factors that are part of the Level 3 methodology recognized. Warrants are included in Other liabilities, long-term on the balance sheets. The fair values could change significantly based on future market conditions.

 

The fair value of the warrant liability was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions, as well as the estimates of the valuation of the underlying preferred stock:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Expected term (in years)

 

7.00 - 8.00

 

 

6.00 - 7.00

 

Expected volatility

 

33.37% - 76.00%

 

 

67.10% - 76.00%

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.21% - 3.97%

 

 

3.55% - 4.60%

 

Dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-17


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

5.
Balance Sheet Details

Inventory

Inventory consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Component materials

 

$

2,036

 

 

$

3,405

 

Finished goods

 

 

2,039

 

 

 

2,463

 

Total

 

$

4,075

 

 

$

5,868

 

 

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

$

391

 

 

$

589

 

Computer equipment and software

 

 

452

 

 

 

515

 

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment

 

 

678

 

 

 

1,106

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

342

 

 

 

348

 

Construction in progress

 

 

100

 

 

 

387

 

Total Property and Equipment

 

 

1,963

 

 

 

2,945

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

860

 

 

 

1,368

 

Property and Equipment, Net

 

$

1,103

 

 

$

1,577

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 was $352,000 and $509,000, respectively.

Other Non-Current Assets

Other non-current assets are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Recorders at customer locations

 

$

676

 

 

$

969

 

Less: accumulated depreciation of recorders at customer locations

 

 

(188

)

 

 

(484

)

Recorders at customer locations, net

 

 

488

 

 

 

485

 

Recorders and related components

 

 

1,080

 

 

 

1,347

 

Non-current deposits

 

 

266

 

 

 

152

 

Total non current assets

 

$

1,834

 

 

$

1,984

 

 

Recorder depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 was $145,000 and $338,000, respectively.

F-18


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Accrued bonuses and payroll

 

$

2,360

 

 

$

3,132

 

Accrued commissions

 

 

2,167

 

 

 

2,190

 

Professional fees and other costs

 

 

1,171

 

 

 

2,106

 

Other

 

 

125

 

 

 

112

 

Total

 

$

5,823

 

 

$

7,540

 

 

6.
Employee Benefit Plan

The Company offers its employees a tax-deferred savings plan, commonly referred to as a 401(k) plan. Employee contributions are withheld from payroll checks and are automatically withdrawn from the Company’s checking account and deposited into participants’ retirement accounts a few days following each payroll period. There has been no Company matching of employee contributions to the plan through December 31, 2022 and 2023.

7.
Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Company records a provision for a liability when management believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company is not presently a party to any litigation. Legal fees are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. As of December 31, 2023, there were no litigation liabilities recorded.

8.
Leases

The Company’s ROU asset relates to its leased corporate offices in Sunnyvale, CA. Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):

 

Operating Lease

 

2022

 

 

 

2023

 

Operating lease right-of-use asset

 

$

2,770

 

 

 

$

2,160

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease liability, current

 

 

629

 

 

 

 

694

 

Operating leases liability, long-term

 

 

2,371

 

 

 

 

1,677

 

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

3,000

 

 

 

$

2,371

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Weighted average remaining discount rate

 

 

 

 

6.25

%

 

 

 

6.25

%

Variable rent expense recognized for operating leases

 

$

241

 

 

 

$

303

 

 

The Company leases office space under a non-cancelable operating lease. As of December 31, 2023, the future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating lease are as follows (in thousands):

 

Operating Leases:

 

As of December 31, 2023

 

2024

 

$

818

 

2025

 

 

843

 

2026

 

 

868

 

2027

 

 

74

 

Total undiscounted lease payments

 

 

2,603

 

Imputed interest

 

 

(232

)

Net Lease Liabilities

 

$

2,371

 

 

F-19


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The Company’s cash payments related to the lease were $707,000 and $795,000 for the years ending December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively.

 

9.
Term Loan

In May 2020, the Company entered into a Venture Loan and Security Agreement (“2020 Loan”) for a total loan commitment of $20,000,000 drawable in three tranches, with commitment expirations for each respective tranche at various dates. The Company drew the first tranche of $10,000,000 on or about May 1, 2020. On or about December 22, 2021, the Company drew the second tranche of $5,000,000.

Warrants were also issued in conjunction with each tranche of the loan drawn. In May 2020, and in conjunction with drawing the first tranche of the loan, the Company issued warrants exercisable for up to 117,520 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock which were redeemable at the lender’s option for shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. In March 2022, the Company issued warrants exercisable for up to 39,146 shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, which were redeemable at the lender’s option for shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock in conjunction with the second tranche of the loan. In addition, in March 2022, the Company amended the terms of certain warrants exercisable for up to 16,788 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock to be exercisable at the holder’s option for either (i) 16,788 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock or (ii) 11,184 shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. The fair value of the warrants at the time of issuance was included in debt issuance costs. The warrants issued in May 2020 expire in 2030 and can be exercised at any time by the holders prior to expiration. The warrants are revalued and are carried at their fair market value. (See Note 10).

In March 2022, the Company and the lender amended the agreement to allow for additional draws of $10,000,000, increasing the total loan commitment to $30,000,000 (“2020 Amended Loan”). Principal repayments, originally scheduled to commence in May 2023, were also amended to extend their commencement to November 2023. The March 2022 amendment allowed the Company to draw additional fourth and fifth tranches of $5,000,000 each no later than September 30, 2022, and December 31, 2022. The Company did not draw any amounts from the fourth or fifth tranches.

The funds withdrawn from the facility are payable in up to 53 installments comprised of up to 41 months of interest-only payments, or until and including the payment to occur on October 1, 2023, and up to 12 months of principal and interest to be paid thereafter, or until the maturity date. The facility originally bore a floating interest rate equal to 8.25% plus the amount by which the one-month LIBOR Rate exceeds 1.55% with a floor of 8.25%. In March 2022, the floating interest rate index on the facility was amended to be the per annum rate of interest published in the Wall Street Journal as the prime rate plus 3.50% with a floor of 8.25%. An end-of-term fee equal to 5.50% of the total drawn amount will be payable at the time of final payment of the loan. The end-of-term fee is being accreted and the debt issuance costs are being amortized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate is 11.3%, inclusive of the end-of-term fee and debt issuance costs for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023.

Notes payable consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2023

 

Principal of notes payable

 

$

11,250

 

End of term fee accretion

 

 

647

 

Unamortized debt issuance costs

 

 

(64

)

Carrying value of Notes Payable

 

$

11,833

 

 

Collateral for the loan consists of a security interest in all assets of the Company, excluding intellectual property. The 2020 Loan does not contain restrictive covenants and is not convertible.

In consideration of the 2024 principal loan repayment schedule and future operating cash flow requirements, effective February 6, 2024, the Company, Horizon and SVB entered into a $60 million financing commitment, consisting of $50 million term loan commitment and $10 million revolving line of credit. Proceeds at closing were used to retire the 2020 Loan. See Note 14 for a discussion of the new financing commitment.

F-20


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

10.
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants

Under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Company is authorized to issue 46,624,838 shares of $0.001 par value redeemable convertible preferred stock.

 

As of December 31, 2022, the designated and outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock were as follows:

 

Series

 

Number of
Shares
Authorized

 

 

Number of
Shares Issued
and Outstanding

 

 

Liquidation
Preference

 

 

Liquidation
Preference
per Share

 

 

Net Carrying Value

 

Seed

 

 

3,130,799

 

 

 

3,130,799

 

 

$

1,003,000

 

 

$

0.3194

 

 

$

1,003

 

A

 

 

7,778,774

 

 

 

7,778,774

 

 

 

13,488,394

 

 

 

1.7340

 

 

 

9,149

 

B

 

 

12,115,097

 

 

 

11,947,211

 

 

 

35,581,190

 

 

 

2.9782

 

 

 

35,396

 

C-1

 

 

22,347,372

 

 

 

22,308,227

 

 

 

99,717,775

 

 

 

4.4700

 

 

 

99,082

 

C-NV

 

 

626,398

 

 

 

626,398

 

 

 

2,799,999

 

 

 

4.4700

 

 

 

2,782

 

Total

 

 

45,998,440

 

 

 

45,791,409

 

 

$

152,590,358

 

 

 

 

 

$

147,412

 

 

As of December 31, 2023, the designated and outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock are as follows:

 

Series

 

Number of
Shares
Authorized

 

 

Number of
Shares Issued
and Outstanding

 

 

Liquidation
Preference

 

 

Liquidation
Preference
per Share

 

 

Net Carrying Value

 

Seed

 

 

3,130,799

 

 

 

3,130,799

 

 

$

1,003,000

 

 

$

0.3194

 

 

$

1,003

 

A

 

 

7,778,774

 

 

 

7,778,774

 

 

 

13,488,394

 

 

 

1.7340

 

 

 

9,149

 

B

 

 

12,115,096

 

 

 

11,947,211

 

 

 

35,581,190

 

 

 

2.9782

 

 

 

35,396

 

C-1

 

 

22,973,771

 

 

 

22,712,151

 

 

 

101,523,315

 

 

 

4.4700

 

 

 

100,876

 

C-NV

 

 

626,398

 

 

 

222,474

 

 

 

994,459

 

 

 

4.4700

 

 

 

988

 

Total

 

 

46,624,838

 

 

 

45,791,409

 

 

$

152,590,358

 

 

 

 

 

$

147,412

 

 

In August 2015 and April 2016, the Company raised $1.0 million net of issuance costs, through the issuance of shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock.

 

During 2016, the Company sold convertible notes and raised $2.0 million in cash proceeds. In May 2017, the notes converted into 3,741,868 shares of Series A preferred stock. In the second quarter of 2017, the Company raised $7.0 million, net of issuance costs, through the issuance of Series A preferred stock, bringing the total number of shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding to 7,778,774.

In the third quarter of 2018, the Company raised $35.6 million, net of issuance costs, through the issuance of shares of Series B preferred stock.

In the second quarter of 2021, the Company raised $52.2 million, net of issuance costs, through the issuance of shares of Series C-1 and Series C-NV redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series C-1” and “Series C-NV” or together referred to as “Series C”).

In September 2022, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement to execute an extension round of the Series C-1 financing. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company issued 11,185,680 shares of Series C-1 at an issuance price of $4.47 per share for total consideration of $49.7 million, net of issuance costs, increasing the total number of Series C-1 redeemable convertible shares outstanding to 22,308,277.

In March 2023, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase the number of authorized Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred shares, which allowed a shareholder to convert 403,924 shares of Series C-NV redeemable convertible preferred stock into an equal number of shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. The conversion was permitted under the original certificate of designation and pursuant to the original agreement. The conversion became effective in June 2023.

The holders of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock do not have stated redemption rights; however, the holders of the redeemable convertible stock are entitled to preferential payments in the event of a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or intellectual property, the acquisition of the Company

F-21


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

by another entity by means of any reorganization, merger or consolidation following which the Company’s stockholders as of immediately prior to such acquisition fail to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the resulting entity, or a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (a “Deemed Liquidation Event”).

The rights, preferences and privileges of the redeemable convertible preferred stockholders are as follows:

Voting

Other than the non-voting holders of Series C-NV redeemable convertible preferred stock, the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to vote on all matters on which the common stockholders are entitled to vote. Holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock vote together as a single class, with respect to any matter upon which holders of common stock have the right to vote. Each holder of redeemable convertible preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of common stock shares into which the shares held by such holder are convertible. The holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.

Dividends

When, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, the Company shall declare dividends on the Series C preferred stock (the “Series C Dividends”) at an annual rate of $0.3576 per share (the “Series C Dividend Rate”) according to the number of shares of Series C preferred stock held by such holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series C preferred stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series C preferred stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid in any calendar year. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series C preferred stock shall be payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any dividend distribution on Series B preferred stock, Series A preferred stock, Series Seed preferred stock and common stock of the Company and the Company shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company unless the holders of the Series C preferred stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, the Series C Dividends.

When, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, the Company shall declare dividends on the Series B preferred stock (the “Series B Dividends”) at an annual rate of $0.2383 per share (the “Series B Dividend Rate”) according to the number of shares of Series B preferred stock held by such holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series B preferred stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series B preferred stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid in any calendar year. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series B preferred stock shall be payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any dividend distribution on Series A preferred stock, Series Seed preferred stock and common stock of the Company and the Company shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company (other than the Series C Dividends) unless the holders of the Series B preferred stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, the Series B Dividends.

When, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, the Company shall declare dividends on the Series A preferred stock (the “Series A Dividends”) at an annual rate of $0.1387 per share (the “Series A Dividend Rate”) according to the number of shares of Series A preferred stock held by such holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series A preferred stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series A preferred stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid in any calendar year. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series A preferred stock shall be payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any dividend distribution on Series Seed preferred stock and common stock of the Company and the Company shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company (other than the Series C Dividends and the Series B Dividends) unless the holders of the Series A preferred stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, the Series A Dividends.

After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends for Series A, B, and C Dividends, when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, the Company shall declare dividends pro rata on the common stock and the preferred stock on a pari passu basis according to the number of shares of common stock held by such holders. For this purpose each holder of shares of preferred stock will be treated as holding the greatest whole number of shares of common stock then issuable upon conversion of all shares of preferred stock held by such holder. No dividends have been declared to date.

F-22


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, including a deemed liquidity event, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock first are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, Series B, Series A and Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock, an amount equal to the greater of the sum $4.47 per share as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, and such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series C and redeemable convertible preferred stock been converted into common stock prior to such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company.

Upon completion of the distribution of the full amount of Series C, the holders of Series B are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, Series A and Series Seed convertible preferred stock, an amount equal to the greater of the sum $2.9782 per share, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, and such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock been converted into common stock prior to such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company.

Upon completion of the distribution of the full amount to Series C and Series B redeemable convertible preferred shareholders, the holders of Series A and Series Seed convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, for each share of Series A convertible preferred stock, an amount equal to the greater of the sum of $1.7340, as adjusted for any recapitalizations plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, and such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, and for each share of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.3194 and an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares as adjusted for any recapitalizations.

If the assets legally available for distribution are insufficient to cover the amounts owed to the holders of Series A and Series Seed convertible preferred stock together as a class, the assets shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of both Series A and Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock in proportion to the full amounts that they would have received had funds been sufficient.

Upon completion of the distributions of the full amount required to the holders of Series C, Series B, Series A, and Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock, all of the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of common stock and Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each (treating the shares of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion price for such shares).

Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into that number of common shares that is equal to the original issuance price of the redeemable convertible preferred stock divided by the conversion price, subject to adjustment for events of dilution. Upon conversion, holders of Series C-NV convertible preferred stock may elect to receive non-voting common stock or common stock on the same terms. The original issuance price is equal to $0.3194 per Series Seed preferred share, $1.7340 per Series A preferred share, $2.9782 per Series B preferred share, and $4.47 per Series C preferred share. As of December 31, 2022 and 2023, all redeemable convertible preferred units were convertible into common shares at a one-for-one conversion ratio. Holders of convertible preferred stock may elect to convert their shares into common stock at any time.

Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion rate for each such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a qualified public offering of the Company’s common stock in which gross proceeds exceed $70 million and at a price not less than $8.94 per share or (ii) upon the receipt by the Company of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding convertible preferred stock.

Upon a qualified public offering, all of the currently outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into common stock, and the Company will not have any preferred shares outstanding.

F-23


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Warrants

The Company has issued warrants in conjunction with its debt financings, see Note 9 and Note 14. All warrants are currently exercisable, in whole or in part, and expire in 2030 and 2032.

 

 

 

Series B

 

 

Series C-1

 

 

Total warrants

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2022

 

 

117,520

 

 

 

39,146

 

 

 

156,666

 

 

Warrants issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2023

 

 

117,520

 

 

 

39,146

 

 

 

156,666

 

 

Exercise price per warrant

 

$

2.9782

 

 

$

4.47

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) In March 2022, the Company amended the terms of certain warrants exercisable for up to 16,788 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock to be exercisable at the holder’s option for either (i) 16,788 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock or (ii) 11,184 shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock. The figures in the table above assume that these warrants amended in March 2022 are exercisable for shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock.

 

The redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability is included in other liabilities, long-term. The change in the value of the warrant liability for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 is summarized in the following table (in thousands).

The following table presents the fair value activity for the warrant liability (in thousands):

 

Balance, December 31, 2021

 

$

177

 

Issuance of warrants

 

 

30

 

Changes in fair value of warrants

 

 

175

 

Balance, December 31, 2022

 

$

382

 

Issuance of warrants

 

 

 

Changes in fair value of warrants

 

 

(48

)

Balance, December 31, 2023

 

$

334

 

 

The warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized as a change in fair value of warrant liability in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Immediately prior to the completion of an initial public offering, the warrants will convert into warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock. To the extent the warrants are not previously exercised, and if the fair market value of one share is greater than the exercise price under the warrants then in effect, the warrants shall be deemed automatically exercised immediately before expiration.

Effective February 6, 2024, the Company, Horizon and SVB entered into a $60 million financing commitment, consisting of $50 million term loan commitment and $10 million revolving line of credit. Warrants representing the right to purchase 106,263 shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $4.47 per share were issued upon closing. Immediately prior to the completion of an initial public offering, the warrants to purchase shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock. To the extent the warrants are not previously exercised, and if the fair market value of one share is greater than the exercise price under the warrants then in effect, this warrant shall be deemed automatically exercised immediately before its expiration. See Notes 9 and 14 for a discussion of the new financing commitment.

11.
Stockholders’ Deficit

 

Common Stock

The Company has authorized the Company to issue 76,046,350 shares of $0.001 par value common stock. Authorized shares of common stock as of December 31, 2023 include 626,398 shares of non-voting common stock, none of which are outstanding.

The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends whenever funds and assets are legally available and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding. As of December 31, 2023, no dividends had been declared.

F-24


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had reserved common stock for future issuance as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

Conversion of Series Seed redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

3,130,799

 

Conversion of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

7,778,774

 

Conversion of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

11,947,211

 

Conversion of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

22,934,625

 

Conversion of Series B warrants

 

 

117,520

 

Conversion of Series C-1 warrants

 

 

39,146

 

Outstanding options under the 2014 Plan

 

 

12,185,207

 

Options reserved for future issuance under the 2014 Plan

 

 

1,051,173

 

Total

 

 

59,184,455

 

Authorized shares of common stock as of December 31, 2022 and 2023 include 626,398 shares of non-voting Common Stock, none of which were outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2023.

Stock Incentive Plan

In 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) under which incentive stock options (ISO), non-statutory stock options (NQ), restricted stock, restricted stock units (RSU), stock appreciation rights (SAR), dividend equivalent rights, performance stock units (PSUs), and performance shares may be granted to its employees, directors, and consultants. To date only ISO and NQ awards have been granted. The Board of Directors determines the terms and conditions of the awards, including the number of awards to be granted and vesting criteria at the time of grant. The term of each option shall be stated in the option agreement; however, the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of the grant thereof. Options granted under the 2014 Plan generally vest over a four-year period starting from the date specified in each agreement. Stock options must be granted with an exercise price no less than the stock’s fair market value at the date of grant. Except for as-needed increases in the size of the total option pool, the 2014 Plan has had no major changes since its inception.

The Board of Directors approved increases in the 2014 Plan shares available for grant of 5.9 million in 2022. The total shares available for future issuance under the Plan is 1.1 million as of December 31, 2023.

Activity under the plan is as follows:

 

 

Number of
options

 

 

Weighted
average
exercise price

 

 

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
(years)

 

 

Aggregate
intrinsic value
(thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

 

7,506,369

 

 

$

1.23

 

 

 

7.84

 

 

$

4,422

 

Options granted

 

 

5,947,000

 

 

 

1.95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

(609,136

)

 

 

1.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

393

 

Options forfeited

 

 

(659,026

)

 

 

1.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

 

 

12,185,207

 

 

 

1.57

 

 

 

8.17

 

 

 

13,383

 

Shares outstanding, vested, and expected to vest at
   December 31, 2023

 

 

12,185,207

 

 

 

1.57

 

 

 

8.17

 

 

 

13,383

 

Shares exercisable at December 31, 2023

 

 

5,433,911

 

 

$

1.18

 

 

 

7.03

 

 

$

8,075

 

 

In 2023, 178,860 shares of common stock were issued upon exercise of awards granted outside of the 2014 Plan.

Stock-Based Compensation

As of December 31, 2023, the unrecognized compensation costs related to outstanding unvested options under the 2014 Plan was $7.7 million. The Company expects to recognize those costs over a weighted average period of 2.9 years.

Option awards included performance-based awards which are subject to the achievement of performance goals. For options subject to performance goals, the Company recognizes expense when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. These performance-based awards represent 165,840 of option awards outstanding as of December 31, 2023.

F-25


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The Company estimated the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of service-based stock options is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards.

The fair value of employee stock options granted was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Expected term (in years)

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

5.1

 

Expected volatility

 

 

73.4

%

 

 

75.4

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

3.1

%

 

 

4.2

%

Dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company uses the simplified method to calculate the expected term of employee stock option grants, as the Company did not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior. Under the simplified method, the expected term is estimated to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual term of the option. The expected term of stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is based on the average of the option vesting term and contractual term, The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined by examining the historical volatilities for industry peers, as the Company did not have any trading history for the Company’s common stock. The Company will continue to analyze the historical stock price volatility and expected term assumptions as more historical data for the Company’s common stock becomes available. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury instruments whose term was consistent with the expected term of the Company’s stock options. The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectation of no dividend payouts.

The Company’s total stock-based compensation expense was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Sales and marketing

 

$

316

 

 

$

697

 

General and administrative

 

 

7,446

 

 

 

1,512

 

Research and development

 

 

166

 

 

 

469

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

7,928

 

 

$

2,678

 

 

The total fair value of options vested was $1.1 million and $2.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense does not include the impact of estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are taken as a reduction in expense in the period in which they occur. No compensation cost is recorded for awards that do not vest. Total stock-based compensation expense includes non-employee stock-based compensation of $114,000 and $459,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 respectively.

In March and April 2022, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and a member of the Board of Directors sold a total of 2,300,000 shares of common stock to investors at a price of $4.48 per share. The Company determined that the sales price was above the fair value of the common stock and as a result recorded compensation expense of $6.2 million, all of which was recorded as general and administrative expense. The $6.2 million amount represents the difference between the aggregate sale price and aggregate fair value of the shares of common stock that were sold.

In October 2022, the Company’s CEO entered into a stock transfer agreement with another investor. Under the stock transfer agreement, the Company’s CEO sold 250,000 of their shares of the Company’s common stock for $4.47 per share. The Company determined that the sales price was above the fair value of the common stock and as a result recorded compensation expense of $665,000, all of which was recorded as general and administrative expense. The $665,000 amount represents the difference between the aggregate sale price and the aggregate fair value of the shares of common stock that were sold.

F-26


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

12.
Net loss attributable to common stockholders

Basic net loss per share attributable to the Company’s common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to the Company’s common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share for all years presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company’s net loss position in each period presented.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(37,164

)

 

$

(29,464

)

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

13,102

 

 

 

13,631

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(2.84

)

 

$

(2.16

)

 

The following outstanding potential shares of common stock were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

 

45,791

 

 

 

45,791

 

Warrants

 

 

157

 

 

 

157

 

Equity plan stock options outstanding

 

 

7,506

 

 

 

12,185

 

Total

 

 

53,454

 

 

 

58,133

 

 

13.
Income Taxes

The Company recorded no income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented.

 

Rate reconciliation

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Statutory rate

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

State tax

 

 

4.2

%

 

 

7.9

%

Permanent differences

 

 

(0.6

)%

 

 

(1.1

)%

Research credits

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

1.0

%

Secondary sale

 

 

(3.9

)%

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

(21.3

)%

 

 

(28.8

)%

Effective tax rate

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

F-27


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The significant components of the net deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforward

 

$

22,396

 

 

$

28,798

 

Capitalized research and development

 

 

1,561

 

 

 

3,227

 

Research and development credits

 

 

1,251

 

 

 

1,761

 

Lease liability

 

 

779

 

 

 

631

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

185

 

 

 

418

 

Accruals and reserves

 

 

70

 

 

 

64

 

Fixed assets

 

 

20

 

 

 

81

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

26,262

 

 

$

34,980

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROU asset

 

 

(719

)

 

 

(575

)

Deferred commission

 

 

(514

)

 

 

(732

)

Prepaids

 

 

(285

)

 

 

(459

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(1,518

)

 

 

(1,766

)

Valuation allowance

 

 

(24,744

)

 

 

(33,214

)

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

No tax benefit has been recorded through December 31, 2023, because, given the history of operating losses, the Company believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized, and a full valuation allowance has been provided. The change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022 was $8.5 million and $7.8 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $105.0 million and $104.8 million, respectively, available to reduce future taxable income, if any. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $78.1 million and $75.3 million, respectively, available to reduce future taxable income, if any. The federal net operating loss carryforwards generated prior to January 1, 2018, of $5.0 million and state net operating losses will begin to expire in 2035. The remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards of $100.0 million will not expire. Utilization of some of the federal and state net operating losses and credit carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations due to the change in ownership provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“Internal Revenue Code”) and similar state provisions. The Company performed an Internal Revenue Code Section 382 study in 2023 and there was no change in ownership identified. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. Net federal operating losses generated after December 31, 2017 are not limited as they can be carried forward indefinitely, subject to an 80% income limitation. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had federal and state research and development credits of $1.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had federal and state research and development credits of $0.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The federal research and development credits will begin to expire in 2035. The state research and development credit will not expire.

The Tax Reform Act of 1986 limits the use of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in certain situations where changes occur in the stock ownership of a company. Due to ownership changes since inception, the Company’s net operating losses may be limited as to their usage. In the event the Company has additional changes in ownership, utilization of the carryforwards could be further restricted.

Beginning in 2022, additional changes under the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act came into effect, including the mandatory capitalization and amortization of research and development expenses. These provisions require the Company to capitalize research and experimental expenditures and amortize them on the U.S. tax return over five or fifteen years, depending on where research is conducted.

F-28


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes under ASC topic 740. ASC 740 requires companies to determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any tax benefit can be recorded in the financial statements. It also provides guidance on the recognition, measurement, classification, and interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. The Company has netted its current gross unrecognized tax benefits against its deferred tax assets.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

Balance, January 1, 2022

 

$

220

 

Increases related to current tax positions

 

 

114

 

Changes related to prior tax positions

 

 

(1

)

Balance, December 31, 2022

 

 

333

 

Increases related to current tax positions

 

 

175

 

Changes related to prior tax positions

 

 

(33

)

Balance, December 31, 2023

 

$

475

 

 

The Company does not expect the unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next twelve months. The entire amount of the unrecognized tax benefits would not impact the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The Company will recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. In the event the Company should need to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax liabilities, this amount will be recorded as an accrued liability and an increase to income tax expense. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has not accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions. The Company’s various tax years starting with 2010 to 2023 remain open in various taxing jurisdictions.

14.
Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through March 29, 2024, the date these financial statements were available to be issued, and through June 24, 2024, the date these financial statements were available to be reissued. The Company determined that the following transactions met the definition of a subsequent event for purposes of recognition or disclosure:

Term Loan and Revolver

On February 6, 2024, the Company entered into a VSLA with SVB, as a lender, and Horizon, as a lender and the collateral agent. The VLSA provides a term loan commitment of $50.0 million. The Company drew $20.0 million of the $50.0 million term loan commitment at closing. The remaining $30.0 million term loan commitment consists of three tranches of $10.0 million commitments, expiring on each of December 31, 2024, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2025. Interest will be due and payable monthly in arrears on the first business day of each month. Interest-only payments will be made for the first forty-eight months of the loan, followed by twelve months of principal and accrued interest. A funded percentage of the loan tranches will also be due with the final payment. The maturity date of VLSA is March 1, 2029.

The Company used a portion of the proceeds to pay the remaining $12.1 million of principal and end-of-term fee of 2020 Amended Loan as well as the commitment fee of $245,000 and legal fees associated with the VLSA. Net proceeds, after payment of the remaining principal and end-of-term fee of the 2022 Amended Loan and associated fees of the VLSA were $7.6 million.

Warrants also were issued at closing (“Initial Warrants”) to purchase up to 106,263 shares of the Company’s Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $4.47 per share, for a total purchase price of $475,000. The fair value of the Initial Warrants at closing was $304,000 and is included in the debt issuance costs. Additional warrants for Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock with a total purchase price of $150,000 may also be issued upon the funding of each $10.0 million commitment tranche. Commitment fees of $35,000 are also payable upon the funding of each c$10.0 million commitment tranche.

The floating interest rate on the facility is the per annum rate of interest published in the Wall Street Journal as the prime rate plus 2.75% for Horizon and plus 0% for SVB with a floor of 9.25% for Horizon and 6.00% for SVB. An end-of-term fee equal to 4.00% of the total drawn amount will be payable at the time of final payment of the loan. The end-of-term fee along with debt issuance costs are being amortized over the term of the notes using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate is 12.7%, inclusive of the end-of-term fee and debt issuance costs.

F-29


CeriBell, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The VLSA was treated as a loan syndication, and the SVB Loan was determined to be a new loan. The issuance of the Horizon Loan was accounted for as a modification of the outstanding term loan, with no gain or loss recognized.

Concurrent with the VLSA, the Company executed a Revolving Facility secured by the Company’s accounts receivable, inventory, and other property. The Company may draw amounts up to 85% of the eligible trade receivables. The Company does not anticipate future borrowings under the Revolving Facility unless circumstances change. The outstanding principal amount of any advance will accrue interest at a floating rate per annum equal to the greater of the prime rate of interest as published in the Wall Street Journal plus 0.25%, or 6.00%.

Lease

In May 2024, the Company entered into a lease agreement for office space in Sunnyvale, California for a warehouse in close proximity to the Headquarters office location. The term of the lease commences on September 1, 2024, with the potential for early non-exclusive use of the property beginning on June 1, 2024. The term of the lease is 29 months from September 1, 2024. The total future lease payments are $0.9 million. The Company is evaluating the effect of the new lease agreement.

F-30


 

Through and including , 2024, (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Shares

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img174669163_16.jpg 

 

Common Stock

 

P R O S P E C T U S

 

 

 

BofA Securities

J.P. Morgan

William Blair

TD Cowen

Canaccord Genuity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

, 2024

 


 

Part II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by CeriBell, Inc. (the “registrant”) in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fee, and the listing fee.

 

 

 

Amount to Be Paid

SEC registration fee

 

$

*

FINRA filing fee

 

 

*

listing fee

 

 

*

Transfer agent’s fees and expenses

 

 

*

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

*

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

*

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

*

Miscellaneous expenses

 

 

*

Total

 

$

*

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware General Corporation Law”) provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending, or completed actions, suits, or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee, or agent to the registrant. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Article 9 of the registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification by the registrant of its directors, officers, and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors, executive officers, and certain other officers to provide these directors and officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the registrant for which indemnification is sought.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director or an officer of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or an officer, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) in the case of directors, for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions, or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit; provided that officers may not be indemnified for actions by or in the right of the corporation. The registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.

The registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (b) to the registrant with respect to payments that may be made by the registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

The proposed form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1. to this registration statement provides for indemnification of officers and directors of the registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

II-1


 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

Since January 1, 2021, the registrant made sales of the following unregistered securities:

Equity Plan-Related Issuances

1.
Since January 1, 2021, the registrant granted to its directors, employees, consultants, and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of shares of its common stock under its 2014 Plan, at exercise prices ranging from $ to $ per share.
2.
Since January 1, 2021, the registrant issued and sold to its directors, employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of shares of its common stock upon the exercise of stock options under its 2014 Plan, at exercise prices ranging from $ to $ per share.
3.
Since January 1, 2021, the registrant granted to its directors, employees, consultants, and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of shares of its common stock under its EIP, at exercise prices ranging from $ to $ per share.
4.
Since January 1, 2021, the registrant issued and sold to its directors, employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of shares of its common stock upon the exercise of stock options under its EIP, at exercise prices ranging from $ to $ per share.

Sales of Preferred Stock

5.
Since From January 1, 2021, the registrant sold an aggregate of (i) 22,308,227 shares of its Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock to 15 accredited investors and (ii) 626,398 shares of its Series C-NV redeemable convertible preferred stock to 1 accredited investor at a purchase price of $4.47 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $102.5 million.

Warrants

6.
In March 2022, the registrant issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 39,146 shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.47 per share.
7.
In February 2024, the registrant issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 106,263 shares of Series C-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.47 per share.

No underwriters were involved in these transactions. The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (1) through (4) were deemed to be exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation, or under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of such securities were our directors, employees, or bona fide consultants and received the securities under our equity incentive plans. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (5) through (7) were deemed to be exempt under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and had adequate access to information about us.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

II-2


 

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

1.
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
2.
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


 

Exhibit Index

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form

 

Date

 

Number

 

Filed

Herewith

1.1*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1*

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, currently in effect.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2*

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3*

 

Bylaws, currently in effect.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4*

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.01*

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.02*

 

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated April 22, 2021, by and among CeriBell, Inc. and the investors listed therein, as amended on September 16, 2022.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.03*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series Preferred Stock, dated May 1, 2020, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (Loan A).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.04*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series Preferred Stock, dated May 1, 2020, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (Loan B).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.05*

 

Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series Preferred Stock, dated May 1, 2020, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (Loan C), as amended on March 10, 2022.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.06*

 

Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series Preferred Stock, dated May 1, 2020, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (Loan D), as amended on March 10, 2022.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.07*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series Preferred Stock, dated May 1, 2020, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (Loan E).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.08*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series Preferred Stock, dated May 1, 2020, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (Loan F).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.09*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated March 10, 2022, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (Loan C).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.10*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated March 10, 2022, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (Loan D).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.11*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated March 10, 2022, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (Loan G).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.12*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated March 10, 2022, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (Loan H).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.13*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated March 10, 2022, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (Loan I).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.14*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated March 10, 2022, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (Loan J).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.15*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated February 6, 2024, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation. (Loan B).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.16*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated February 6, 2024, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation. (Loan C).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.17*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated February 6, 2024, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation. (Loan D).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.18*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated February 6, 2024, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation. (Loan F Commitment).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.19*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated February 6, 2024, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation. (Loan G Commitment).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.20*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated February 6, 2024, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation. (Loan I Commitment).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-4


 

4.21*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated February 6, 2024, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation. (Loan J Commitment).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.22*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated February 6, 2024, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation. (Loan L Commitment).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.23*

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, dated February 6, 2024, issued to Horizon Technology Finance Corporation. (Loan M Commitment).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.1*

 

Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.01

 

Lease Agreement dated July 2021, by and between WTA Pastoria II LLC and CeriBell, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.02

 

Letter Agreement dated October 5, 2021, by and between WTA Pastoria II LLC and CeriBell, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.03

 

Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease, dated May 17, 2024, by and between George Yagmourian and Josefa Yagmourian, Trustees of the Yagmourian 1984 Living Trust dated October 10, 1984 and CeriBell, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.04

 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 6, 2024, by and between CeriBell, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.05

 

Venture Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 6, 2024, by and among CeriBell, Inc., Horizon Technology Finance Corporation and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.06*†

 

Exclusive (Equity) Agreement, dated June 15, 2015, by and between the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Brain Stethoscope, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.07*†

 

Amendment No. 1 to the License Agreement effective the 15th Day of June 2015 by and between the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and CeriBell, Inc., dated September 9, 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.08*†

 

Amendment No. 2 to the License Agreement effective the 15th Day of June 2015 and amended the 14th Day of September 2015, by and between the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and CeriBell, Inc., dated April 1, 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.09*†

 

Amendment No. 3 to the License Agreement effective the 15th Day of June 2015, by and between the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and CeriBell, Inc., dated March 8, 2022.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10#*

 

2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11#*

 

Form Agreements under 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12#*

 

2024 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13#*

 

Form Agreements under 2024 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14#*

 

2024 Incentive Award Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15#*

 

Form Agreements under 2024 Incentive Award Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16#*

 

2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17#*

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation Program.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18#*

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19#*

 

Employment Agreement, by and between CeriBell, Inc. and Xingjuan (Jane) Chao, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20#*

 

Employment Agreement, by and between CeriBell, Inc. and Scott Blumberg.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21#*

 

Employment Agreement, by and between CeriBell, Inc. and Joshua Copp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22#*

 

Employment Agreement, by and between CeriBell, Inc. and Raymond Woo, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.1*

 

Letter of BDO USA, LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1*

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.2*

 

Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.1*

 

Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page to the Registration Statement).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107.1*

 

Filing Fee Table.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

II-5


 

# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

† Portions of the exhibit, marked by brackets, have been omitted because the omitted information is (i) not material and (ii) the type of information that the registrant customarily and actually treats as private or confidential.

II-6


 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California on , 2024.

 

CERIBELL, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Xingjuan (Jane) Chao, Ph.D.

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Xingjuan (Jane) Chao, Ph.D., Scott Blumberg, and Louisa Daniels, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

, 2024

Xingjuan (Jane) Chao, Ph.D.

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott Blumberg

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

, 2024

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Foehr

 

Vice President, Finance

 

, 2024

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chair of the Board of Directors

 

, 2024

Rebecca Robertson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

, 2024

Juliet Tammenoms Bakker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

, 2024

William W. Burke

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

, 2024

Lucian Iancovici, M.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

, 2024

Josef Parvizi, M.D., Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

, 2024

Joseph M. Taylor

 

 

 

 

 

 


EX-10.01

Exhibit 10.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LEASE

by and between

WTA Pastoria II LLC,

a California limited liability company

(“Landlord”)

and

Ceribell, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

(“Tenant”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the approximately 15,600 sq. ft. Premises at

360 N. Pastoria Avenue, Sunnyvale, California

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Basic Lease Provisions

1

 

 

1.1

 

Premises

1

 

 

1.2

 

Building

1

 

 

1.3

 

Commencement Date

1

 

 

1.4

 

Term

1

 

 

1.5

 

Use

1

 

 

1.6

 

Monthly Rent

1

 

 

1.7

 

Security Deposit

1

 

 

1.8

 

Property

1

 

 

1.9

 

Brokers

1

2.

 

Premises

2

3.

 

Definitions.

2

 

 

3.1

 

Alterations

2

 

 

3.2

 

Commencement Date

2

 

 

3.3

 

HVAC

2

 

 

3.4

 

Interest Rate

2

 

 

3.5

 

Landlord’s Agents

2

 

 

3.6

 

Outside Area

2

 

 

3.7

 

Real Property Taxes

2

 

 

3.8

 

Rent

2

 

 

3.9

 

Sublet

2

 

 

3.10

 

Subtenant.

3

 

 

3.11

 

Tenant Improvement Allowance

3

 

 

3.12

 

Tenant Improvements

3

 

 

3.13

 

Tenant’s Agents

3

 

 

3.14

 

Tenant’s Personal Property

3

4.

 

Lease Term

3

 

 

4.1

 

Term

3

 

 

4.2

 

Tenant Delays

3

 

 

4.3

 

Early Entry

4

5.

 

Rent

4

 

 

5.1

 

Monthly Rent

4

 

 

5.2

 

Additional Rent

4

6.

 

Late Payment

5

7.

 

Security Deposit.

5

8.

 

Holding Over

5

9.

 

Condition of Premises

6

-i-


 

10.

 

Use.

6

 

 

10.1

 

Tenant’s Use

6

 

 

10.2

 

Compliance

6

 

 

10.3

 

Hazardous Materials.

6

11.

 

Quiet Enjoyment

7

12.

 

Alterations

7

13.

 

Surrender of the Premises

8

14.

 

Real Property Taxes

8

 

 

14.1

 

Payment by Tenant

8

 

 

14.2

 

Proration

8

15.

 

Utilities and Services

9

16.

 

Repair and Maintenance

9

 

 

16.1

 

Landlord’s Obligations

9

 

 

16.2

 

Tenant’s Obligations

9

 

 

16.3

 

Tenant to Pay Operating Expenses

10

 

 

16.4

 

Waiver

10

 

 

16.5

 

Compliance with Government Regulations

10

17.

 

Liens

11

18.

 

Landlord’s Right to Enter the Premises

11

19.

 

Signs

11

20.

 

Insurance

12

 

 

20.1

 

Tenant’s Indemnification

12

 

 

20.2

 

Tenant’s Insurance

12

 

 

20.3

 

Landlord’s Insurance

13

 

 

20.4

 

Insurance Requirements

13

 

 

20.5

 

Landlord’s Disclaimer

13

21.

 

Waiver

13

22.

 

Damage or Destruction

13

 

 

22.1

 

Partial Damage Insured

13

 

 

22.2

 

Partial Damage – Uninsured

14

 

 

22.3

 

Total Destruction

14

 

 

22.4

 

Landlord’s Obligations

15

 

 

22.5

 

Damage Near End of Term

15

23.

 

Condemnation

15

24.

 

Assignment and Subletting

16

 

 

24.1

 

Landlord’s Consent

16

 

 

24.2

 

Information to Be Furnished

16

 

 

24.3

 

Landlord’s Alternatives

16

 

 

24.4

 

Executed Counterpart

16

-ii-


 

 

 

24.5

 

Exempt Sublets

16

 

 

24.6

 

Sublet Profits

16

25.

 

Default

17

 

 

25.1

 

Tenant’s Default

17

 

 

25.2

 

Remedies

17

 

 

25.3

 

Landlord’s Default

18

26.

 

Subordination

18

27.

 

Notices

19

28.

 

Attorneys’ Fees

19

29.

 

Tenant Statements

19

 

 

29.1

 

Estoppel Certificates

19

 

 

29.2

 

Financial Statements

19

30.

 

Transfer of the Property by Landlord

20

31.

 

Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Covenants

20

32.

 

Tenant’s Remedy

20

33.

 

Mortgagee Protection

20

34.

 

Brokers

20

35.

 

Acceptance

20

36.

 

Recording

21

37.

 

Modifications for Lender

21

38.

 

Parking

21

39.

 

General

21

 

 

39.1

 

Captions

21

 

 

39.2

 

Executed Copy

21

 

 

39.3

 

Time

21

 

 

39.4

 

Separability

21

 

 

39.5

 

Choice of Law

21

 

 

39.6

 

Terminology

21

 

 

39.7

 

Binding Effect

22

 

 

39.8

 

Waiver

22

 

 

39.9

 

Entire Agreement

22

 

 

39.10

 

Authority

22

 

 

39.11

 

Exhibits

22

-iii-


 

TABLE OF EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A

 

The Premises

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

The Property

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Commencement Date Memorandum

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

Work Letter Agreement

 

 

-iv-


 

LEASE SUMMARY

 

Lease Date:

 

July , 2021

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

WTA Pastoria II LLC

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

Ceribell, Inc.

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

 

To Landlord:

 

###########

###########

 

 

 

To Tenant:

 

Prior to the Commencement Date:

Ceribell, Inc.

###########

###########

Attn: VP of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

Following the Commencement Date:

Ceribell, Inc.

360 North Pastoria Avenue

Sunnyvale, CA 94025

Attn: VP of Operations

 

 

 

Premises Address:

 

360 North Pastoria Avenue

Sunnyvale, CA, 94025

 

 

 

Premises Square Footage:

 

Approximately 15,600 square feet

 

 

 

Tenant's Pro-Rata Share:

 

42.27%

 

 

 

Commencement Date:

 

The first day of the Term of this Lease, which shall be

determined as provided in Paragraph 4.

 

 

 

Term:

 

Sixty-three (63) months

 

Monthly Rent:

Months of Term

Monthly Rent (NNN)

 

1 - 3

$0.00/month

 

4 - 12

$63,960.00/month

 

13 - 24

$65,879.00/month

 

25 - 36

$67,855.00/month

 

37 - 48

$69,890.00/month

 

49 - 60

$71,988.00/month

 

61 - 63

$74,147.00/month

 

 

 

Security Deposit:

          $255,840.00, subject to the provisions of paragraph 7

 

 


 

STANDARD MULTI-TENANT LEASE

 

THIS LEASE (the “Lease”), for reference purposes only dated July , 2021 (the “Lease Date”) is entered into by and between WTA Pastoria II LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), whose address is c/o Huettig & Schromm, Inc., 431 Burgess Drive, Suite 200, Menlo Park, California 94025, and Ceribell, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

1. Basic Lease Provisions.

1.1 Premises. Those premises consisting of approximately 15,600 square feet of space in the Building located at 360 N. Pastoria Ave., California, as approximately shown on the floor plan attached hereto as EXHIBIT A.

1.2 Building. That certain one-story building consisting of approximately 36,894 square feet, commonly known as 360 N. Pastoria Ave., California.

1.3 Commencement Date. The first day of the Term of this Lease, which shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.

1.4 Term. Sixty-three (63) months.

1.5 Use. General office, administration, lab (including electronics lab), research and development, inspection, testing, light manufacturing, shipping and receiving, and warehouse.

1.6 Monthly Rent. The net monthly rent due under this Lease in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Months of Term

 

Monthly Rent (NNN)

1 - 3

 

$0.00/month

4 - 12

 

$63,960.00/month

13 - 24

 

$65,879.00/month

25 - 36

 

$67,855.00/month

37 - 48

 

$69,890.00/month

49 - 60

 

$71,988.00/month

61 - 63

 

$74,147.00/month

 

1.7 Security Deposit. $255,840.00, subject to reduction as provided in

Paragraph 7.

1.8 Property. The real property located at 360 N. Pastoria Ave., California, more particularly described on EXHIBIT B.

1.9 Brokers. Steve Horton and Kelly Yoder, Cushman & Wakefield (Landlord) and Payam Tabar and Timo Provosty, CBRE (Tenant).

-1-


 

2. Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises.

3. Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings in this Lease:

3.1 Alterations. Any alterations, additions or improvements made in, on or about the Building by Tenant after the Commencement Date, including, but not limited to, lighting, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, partitioning, window coverings and carpentry installations.

3.2 Commencement Date. The Commencement Date of this Lease shall be the first day of the Term determined in accordance with Paragraph 4.1.

3.3 HVAC. Heating, ventilating and air conditioning.

3.4 Interest Rate. The lesser of the prime rate published from time to time by Bank of America, N.A. plus two percent per annum, or ten percent (10%) per annum, however, in no event to exceed the maximum rate of interest permitted by law.

3.5 Landlord’s Agents. Landlord’s authorized agents, managers, partners, officers, and employees.

3.6 Outside Area. All areas and facilities within the Property, exclusive of the Building, including without limitation, parking areas, access and perimeter roads, sidewalks, landscaped areas, service areas, trash disposal facilities, and similar areas and facilities, subject to the reasonable rules and regulations and changes therein from time to time promulgated by Landlord governing the use of the Outside Area.

3.7 Real Property Taxes. Any form of assessment, license, fee, rent tax, levy, penalty (if a result of Tenant’s delinquency), or tax (other than net income, estate, succession, inheritance, transfer or franchise taxes), imposed by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, or by any city, county, state or federal government or any improvement or other district or division thereof, whether such tax is: (i) determined by the area of the Property or any part thereof or the rent and other sums payable hereunder by Tenant, including, but not limited to, any gross income or excise tax levied by any of the foregoing authorities with respect to receipt of such rent or other sums due under this Lease; (ii) upon any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Property or any part hereof; (iii) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest in all or any part of the Property; or (iv) levied or assessed in lieu of, in substitution for, or in addition to, existing or additional taxes against the Property whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties. “Real Property Taxes” shall not include, and Tenant shall not be required to pay any portion of any tax or assessment expense or any increase therein in excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest permitted term.

3.8 Rent. The net Monthly Rent plus the Additional Rent described in Paragraph 5.2.

3.9 Sublet. Any transfer, sublet, assignment, license or concession agreement, mortgage, or hypothecation of this Lease or the Tenant’s interest in the Lease or any portion thereof.

-2-


 

3.10 Subtenant. The person or entity with whom a Sublet agreement is proposed to be or is made.

3.11 Tenant Improvement Allowance. The allowance to be provided by Landlord for the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements in the total amount of $312,000.00.

3.12 Tenant Improvements. The improvements to the Premises to be constructed by Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as EXHIBIT D.

3.13 Tenant’s Agents. Tenant’s authorized agents, directors, officers, and employees.

3.14 Tenant’s Personal Property. Tenant’s trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and other personal property in the Premises.

3.15 Tenant’s Pro-Rata Share. Tenant’s share of operating expenses based on Tenants percentage of square footage in relation to the Project, which for purposes of this Lease is forty-two and 27/100ths percent (42.27%).

4. Lease Term.

4.1 Term. The term of this Lease (“Term”) shall be sixty-three (63) months, commencing on the date the Tenant Improvements are substantially completed and possession of the Premises is delivered to Tenant in good, vacant, broom clean condition, with all building systems in good working order (“Commencement Date”) and expiring on that date that is sixty-three (63) months from the Commencement Date, unless sooner terminated. Landlord estimates that the Tenant Improvements will be substantially completed on or about November 1, 2021. Upon determination of the actual Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall confirm in writing the Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term by executing and delivering a Commencement Date Memorandum in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT C. For purposes of this Lease, the Tenant Improvements will be deemed to be “substantially completed” on the date the City of Sunnyvale has approved the Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the Final Plans and Specifications in accordance with its building code, as evidenced by its completion of a final inspection and written approval of the Tenant Improvements as so completed in accordance with the building permit issued for the Tenant Improvements and a certificate of occupancy, or other governmental approval permitting legal occupancy of the Premises, is issued for the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Commencement Date has not occurred on or before January 31, 2022 for any reason other than a Tenant Delay or any delay caused by Force Majeure (as defined below), then the date Tenant is otherwise obliged to commence payment of Rent shall be delayed by one day for each day that the Commencement Date is delayed beyond such date.

4.2 Tenant Delays. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.1, if the Tenant Improvement are not substantially completed by November 1, 2021, as a result of any delays caused by Tenant, then, the Commencement Date shall be accelerated by one (1) day for each day of any delay caused by Tenant. Delays caused by Tenant (each, a “Tenant Delay”) shall mean any actual delays in completion of the Tenant Improvements that are caused by: (i) Tenant’s failure to furnish information to Landlord for the preparation of the Final Plans and Specifications for the Tenant Improvements within five (5) business days after Landlord’s written request therefor; (ii) Tenant’s request for any special materials, finishes or installations which are not readily available or will

-3-


 

require a long lead time, provided that Landlord has informed Tenant of any delays that will result from the selection of such materials, finishes or installations and Tenant still elects to use such materials, finishes or installations; (iii) Tenant’s request for any changes or additions to the Tenant Improvements shown on the approved Space Plan, provided that Landlord has informed Tenant of any delays that will result from such changes or additions and Tenant still elects to proceed with such changes or additions; (iv) Tenant’s failure to reasonably approve the Final Plans and Specifications in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Work Letter Agreement attached as EXHIBIT D; (v) Tenant’s request for any changes to the Final Plans and Specifications after they have been approved by Landlord and Tenant, provided that Landlord has informed Tenant of any delays that will result from such changes and Tenant still elects to proceed with such changes; (vi) Tenant’s failure to complete any of its own work, including installation in the Premises of any of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment, to the extent Tenant delays completion by the City of Sunnyvale of its final inspection and approval of the Tenant Improvements; or (vii) any interference with the construction and/or installation of the Tenant Improvements that is caused by Tenant or by Tenant’s contractors or subcontractors and continues for one (1) day following Tenant’s receipt of notice thereof from Landlord.

4.3 Early Entry. Tenant shall be permitted to enter the Premises commencing October 15, 2021 for purposes of installing Tenant’s cabling, furniture, fixtures and equipment in the Premises and otherwise preparing the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy and, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, to occupy and use the Premises for the purposes permitted under Paragraph 10.1, provided that Tenant’s early entry and early occupancy does not interfere with Landlord’s completion of the Tenant Improvements. Such early entry and early occupancy shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and subject to all the terms and provisions hereof, except for the payment of Monthly Rent, which shall commence on first day of the fourth month of the Term, and the payment of Operating Expenses, which shall commence on the Commencement Date. Prior to such early entry, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the certificate of insurance required under Paragraph 20.4 of this Lease. Landlord shall have the right to impose such additional conditions on Tenant’s early entry and early occupancy as Landlord shall deem reasonably appropriate, which shall include Landlord’s right to designate those areas in the Premises which may be used for Tenant’s early occupancy.

5. Rent.

5.1 Monthly Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in lawful money of the United States, commencing on first day of the fourth (4th) month of the Term and continuing thereafter on the first (1st) day of each calendar month throughout the Term, net Monthly Rent in the amounts set forth in Paragraph 1.6, except that the Monthly Rent for the fourth month of the Term shall be paid by Tenant upon execution of this Lease. Net Monthly Rent shall be payable in advance, without abatement, deduction, claim, offset, prior notice or demand, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

5.2 Additional Rent. All monies required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, including, without limitation, Operating Expenses pursuant to Paragraph 16.3, shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid to Landlord monthly, commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first (1st) day of each calendar month throughout the Term.

-4-


 

6. Late Payment. Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other charges provided for under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult or impracticable to fix. Therefore, notwithstanding the notice provision in Paragraph 25.1.1, if any installment of Rent or any other charge due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within ten (10) days after the date such Rent or other charge is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a sum equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount overdue as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of the late payment by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, before assessing a late charge the first time in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord shall provide Tenant written notice of the delinquency, and shall waive such late charge if Tenant pays such delinquency within five (5) days thereafter.

 

Initials:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ MD

 

 

 

/s/ SB

 

 

/s/ DR

Landlord

 

Tenant

 

7. Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord upon execution of this Lease the Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant is in default beyond any applicable notice and cure periods with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or other sum in default, the repair of such damage to the Premises or the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant's default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant's default to the full extent permitted by law. Tenant hereby waives any restriction on the use or application of the Security Deposit by Landlord as set forth in California Civil Code Section 1950.7. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. The Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days of termination of the Lease. Provided that Tenant has not been in default beyond any applicable notice and cure periods under this Lease at any time during the first thirty-six (36) months of the Term, the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $74,147.00 and Landlord shall refund the balance of the Security Deposit to Tenant no later than the expiration of the 37th month of the Term.

8. Holding Over. If Tenant remains in possession of all or any part of the Premises after the expiration of the Term, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only and not a renewal hereof or any extension for any further term. In such event, Tenant shall pay net Monthly Rent equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the net Monthly Rent payable during the last month of the Term and such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement of this Lease. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration of the Term despite demand to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability, including without limitation any claim made by a succeeding tenant, resulting from Tenant’s failure to surrender.

-5-


 

9. Condition of Premises.

9.1 Acceptance of Premises. Landlord shall construct the Tenant Improvements to the Premises in accordance with the Work Letter Agreement attached to this Lease as EXHIBIT D. Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises or submission of a “punch list” shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s rights to have defects in the Tenant Improvements repaired at no cost to Tenant provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of any such defects in the Tenant Improvements prior to the expiration of the first year of the Term. Thereafter, Tenant shall be solely responsible for any maintenance and/or repairs to the Tenant Improvements as provided in Paragraph 16.2 below. Any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant’s move-in shall be repaired or corrected by Tenant, at its expense. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s Agents have agreed to undertake any Alterations or construct any Tenant Improvements to the Premises except as expressly provided in this Lease.

9.2 CASp Inspections. Pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1938, Landlord hereby notifies Tenant that the Premises have not been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). As required by such statute, Landlord further notifies Tenant that: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the premises and determine whether the premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the premises, the commercial property owner or Landlord may not prohibit the Tenant or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the Tenant or tenant, if requested by the Tenant or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of any such CASp inspection, the payment of the costs and fees for the CASp inspection and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.”

10. Use.

10.1 Tenant’s Use. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purposes specified in Paragraph 1.5 and shall not use the Premises for any other purpose without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

10.2 Compliance. Tenant shall not use the Premises, or suffer or permit any of Tenant’s Agents, contractors or invitees to do anything in or about the Premises, in conflict with any law, statute, zoning restriction, ordinance or governmental law, rule, regulation or requirement of duly constituted public authorities now in force or which may hereafter be in force, or the requirements of the Board of Fire Underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted relating to or affecting the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall not commit any public or private nuisance or any other act or thing which might or would disturb the quiet enjoyment of any occupant of nearby property. Tenant shall place no loads upon the floors, walls or ceilings in excess of the maximum designed load reasonably determined by Landlord or which endanger the structure; nor place any harmful liquids in the drainage systems; nor dump or store waste materials or refuse or allow such to remain outside the Building proper, except in the enclosed trash areas provided, if any. Tenant shall not store or permit to be stored or otherwise placed any other material of any nature whatsoever outside the Building.

10.3 Hazardous Materials. Tenant, at its sole cost, shall comply with all Laws relating to Tenant’s storage, use and disposal of any hazardous, toxic or radioactive materials, including those materials identified in 22 California Code of Regulations Sections 66261.1 et seq., as they may be

-6-


 

amended from time to time (collectively “Hazardous Materials”). If Tenant does store, use or dispose of any Hazardous Materials, other than office supplies and cleaning supplies typically used in administrative offices, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least ten (10) days prior to their first appearance on the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and Landlord’s Agents harmless from and against all claims, costs and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with any storage, use or disposal of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents or invitees. Tenant shall further be solely responsible for and shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and Landlord’s Agents harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with the removal, clean-up and restoration work and materials necessary to return the Premises and the Property and any other property of whatever nature to their condition existing prior to the appearance of any such Hazardous Materials on the Premises, to the extent the same was caused by the storage, use or disposal of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, contractors or invitees. Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall survive the termination of this Lease.

11. Quiet Enjoyment. Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon performing the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease, shall have quiet and peaceful possession of the Premises as against any person claiming the same by, through or under Landlord.

12. Alterations. After the Commencement Date, Tenant shall not make any Alterations in, on or about the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed; provided, however, that Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any nonstructural Alterations to the Premises which do not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC or mechanical systems of the Building and do not exceed Ten Thousand and no/100ths Dollars ($10,000.00) in cost so long as Tenant provides Landlord with prior notice of any such Alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, make any Alterations to the exterior of the Building or the Outside Area; Alterations to and penetrations of the roof of the Building; or Alterations visible from outside the Building, to all of which Landlord may withhold Landlord’s consent on wholly aesthetic grounds. All Alterations shall be constructed and/or installed (i) by Landlord’s contractor or a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord; provided, however, that if Tenant selects, and Landlord approves, a contractor other than Landlord’s contractor, then Landlord shall enter into the contract for such Alterations with such contractor; (ii) at Tenant’s sole expense, (iii) in compliance with all applicable Laws and permit requirements, (iv) pursuant to plans and specifications approved by Landlord if Landlord’s consent is required for such Alterations, and (v) in a good and workmanlike manner conforming in quality and design with the Premises existing as of the Commencement Date. All Alterations made by Tenant shall be and become the property of Landlord upon installation and shall not be deemed Tenant’s Personal Property; provided, however, that Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, require Tenant to remove, at Tenant’s expense, any or all Alterations installed by Tenant from the Premises at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. If Landlord’s consent is required for any Alterations, then Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s election at the time that Landlord’s consent is granted for such Alterations. If, however, Landlord’s consent is not required for such Alterations, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s election within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s request for such determination by Landlord. If Tenant removes any Alterations as required or permitted herein, Tenant shall repair any and all damage to the Premises caused by such removal and return the Premises to their condition as of the Commencement Date, normal wear and tear, casualty,

-7-


 

condemnation, and repairs that are not Tenant’s responsibility hereunder excepted and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 22. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the maintenance and repair of any Alterations made by it to the Premises.

13. Surrender of the Premises. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition and repair received, normal wear and tear and condemnation, fire or other casualty, and repairs that are not Tenant’s responsibility hereunder excepted, with all interior walls repaired if marked or damaged, all carpets and floors cleaned, all doors and casework repaired if damaged or marred, all broken, marred or nonconforming acoustical ceiling tiles replaced with new tiles to match existing, all windows washed, the plumbing and electrical systems and lighting in the order and repair received, including replacement of any burned out or broken light bulbs or ballasts with bulbs or ballasts to match existing, the HVAC equipment serviced and repaired by a reputable and licensed service firm, all to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. Tenant shall remove the Tenant Improvements from the Premises, any Tenant’s Alterations required to be removed pursuant to Paragraph 12, and all of Tenant’s Personal Property and restore the Premises to their original condition (normal wear and tear and condemnation, fire or other casualty, and repairs that are not Tenant’s responsibility hereunder excepted) as shown on the construction plans for a Market Ready Interior Improvement prepared by ArcTec, Project No. 205097, dated July 10, 2020, with materials and finishes consistent with those improvements in the Premises as of the date of this Lease. If Tenant fails to remove the Tenant Improvements and any such Alterations and complete the restoration of the Premises as required herein, then Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any such costs of removal and restoration, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of expenditure by Landlord. If Tenant fails to remove any of Tenant’s Personal Property, and such failure continues after the termination of this Lease, Landlord may either retain such property or dispose of any such property without any liability to Tenant therefor, and all rights of Tenant with respect to any such property shall cease.

14. Real Property Taxes.

14.1 Payment by Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Pro-Rata Share of the Real Property Taxes for the Property as set forth on the most current County assessor’s tax statement for the Property. Landlord shall bill Tenant twice annually for the Real Property Taxes due and Tenant shall pay such Real Property Taxes within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request therefor, which shall be accompanied by a copy of the County tax assessor’s bill for such Real Property Taxes. If any Real Property Taxes increase from time to time due to a new tax statement from the County assessor, Tenant shall pay such increase within thirty (30) days after receipt of a statement from Landlord. Assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such purposes as fire protection, street, sidewalk, road, utility construction and maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services which may formerly have been provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of the parties that all new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges are to be included within the definition of Real Property Taxes for purposes of this Lease.

14.2 Proration. Tenant’s liability to pay Real Property Taxes shall be prorated on the basis of a 365-day year to account for any fractional portion of a fiscal tax year included at the commencement or expiration of the Term.

-8-


 

15. Utilities and Services. Tenant shall pay promptly directly to the provider all charges for water, gas, electricity, sewer, telephone, refuse pickup, and all other utilities, materials and services to the extent separately contracted by Tenant and furnished directly to Tenant in, on or about the Premises during the Term, together with any taxes thereon. Landlord shall not be liable in damages, consequential or otherwise, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any Rent reduction, Rent abatement or right to terminate this Lease, as result of any failure or interruption of any utility service or other service furnished to the Premises. Landlord shall use diligent efforts to promptly correct any failure or interruption caused by the act or neglect of Landlord.

16. Repair and Maintenance.

16.1
Landlord’s Obligations. Landlord shall at all times and at its own expense clean, keep and maintain in good safe and sanitary order, condition and repair the foundation of the Building, the concrete sub-flooring, the structural elements of the roof, the structural condition of exterior and load-bearing walls, footings and any underground utilities serving the Building, except that any damage to any of the forgoing that is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees, shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense, to the extent the same is not covered by the property insurance required to be carried by Landlord hereunder. Landlord shall also maintain, repair and replace the roof membrane of the Building, the Building elevators, the HVAC system, exterior glass, and all other elements of the Building (other than the Tenant Improvements) not covered by the immediately preceding sentence, and the Outside Area, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Pro-Rata Share of the costs thereof as provided in Paragraph 16.3; provided, however, that any damage to any of the forgoing that is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees, shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense, to the extent the same is not covered by the property insurance required to be carried by Landlord hereunder.
16.2
Tenant’s Obligations. Tenant shall at all times and at its own expense, clean, keep and maintain in good, safe and sanitary order, condition and repair every part of the Premises which is not within Landlord’s obligation pursuant to Paragraph 16.1. Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations shall include, without limitation, all plumbing and sewage facilities within the Premises, all equipment, fixtures, interior walls, floors, ceilings, interior windows, store front, doors, entrances, interior plate glass, showcases, all electrical facilities and equipment, including lighting fixtures, lamps, fans and any exhaust equipment and systems, any automatic fire extinguisher equipment within the Premises, electrical motors and all other appliances and equipment of every kind and nature located in, upon or about the Premises. Tenant shall provide, at Tenant’s expense, all janitorial service to the Premises and all pest control within the Premises. Tenant shall have the benefit of any warranties available to Landlord with respect to any improvements or equipment to be maintained by Tenant as provided herein.

-9-


 

16.3
Tenant to Pay Operating Expenses. Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, Tenants Pro-Rata Share of all reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in operating, owning, managing, insuring, maintaining and repairing the Property (collectively, the “Operating Expenses”). Operating Expenses may include, without limitation, the cost of labor, materials, supplies and services used or consumed in operating, maintaining, repairing and replacing, as necessary, the Building systems, the elevators, the roof membrane (including annual inspections and preventive maintenance work on the roof), exterior windows, and exterior walls of the Building, and the Outside Area, including landscaping and sprinkler systems, concrete walkways and paved parking areas, signs and site lighting; all utilities for water, gas, and electricity which are not paid directly by Tenant; trash removal; sewer charges; any alterations or improvements required by Laws; and a management fee. Any Operating Expenses that constitute capital expenditures under generally accepted accounting principles, including but not limited to the following, shall be amortized over their useful life in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles if the amount of such capital expenditure exceeds $20,000: (i) capital improvements made to reduce Operating Expenses; (ii) capital improvements made to comply with any Laws that are enacted or modified after the Commencement Date; and (iii) repairs and/or replacements of any HVAC, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, or life safety equipment, the elevators or any components thereof, or the roof membrane. Landlord shall bill Tenant monthly for the Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in each month of the Term and Tenant shall pay the Operating Expenses due for each such month within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice from Landlord specifying the Operating Expenses due. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, “Operating Expenses” shall not include and Tenant shall in no event have any obligation to perform or to pay directly, or to reimburse Landlord for, all or any portion of the following: (a) costs occasioned by casualties or condemnation; (b) co-insurance payments or any deductibles for earthquake insurance; (c) costs incurred in connection with the presence of any Hazardous Material; (d) interest, charges and fees incurred on debt; (e) expense reserves; (f) costs of structural repairs; (g) any fee, profit or compensation retained by Landlord or its affiliates for management and administration of the Project in excess of 3% of gross revenues; and (h) costs to correct any construction defect in the Project or to comply with any Law applicable to the Project on the Commencement Date.
16.4
Waiver. Tenant waives the provisions of Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and any similar or successor law regarding Tenant’s right to make repairs and deduct the expenses of such repairs from the Rent due under this Lease.
16.5
Compliance with Government Regulations. Tenant shall, at its cost, comply with all federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental regulations, including the Americans with Disabilities Act (collectively, “Laws”) relating to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. The foregoing shall specifically include the obligation to complete any Alterations to the Premises and/or the Outside Areas which may be required by Laws only if such Alterations are required solely as a result of the specific nature of Tenant’s use of the Premises or any other Alterations made to the Premises by Tenant. If any Alterations to the Premises and/or the Outside Areas are required by any Laws and such Alterations are not required solely as a result of the specific nature of Tenant’s use of the Premises or any other Alterations made to the Premises by Tenant, then Landlord shall make the required Alterations to the Premises and/or the Outside Areas and the cost of such Alterations shall be included in Operating Expenses as provided in Paragraph 16.3 above.

-10-


 

17. Liens. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant and hereby indemnifies and holds Landlord and Landlord’s Agents harmless from all liability and cost, including attorneys’ fees and costs, in connection with or arising out of any such lien or claim of lien. Tenant shall cause any such lien imposed to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond acceptable to Landlord within ten (10) days after written request by Landlord. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of Tenant’s intention to perform work on the Premises which might result in any claim of lien at least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of such work to enable Landlord to post and record a Notice of Nonresponsibility or other notice reasonably deemed proper by Landlord. If Tenant fails to so remove any such lien within the prescribed ten (10) day period, then Landlord may do so, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand. Such reimbursement shall include all sums incurred by Landlord including Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees, with interest thereon at the Interest Rate.

18. Landlord’s Right to Enter the Premises. Tenant shall permit Landlord and Landlord’s Agents to enter the Premises at all reasonable times with no less than one (1) business day prior written notice, except for emergencies in which case no notice shall be required, to inspect the same, to post Notices of Nonresponsibility and similar notices, to show the Premises to interested parties such as prospective lenders and purchasers, to make necessary repairs, to discharge Tenant’s obligations hereunder when Tenant has failed to do so within a reasonable time after written notice from Landlord, and at any reasonable time within one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the Term, to place upon the Building or in the Outside Area ordinary “For Lease” signs and to show the Premises to prospective tenants. The above rights are subject to reasonable security regulations of Tenant, and to the requirement that Landlord shall at all times act in a manner to cause the least possible interference with Tenant’s business.

19. Signs. Subject to Tenant’s receipt of all necessary governmental approvals and Landlord’s reasonable approval of the size, design, materials, and location for Tenant’s proposed signage, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install Tenant identification signage on the Building façade. Tenant shall also have the right to install a monument sign in the Outside Area for Tenant’s exclusive use subject to Tenant’s receipt of all necessary approvals from the City of Sunnyvale and Landlord’s approval as to the size, design, materials and location of such monument sign, which approval by Landlord shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall use Landlord’s signage contractor, or a contractor approved by Landlord for the installation of any signage on the Building or the monument sign. All costs associated with Tenant’s signage, including installation, maintenance, repair and removal, shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall remove all of its signage from the Building and/or the monument sign upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and shall repair any damage to the Building and/or the monument sign caused by the installation and/or removal of Tenant’s signage. At the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, at Landlord’s election Tenant shall surrender the monument sign to Landlord (with Tenant’s identification signage removed) and in such event the monument sign shall be and become the property of Landlord without any compensation to Tenant therefor, or Landlord may require Tenant to remove the monument sign from the Outside Area and restore those portions of the Outside Area affected by the installation or removal of the monument sign to the condition existing as of the installation of the monument sign, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty or condemnation excepted. Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s election at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Term. If Tenant fails to maintain its signs, or, if Tenant fails to remove its signs (or

-11-


 

the monument sign if required to do so by Landlord) upon termination of this Lease, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense and Tenant’s reimbursement to Landlord for such amounts shall be deemed Additional Rent.

20. Insurance.

20.1 Tenant’s Indemnification. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 21, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s property manager and their respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees and affiliates from and against any and all demands, claims, causes of action, judgments, obligations, or liabilities, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including reasonable attorneys' fees) on account of, or arising out of, the condition, use, or occupancy of the Premises, except to the extent arising out of Landlord’s or Landlord’s Agents’ breach of this Lease, negligence, or willful misconduct. This Lease is made on the express condition that Landlord and Landlord’s property manager and their respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees and affiliates shall not be liable for, or suffer loss by reason of, injury to property, from whatever cause, in any way connected with the condition, use, or occupancy of the Premises, specifically including, without limitation, any liability for injury to the property of Tenant, its agents, officers, employees, licensees, and invitees. Tenant agrees that the obligations assumed herein shall survive this Lease.

20.2 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant agrees to maintain in full force and effect at all times during the Term, at its own expense, for the protection of Tenant and Landlord, as their interests may appear, policies of insurance issued by a responsible carrier or carriers, as defined in Paragraph 20.6, which afford the coverage set forth below.

20.2.1 Liability. Commercial general liability insurance insuring Tenant and Landlord and Landlord’s property manager and their respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees and affiliates, with cross-liability endorsements, against any liability arising out of the condition, use, or occupancy of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto, including parking areas. Such insurance shall be in an amount not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) per occurrence for bodily injury and physical damage to property and Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) general aggregate limit. Prior to possession, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certificate of insurance evidencing the existence of the policy which (1) names Landlord and Landlord’s property manager and their respective officers, directors, partners, members, and affiliates as additional insureds, (2) insures performance of the indemnity set forth in Paragraph 20.1, and (3) coverage is primary and non-contributing with any similar insurance maintained by Landlord and any such coverage by Landlord is in excess thereto.

20.2.2 Personal Property. Special form property insurance (including, without limitation, vandalism, malicious mischief, and sprinkler leakage endorsement) on Tenant’s Personal Property located on or in the Premises. Such insurance shall be in the full amount of the replacement cost and shall be in a form providing coverage comparable to the coverage provided in the standard ISO special form.

20.3.3 Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Worker’s compensation insurance and any other employer’s liability insurance sufficient to comply with applicable Laws. Such policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord and Landlord’s property manager.

-12-


 

20.3 Landlord’s Insurance. During the Term, Landlord shall maintain a policy or policies of (i) special form property insurance covering loss or damage to the Project, in the amount of the full replacement value thereof, and, at Landlord’s option, earthquake and/or flood insurance, and (ii) commercial general liability insurance. Landlord’s insurance may also include insurance against loss of rents on a special form basis, including earthquake, in an amount equal to the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent, and any other sums payable under the Lease, for a period of at least twelve (12) months commencing on the date of loss. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the annual cost of such insurance as an Operating Expense.

20.4 Insurance Requirements. All insurance shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall be carried with companies that have a general policy holder’s rating of not less than “A-” and a financial rating of not less than Class “VII” in the most current edition of A.M. Best’s Insurance Reports; and shall be primary as to Landlord. The policy or policies, or duly executed certificates for them, shall be deposited with Landlord prior to the Commencement Date, and upon renewal of such policies, not less than thirty (30) days following renewal of the term of such coverage. If Tenant fails to procure and maintain the insurance required hereunder, Landlord may, upon fifteen (15) days advance written notice to Tenant, order such insurance, sufficient to cover Tenant’s liabilities to Landlord, at Tenant’s expense and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord. Such reimbursement shall include all sums incurred by Landlord, including Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, with interest thereon at the Interest Rate.

20.5 Landlord’s Disclaimer. Without affecting Tenant’s right to abatement as expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord and Landlord’s Agents shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage to Tenant’s property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, glass, tile or sheetrock, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building, or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or subsurface, or from any other cause whatsoever. Tenant shall give prompt written notice to Landlord in case of a casualty, accident or repair needed in the Premises.

21. Waiver of Subrogation. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant hereby release each other and their respective agents, employees, successors, assignees and subtenants from damage to any property that is caused by or results from a risk which is actually insured against, which is required to be insured against under this Lease, or which would normally be covered by a standard ISO form policy of special form property insurance, without regard to the negligence or misconduct of the person or entity so released. All of Landlord’s and Tenant’s repair and indemnity obligations under this Lease shall be subject to the waiver and release contained in this paragraph. Each party shall cause each insurance policy it obtains to provide that the insurer thereunder waives all recovery by way of subrogation as required herein in connection with any injury or damage covered by such policy.

22. Damage or Destruction.

22.1 Partial Damage Insured. If the Premises are damaged by any casualty which is covered under the special form insurance required to be carried by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 20.4, then Landlord shall restore such damage, provided insurance proceeds are available to pay at least ninety-five percent (95%) or more of the cost of restoration and provided such restoration can be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty in the reasonable opinion of a registered architect or engineer appointed by Landlord for such determination. If

-13-


 

insurance proceeds are not available to cover ninety-five percent (95%) or more of the cost of restoration or the estimated period for restoration exceeds one hundred eighty (180) days, Landlord may terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such determination of the estimated period for restoration. If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of net Rent from the date of such casualty until the date the Premises are fully restored based upon the extent to which the casualty or such restoration efforts renders the Premises untenantable. Any dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to the amount of such Rent reduction shall be resolved by arbitration, and such arbitration shall comply with and be governed by the California Arbitration Act Sections 1280 through 1294.2 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. If the architect or engineer determines that the Premises cannot be restored within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within forty-five (45) days after receipt of written notice of the estimated repair period. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of the estimated repair period as soon as reasonably possible. If neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this Lease as permitted herein, Landlord shall promptly commence the process of obtaining the necessary permits and approvals and repair the Premises and the Tenant Improvements and, if affected by such casualty, the parking areas and any portion of the Outside Areas required to access the Premises. If, however, this Lease is terminated by either party, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any Rent previously paid by Tenant that is allocable to the period after the date of damage or destruction.

22.2 Partial Damage – Uninsured. If the Premises are damaged by a risk not required to be covered by Landlord’s insurance, or the proceeds of available insurance are less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the cost of restoration, then Landlord shall have the option either to: (i) repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, but the net Rent to be proportionately abated as provided in Paragraph 22.1; or (ii) give notice to Tenant at any time within thirty (30) days after such damage terminating this Lease as of a date to be specified in such notice, which date shall be not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after giving such notice. If notice of termination is given, this Lease shall expire and all interest of Tenant in the Premises shall terminate on such date so specified in such notice and the Monthly Rent, reduced by any proportionate reduction based upon the extent, if any, to which such damage causes the Premises to be untenantable, shall be paid to the date of such termination. If the architect or engineer determines that the Premises cannot be restored within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of the estimated repair period. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of the estimated repair period as soon as reasonably possible following the damage or destruction. If neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this Lease as permitted herein, Landlord shall promptly commence the process of obtaining the necessary permits and approvals and repair the Premises and the Tenant Improvements and, if affected by such casualty, the parking areas and any portion of the Outside Areas required to access the Premises. If, however, this Lease is terminated by either party, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any Rent previously paid by Tenant that is allocable to the period after the date of damage or destruction.

22.3 Total Destruction. If the Premises are totally destroyed or the Premises cannot be reasonably restored under applicable laws and regulations or due to the presence of hazardous factors such as earthquake faults, chemical waste and similar dangers, notwithstanding the availability of insurance proceeds, this Lease shall be terminated effective the date of the damage.

-14-


 

22.4 Landlord’s Obligations. Landlord shall not be required to repair any injury or damage by fire or other cause, or to make any restoration or replacement of any paneling, decorations, partitions, railings, floor coverings, office fixtures which are Alterations or Personal Property installed in the Premises by Tenant or at the expense of Tenant, except for the original Tenant Improvements. Except for abatement of Rent, if any, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration; nor shall Tenant have the right to terminate this Lease as the result of any statutory provision now or hereafter in effect pertaining to the damage and destruction of the Premises, except as expressly provided herein.

22.5 Damage Near End of Term. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Premises are destroyed or significantly damaged during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, then Landlord may cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. If such damage substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, then Tenant may cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to so terminate this Lease, the repair of such damage shall be governed by the other provisions of this Paragraph 22.

23. Condemnation. If title to all of the Premises or so much thereof is taken or appropriated for any public or quasi-public use under any statute or by right of eminent domain so that reconstruction of the Premises will not, in Landlord’s and Tenant’s mutual reasonable judgment, result in the Premises being suitable for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the uses and purposes permitted by this Lease, this Lease shall terminate as of the date that possession of the Premises or Building or part thereof be taken, provided that if the parties disagree, the Lease shall not terminate and the issue as to whether the remaining Premises are suitable for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the uses permitted by this Lease shall be submitted into arbitration and such arbitration shall comply and be governed by the California Arbitration Act, Sections 1280 through 1294.2 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. A sale by Landlord to any authority having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of condemnation or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed a taking under the power of eminent domain for all purposes of this Paragraph 23. If any part of the Premises is taken and the remaining part is reasonably suitable for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the purposes and uses permitted by this Lease, this Lease shall, as to the part so taken, terminate as of the date that possession of such part of the Premises is taken. If the Premises is so partially taken the Rent and other sums payable hereunder shall be reduced in the same proportion that Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises is reduced. If the parties disagree as to the suitability of the Premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy or the amount of any applicable Rent reduction, the matter shall be resolved by arbitration. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned. Tenant assigns to Landlord its interest in any award which may be made in such taking or condemnation, together with any and all rights of Tenant arising in or to the same or any part thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or require Tenant to assign to Landlord any separate award made to Tenant for the taking of Tenant’s Personal Property, for the interruption of Tenant’s business, or its moving costs, or for the loss of its good will. No temporary taking of the Premises shall terminate this Lease or give Tenant any right to any abatement of Rent except to the extent of interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises; provided, however, that in any event Rent shall not be abated if Tenant is separately and directly compensated for such interference by the condemning authority. Any award made to Tenant by reason of such temporary taking shall belong entirely to Tenant and Landlord shall not be entitled to share therein. Each party agrees to execute and deliver to the other all instruments that may be required to effectuate the provisions of this Paragraph 23.

-15-


 

24. Assignment and Subletting.

24.1 Landlord’s Consent. Except as permitted under Paragraph 24.5 below, Tenant shall not enter into a Sublet without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any attempted or purported Sublet without Landlord’s prior written consent shall be void and confer no rights upon any third person and shall be deemed a material default of this Lease. Each Subtenant shall agree in writing, for the benefit of Landlord, to assume, to be bound by, and to perform the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Tenant shall not be released from personal liability for the performance of each term, condition and covenant of this Lease by reason of Landlord’s consent to a Sublet unless Landlord specifically grants such release in writing.

24.2 Information to Be Furnished. If Tenant desires at any time to Sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, it shall first notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord: (i) the name of the proposed Subtenant; (ii) the nature of the proposed Subtenant’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of the proposed Sublet and a copy of the proposed Sublet form containing a description of the subject premises; and (iv) such financial information, including financial statements, as Landlord may reasonably request concerning the proposed Subtenant.

24.3 Landlord’s Alternatives. At any time within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the information specified in Paragraph 24.2, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, elect: (i) to consent to the Sublet by Tenant or (ii) to refuse its consent to the Sublet, or (iii) in connection with a Sublet of all or substantially all of the Premises for all or substantially all of the remaining Term, to terminate this Lease. If Landlord consents to the Sublet, Tenant may thereafter enter into a valid Sublet of the Premises or portion thereof, upon the terms and conditions and with the proposed Subtenant set forth in the information furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 24.2.

24.4 Executed Counterpart. No Sublet shall be valid, nor shall any Subtenant take possession of the Premises until an executed counterpart of the Sublet agreement has been delivered to Landlord.

24.5 Exempt Sublets. Notwithstanding the above, Landlord’s prior written consent shall not be required for a Sublet to an entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Tenant, or an entity into which Tenant merges or consolidates, or to a purchaser of all or substantially all of the assets or stock of Tenant, provided that Tenant gives Landlord prior written notice of the name of any such Subtenant and, in the event of an assignment (i) the assignee has a net worth, at the time of the assignment, that is equal to or greater than the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such assignment; and (ii) the assignee assumes, in writing, for the benefit of Landlord all of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease. For the avoidance of doubt, Landlord’s rights under Section 24.3(iii) shall not apply to a Sublet pursuant to this Section 24.5.

24.6 Sublet Profits. Except as provided in Paragraph 24.5, if the Rent received by Tenant from any Sublet, after first deducting any legal fees, brokerage commissions and tenant improvement costs incurred by Tenant in connection with the Sublet, exceeds the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall pay fifty percent (50%) of such excess to Landlord monthly as Additional Rent.

-16-


 

25. Default.

25.1 Tenant’s Default. A default under this Lease by Tenant shall exist if any of the following events shall occur (a “Default”):

25.1.1 If Tenant fails to pay Rent or any other sum required to be paid hereunder within three (3) business days after written notice from Landlord; provided, however, that any such notice given pursuant to the requirements of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure regarding unlawful detainer actions shall be deemed to be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice that may be required hereunder; or

25.1.2 If Tenant shall have failed to perform any term, covenant or condition of this Lease except those requiring the payment of money, and Tenant shall have failed to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord where such breach could reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period; provided, however, that where such failure could not reasonably be cured within the thirty (30) day period, that Tenant shall not be in default if it commences such performance within the thirty (30) day period and diligently thereafter prosecutes the same to completion; or

25.1.3 If Tenant assigns its assets for the benefit of its creditors; or

25.1.4 If a court shall make or enter any decree or order other than under the bankruptcy laws of the United States adjudging Tenant to be insolvent; or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization of Tenant; or directing the winding up or liquidation of Tenant and such decree or order shall have continued for a period of thirty (30) days.

25.2 Remedies. Upon a Default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by law or otherwise provided in this Lease, to which Landlord may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:

25.2.1 Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord does not terminate this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent when due.

25.2.2 Landlord may terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by giving written notice to that effect and relet the Premises or any part thereof. Tenant shall be liable immediately to Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises or any part thereof, including, without limitation, broker’s commissions, and expenses of cleaning the Premises required by the reletting costs. Reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this Lease. No act by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession. On termination, Landlord has the right to remove all Tenant’s Personal Property and store same at Tenant’s cost and to recover from Tenant as damages:

(a) The worth at the time of award of unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at the time of termination; plus

-17-


 

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which would have been payable after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other actual and reasonable costs incurred by Landlord proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs of expenses incurred by Landlord: (i) in retaking possession of the Premises; (ii) in maintaining, repairing, preserving, restoring, replacing, cleaning, altering or rehabilitating the Premises or any portion thereof, including such acts for reletting to a new tenant or tenants; (iii) for leasing commissions; or (iv) for any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; plus

(e) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by the laws of the State of California.

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in Paragraphs 25.2.2(a) and 25.2.2(b) is computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate on the unpaid rent and other sums due and payable from the termination date through the date of award. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Paragraph 25.2.2(c) is computed by discounting such amount at the Prime Rate plus one percent (1%).

25.2.3 To the extent permitted by applicable Law, Landlord may, with or without terminating this Lease, re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 25.2.3 shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant.

25.3 Landlord’s Default. If Landlord shall default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by this Lease, then Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord specifying the nature of such default. If Landlord fails to cure such default within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice by Tenant (or if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion), then Tenant will have the right, regardless if such default is subsequently cured after the applicable cure period, to exercise any and all remedies available to Tenant at law or in equity or as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease.

26. Subordination. This Lease is subject and subordinate to ground and underlying liens, leases, mortgages and deeds of trust (collectively “Encumbrances”) which may now affect the Premises and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the holder or holders (“Holder”) of any Encumbrance shall require that this Lease to be prior and superior thereto, then within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s written

-18-


 

request, Tenant shall execute, have acknowledged and deliver any and all reasonable documents or instruments which Landlord or Holder deems necessary or desirable for such purposes. Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to be and become and remain subject and subordinate to any and all Encumbrances which may hereafter be executed covering the Premises, or any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, for the full amount of all advances made or to be made thereunder and without regard to the time or character of such advances, together with interest thereon and subject to all the terms and provisions thereof. Tenant’s failure to deliver any such documents or instruments within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s written request therefor shall be deemed a Default if not cured within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice of such default. Within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall execute and deliver any and all reasonable documents or instruments which Tenant’s lenders or investors require with respect to collateral that is owned by Tenant and located in the Premises (the “Collateral”). Such documents may include, without limitation, an acknowledgement of such lender’s or investor’s lien in the Collateral and a provision permitting such lender or investor access to the Premises in order to access such Collateral.

27. Notices. Any notice or demand required or desired to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be personally served or in lieu of personal service may be given by U.S. mail, by Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier service. If given by U.S. mail, such notice shall be deemed to have been given until three (3) business days have elapsed from the time when such notice was deposited in the United States mail, registered or certified, and postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be served. If given by overnight courier service, such notice shall be deemed to be effective upon the next business day after deposit with the courier service. At the date of execution of this Lease, the addresses of Landlord and Tenant are as set forth on page 1 of this Lease. Either party may change its address by giving notice of same in accordance with this Paragraph 27.

28. Attorneys’ Fees. If either party brings any action, legal proceeding or arbitration proceeding for damages for an alleged breach of any provision of this Lease, to recover rent, or other sums due, to terminate the tenancy of the Premises or to enforce, protect or establish any term, condition or covenant of this Lease or right of either party, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as a part of such action or proceedings, or in a separate action brought for that purpose, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.

29. Tenant Statements. Tenant shall within ten (10) business days following written request by Landlord:

29.1
Estoppel Certificates. Execute and deliver to Landlord estoppel certificates in the form required by Landlord: (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect, and the date to which the Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s then-current actual knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord, or, if there are uncured defaults on the part of the Landlord, stating the nature of such uncured defaults, and (c) otherwise evidencing the status of the Lease as may be reasonably required either by a lender making a loan to Landlord to be secured by deed of trust or mortgage covering the Premises or a purchaser of the Premises from Landlord. Tenant’s failure to deliver an estoppel certificate within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s written request shall constitute a Default if not cured within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice of such default.
29.2
Financial Statements. If Tenant is not a reporting company under the Securities

-19-


 

Act of 1934, Tenant shall, within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand in connection with a sale or financial of the Project (or any portion thereof), deliver to Landlord the financial statements of Tenant for the current year (YTD) and the financial statements for the immediately prior year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

30. Transfer of the Property by Landlord. In the event of any conveyance of all or any portion of the Property and assignment by Landlord of this Lease, Landlord shall be and is hereby entirely released from all liability under any and all of its covenants and obligations contained in or derived from this Lease occurring after the date of such conveyance and assignment, provided such transferee assumes Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and Tenant agrees to attorn to such transferee.

31. Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Covenants. If Tenant fails to perform any required repairs and maintenance under this Lease, or to perform any of its obligations under this Lease to comply with any Laws relating to the use or occupancy of the Premises, provided that Landlord has delivered to Tenant written notice and a reasonable opportunity to perform such obligations, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation of Tenant under this Lease, perform such act to the extent Landlord may deem necessary for compliance with this Lease, and in connection therewith, pay expenses and employ counsel. All sums so paid by Landlord and all penalties, interest and costs in connection therewith shall be due and payable by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 16.4 within ten (10) days following receipt of written demand by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date Tenant is required to make payment pursuant to Paragraph 16.4, plus collection costs and attorneys’ fees. Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies for the nonpayment thereof as in the case of default in the payment of Rent.

32. Tenant’s Remedy. If, as a consequence of a default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant recovers a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only out of the proceeds of sale received upon execution of such judgment and levied thereon against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Property and out of rent or other income or proceeds from the Property received by Landlord or out of consideration received by Landlord from the sale or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Property, and neither Landlord nor Landlord’s Agents shall be liable for any deficiency.

33. Mortgagee Protection. If Landlord defaults under this Lease, Tenant will provide a copy of any default notice delivered to Landlord by registered or certified mail to any Holder, of whom Tenant has been notified in writing, and offer such beneficiary or mortgagee the opportunity to cure the default within the time periods set forth herein.

34. Brokers. Tenant and Landlord warrant and represent that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, other than the brokers described in Paragraph 1.9 above, and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Tenant and Landlord each agree to defend, indemnify and hold the other party from and against any and all liabilities or expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with claims made by any other broker or individual for commissions or fees on the basis of the acts or omissions of the indemnifying party. Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant that Steve Horton of Cushman & Wakefield USA, Inc., who will receive a commission in connection with this Lease, has a membership interest in Landlord.

35. Acceptance. Under no circumstances shall delivery of this Lease be deemed to create an

-20-


 

option or reservation to lease the Premises for the benefit of Tenant. Subject to Paragraph 26, this Lease shall only become effective and binding upon full execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a signed copy to Tenant.

36. Recording. Neither party shall record this Lease.

37. Modifications for Lender. If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Property or any portion thereof, Landlord’s lender shall request reasonable modification to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided such modifications do not adversely affect Tenant’s rights or obligations hereunder and are reasonably and customarily required by lenders in similar transactions.

38. Parking. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use fifty-three (53) on-site vehicular parking spaces on the Property at no additional cost to Tenant, except that any fees or charges that may be levied or assessed by any governmental agency in connection with the use of the parking facilities at the Property shall be included in the Operating Expenses payable by Tenant.

39. General.

39.1 Captions. The captions and headings used in this Lease are for the purpose of convenience only and shall not be construed to limit or extend the meaning of any part of this Lease.

39.2 Executed Copy. Any fully executed copy of this Lease shall be deemed an original for all purposes.

39.3 Time. Time is of the essence for the performance of each term, condition and covenant of this Lease.

39.4 Separability. If one or more of the provisions contained herein, except for the payment of Rent, is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Lease, but this Lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been contained herein.

39.5 Choice of Law. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The language in all parts of this Lease shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

39.6 Terminology. When the context of this Lease requires, the neuter gender includes the masculine, the feminine, a partnership or corporation or joint venture, and the singular includes the plural. When a consent is not to be unreasonably withheld under this Lease, it shall also mean that it is not to be unreasonably conditioned or delayed. Whenever this Lease requires an approval, consent, determination or judgment by either Landlord or Tenant, unless another standard is expressly set forth, such approval, consent, determination or judgment and any conditions imposed thereby shall be reasonable and shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

-21-


 

39.7 Binding Effect. The covenants and agreement contained in this Lease shall be binding on the parties hereto and on their respective successors and assigns to the extent this Lease is assignable.

39.8 Waiver. The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term, condition or covenant, of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, condition or covenant of this Lease. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord or payment of Rent hereunder by Tenant shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach at the time of acceptance or making of such payment. No covenant, term or condition of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord or Tenant as applicable.

39.9 Entire Agreement. This Lease and the Subordination Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement are the entire agreement between the parties, and there are no agreements or representations between the parties except as expressed herein. Except as otherwise provided herein, no subsequent change or addition to this Lease shall be binding unless in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

39.10 Authority. If Tenant is a corporation or a partnership, Tenant represents and warrants that each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said corporation or partnership, as the case may be, is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity in accordance with its corporate bylaws, statement of partnership or certificate of limited partnership, as the case may be, and that this Lease is binding upon said entity in accordance with its terms.

39.11 Force Majeure. Landlord and Tenant shall be excused for the period of any delay in the performance of any obligations hereunder when prevented from doing so by cause or causes beyond their respective absolute control which shall include, without limitation, all labor disputes, civil commotion, civil disorder, riot, civil disturbance, war, war-like operations, invasion, rebellion, hostilities, military or usurped power, sabotage, governmental regulations, orders, moratoriums or controls, other governmental action (or failure to act), fire or other casualty, inability to obtain any material or services or Acts of God (collectively, “Force Majeure”); provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant be excused from its obligation to pay the Rent due hereunder as and when due.

39.12 Exhibits. All exhibits, amendments, riders and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

-22-


 

THIS LEASE is effective as of the date the last signatory necessary to execute the Lease shall have executed this Lease.

 

LANDLORD

WTA Pastoria II, LLC,

a California limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Michelle Dillabough

 

 

Michelle Dillabough, Co-Trustee of The CW Descendant’s Trust U/T/A dated October 31, 2016, Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT

 

 

 

Ceribell, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Scott Blumberg

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Dan Rogy

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

-23-


EX-10.02

Exhibit 10.02

 

October 5, 2021

Ceribell, Inc.

ATTN: VP of Operations

360 N. Pastoria Ave.

Sunnyvale, CA 94085

To Whom it may concern,

Subject: Lease Commencement Date

I am writing on behalf of the owners of WTA Pastoria II LLC to confirm that Ceribell, Inc. will be allowed to take possession of the premises at 360 N. Pastoria Avenue, Sunnyvale, CA as of October 15th, 2021 with all terms and conditions of the lease in full effect starting that date except the rent schedule which will start November 1st, 2021.

Therefore, the Lease Commencement Date will be set as November 1st, 2021 and will end sixty-three (63) months after on January 31, 2027. The rent schedule shall be as follows:

 

Period

 

Monthly Rent (NNN)

 

 

 

11/01/21 - 01/31/22

 

$0.00 (Tenant shall pay all operating expenses)

02/01/22 - 10/31/22

 

$63,960.00

11/01/22 - 10/31/23

 

$65,879.00

11/01/23 - 10/31/24

 

$67,855.00

11/01/24 - 10/31/25

 

$69,890.00

11/01/25 - 10/31/26

 

$71,988.00

11/01/26 - 01/31/27

 

$74,147.00

 

Except as modified herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

 

Sincerely,

 

Agreed:

 

 

/s/ Daniel Rogy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michelle Dillabough

 

By:

 

DANIEL ROGY

Vice President

 

Title:

 

VP of Operations

 


EX-10.03

 

Exhibit 10.03

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img112219797_0.jpg 

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE - NET

 

1. Basic Provisions ("Basic Provisions").

1.1
Parties. This Lease ("Lease"), dated for reference purposes only May 17, 2024 , is made by and between George Yagmourian and Josefa Yagmourian, Trustees of the Yagmourian 1984 Living Trust dated October 10, 1984 ("Lessor") and Ceribell, Inc. ("Lessee"), (collectively the "Parties", or individually a "Party").

1.2(a) Premises: That certain real property, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, commonly known as (street address, unit/suite, city, state, zip): 625 Pastoria Avenue, Sunnyvale, California ("Premises"). The Premises are located in the County of Santa Clara , and are generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Premises and the "Project"): 11,607 square feet (one half of the single story building) . In addition to Lessee's rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to any utility raceways of the building containing the Premises ("Building") and to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below), but shall not have any rights to the roof, or exterior walls of the Building or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the "Project." (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking: 33 unreserved vehicle parking spaces. (See also Paragraph 2.6)

1.3 Term: Two years and Five months ("Original Term") commencing September 1, 2024 ("Commencement Date") and ending January 31, 2027 ("Expiration Date"). (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession: If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing June 1, 2024 ("Early Possession Date"). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3 and Addendum Paragraph 53)

1.5 Base Rent: $30,758.55 per month ("Base Rent"), payable on the first day of each month commencing September 1, 2024 . (See also Paragraph 4)

☑If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the NNN Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph below .

 

Months

 

Square Feet

 

Rent PSF

 

Monthly Base Rent

09/01/24 - 09/30/24

 

11,607

 

$0.00

 

$0.00 *

10/01/24 - 08/31/25

 

11,607

 

$2.65

 

$30,758.55

09/01/25 - 08/31/26

 

11,607

 

$2.74

 

$31,835.10

09/01/26 - 01/31/27

 

11,607

 

$2.84

 

$32,949.33

 

* Tenant shall pay Common Area Operating Expenses beginning Month 1 and throughout the Lease term.

1.6 Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: fifty percent ( 50 %) ("Lessee's Share"). In the event that the size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee's Share to reflect such modification.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

(a) Base Rent: $30,758.55 for the period October 1, 2024 to October 31, 2024 .

(b) Common Area Operating Expenses: The current estimate for the period September 1-30, 2024 is $4,364.23 .

(c) Security Deposit: $111,940.69 ("Security Deposit"). (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Other: for .

(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $147,940.69 .

1.8 Agreed Use: general office, light manufacturing, research and development, and all uses ancillary thereto, and for no other purpose . (See also Paragraph 6)

 

 

 

 


 

1.9 Insuring Party. Lessor is the "Insuring Party". (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers. (See also Paragraphs 15 and 25)

(a) Representation: Each Party acknowledges receiving a Disclosure Regarding Real Estate Agency Relationship, confirms and consents to the following agency relationships in this Lease with the following real estate brokers ("Broker(s)") and/or their agents ("Agent(s)"):

Lessor's Brokerage Firm Cushman & Wakefield U.S., Inc. / Lalond Brokerage License No. ####### / ####### Is the broker of (check one): ☑ the Lessor; or ☐ both the Lessee and Lessor (dual agent). Lessor's Agent Scott Kinder / Stephen LaLond License No. ####### / ####### is (check one): ☑ the Lessor's Agent (salesperson or broker associate); or ☐ both the Lessee's Agent and the Lessor's Agent (dual agent).

Lessee's Brokerage Firm CBRE License No. ####### Is the broker of (check one): ☑ the Lessee; or ☐ both the Lessee and Lessor (dual agent).

Lessee's Agent Payam Tabar License No. ####### is (check one): ☑ the Lessee's Agent (salesperson or broker associate); or ☐ both the Lessee's Agent and the Lessor's Agent (dual agent).

(b) Payment to Brokers. Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers.

1.11 Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by ("Guarantor"). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

☑ an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 50 through 55 ;

☑ a site plan depicting the Premises (see Exhibit "A");

☐ a site plan depicting the Project;

☐ a current set of the Rules and Regulations for the Project;

☐ a current set of the Rules and Regulations adopted by the owners' association;

☐ a Work Letter;

☐ other (specify): .

2. Premises.

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. NOTE: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver that portion of the Premises contained within the Building ("Unit") to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs ("Start Date"), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ("HVAC"), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Unit, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Unit does not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor's sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor's expense. The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Unit. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense (except for the repairs to the fire sprinkler systems, roof, foundations, and/or bearing walls - see Paragraph 7). Lessor also warrants, that unless otherwise specified in writing, Lessor is unaware of (i) any recorded

 

 

 

 


 

Notices of Default affecting the Premise; (ii) any delinquent amounts due under any loan secured by the Premises; and (iii) any bankruptcy proceeding affecting the Premises.

2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises comply with the building codes, applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances ("Applicable Requirements") that were in effect at the time that each improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee's use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements, and especially the zoning are appropriate for Lessee's intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor's expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Unit, Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building ("Capital Expenditure"), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however, that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months' Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee's termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months' Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor's termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor's share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor's share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises; (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee's intended use; (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes

 

 

 

 


 

all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises; (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor; (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee's decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein; and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor's agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee's ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises and (ii) it is Lessor's sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking. Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of Parking Spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called "Permitted Size Vehicles." Lessor may regulate the loading and unloading of vehicles by adopting Rules and Regulations as provided in Paragraph 2.9. No vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles may be parked in the Common Area without the prior written permission of Lessor. In addition:

(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee's employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

(b) Lessee shall not service or store any vehicles in the Common Areas.

(c) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.7 Common Areas - Definition. The term "Common Areas" is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Unit that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roofs, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas - Lessee's Rights. Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor's designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations. Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations ("Rules and Regulations") for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas - Changes. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor's sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

 

 

 

 


 

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

(g) Lessor agrees that Lessor’s right to make changes to the Common Areas should not materially interfere with Lessee’s right to use and access the Premises.

3. Term.

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession. Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay In Possession. Lessor agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver exclusive possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed by Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee's right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor's election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

4. Rent.

4.1 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ("Rent").

4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses. Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee's Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) "Common Area Operating Expenses" (See Addendum #55) are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, and if necessary the replacement, of the following:

 

 

 

 


 

(aa) The Common Areas and Common Area improvements, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, parkways, walkways, driveways, landscaped areas, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators, roofs, exterior walls of the buildings, building systems and roof drainage systems.

(bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

(cc) Any fire sprinkler systems.

(dd) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.

(ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas and any utilities not separately metered.

(iii) The cost of trash disposal, pest control services, property management, security services, owners' association dues and fees, the cost to repaint the exterior of any structures and the cost of any environmental inspections.

(iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and equipment.

(v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10).

(vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance maintained by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 8.

(vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas.

(viii) Auditors', accountants' and attorneys' fees and costs related to the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Project.

(ix) The cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee's Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month. Lessee shall pay Interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.

(x) The cost of any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

(b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Unit, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Unit, Building, or other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor's estimate of the annual Common Area Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee's Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee's payments during such year exceed Lessee's Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee's future payments. If Lessee's payments during such year were less than Lessee's Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds.

4.3 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any statement or invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set

 

 

 

 


 

forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor's rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor's endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge to compensate Lessor for additional time and expenses incurred in handling the dishonored payment and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier's check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney's fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee's faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. Lessor shall upon written request provide Lessee with an accounting showing how that portion of the Security Deposit that was not returned was applied. No part of the Security Deposit shall bear interest or be considered prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease. THE SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT BE USED BY LESSEE IN LIEU OF PAYMENT OF THE LAST MONTH'S RENT.

6. Use.

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Project. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor's objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term "Hazardous Substance" as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, byproducts or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee's expense) with all Applicable Requirements. "Reportable Use" shall mean (i)

 

 

 

 


 

the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee's expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys' and consultants' fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee's obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 8.7, Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which are suffered as a direct result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee taking possession or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor's obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Lessee taking possession, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee's use (including "Alterations", as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor's agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor's investigative and remedial responsibilities.

 

 

 

 


 

(g) Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor's rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor's option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor's desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.

6.3 Lessee's Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor's engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said Applicable Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor's written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor's "Lender" (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants authorized by Lessor shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting and/or testing the condition of the Premises and/or for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to allow such inspections or testing will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to allow such inspections and/or testing in a timely fashion the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for the remainder to the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee's failure to allow such inspection and/or testing. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to such failure nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

 

 

 

 


 

7. Maintenance; Repairs; Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee's Obligations.

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee's Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor's Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee's exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.2. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee's obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.

(b) Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler and pressure vessels, and (iii) clarifiers. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

(c) Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee's obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days' prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee's behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof.

(d) Replacement. Subject to Lessee's indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee's failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (i.e. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay Interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.

7.2 Lessor's Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee's Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, Common Area fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

(a) Definitions. The term "Utility Installations" refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term "Trade Fixtures" shall mean Lessee's machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term "Alterations" shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. "Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations" are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the

 

 

 

 


 

Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, do not trigger the requirement for additional modifications and/or improvements to the Premises resulting from Applicable Requirements, such as compliance with Title 24, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month's Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month's Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee's: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month's Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee's posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

(c) Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic's or materialmen's lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor's attorneys' fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor's right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. "Ordinary wear and tear" shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing and the provisions of Paragraph 7.1(a), if the Lessee occupies the Premises for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) to the level specified in Applicable Requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not

 

 

 

 


 

removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment of Premiums. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies required to be carried by Lessor, pursuant to Paragraphs 8.2(b), 8.3(a) and 8.3(b), shall be a Common Area Operating Expense. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Start Date or Expiration Date.

8.2 Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization's "Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises" Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an "insured contract" for the performance of Lessee's indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee's personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days ("Rental Value insurance"). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee's acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee's Improvements. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

 

 

 

 


 

8.4 Lessee's Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker's Compensation Insurance.

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee's personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) Worker's Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker's Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements. Such policy shall include a 'Waiver of Subrogation' endorsement. Lessee shall provide Lessor with a copy of such endorsement along with the certificate of insurance or copy of the policy required by paragraph 8.5.

(d) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee's property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a "General Policyholders Rating" of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide", or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or "insurance binders" evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may increase his liability insurance coverage and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The

Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor's gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys' and consultants' fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, a Breach of the Lease by Lessee and/or the use and/or occupancy of the Premises and/or Project by Lessee and/or by Lessee's employees, contractors or invitees . If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability. Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee's employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places; (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor

 

 

 

 


 

or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project; or (iii) injury to Lessee's business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee's sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee's failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Dentitions.

(a) "Premises Partial Damage" shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month's Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) "Premises Total Destruction" shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month's Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) "Insured Loss" shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) "Replacement Cost" shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) "Hazardous Substance Condition" shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the Premises which requires restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage - Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee's Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor's election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which

 

 

 

 


 

case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense (subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2), in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor's damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month's Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee's receipt of Lessor's written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor's commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee's option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee's Remedies.

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies. If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee's election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. "Commence" shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee

 

 

 

 


 

to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Definition. As used herein, the term "Real Property Taxes" shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor's right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor's business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address. The term "Real Property Taxes" shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common.

10.2 Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor's records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee's said property shall be assessed with Lessor's real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee's property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee's property.

11 Utilities and Services.

11.1 Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.2, if at any time in Lessor's sole judgment, Lessor determines that Lessee is using a disproportionate amount of water, electricity or other commonly metered utilities, or that Lessee is generating such a large volume of trash as to require an increase in the size of the trash receptacle and/or an increase in the number of times per month that it is emptied, then Lessor may increase Lessee's Base Rent by an amount equal to such increased costs. There shall be no abatement of Rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor's reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions. Lessee and Lessor acknowledge that the utilities serving the Premises are separately metered and currently registered in the name of the Lessor. On or before the mutual execution of this Lease (and in any event, not later than one (1) business day from and after the mutual execution of this Lease), Lessee shall have the utilities directly serving the Premises transferred from the Lessor to the Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense.

 

 

 

 


 

11.2 Within fifteen days of Lessor's written request, Lessee agrees to deliver to Lessor such information,

documents and/or authorization as Lessor needs in order for Lessor to comply with new or existing Applicable Requirements relating to commercial building energy usage, ratings, and/or the reporting thereof.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Lessor's Consent Required.

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, "assign or assignment") or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 50% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor's option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(d), or a non-curable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a non-curable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(d) Lessee's remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(e) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, i.e. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

(g) Lessee shall have the right to assign/sublet without Lessor's consent to (a) an affiliate, (b) to an entity surviving Lessee by merger or other consolidation, or (c) an entity that acquires all or substantially all of the business or assets of Lessee.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of Lessor's consent, no assignment or subletting shall : (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee's obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for Lessee's Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor's consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor's remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor's considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

 

 

 

 


 

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor's consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

(h) Anything in this Paragraph 12 to the contrary not withstanding,

Lessee shall have the right, subject to Lessor’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to sublease or assign the Premises, at any time during the Term. Lessor shall retain fifty percent (50%) of all sublease or assignment profits after first deducting all of Lessee’s direct costs incurred in connection with the transfer, which shall include, legal fees, brokerage fees, and tenant improvements (approved in advance by Lessor and subject to removal and restoration). The rent of said Sublease shall be at Lessee’s sole discretion and approval.

Reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of Lessee or transfer of partnership interests, admission or withdrawal of partners or a transfer of partnership assets or interests to any affiliated partnership or entity shall each be deemed a “Permitted Transfer” and shall be further outlined in the lease agreement.

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee's obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee's obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee's then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

 

 

 

 


 

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1 Default; Breach. A "Default" is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A "Breach" is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; the vacating of the Premises prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism; or failure to deliver to Lessor exclusive possession of the entire Premises in accordance herewith prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(b) The failure of Lessee to (i) make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, (ii) to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or (iii) to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR'S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR'S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. In the event that Lessee commits waste, a nuisance or an illegal activity a second time then, the Lessor may elect to treat such conduct as a non-curable Breach rather than a Default.

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material safety data sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a "debtor" as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor's liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor's becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor's refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor's breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee's failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or

 

 

 

 


 

governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys' fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. Lessor and Lessee agree that the damages to be incurred by the Lessor in the event of Lessee's default of the Lease would be difficult or impossible to calculate and the parties therefore intend to provide by the foregoing for liquidated damages and not a penalty and agree that the sum provided is a reasonable pre-estimate of the probable loss. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee's Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor's right to recover any damages to which Lessor is otherwise entitled. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor's interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee's right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee's right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, the cost of tenant improvements for Lessee paid for or performed by Lessor, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as "Inducement Provisions," shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee's full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

 

 

 

 


 

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due shall bear interest from the 31st day after it was due. The interest ("Interest") charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor.

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished to Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee's expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month's Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee's right to reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively "Condemnation"), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area of the Unit, or more than 25% of the parking spaces is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee's option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee's relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees.

 

 

 

 


 

15.1 Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the Lease was executed. The provisions of this paragraph are intended to supersede the provisions of any earlier agreement to the contrary.

15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor's interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor's obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee's Broker when due, Lessee's Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee's Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor's Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker, agent or finder (other than the Brokers and Agents, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers and Agents is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificates.

(a) Each Party (as "Responding Party") shall within 10 business days after written notice from the other Party (the "Requesting Party") execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current "Estoppel Certificate" form published by AIR CRE, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 business day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party's performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month's rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party's Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate. In addition, Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to provide such an Estoppel Certificate will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee's financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee's interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor's title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

 

 

 


 

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word "days" as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor's partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

23. Notices.

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, or by email, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party's signature on this Lease shall be that Party's address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee's address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices delivered by hand, or transmitted by facsimile transmission or by email shall be deemed delivered upon actual receipt. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

23.3 Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to exercise any Options (see paragraph 39), the Notice must be sent by Certified Mail (return receipt requested), Express Mail (signature required), courier (signature required) or some other methodology that provides a receipt establishing the date the notice was received by the Lessor.

24. Waivers.

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of monies or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

 

 

 

 


 

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor's Agent. A Lessor's agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor's agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent's duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(ii) Lessee's Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor's agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent's duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licensees, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: (a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. (b) Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not, without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party confidential information, including, but not limited to, facts relating to either Lessee's or Lessor's financial position, motivations, bargaining position, or other personal information that may impact rent, including Lessor's willingness to accept a rent less than the listing rent or Lessee's willingness to pay rent greater than the rent offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional. Both Lessor and Lessee should strongly consider obtaining tax advice from a competent professional because the federal and state tax consequences of a transaction can be complex and subject to change.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys' fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker's liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as "Confidential" any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. At or prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease Lessee shall deliver exclusive possession of the Premises to Lessor. For purposes of this provision and Paragraph 13.1(a), exclusive possession shall mean that Lessee shall have vacated the Premises, removed all of its personal property therefrom and that the Premises have been returned in the condition specified in this Lease. In the event that Lessee does not deliver exclusive possession to Lessor as specified above, then Lessor's damages during any holdover period shall be computed at the amount of the Rent (as defined in Paragraph 4.1) due during the last full month before the expiration or

 

 

 

 


 

termination of this Lease (disregarding any temporary abatement of Rent that may have been in effect), but with Base Rent being 150% of the Base Rent payable during such last full month. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located. Signatures to this Lease accomplished by means of electronic signature or similar technology shall be legal and binding.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, "Security Device"), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as "Lender") shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, for the remainder of the term hereof and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor's obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month's rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner.

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee's subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a "Non-Disturbance Agreement") from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee's possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee's option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

 

 

 

 


 

31. Attorneys' Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, "Prevailing Party" shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys' fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys' fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor's Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect on Lessee's use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs. Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary "For Sale" signs at any time and ordinary "For Lease" signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary "For Sublease" signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor's prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by

Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor's failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor's election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents. All requests for consent shall be in writing. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor's actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects', attorneys', engineers' and other consultants' fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor's consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor's consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor.

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by AIR CRE.

 

 

 

 


 

37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide:

(a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor's behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee's part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options. If Lessee is granted any Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition. "Option" shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40 Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

41. Reservations. Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary; (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions; and (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights.

42. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one

Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the

 

 

 

 


 

recovery of sums paid "under protest" within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as "Lessee", each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee's obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ☐ is ☐ is not attached to this Lease.

49. Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act.

(a) The Premises:

☑have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). Note: A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable

construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.

☐have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises met all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. Lessee acknowledges that it received a copy of the inspection report at least 48 hours prior to executing this Lease and agrees to keep such report confidential.

☐have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises did not meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. Lessee acknowledges that it received a copy of the inspection report at least 48 hours prior to executing this Lease and agrees to keep such report confidential except as necessary to complete repairs and corrections of violations of construction related accessibility standards.

In the event that the Premises have been issued an inspection report by a CASp the Lessor shall provide a copy of the disability access inspection certificate to Lessee within 7 days of the execution of this Lease.

 

 

 

 


 

(b) Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and other state and local accessibility statutes are dependent upon Lessee's specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee's use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in compliance with ADA or other accessibility statutes, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee's expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY AIR CRE OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE'S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

 

 

 

The paries hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respecive signatures.

 

Executed at:

 

#################

 

Executed at:

 

360 Pastoria Ave., Sunnyvale CA.

On:

 

May 20, 2024

 

On:

 

May 20, 2024

 

By LESSOR:

 

By LESSEE:

George Yagmourian and Josefa Yagmourian, Trustees of the Yagmourian 1984 Living Trust dated October 10, 1984

 

Ceribell, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/George Yagmourian

 

By:

 

/s/Daniel Rogy

 

George Yagmourian

 

 

Daniel Rogy

Name Printed:

 

George Yagmourian, Trustee

 

Name Printed:

 

Dan Rogy

Title:

 

 Owner

 

Title:

 

VP of Operations

Phone:

 

#############

 

Phone:

 

#############

Fax:

 

 

 

Fax:

 

 

Email:

 

#############

 

Email:

 

#############

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 /s/Josefa Yagmourian

 

By:

 

/s/Scott Blumberg

 

Josefa Yagmourian

 

 

Scott Blumberg

Name Printed:

 

 Josefa Yagmourian

 

Nmae Printed:

 

Scott Blumberg

Title:

 

Co- Owner

 

Title:

 

CFO

Phone:

 

#############

 

Phone:

 

#############

Fax:

 

 

 

Fax:

 

 

Email:

 

#############

 

Email:

 

#############

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

#############

 

Address:

 

360 N. Pastoria Ave., Sunnyvale, CA 94085

Federal ID No.:

 

 

 

Federal ID No.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BROKER

 

 

 

BROKER

 

 

Cushman & Wakefield U.S., Inc. and Lalond Brokerage

 

CBRE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Scott Kinder / Stephen LaLond

 

Attn:

 

Payam Tabar

Title:

 

Executive Managing Director / President

 

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

#############

 

Address:

 

#############

 

 

############# / #############

 

 

 

#############

Phone:

 

############# / #############

 

Phone:

 

#############

Fax:

 

 

 

Fax:

 

 

Email:

 

############# / #############

 

Email:

 

#############

Federal ID No.:

 

 

 

Federal ID No.:

 

 

 

Broker DRE License#:

 

############# / #############

 

Broker DRE License#:

 

#############

Agent DRE License #:

 

 ############# / #############

 

Agent DRE License #:

 

#############

 

AIR CRE * https://www.aircre.com * ############# * #############

NOTICE: No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

 

 

 

 


 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img112219797_1.jpg 

ADDENDUM TO LEASE

 

Date:

 

May 17, 2024

By and Between

 

 

 

Lessor:

George Yagmourian and Josefa Yagmourian, Trustees of the Yagmourian 1984 Living Trust dated October 10, 1984

 

 

Lessee:

Ceribell, Inc.

Property Address:

625 Pastoria Avenue, Sunnyvale, California

 

(street address, city, state, zip)

Paragraphs: 50 - 55

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Addendum and the printed provisions of the Lease, this Addendum shall control.

50. CONDITION OF PREMISES: Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee in its, “as is” current condition, with all flooring broom swept and clean.

51. SIGNAGE: Subject to Lessor’s written approval and all municipal codes, Lessee, at its sole expense shall have the right to place its name on a monument sign within the landscape of the Premises, at the closest main entry points to the Premises.

52. IMPROVEMENTS/ALTERATIONS: Subject to all terms and conditions of this Lease, including those set forth in Paragraph 7, all building codes, and Landlord’s reasonable approval as defined below, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right to build two (2) offices (or conference rooms) and a demising wall to separate the office area from the manufacturing / warehouse areas. A detailed floor plan to be provided to Landlord by Tenant prior to lease execution and incorporated in to this lease as described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto, and a made a part of this Lease. Except as provided for in this Paragraph 52, Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises and/or in, on or about the Building (including, without limitation, lighting, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, partitioning, window coverings and carpentry installations) (collectively, “Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written consent as provided in Paragraph 7 and this Paragraph 52, and without a valid building permit issued by the appropriate governmental agency.

53. EARLY ACCESS: In the event Lessee requests early access to begin Tenant Improvement work the NNN charges shall begin at the time access starts. All insurance MUST be in place prior to access.

54. FORCE MAJEURE: If Tenant or Landlord is delayed or prevented from performing any of their respective non-monetary obligations under this Lease, and such delay is by reason of strike, lockout, labor troubles, material shortages, adjustment of any insurance claim, failure of power, riots, civil commotion, insurrection, war (whether declared or undeclared), warlike operations, acts of terrorism, cyber-attacks, acts of public enemy, acts of bioterrorism, plagues, epidemics, pandemics, outbreak of a communicable disease leading to extraordinary restrictions, including quarantine or movement of people or goods, invasion, rebellion, hostilities, military or usurped power, sabotage, government action, rain and other inclement weather, acts of God, power outages, inability to obtain any material, utility, or service because of governmental restrictions, inability to obtain building permits, hurricanes, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, or other natural disasters, accident, emergency, mechanical breakdown, municipal delays (including delays in reviewing materials submitted by a party or issuing permits or approvals following such submittals), the act or failure to act of the other party, the default under this Lease by the other party, governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency, any rule, order or regulation of any department or subdivision of any government agency, or any other cause reasonably beyond such party's control,

 

 

 

 


 

lack of funds, inability to obtain financing, and/or changes in economic condition shall not be a basis for delay or prevention of any obligation under this Lease.

55. COMMON AREA EXPENSES: Section 4.2(a) Common Area Expenses is hereby amended as follows:

The following are excluded from common Area expenses:

 

(i)

 

depreciation, principal, interest, and fees on mortgages or ground lease payments,

(ii)

 

legal fees incurred in negotiating and enforcing tenant leases, disputes with other tenants,

(iii)

 

real estate brokers’ leasing commissions and advertising costs in connection with leasing space in the Building

(iv)

 

expenses that relate to leasing space in the Project (including, without limitation, the cost of tenant improvements (or allowances that Lessor provides to a lessee therefor), the cost of performing improvements to prepare a particular portion of the Project for occupancy by a lessee, the cost of rent concessions, advertising expenses, leasing commissions and the cost of lease buy-outs),

(v)

 

the cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by a single individual lessee, or costs incurred for the benefit of a single lessee,

(vi)

 

costs of any items to the extent Lessor actually receives reimbursement therefor from insurance proceeds, under warranties, or from a lessee or other third party (such costs shall be excluded or deducted – as appropriate – from Common Area Expenses in the year in which the reimbursement is received), or which are paid out of reserves previously included in Common Area Expenses,

(vii)

 

costs incurred due to Lessor’s breach of a law or ordinance,

(viii)

 

repairs necessitated by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or Lessor’s employees, agents, or contractors,

(ix)

 

other than those specifically included in the definition of Common Area Expenses, the cost of any repairs, replacements or improvements to the Project that are required to be capitalized under GAAP (including, without limitation, lease obligations that are required to be capitalized under GAAP)

(x)

 

charitable or political contributions and membership fees or other payments to trade organizations,

(xi)

 

costs of Lessor’s Work which are to be borne by Lessor pursuant to this Lease

(xii)

 

rent and similar charges for Lessor’s on-site management office and/or leasing office or any other offices of Lessor or its affiliates,

(xiii)

 

Lessor’s general overhead expenses not related to the Project,

(xiv)

 

Lessor’s costs of any services provided to lessees or other occupants for which Lessor is actually reimbursed by such lessees or other occupants (other than reimbursement through Common Area Expenses) as an additional charge or rental over and above the basic rent (and escalations thereof) payable under the lease with such lessee or other occupant,

(xv)

 

costs in connection with services that are provided to another lessee or occupant of the Project, but are not offered to Lessee,

(xvi)

 

costs (i.e., interest and penalties) incurred due to Lessor’s default of this Lease or any other lease, mortgage, or other agreement, in each case affecting the Project,

(xvii)

 

payments to subsidiaries or affiliates of Lessor, or to any other party, in each case as a result of a non-arm's length transaction, for management or other services for the Project, or for supplies or other materials for the Project, to the extent that such payments exceed arm’s length competitive prices in the market where the Premises are located for the services, supplies or materials provided,

(xviii)

 

salaries of employees of Lessor above those performing property management and facilities management duties for the building,

(xix)

 

costs or expenses incurred in connection with the financing or sale of the Project or any portion thereof,

(xx)

 

costs of environmental testing, monitoring, removal or remediation of any Hazardous Materials in the Project that are in existence at the Project prior to the Commencement Date except to the extent caused by Lessee,

(xxi)

 

the costs of acquiring investment-grade art,

 

 

 

 


 

(xxii)

 

fines, penalties, interest or other amounts imposed in connection with the Lessor’s failure to pay any tax when due,

(xxiii)

 

the cost of electricity that is furnished to the portions of the Building that Lessor has leased, that Lessor is offering for lease, or that otherwise constitutes leasable space that is not used for the general benefit of the occupants of the Building,

(xxiv)

 

the expenses paid or incurred by or on behalf of Lessor in owning, maintaining, repairing, managing and operating the portion of the real property that is used for retail purposes,

(xxv)

 

costs incurred in operating any sign or other similar device designed principally for advertising or promotion to the extent that Lessor leases or licenses to a third party such sign or device, or the portion of the Building where such sign or device is installed,

(xxvi)

 

amounts payable by Lessor for withdrawal liability or unfunded pension liability to a multi-employer pension plan (under Title IV of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended),

(xxvii)

 

costs incurred in connection with the acquisition or sale of air rights, transferable development rights, easements or other real property interests,

(xxviii)

 

costs incurred in connection with expanding the Rentable Area of the Building, and

(xxix)

 

any item that, if included in Operating Expense, would involve a double collection for such item by Lessor.

 

AIR CRE * https://www.aircre.com * ############# * #############

NOTICE: No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

 

 

 


 

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img112219797_2.jpg 

EXHIBIT"A" TO LEASE

FLOOR PLAN

625 Pastoria Ave., Sunnyvale

±11,607 SF

https://cdn.kscope.io/a1ae412eee9ac2d970eba55a9a414338-img112219797_3.jpg 

 

 

 


EX-10.04

Exhibit 10.04

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of the Effective Date between SILICON VALLEY BANK, A DIVISION OF FIRST-CITIZENS BANK & TRUST COMPANY (“Bank”), and CERIBELL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”). The parties agree as follows:

1.
LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT
1.1.
Revolving Line.
(a)
Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be prepaid or repaid as set forth on Schedule I hereto.
(b)
Termination; Repayment. The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the outstanding principal amount of all Advances, the accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and all other outstanding Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.
1.2.
Overadvances. If, at any time, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any Advances, exceeds the lesser of (a) the Revolving Line or (b) the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “Overadvance”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower shall pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at a rate per annum equal to the rate that is otherwise applicable to Advances plus five percent (5.0%).
1.3.
Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.
(a)
Interest Payments. Interest on the principal amount of each Advance is payable as set forth on Schedule I hereto.
(b)
Interest Rate.
(i)
Advances. Subject to Section 1.3(c), the outstanding principal amount of any Advance shall accrue interest as set forth on Schedule I hereto.
(ii)
All-In Rate. Notwithstanding any terms in this Agreement to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Obligations is less than zero percent (0.0%), such interest rate shall be deemed to be zero percent (0.0%) for all purposes of this Agreement.
(c)
Default Rate. Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the outstanding Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 1.3(c) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.
(d)
Adjustment to Interest Rate. Each change in the interest rate applicable to any amounts payable under the Loan Documents based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of such change.
(e)
Interest Computation. Interest shall be computed as set forth on Schedule I hereto. In computing interest, the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

 


 

1.4.
Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:
(a)
Anniversary Fee. An anniversary fee, fully earned and non-refundable as of the Effective Date equal to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per annum (the “Anniversary Fee”), which is due and payable on the earlier to occur of (i) each anniversary of the Effective Date, (ii) the termination of Agreement, or (iii) the occurrence of an Event of Default; provided, that no more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate shall be required to be paid as the Anniversary Fee hereunder during the term of this Agreement;
(b)
Letter of Credit Fee. Bank’s customary fees and expenses for the issuance or renewal of Letters of Credit, including, without limitation, a Letter of Credit Fee with respect to each Letter of Credit payable upon the issuance, each anniversary of such issuance and any renewal thereof, which shall be fully earned and non-refundable as of such date;
(c)
Termination Fee. Upon termination of this Agreement or the termination of the Revolving Line for any reason prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, in addition to the payment of any other amounts then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000), which shall be fully earned and non-refundable as of such date; provided, that no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from Bank prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, or if the facility terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date; and
(d)
Bank Expenses. All Bank Expenses incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 1.4 pursuant to the terms of Section 1.5(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 1.4.

1.5.
Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.
(a)
All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff, counterclaim, or deduction (except to the extent provided in Section 1.7), before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.
(b)
Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.
(c)
Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts maintained with Bank, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due under the Loan Documents. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.
1.6.
Change in Circumstances.
(a)
Increased Costs. If any Change in Law shall: (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or advances, loans or other credit extended or participated in by, Bank, (ii) subject Bank to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitment, or other

 

2


 

obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto, or (iii) impose on Bank any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Credit Extensions made by Bank, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to Bank of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Credit Extension (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Credit Extension), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon written request of Bank, Borrower shall promptly pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b)
Capital Requirements. If Bank determines that any Change in Law affecting Bank regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Bank’s capital as a consequence of this Agreement, the Revolving Line, any term loan facility, or the Credit Extensions made by Bank to a level below that which Bank could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration Bank’s policies with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time upon written request of Bank, Borrower shall promptly pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for any such reduction suffered.
(c)
Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 1.6 shall not constitute a waiver of Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that Borrower shall not be required to compensate Bank pursuant to subsection (a) for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine (9) months prior to the date that Bank notifies Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine (9) month period shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect).
1.7.
Taxes.
(a)
Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by Applicable Law. If any Applicable Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of Borrower) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by Borrower, then (i) Borrower shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding, (ii) Borrower shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law, and (iii) if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, the sum payable by Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 1.7) Bank receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(b)
Payment of Other Taxes by Borrower. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law.
(c)
Tax Indemnification. Without limiting the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) above, Borrower shall, and does hereby, indemnify Bank, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 1.7) payable or paid by Bank or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to Bank and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by Bank shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d)
Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 1.7, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Bank.
(e)
Status of Bank. If Bank (including any assignee or successor) is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document, it shall deliver to Borrower, at the time or times reasonably requested by Borrower, such properly completed and executed

 

3


 

documentation reasonably requested by Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, Bank, if reasonably requested by Borrower, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by Borrower as will enable Borrower to determine whether or not Bank is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Bank shall deliver whichever of IRS Form W-9, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, IRS Form W-8ECI or IRS Form W-8IMY is applicable, as well as any applicable supporting documentation or certifications. If a payment made to Bank under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if Bank were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), Bank shall deliver to Borrower at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower as may be necessary for Borrower to comply with its obligations under FATCA and to determine that Bank has complied with its obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of the preceding sentence, “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement. Bank agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify Borrower in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(f)
Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party hereto determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 1.7 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 1.7), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 1.7 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this clause (f) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (f), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this clause (f) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This clause (f) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
1.8.
Procedures for Borrowing.
(a)
Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement (which must be satisfied no later than 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the applicable Funding Date), to obtain an Advance (other than under Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4), Borrower (via an individual duly authorized by an Administrator) shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Such notice shall be made through Bank’s online banking program, provided, however, if Borrower is not utilizing Bank’s online banking program, then such notice shall be in a written format acceptable to Bank that is executed by an Authorized Signer. In connection with any such notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or through Bank’s online banking program such reports and information, including without limitation, sales journals, cash receipts journals, accounts receivable aging reports, as Bank may reasonably request. Bank shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Board has approved that such Authorized Signer may provide such notices and request Advances (which requirement may be deemed satisfied by the prior delivery of Borrowing Resolutions or a secretary’s certificate that certifies as to such Board approval).
(b)
Bank shall credit proceeds of a Credit Extension to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if such Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

4


 

2.
CONDITIONS OF CREDIT EXTENSIONS
2.1.
Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:
(a)
duly executed Loan Documents;
(b)
duly executed Mezzanine Loan Documents and satisfaction (or waiver) of all conditions precedent therein;
(c)
the Operating Documents of Borrower and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;
(d)
certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer or secretary of Borrower with respect to Borrower’s (i) Operating Documents and (ii) Borrowing Resolutions;
(e)
certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of searches for financing statement filed in the central filing office of the State of Delaware, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;
(f)
duly executed Perfection Certificate;
(g)
evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 5.8 are in full force and effect; and
(h)
payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 1.4.
2.2.
Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligation to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a)
receipt of Borrower’s Credit Extension request and the related materials and documents as required by and in accordance with Section 1.8;
(b)
the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of any Credit Extension request and as of the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date (provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or immediately result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true and correct in all material respects as of such date; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date (provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof); and
(c)
a Material Adverse Change shall not have occurred and be continuing.

 

5


 

2.3.
Covenant to Deliver. Borrower shall deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. A Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.
3.
CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST
3.1.
Grant of Security Interest.
(a)
Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.
(b)
Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject to Permitted Liens).
3.2.
Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all jurisdictions deemed necessary or appropriate by Bank to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect.
3.3.
Termination. If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations or reimbursement obligations or other obligations which, by their terms, survive the termination of this Agreement) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations or reimbursement obligations or other obligations which, by their terms, survive the termination of this Agreement) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, terminate its security interest in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (a) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations or reimbursement obligations or other obligations which, by their terms, survive the termination of this Agreement), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (b) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its commercially reasonable discretion for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to at least (i) one hundred and two percent (102.0%) of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars and (ii) one hundred and ten percent (110.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency, plus, in each case, all interest, fees, and costs due or estimated by Bank in its commercially reasonable discretion to become due in connection therewith, to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.
3.4.
Location and Possession of Collateral. The Collateral is and shall remain in the possession of Borrower at its location listed in paragraph 4 of the Perfection Certificate or as otherwise identified to Bank in accordance with Section 6.2; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) movable personal property such as laptop computers; (b) any inventory that is in the possession of Borrower’s customers in the ordinary course of business; (c) any Collateral that is in transit in the ordinary course of business; (d) any Collateral maintained with Borrower’s third party logistics providers in the ordinary course of business; or (e) any Collateral that is transferred in accordance with Section 6.1. Borrower shall remain in full possession, enjoyment and control of the Collateral (except only as may be otherwise required by Bank for perfection of the security interests therein created hereunder) and so long as no Event of Default has occurred, shall be entitled to manage, operate and use the same and each part thereof with the rights and franchises appertaining thereto; provided that the possession, enjoyment, control and use of the Collateral shall at all times be subject to the observance and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

6


 

4.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

4.1.
Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority.
(a)
Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are each duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in their respective jurisdiction of formation and are qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of their respective business or their ownership of property requires that they be qualified, except for such states as to which any failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Change.
(b)
All information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is true and correct (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement and the Perfection Certificate shall be deemed to be updated to the extent such notice is provided to Bank of such permitted update).
(c)
The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s or any such Subsidiary’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Applicable Law, (iii) contravene, conflict with or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect), or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is bound. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries are in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiary’s business or operations.
4.2.
Collateral.
(a)
The security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens). Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens.
(b)
Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9(c). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.
(c)
The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 6.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 6.2.
(d)
All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

 

7


 

(e)
Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers, contract manufacturers, resellers and/or distributors in the ordinary course of business, and exclusive licenses that do not result in a legal transfer of title to the licensed property but may be exclusive in certain respects, including as to specific fields of use, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower. Each patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is, to its knowledge, valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. Borrower has no knowledge of any infringement or violation by it of the intellectual property rights of any third party and has no knowledge of any violation or infringement by a third party of any of its Intellectual Property. The Collateral and the Intellectual Property constitute substantially all of the assets and property of Borrower, and Borrower owns all Intellectual Property associated with the business of Borrower and Subsidiaries, free and clear of any liens other than Permitted Liens.
(f)
Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate or for which notice has been given to Bank pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.11(b), Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.
4.3.
Accounts Receivable; Inventory.
(a)
For each Account included in the most recent Borrowing Base Statement, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.
(b)
All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all Applicable Law. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Statement. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.
4.4.
Litigation. Other than as set forth in the Perfection Certificate or as disclosed to Bank pursuant to Section 5.3(k), there are no actions, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in which an adverse decision could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.
4.5.
Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank by submission to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise submitted to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations for the periods covered thereby, subject, in the case of unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosures.
4.6.
Solvency. Borrower is Solvent and, immediately after giving effect to the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, Borrower will be Solvent.
4.7.
Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (a) have complied in all material respects with all Applicable Law, and (b) have not violated any Applicable Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have duly complied with, and their respective facilities, business, assets, property, leaseholds, real property and Equipment are in compliance with, Environmental Laws, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change; there have been no outstanding citations, notices or orders of non-compliance issued to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to their respective facilities, businesses, assets, property, leaseholds, real property or

 

8


 

Equipment under such Environmental Laws, except where such citation, notice or order could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to obtain or make or file the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.
4.8.
Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, unit, membership interest, partnership, or other ownership interest or other Equity Securities except for Permitted Investments.
4.9.
Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. All federal and other material tax returns, reports and statements (including any attachments thereto or amendments thereof) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries filed or required to be filed by any of them have been timely filed (or extensions have been obtained and such extensions have not expired) and all taxes shown on such tax returns or otherwise due and payable and all assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable, except (i) for the payment of any such taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges which are being diligently contested by Borrower in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made under GAAP, and (ii) taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges that do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000). To the knowledge of Borrower, no tax return of Borrower or any Subsidiary is currently under an audit or examination, and Borrower has not received written notice of any proposed audit or examination, in each case, where a material amount of tax is at issue. Borrower is not an “S corporation” within the meaning of Section 1361(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.
4.10.
Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any written report, certificate or written statement submitted to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise submitted to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written reports, certificates and written statements submitted to the Financial Statement Repository or otherwise submitted to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the written reports, certificates or written statements not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).
4.11.
Sanctions. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is: (a) in violation of any Sanctions; or (b) a Sanctioned Person. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, directors, officers, employees or, to Borrower’s knowledge agents or Affiliates: (i) conducts any business or engages in any transaction or dealing with any Sanctioned Person, including making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Sanctioned Person; (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to any Sanctions; (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Sanctions; or (iv) otherwise engages in any transaction that could cause Bank to violate any Sanctions.
4.12.
Healthcare Permits. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has, from the date commencing three years prior to the Effective Date, received written notice from any Governmental Authority with respect to the revocation, suspension, restriction, limitation or termination of any Healthcare Permit nor, to the knowledge of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, is any such action proposed or threatened in writing.

 

9


 

4.13.
Compliance with Healthcare Laws.
(a)
From the date commencing three years prior to the Effective Date, Borrower has not received written notice by a Governmental Authority of any violation (or of any investigation, audit, or other proceeding involving allegations of any violation) of any Healthcare Laws, and no investigation, inspection, audit or other proceeding involving allegations of any violation is, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened in writing or contemplated, except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change on Borrower’s business or operations.
(b)
To the knowledge of Borrower, on and from the date commencing three years prior to the Effective Date, Borrower has not been debarred or excluded from participation under a state or federal health care program.
(c)
Borrower is not a party to any corporate integrity agreements, deferred prosecution agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders or similar agreements with or imposed by any Governmental Authority.
5.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

5.1.
Use of Proceeds. Cause the proceeds of the Credit Extensions to be used solely (a) as working capital or (b) to fund its general business purposes, and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes, and not in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption law.
5.2.
Government Compliance.
(a)
Maintain its and all of its Subsidiaries’ legal existence (except as permitted under Section 6.3 with respect to Subsidiaries only) and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, including all applicable Healthcare Laws, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.
(b)
Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of their obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, including any grant of a security interest to Bank. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.
5.3.
Financial Statements, Reports. Deliver to Bank by submitting to the Financial Statement Repository:
(a)
Borrowing Base Statement. A Borrowing Base Statement (and any schedules related thereto and including any other information requested by Bank with respect to Borrower’s Accounts) (i) no later than Friday of each week when a Streamline Period is not in effect and (ii) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month when a Streamline Period is in effect;
(b)
Accounts Receivable and Inventory Information. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, (i) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (ii) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, (iii) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), Deferred Revenue report, detailed debtor listings, or such other inventory reports as are requested by Bank in its commercially reasonable discretion;

 

10


 

(c)
Monthly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank;
(d)
Compliance Statement. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the statements set forth in Section 5.3(c), a duly completed Compliance Statement, confirming that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;
(e)
Annual Operating Budget and Financial Projections. Within thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, and contemporaneously with any updates or amendments thereto, (i) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrower, and (ii) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis), in each case as approved by the Board, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections;
(f)
Annual Audited Financial Statements. As soon as available, and in any event within two hundred seventy (270) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion (other than a “going concern” qualification resulting solely from the impending maturity of any Indebtedness) on the financial statements from a nationally recognized or other independent public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;
(g)
SEC Filings. In the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, notification of the filing and copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries or any Guarantor with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ website on the internet at Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ website address;
(h)
Security Holder and Subordinated Debt Holder Reports. Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt (solely in their capacities as security holders or holders of Subordinated Debt and not in any other role);
(i)
Beneficial Ownership Information. Prompt written notice of any changes to the beneficial ownership information set out in Section 14 of the Perfection Certificate. Borrower understands and acknowledges that Bank relies on such true, accurate and up-to-date beneficial ownership information to meet Bank’s regulatory obligations to obtain, verify and record information about the beneficial owners of its legal entity customers;
(j)
Legal Action Notice. Prompt written notice of any material legal actions, investigations or proceedings pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more;
(k)
Tort Claim Notice. If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, which Borrower reasonably believes could result in a damage award with an expected value greater than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank;

 

11


 

(l)
Government Filings. Within fifteen (15) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with any Governmental Authority regarding the revocation, suspension, restriction, limitation or termination of any Healthcare Permit or that could otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change;
(m)
Registered Organization. If Borrower is not a Registered Organization as of the Effective Date but later becomes one, promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number;
(n)
Default. Promptly, and in any event within five (5) days after discovery of the same, written notice of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default;
(o)
Cash Flow Statement. As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter, a company prepared consolidated cash flow statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such fiscal quarter in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank; and
(p)
Other Information. Promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or compliance with the terms of any Loan Documents as reasonably requested by Bank.

Any submission by Borrower of a Compliance Statement, a Borrowing Base Statement or any other financial statement submitted to the Financial Statement Repository pursuant to this Section 5.3 or otherwise submitted to Bank shall be deemed to be a representation by Borrower that (i) as of the date of such Compliance Statement, Borrowing Base Statement or other financial statement, the information and calculations set forth therein are true and correct, (ii) as of the end of the compliance period set forth in such submission, Borrower is in complete compliance with all required covenants except as noted in such Compliance Statement, Borrowing Base Statement or other financial statement, as applicable, (iii) as of the date of such submission, no Events of Default have occurred or are continuing, (iv) all representations and warranties other than any representations or warranties that are made as of a specific date in Section 4 remain true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such submission except as noted in such Compliance Statement, Borrowing Base Statement or other financial statement, as applicable, (v) [reserved], and (vi) as of the date of such submission, no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

5.4.
Accounts Receivable.
(a)
Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts. Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 5.3, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If necessary or reasonably requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s reasonable request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its reasonable request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.
(b)
Disputes. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts so long as the amount in dispute is in excess of (i) One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) for any such individual dispute or claim, or (ii) Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) for all such disputes and claims in the aggregate. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) there shall not be an Overadvance after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness.

 

12


 

(c)
Collection of Accounts. Borrower shall direct Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as specified by Bank (either such account, the “Cash Collateral Account”). Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Cash Collateral Account. Subject to Bank’s right to maintain a reserve pursuant to Section 5.4(d), all amounts received in the Cash Collateral Account shall be (i) when a Streamline Period is not in effect, applied to immediately reduce the Obligations under the Revolving Line (unless Bank, in its sole discretion, at times when an Event of Default exists, elects not to so apply such amounts), or (ii) when a Streamline Period is in effect, transferred on a daily basis to Borrower’s operating account with Bank. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to transfer to the Cash Collateral Account any amounts that Bank reasonably determines are proceeds of the Accounts (provided that Bank is under no obligation to do so and this allowance shall in no event relieve Borrower of its obligations hereunder).
(d)
Reserves. Notwithstanding any terms in this Agreement to the contrary, at times when a Default or an Event of Default exists, Bank may hold any proceeds of the Accounts and any amounts in the Cash Collateral Account that are not applied to the Obligations pursuant to Section 5.4(c) above (including amounts otherwise required to be transferred to Borrower’s operating account with Bank) as a reserve to be applied to any Obligations regardless of whether such Obligations are then due and payable.
(e)
Returns. Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount in accordance with Borrower’s customary business practices, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Bank, and immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.
(f)
Verifications; Confirmations; Credit Quality; Notifications. Bank may, from time to time, (i) verify and confirm directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose, and notify any Account Debtor of Bank’s security interest in such Account and/or (ii) conduct a credit check of any Account Debtor to approve any such Account Debtor’s credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, Bank shall endeavor to provide notice to Borrower before contacting Account Debtors directly (with all parties hereto acknowledging that any failure to do so shall give rise to no liability of Bank).
(g)
No Liability. Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
5.5.
Remittance of Proceeds. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.4(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations (a) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 5.4(c), and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 8.4; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section 5.5 limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

13


 

5.6.
Taxes; Pensions. Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law or imposed upon any property belonging to it, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; and Borrower will make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, timely payment or deposit of all material tax payments and withholding taxes required of it by applicable laws, including those laws concerning F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A., state disability, and local, state, and federal income taxes, and will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower and each Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits; provided that Borrower need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof (provided that such proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such amounts or reserves sufficient to discharge such amounts have been provided on the books of Borrower) or if any such payments do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000). In addition, Borrower shall not change, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to change, its respective jurisdiction of residence for taxation purposes.
5.7.
Access to Collateral; Books and Records. Bank (through any of their officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours, to inspect the books and records of Borrower and Subsidiaries and to make copies thereof and to inspect, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral. Any inspection, test or appraisal conducted hereunder shall be conducted at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, provided that such inspections shall not occur more than once during any twelve-month period unless any Event of Default has occurred that has not been waived by Bank, in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary.
5.8.
Insurance.
(a)
Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts customary for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank.
(b)
All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.
(c)
Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any property policy, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that (a) any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral, and (ii) to the extent constituting Collateral, shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such property policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.
(d)
At Bank’s reasonable request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 5.8 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days (10 days for nonpayment of premium) prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 5.8 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 5.8, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

 

14


 

5.9.
Accounts.
(a)
Maintain account balances in Borrower’s, any of its Subsidiaries’, and any Guarantor’s operating accounts and depository accounts at or through Bank representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the Dollar Equivalent value of all deposit account balances of Borrower, such Subsidiary and such Guarantor at all financial institutions.
(b)
In addition to the foregoing, Borrower, any Subsidiary of Borrower and any Guarantor, shall obtain any business credit card, letter of credit and cash management services exclusively from Bank; provided, however, that Borrower may maintain credit cards with financial institutions other than Bank in accordance with clause (h) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness.
(c)
In addition to and without limiting the restrictions in subsection (a) above, Borrower shall provide Bank with notice within the then-next Compliance Statement after establishing any Collateral Account in the United States at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account in the United States is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to the Excluded Accounts.
5.10.
Financial Covenant. Commencing on the last day of the calendar quarter in which Borrower’s Net Indebtedness exceeds Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000) and continuing until the repayment in full of the Obligations, measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower, achieve a Recurring Revenue Ratio of not less than 1.00:1.00.
5.11.
Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.
(a)
(i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of which it has actual knowledge; (ii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent; and (iii) provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public).
(b)
Provide written notice to Bank within the later of (x) the then-next Compliance Statement and (y) thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any such Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(c)
Borrower shall notify Bank any patent or patent application, or trademark or trademark application, or copyright or copyright application filed by Borrower and not previously disclosed to any Lender.
5.12.
Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

 

15


 

5.13.
Online Banking.
(a)
Utilize Bank’s online banking platform for all matters requested by Bank which shall include, without limitation (and without request by Bank for the following matters), uploading information pertaining to Accounts and Account Debtors, requesting approval for exceptions, requesting Credit Extensions, and uploading financial statements and other reports required to be delivered by this Agreement (including, without limitation, those described in Section 5.3 of this Agreement).
(b)
Comply with the terms of Bank’s online banking agreement as in effect from time to time and ensure that all persons utilizing Bank’s online banking platform are duly authorized to do so by an Administrator. Bank shall be entitled to assume the authenticity, accuracy and completeness of any information, instruction or request for a Credit Extension submitted via Bank’s online banking platform and to further assume that any submissions or requests made via Bank’s online banking platform have been duly authorized by an Administrator.
5.14.
Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 6.3 and 6.7, at the time that (a) Borrower or any Guarantor forms any Subsidiary or acquires any Subsidiary after the Effective Date (including, without limitation, pursuant to a Division but excluding, in all cases, any Excluded Subsidiary), or (b) any Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO ceases to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower and such Guarantor shall (i) cause such Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to this Agreement to become a co-borrower hereunder or a guaranty to become a Guarantor hereunder (as determined by Bank in its sole discretion), together with documentation, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such Subsidiary, to extent constituting Collateral), (ii) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (iii) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, which in its reasonable opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 5.14 shall be a Loan Document.
5.15.
Use; Maintenance.
(a)
Keep and maintain all items of equipment and other similar types of personal property that form any significant portion or portions of the Collateral (“Material Collateral”) in good operating condition and repair and shall make all necessary replacements thereof and renewals thereto so that the value and operating efficiency thereof shall at all times be maintained and preserved.
(b)
Not permit any Material Collateral to (i) become a fixture to real estate or an accession to other personal property, without the prior written consent of Bank, or (ii) be operated or maintained in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation.
(c)
With respect to items of leased equipment (to the extent Bank has any security interest in any residual Borrower’s interest in such equipment under the lease), keep, maintain, repair, replace and operate such leased equipment in accordance with the terms of the applicable lease.
5.16.
Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take such further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect, protect, ensure the priority of or continue Bank’s Lien on the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

16


 

5.17.
Sanctions. (a) Not, and not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any of the activities described in Section 4.11 in the future; (b) not, and not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become a Sanctioned Person; (c) ensure that the proceeds of the Obligations are not used to violate any Sanctions; and (d) deliver to Bank any certification or other evidence requested from time to time by Bank in its discretion, confirming each such Person’s compliance with this Section 5.17. In addition, have implemented, and will consistently apply while this Agreement is in effect, procedures to ensure that the representations and warranties in Section 4.11 remain true and correct while this Agreement is in effect.
5.18.
Payments. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, Borrower shall receive, in cash or Accounts, a sum equal to all revenues recognized under GAAP, consistently applied, less all rebates, discounts, and other price allowances (but without duplication of all such amounts required to be subtracted under GAAP), that are derived directly or indirectly from the sale, distribution, exploitation, or license of any products produced or services provided by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the United States.
5.19.
Post-Closing Obligation.
(a)
Within ninety (90) days of the Effective Date (or such later date as Bank may determine in its sole discretion), the Initial Audit shall have been completed with the results thereof satisfactory to Bank.
(b)
On or before February 29, 2024 (or such later date as Bank may determine in its sole discretion), either (i) Borrower shall provide, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, a copy of a Control Agreement to perfect Bank’s Lien in the First Republic Accounts, or (ii) Borrower shall provide evidence satisfactory to Bank that the First Republic Accounts have been closed.
(c)
On or before February 29, 2024 (or such later date as Bank may determine in its sole discretion), either (i) Borrower shall provide, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, a copy of a Control Agreement to perfect Bank’s Lien in the Merrill Account, or (ii) Borrower shall provide evidence satisfactory to Bank that the Merrill Account has been closed.
(d)
On or before February 29, 2024 (or such later date as Bank may determine in its sole discretion), Borrower shall provide evidence satisfactory to Bank that the Citi Account has been closed.
(e)
Within sixty (60) days of the Effective Date (or such later date as Bank may determine in its sole discretion), Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the following documents to Bank, in form and substance acceptable to Bank, (i) a duly executed landlord’s consent in favor of Bank by the respective landlord thereof for 360 N. Pastoria Ave., Sunnyvale, CA 94085, and (ii) a duly executed bailee waiver in favor of Bank by the respective bailee thereof for ##########, San Jose, CA 95112.
(f)
Within fifteen (15) days of the Effective Date (or such later date as Bank may determine in its sole discretion), Borrower shall deliver to Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank.
(g)
Within fifteen (15) days of the Effective Date (or such later date as Bank may determine in its sole discretion), Borrower shall deliver to Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of New York, Florida, California, Virginia, in each case as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the date that each of such certificates is delivered to Bank.
(h)
Within ten (10) days of the Effective Date (or such later date as Bank may determine in its sole discretion), Borrower shall deliver to Bank a copy of a Control Agreement with respect to Borrower’s Deposit Accounts with Bank in favor of Bank.

 

17


 

6.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

6.1.
Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of (including, without limitation, pursuant to a Division), or permit any Subsidiary to convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose, of all or any part of the Collateral to any Person (collectively, a “Transfer”), except for: (a) Transfers of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) Transfers of worn-out or obsolete equipment made in the ordinary course of business; (c) Transfers constituting Permitted Liens; (d) Transfers constituting Permitted Investments; and (e) Transfers of other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year of Borrower.
6.2.
Collateral Control. (a) Liquidate or dissolve or permit any of its Subsidiaries to liquidate or dissolve; or (b) subject to its rights under Sections 3.4 and 6.1, remove any items of Collateral from Borrower’s facility located at the addresses set forth in paragraph 4 of the Perfection Certificate, without prior written notice to Bank; provided however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any (i) moveable items of personal property such as laptop computers; (ii) inventory in the possession of Borrower’s customers in the ordinary course of business; (iii) Collateral in transit in the ordinary course of business; (iv) any Collateral maintained with Borrower’s third party logistics providers in the ordinary course of business; and (v) any Collateral that is transferred in accordance with Section 6.1. If Borrower intends to add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses, containing in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of Borrower’s assets or property, then Borrower will cause the landlord of any such new offices or business locations, including warehouses, to execute and deliver a landlord consent in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will cause such bailee to execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.
6.3.
Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any Subsidiary to merge or consolidate, with or into any other Person or acquire, or permit any Subsidiary to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock, partnership, membership, or other ownership interest or other Equity Securities or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary or pursuant to a Division); provided that (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or secured Guarantor hereunder may merge into another Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or secured Guarantor hereunder, and (b) any Subsidiary may merge into Borrower so long as Borrower is the surviving entity.
6.4.
Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.
6.5.
Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Bank’s Lien as permitted by this Agreement), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 6.1 and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.
6.6.
Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9(c).
6.7.
Distributions. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distributions, or permit any Subsidiary to pay any dividends or make any distributions, on their respective Equity Securities; (b) purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire, or permit any Subsidiary to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire, for value any of their respective Equity Securities (other than repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans,

 

18


 

employee restricted stock agreements or similar arrangements in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in any fiscal year of Borrower); (c) return, or permit any Subsidiary to return, any capital to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; (d) make, or permit any Subsidiary to make, any distribution of assets, Equity Securities, obligations or securities to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; or (e) set apart any sum for any such purpose; provided, however, (i) Borrower may pay dividends payable solely in Borrower’s common stock and (ii) any Subsidiary of Borrower may pay dividends or make other distributions to Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof.
6.8.
Investments. Make, or permit any Subsidiary to make, any Investment except for Permitted Investments.
6.9.
Transactions with Affiliates. Enter, or permit any Subsidiary to enter, into any contractual obligation with any Affiliate of Borrower or engage in any other transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except upon terms at least as favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, as an arms-length transaction with Persons who are not Affiliates of Borrower, except for (i) transactions permitted by Sections 6.3 and 6.7, any (ii) equity financings not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.
6.10.
Subordinated Debt. Except as expressly permitted under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which any Subordinated Debt is subject: (a) make or permit any payment on such Subordinated Debt; or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to such Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.
6.11.
Chief Executive Office. (a) Change its name or jurisdiction of incorporation, without ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank; or (b) change its chief executive office or principal place of business without ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to Bank.
6.12.
Change in Business or Ownership. Engage, or permit any Subsidiary to engage, in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Borrower or such Subsidiary as of the Effective Date, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto or have a material change in Borrower’s ownership equal to or greater than fifty percent (50%) other than (a) by the sale by Borrower of Borrower’s Equity Securities in a public offering or (b) to venture capital or strategic investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or strategic investors prior to the execution of a definitive agreement relating to such change of ownership and any such venture capital investors that purchase or otherwise acquire twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the ownership of Borrower in one or a series of transactions have cleared Bank’s “know your customer” checks.
6.13.
Compliance. (a) Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; (b)(i) fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, (ii) permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur, (iii) fail to comply with applicable provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or (iv) violate any other law or regulation, if the foregoing subclauses (i) through (iv), individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; or (c) withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

 

19


 

7.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

7.1.
Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);
7.2.
Covenant Default.
(a)
Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 5.1, 5.3(n), 5.4, 5.5, 5.10, 5.13 or 5.17 or violates any covenant in Section 6; or
(b)
Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 7) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within fifteen (15) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the fifteen (15) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such fifteen (15) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed fifteen (15) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants that are required to be satisfied, completed or tested by a date certain or any covenants set forth in clause (a) above;
7.3.
Investor Support. If Bank determines in its reasonable good faith judgment, that it is the clear intention of none of Borrower’s investors to continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and within the timeframe necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable and Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents at such time is less than the sum of (a) the then outstanding principal balance of the Advances, plus (b) all Indebtedness owing from Borrower to Bank and Horizon under the Mezzanine Loan Agreement.
7.4.
Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business. (a) If any material portion of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s assets (i) is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or (ii) comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or Person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within ten (10) days; (b) if Borrower or any Subsidiary is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs; (c) if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s assets; or (d) if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s assets by the United States Government, or any department agency or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof; provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower;
7.5.
Involuntary Insolvency Proceeding. (a) If a proceeding shall have been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises: (i) seeking a decree or order for relief in respect of Borrower or any Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; (ii) for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, administrator, assignee, custodian, trustee (or similar official) of Borrower or any Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or (iii) for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and in each case, such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed and in effect for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days; or (b) such court shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any such proceeding;

 

20


 

7.6.
Voluntary Insolvency Proceeding. If Borrower or any Subsidiary shall: (a) commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; (b) consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law; (c) consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian (or other similar official) of Borrower or any Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; (d) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (e) shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or (f) take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing;
7.7.
Other Agreements. One or more defaults shall exist under any agreement with any third party or parties which consists of the failure to pay any Indebtedness of Borrower or any Subsidiary at maturity or which results in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of Indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000);
7.8.
Judgments. If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money (to the extent not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has not denied coverage) in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) shall be rendered against Borrower or any Subsidiary and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days or more;
7.9.
Misrepresentations. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person acting for Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made (it being agreed and acknowledged by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results);
7.10.
Subordinated Debt. If: (a) any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms), or any Person (other than Bank) shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder; (b) a default or event of default (however defined) has occurred under any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt, which default shall not have been cured or waived within any applicable grace period; or (c) the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or any applicable subordination or intercreditor agreement;
7.11.
Service of Process. (a) The service of process upon Bank seeking to attach by a trustee or other process any funds of Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Bank; (b) the delivery upon Bank of a notice of foreclosure by any Person seeking to attach or foreclose on any funds of Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Bank; or (c) the delivery of a notice of foreclosure or exclusive control to any entity holding or maintaining Borrower’s deposit accounts or accounts holding securities by any Person (other than Bank) seeking to foreclose or attach any such accounts or securities, and in each case, the same are not, within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged, dismissed, rescinded or stayed;
7.12.
Guaranty. (a) Any guaranty of any Obligations terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under any guaranty of the Obligations and such breach is not cured within any applicable cure period specified therein; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, or 7.8 occurs with respect to any Guarantor, or (d) the death, liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor;
7.13.
Unenforceable Loan Document. If any Loan Document shall in any material respect cease to be, or Borrower shall assert that any Loan Document is not, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity);

 

21


 

7.14.
Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner, or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term and, in each case, such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;
7.15.
Delisting. After an initial public offering of the Borrower’s common stock on an exchange or market, such shares are delisted from such exchange or market because of Borrower’s failure to comply with continued listing standards thereof or due to a voluntary delisting which results in such shares not being listed on such exchange or market; or
7.16.
Mezzanine Loan Agreement. The occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Mezzanine Loan Agreement).
8.
BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
8.1.
Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:
(a)
declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 7.5 or 7.6 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);
(b)
stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;
(c)
demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least (A) one hundred and two percent (102.0%) of the aggregate face amount of any Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars remaining undrawn, and (B) one hundred and ten percent (110.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of any Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency remaining undrawn (plus, in each case, all interest, fees, and costs due or estimated by Bank to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its commercially reasonable discretion)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;
(d)
terminate any FX Contracts (it being understood and agreed that (i) Bank is not obligated to deliver the currency which Borrower has contracted to receive under any FX Contract, and Bank may cover its exposure for any FX Contracts by purchasing or selling currency in the interbank market as Bank deems appropriate; (ii) Borrower shall be liable for all losses, damages, costs, margin obligations and expenses incurred by Bank arising from Borrower’s failure to satisfy its obligations under any FX Contract or the execution of any FX Contract; and (iii) Bank shall not be liable to Borrower for any gain in value of a FX Contract that Bank may obtain in covering Borrower’s breach);
(e)
verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds. Borrower shall collect all payments in trust for Bank and, if requested by Bank, immediately deliver the payments to Bank in the form received from the Account Debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit;
(f)
make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank reasonably designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

 

22


 

(g)
apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;
(h)
ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. For use solely upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 8.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;
(i)
place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;
(j)
demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and
(k)
exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code or any Applicable Law (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).
8.2.
Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, (a) exercisable solely upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (i) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks, payment instruments, or other forms of payment or security; (ii) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (iii) demand, collect, sue, and give releases to any Account Debtor for monies due, settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, and compromise, prosecute, or defend any action, claim, case, or proceeding about any Collateral (including filing a claim or voting a claim in any bankruptcy case in Bank’s or Borrower’s name, as Bank chooses); (iv) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (v) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, or other claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (vi) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits; and (b) regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred, to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity or reimbursement obligations or other obligations which, by their terms, survive termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied in full and the Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions has terminated. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until such time as all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity or reimbursement obligations or other obligations which, by their terms, survive termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied in full, Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions and the Loan Documents have been terminated. Bank shall not incur any liability in connection with or arising from the exercise of such power of attorney (other than those resulting from Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct) and shall have no obligation to exercise any of the foregoing rights and remedies.
8.3.
Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 5.8 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance or making such payment at the time it is obtained or paid or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.
8.4.
Application of Payments and Proceeds. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (or at any time on the terms set forth in Section 5.4(c), regardless of whether an Event of Default exists), apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such

 

23


 

order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its commercially reasonable discretion, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.
8.5.
Bank’s Liability for Collateral. Bank’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession or under its control, under Section 9-207 of the Code or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as Bank deals with its own property consisting of similar instruments or interests. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.
8.6.
No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.
8.7.
Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.
9.
NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or email address indicated below; provided that, for clause (b), if such notice, consent, request, approval, demand or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, it shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day of the recipient. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.

If to Borrower:

CeriBell, Inc.

360 N Pastoria Avenue

Sunnyvale, CA 94085

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Email: ###############

If to Bank:

Silicon Valley Bank, a division of First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company

###############

###############

Attn: ###############

 

24


 

Email: ###############

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

DLA Piper LLP (US)

###############

###############

Attn: ###############

Email: ###############

10.
CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE and JURY TRIAL WAIVER

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, New York law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Borrower and Bank each irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in the State of New York; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction with respect to the Loan Documents or to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly, irrevocably and unconditionally submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 9 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

This Section 10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of all Obligations.

11.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
11.1.
Termination Prior to Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate or reimbursement indemnity obligations or other obligations which, by their terms, survive termination of this Agreement ) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity or reimbursement obligations or other obligations which, by their terms, survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of all Obligations, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 3.3), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination and the repayment of all Obligations shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination and the repayment of all Obligations.
11.2.
Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion) and any other

 

25


 

attempted assignment or transfer by Borrower shall be null and void. Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Bank, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the applicable lenders, and the applicable commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the applicable loans owing to, each lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Borrower, Bank and the applicable lenders hereunder shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any lender hereunder, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Each lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
11.3.
Indemnification; Damage Waiver, etc.
(a)
General Indemnification. Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of Bank and its Affiliates (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including Bank Expenses and the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnified Person) (collectively, “Claims”) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Credit Extension or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of hazardous materials on or from any property owned or operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any environmental liability related in any way to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by Borrower, Borrower’s equity holders, affiliates, creditors or any other person, and regardless of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnified Person, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person. All amounts due under this Section 11.3 shall be payable promptly after demand therefor. Without limiting the generality of Section 1.7(c), this Section 11.3(a) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.
(b)
Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against Bank and its Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of Bank and its Affiliates (each, a “Protected Person”), on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) or any loss of profits arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Credit Extension, or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Protected Person shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

26


 

This Section 11.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of all Obligations until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

11.4.
Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.
11.5.
Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.
11.6.
Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be effective unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by each party hereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.
11.7.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by electronic mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
11.8.
Confidentiality. Bank agrees to maintain the confidentiality of Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective employees, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors (collectively, “Representatives” and, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees, assignees, credit providers or purchasers of Bank’s interests under or in connection with this Agreement and their Representatives (provided, however, any such prospective transferees, assignees, credit providers, purchasers or their Representatives shall have entered into an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those in this Section 11.8)); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) in connection with the exercise of remedies under the Loan Documents or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. “Information” means all information received from Borrower regarding Borrower or its business, in each case other than information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.
11.9.
Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any Applicable Law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
11.10.
Right of Setoff. Borrower hereby grants to Bank a Lien and a right of setoff as security for all Obligations to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank (including a subsidiary of Bank) or in transit to any of them, and other obligations owing to Bank or any such entity. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may setoff the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or Obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL

 

27


 

RIGHTS TO REQUIRE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER, ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.
11.11.
Captions and Section References. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. Unless indicated otherwise, section references herein are to sections of this Agreement.
11.12.
Construction of Agreement. The parties hereto mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.
11.13.
Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.
11.14.
Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any Persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any Person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any Person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.
11.15.
Anti-Terrorism Law. Bank hereby notifies Borrower that, pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Law, Bank may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information may include the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow Bank to identify Borrower in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Law. Borrower hereby agrees to take any action necessary to enable Bank to comply with the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Law.
12.
accounting terms and other DEFINITIONS
12.1.
Accounting and Other Terms.
(a)
Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made in accordance with GAAP (except for with respect to unaudited financial statements for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments), provided that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Bank shall so request, Borrower and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided, further, that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) Borrower shall provide Bank financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Notwithstanding any terms in this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of any financial covenant and other financial calculations in this Agreement (other than for purposes of updating the Borrowing Base) which are made in whole or in part based upon the Availability Amount as of the last day of a particular month, calculations relying on information from a Borrowing Base Statement shall be derived from the Borrowing Base Statement delivered pursuant to Section 5.3(a) (and not, for clarity, any more recent Borrowing Base Statement delivered after such period), and the actual delivery date of such Borrowing Base Statement shall be deemed to be the last day of the applicable reporting period of such Borrowing Base Statement.
(b)
As used in the Loan Documents: (i) the words “shall” or “will” are mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative; (ii) the term “continuing” in the context of an Event of Default means that the Event of Default has not been remedied (if capable of being

 

28


 

remedied) or waived; and (iii) whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.
12.2.
Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 12.2. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account” is, as to any Person, any “account” of such Person as “account” is defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to such Person.

Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Administrator” is an individual that is named:

(a)
as an “Administrator” in the “SVB Online Services” form completed by Borrower with the authority to determine who will be authorized to use SVB Online Services (as defined in Bank’s Online Banking Agreement as in effect from time to time) on behalf of Borrower; and
(b)
as an Authorized Signer of Borrower in an approval by the Board.

Advance” or “Advances” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members. For purposes of the definition of Eligible Accounts, Affiliate shall include a Specified Affiliate.

Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Anniversary Fee” is defined in Section 1.4(a).

Annualized Trailing Six Month Revenue” is, as of the applicable date of determination, the product of (a)(i) the revenue of Borrower and its Subsidiaries recognized under GAAP during the six (6) month period immediately preceding the date of determination, less (ii) without duplication of all such amounts required to be subtracted under GAAP, (x) any portion of such revenue received from the sale of products or services not in the ordinary course of business, and (y) any portion of such revenue received as the result of one-time, non-recurring transactions, installation services and/or set-up fees, multiplied by (b) two (2).

Anti-Terrorism Law” means any law relating to terrorism or money-laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 and the USA Patriot Act.

Applicable Law” means all applicable provisions of constitutions, laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, treaties, regulations, permits, licenses, approvals, interpretations and orders of courts or Governmental Authorities and all orders and decrees of all courts and arbitrators.

Authorized Signer” means any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including making (and executing if applicable) any Credit Extension request, on behalf of Borrower.

 

29


 

Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the Borrowing Base, minus (b) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances.

Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Entities” is defined in Section 11.8.

Bank Expenses” are all documented and reasonable out-of-pocket audit fees, costs and reasonable expenses (including reasonable, out-of-pocket and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Bank in connection with the Loan Documents.

Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

Bank Services Agreement” is defined in the definition of Bank Services.

Board” is Borrower’s board of directors or equivalent governing body.

Borrower” is set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base” is eighty five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Statement (and as may subsequently be updated by Bank based upon information received by Bank including, without limitation, Accounts that are paid and/or billed following the date of the Borrowing Base Statement); provided, however, that Bank has the right to decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment to mitigate the impact of events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which may adversely affect the Collateral or its value.

Borrowing Base Statement” is that certain statement of the value of certain Collateral in the form specified by Bank to Borrower from time to time.

Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s board of directors (and, if required under the terms of such Person’s Operating Documents, stockholders) and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary on behalf of such Person certifying (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that set forth as a part of or attached as an exhibit to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including making (and executing if applicable) any Credit Extension request, on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

Business Day” is a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the State of California or State of Connecticut are authorized or required by law to close.

 

30


 

Cash Equivalents” are (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and rated at least “A1” or “P1” or higher by a national credit rating agency; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95.0%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” as defined in Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Citi Account” is that certain Deposit Account maintained by Borrower at Citibank as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Effective Date.

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty; (b) any change in Applicable Law or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority; or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Claims” is defined in Section 11.3.

Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral” consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

(a)
(i) all goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, securities accounts, securities entitlements and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and (ii) all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.
(b)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) property that is non-assignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §25-9-406 and §25-9-408 of the Code); (ii) property for which the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to Applicable Law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral; (iii) property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (m) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon

 

31


 

the termination and release of such Permitted Lien; or (iv) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Statement” is that certain statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability of that Person for (a) any direct or indirect guaranty by such Person of any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit, credit card or other obligation of another, (b) any other obligation endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (c) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (d) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension” is any Advance, Overadvance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Currency” is coined money and such other banknotes or other paper money as are authorized by law and circulate as a medium of exchange.

Default” means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Rate” is defined in Section 1.3(c).

Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

32


 

Designated Deposit Account” is the deposit account established by Borrower with Bank for purposes of receiving Credit Extensions.

Division” means, in reference to any Person which is an entity, the division of such Person into two (2) or more separate Persons, with the dividing Person either continuing or terminating its existence as part of such division, including, without limitation, as contemplated under Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act for limited liability companies formed under Delaware law, Section 17-220 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act for limited partnerships formed under Delaware law, or any analogous action taken pursuant to any other Applicable Law with respect to any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity.

Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Borrower organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof, the District of Columbia, or any other jurisdiction within the United States of America.

Draw Period” is set forth on Schedule I hereto.

Effective Date” is set forth on Schedule I hereto.

Eligible Accounts” means Accounts owing to Borrower which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 4.3, that have been, at the option of Bank, confirmed in accordance with Section 5.4(f), and are due and owing from Account Debtors deemed creditworthy by Bank in its good faith business judgement. Bank reserves the right, at any time after the Effective Date, in its good faith business judgement in each instance, to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a)
Accounts (i) for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, investor, or agent, or (ii) that are intercompany Accounts;
(c)
Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;
(d)
Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date, to the extent of such credit balances;
(e)
Accounts owing from an Account Debtor if more than fifty percent (50.0%) of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;
(f)
Accounts owing from an Account Debtor (i) which does not have its principal place of business in the United States or (ii) whose billing address (as set forth in the applicable invoice for such Account) is not in the United States, unless in the case of both (i) and (ii) such Accounts are otherwise approved by Bank in writing;
(g)
Accounts billed from and/or payable to Borrower outside of the United States (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts);

 

33


 

(h)
Accounts in which Bank does not have a first priority, perfected security interest under all Applicable Law;
(i)
Accounts billed and/or payable in a Currency other than Dollars;
(j)
Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), but only to the extent of such Indebtedness or obligations;
(k)
Accounts with or in respect of accruals for marketing allowances, incentive rebates, price protection, cooperative advertising and other similar marketing credits, unless otherwise approved by Bank in writing, but only to the extent of such credits;
(l)
Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless (i) otherwise approved by Bank, (ii) the underlying contract expressly provides that neither the United States government nor any agency or department thereof shall have the right of set-off against Borrower, (iii) Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, or (iv) such Account Debtor is a public hospital;
(m)
Accounts with customer deposits and/or with respect to which Borrower has received an upfront payment, to the extent of such customer deposit and/or upfront payment, other than any Accounts for software sales with respect to which Borrower has received upfront payments up to one year in advance;
(n)
Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional, other than any Accounts for demonstration units or lease recorders with a firmware;
(o)
Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);
(p)
Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);
(q)
Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);
(r)
Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;
(s)
Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);
(t)
Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;
(u)
Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

34


 

(v)
Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond ninety (90) days (including Accounts with a due date that is more than ninety (90) days from invoice date) or such later date as may be approved in writing by Bank;
(w)
Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;
(x)
Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);
(y)
Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding (whether voluntary or involuntary), or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;
(z)
Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25.0%) of all Accounts, but only to the extent of such amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

(aa) Accounts for which Bank in its sole discretion determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

Environmental Laws” means any Applicable Law (including any permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions) relating to pollution or the protection of health, safety or the environment or the release of any materials into the environment (including those related to hazardous materials, air emissions, discharges to waste or public systems and health and safety matters).

Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

Equity Securities” of any Person means (a) all common stock, preferred stock, participations, shares, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests in and of such Person (regardless of how designated and whether or not voting or non-voting) and (b) all warrants, options and other rights to acquire any of the foregoing, but excluding any debt securities convertible into capital stock of such Person.

ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and its regulations.

Event of Default” is defined in Section 7.

Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Accounts” means (a) deposit accounts used exclusively for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments, provided that at no time shall the aggregate amount on deposit in such account exceed the amount required for Borrower to fund one payroll cycle for its employees; (b) cash collateral accounts subject to Liens permitted by clauses (k) or (m) of the definition of Permitted Liens; and (c) other Collateral Accounts with an aggregate balance not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) at any time.

Excluded Subsidiaries” means all Foreign Subsidiaries and FSHCO; provided that in each of the foregoing cases, the Excluded Subsidiary Condition is satisfied with respect to such Subsidiary at all times, and in each case for so long as no Excluded Subsidiary owns any Intellectual Property.

Excluded Subsidiary Condition” means (a) the aggregate cash balance maintained by all Excluded Subsidiaries does not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time, and (b) the value of the total assets of all Excluded Subsidiaries does not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time.

 

35


 

Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to Bank or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to Bank, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of Bank being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of Bank with respect to an applicable interest in a Credit Extension or the Revolving Line pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) Bank acquires such interest in the Credit Extensions or Revolving Line or (ii) Bank changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 1.7, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to Bank’s assignor immediately before Bank became a party hereto or to Bank immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to Bank’s failure to comply with Section 1.7(e), and (d) any withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Internal Revenue Code.

First Republic Accounts” is, collectively, those certain Deposit Accounts maintained by Borrower at First Republic Bank as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Effective Date.

Financial Statement Repository” is Bank’s e-mail address specified in Section 9 or such other means of collecting information approved and designated by Bank after providing notice thereof to Borrower from time to time.

Foreign Currency” is the lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FSHCO” means an entity that owns (directly or indirectly) no material assets other than equity interests (or equity interests and debt interests) of one or more CFCs.

Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Business Day” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.

FX Contract” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency at a set price or on a specified date (the “Settlement Date”).

FX Reduction Amount” means, with respect to a given FX Contract, the notional amount thereof multiplied by the currency exchange risk factor for the currencies involved in the FX Contract, multiplied by the current foreign exchange spot rates, in each instance as determined and calculated by Bank in its sole discretion.

GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

36


 

General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, Healthcare Permits.

Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Guarantor” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Bank.

Guaranty” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Healthcare Laws” means all applicable laws relating to the operation or management of Borrower’s business (which, as of the Effective Date, focuses on the manufacture of Clarity and ClarityPro) insofar as such laws pertain to the provision, arrangement, billing, collection or payment of healthcare services, including, without limitation, (a) all federal fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(b)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §3729 et seq.), the administrative False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), the Anti-Inducement Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a(a)(5)), and the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7); (b) HIPAA; (c) the Medicare and Medicaid programs (Titles XVIII and XIX of the Social Security Act); (d) quality and safety requirements of all applicable state laws or regulatory bodies; (e) all laws, requirements and regulations pursuant to which Healthcare Permits are issued; and (f) any and all comparable state or local laws, each of (a) through (f) as may be amended from time to time and the regulations promulgated pursuant to each such law.

Healthcare Permit” means, with respect to any Person, a permit issued or required under Healthcare Laws applicable to the business of Borrower or any Guarantor, or necessary in the possession, ownership, warehousing, marketing, promoting, sale, labeling, furnishing, distribution or delivery of goods or services under Healthcare Laws applicable to the business of Borrower or any Guarantor.

HIPAA” means, collectively, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic Clinical Health (HITECH) Act and the implementing regulations thereto.

Horizon” is Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Indebtedness” is, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount of, without duplication: (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade payables aged less than one hundred eighty (180) days); (d) all capital lease obligations of such Person; (e) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligation or liability is assumed; (f) all obligations or liabilities incurred by such Person, including, without limitation, any amounts paid to such Person, pursuant to such Person’s execution of a SAFE, provided that upon the issuance of the Equity Securities to be issued pursuant to such SAFE, such obligations and liabilities shall no longer constitute Indebtedness; and (g) all obligations or liabilities of others of the types specified in clauses (a) through (f) above guaranteed by such Person.

Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 11.3.

 

37


 

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of Borrower under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Information” is defined in Section 11.8.

Initial Audit” is Bank’s inspection of Borrower’s Accounts, the Collateral, and Borrower’s Books, with results satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

Insight EEG” means Insight EEG, PC, a California professional corporation.

Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, receivership or other relief.

Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a)
its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;
(b)
any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how and operating manuals;
(c)
any and all source code;
(d)
any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;
(e)
any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and
(f)
all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Internal Revenue Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, each as amended or modified from time to time.

Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership, membership, or other ownership interest or other Equity Securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Lender Subordination Agreement” is that certain Subordination Agreement dated as of the Effective Date by and among (a) Bank, (b) Horizon in its capacity as collateral agent under the Mezzanine Loan Agreement, and (c) Bank and Horizon in their capacities as lenders under the Mezzanine Loan Agreement.

Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

 

38


 

Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, attachment charge, pledge, hypothecation, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Liquidity” is, at any time, the sum of the aggregate amount of unrestricted and unencumbered (other than Liens in favor of Bank or Horizon) cash held at such time by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in Deposit Accounts held at Bank or subject to Control Agreements.

Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, the Lender Subordination Agreement, any Control Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, landlord waivers and consents, bailee waivers and consents, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof.

Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or financial condition of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Material Collateral” is defined in Section 5.15(a).

Merrill Account” is that certain Securities Account maintained by Borrower at Merrill as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Effective Date.

Mezzanine Loan Agreement” is that certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Horizon in its capacity as collateral agent, and Bank and Horizon in their capacities as lenders, dated as of the Effective Date (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and the Lender Subordination Agreement).

Mezzanine Loan Documents” is the “Loan Documents” (as such term is defined in the Mezzanine Loan Agreement).

Net Cash Reserves” is, as of the applicable date of determination, the product of (a) the aggregate amount of unrestricted and unencumbered (other than Liens in favor of Bank or Horizon) cash and Cash Equivalents held at such time by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts held at Bank or subject to Control Agreements, minus (b) all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances.

Net Indebtedness” is, as of the applicable date of determination, the difference determined by subtracting (a) Liquidity from (b) Total Indebtedness.

Obligations” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, the Anniversary Fee, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to Bank Services and interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

OFAC” is the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury and any successor thereto.

 

39


 

Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership or limited partnership, its partnership agreement or limited partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to Bank, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between Bank and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from Bank having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Credit Extension or Loan Document).

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment.

Overadvance” is defined in Section 1.2.

Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment Date” is set forth on Schedule I hereto.

Perfection Certificate” is the Perfection Certificate delivered by Borrower in connection with this Agreement.

Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a)
Borrower’s Indebtedness to (i) Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Mezzanine Loan Agreement), and (ii) Bank and Horizon under the Mezzanine Loan Documents, for so long as (x) all Indebtedness under the Mezzanine Loan Documents constitutes Subordinated Debt, and (y) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness under the Mezzanine Loan Documents does not exceed Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) at any time;
(b)
Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;
(c)
Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date which is shown on the Perfection Certificate;
(d)
intercompany Indebtedness owed by any Subsidiary to Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary, as applicable; provided that, if applicable, such Indebtedness is also permitted as a Permitted Investment;
(e)
Indebtedness with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000);
(f)
Indebtedness with respect to judgments or decrees not otherwise constituting an Event of Default under Section 7.8;
(g)
Indebtedness consisting of reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit in connection with real estate leases;

 

40


 

(h)
Indebtedness, including any guarantees of such Indebtedness, incurred with corporate credit cards in the ordinary course of business issued by financial institutions other than Bank in an aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) outstanding at any time;
(i)
other unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 6.4 not exceeding Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time;
(j)
Indebtedness of Borrower secured by Liens permitted under clause (m) of the definition of Permitted Liens, up to an aggregate principal amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time; and
(k)
extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (k) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments” are:

(a)
Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date which are shown on the Perfection Certificate;
(b)
Deposits and deposit accounts with commercial banks organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof to the extent: (i) the deposit accounts of each such institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit; (ii) each such institution has an aggregate capital and surplus of not less than One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000); (iii) that Borrower is permitted to maintain such accounts pursuant to Section 5.9; and (iv) Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in such deposit accounts;
(c)
Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;
(d)
Investments pursuant to or arising under currency agreements or interest rate agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(e)
(i) Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Borrower or secured Guarantors hereunder in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower or secured Guarantors; (ii) Investments by Borrower in any Subsidiaries that are not either Borrower or secured Guarantors hereunder in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any fiscal year of Borrower; and (iii) Investments by and among Borrower and secured Guarantors;
(f)
Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 6.1;
(g)
Investments not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) outstanding in the aggregate at any time consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of Equity Securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by the Board;
(h)
Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;
(i)
Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this clause shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

 

41


 

(j)
Investments permitted under Section 6.3;
(k)
Investments consistent with any investment policy adopted by the Board;
(l)
Investments consisting of customary loans to Insight EEG not in excess of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate; and
(m)
other Investments aggregating not in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) at any time.

Permitted Liens” are:

(a)
Liens existing on the Effective Date which are shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (excluding the Mezzanine Loan Agreement);
(b)
Liens existing on the Effective Date arising under the Mezzanine Loan Documents, so long as such Liens rank in priority behind all Liens securing Indebtedness owed to Bank pursuant to the Loan Documents;
(c)
Liens for fees, taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other governmental charges of any kind which are not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof (provided that such appropriate proceedings could not reasonably be expected to result in the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower);
(d)
carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (provided that such appropriate proceedings could not reasonably be expected to result in the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower);
(e)
(i) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business and (ii) exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business that do not result in a legal transfer of title to the licensed property but may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States;
(f)
Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 7.8;
(g)
Leases or subleases granted in the ordinary course of business, and licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(h)
customary Liens of any bank in connection with statutory, common law and contractual rights of setoff and recoupment with respect to any deposit account or securities account of Borrower, provided that (i) Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in such account (other than Excluded Accounts), and (ii) such account is permitted to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.9;
(i)
Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

 

42


 

(j)
Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(k)
deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than for indebtedness or any Liens arising under ERISA) in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000);
(l)
Liens of up to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) securing business credit card Indebtedness provided by financial institutions other than Bank permitted by clause (h) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness;
(m)
Liens upon up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) of equipment or other personal property acquired by Borrower after the date hereof to secure (i) the purchase price of such equipment or other personal property, or (ii) capital lease obligations or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such equipment or other personal property; provided that (A) such Liens are confined solely to the equipment or other personal property so acquired and the amount secured does not exceed the acquisition price thereof, and (B) no such Lien shall be created, incurred, assumed or suffered to exist in favor of Borrower’s officers, directors or shareholders holding five percent (5%) or more of Borrower’s Equity Securities;
(n)
Liens on up to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) of cash pledged as collateral to secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (i) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; and
(o)
Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (n) of this definition, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien (and additions, accessions and improvements thereto and replacements and proceeds thereof) and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase.

Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate” is set forth on Schedule I hereto.

Prime Rate Margin” is set forth on Schedule I hereto.

Protected Person” is defined in Section 11.3.

Recurring Revenue Ratio” is, as of any date of determination, the product of (a) Annualized Trailing Six Month Revenue on such date, divided by (b) Net Indebtedness on such date.

Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Representatives” is defined in Section 11.8.

Reserves” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its sole discretion, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its sole discretion, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank's reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or

 

43


 

may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines in its sole discretion constitutes a Default or an Event of Default.

Responsible Officer” is any of the Treasurer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License” means any in-bound license (other than ordinary course customer contracts, off-the-shelf licenses, licenses or similar agreements that are commercially available to the public and open source licenses) with respect to which Borrower is the licensee and such license or agreement is material to Borrower’s business and that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property subject to such license or agreement.

Revolving Line” is set forth on Schedule I hereto.

Revolving Line Maturity Date” is set forth on Schedule I hereto.

SAFE” is a simple agreement for future equity, or any similar agreement, whereby a Person (the “SAFE Issuer”) issues any other Person the future right to own Equity Securities of the SAFE Issuer, in exchange for the payment of cash to be converted into such Equity Securities.

SAFE Issuer” has the meaning given in the definition of SAFE.

Sanctioned Person” means a Person that: (a) is listed on any Sanctions list maintained by OFAC or any similar Sanctions list maintained by any other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over Borrower; (b) is located, organized, or resident in any country, territory, or region that is the subject or target of Sanctions; or (c) is fifty percent (50.0%) or more owned or controlled by one (1) or more Persons described in clauses (a) and (b) hereof.

Sanctions” means the economic sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by the United States government and any of its agencies, including, without limitation, OFAC and the U.S. State Department, or any other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over Borrower.

SEC” is the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Settlement Date” is defined in the definition of FX Contract.

Solvent” means, with respect to any Person on any date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the fair value of the liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital.

Specified Affiliate” is any Person (a) more than ten percent (10.0%) of whose aggregate issued and outstanding equity or ownership securities or interests, voting, non-voting or both, are owned or held directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by Borrower, and/or (b) whose equity or ownership securities or interests representing more than ten percent (10.0%) of such Person’s total outstanding combined voting power are owned or held directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by Borrower.

 

44


 

Streamline Balance” is defined in the definition of Streamline Period.

Streamline Period” is, on and after the Effective Date, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the period (a) commencing on the first (1st) day of the month following the day that Borrower provides to Bank a written report that Borrower has, for each consecutive day in the immediately preceding month maintained Net Cash Reserves in an amount at all times greater than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), as verified by Bank in its reasonable discretion (the “Streamline Balance”); and (b) terminating on the earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default, and (ii) the first (1st) day thereafter in which Borrower fails to maintain the Streamline Balance, as determined by Bank in its reasonable discretion. Upon the termination of a Streamline Period, Borrower shall maintain the Streamline Balance each consecutive day for two (2) consecutive months prior to entering into a subsequent Streamline Period. Borrower shall give Bank prior written notice of Borrower’s election to enter into any such Streamline Period, and each such Streamline Period shall commence on the first (1st) day of the monthly period following the date Bank determines that the Streamline Balance has been achieved.

Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries subordinated to all of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock, partnership, membership, or other ownership interest or other Equity Securities having ordinary voting power (other than stock, partnership, membership, or other ownership interest or other Equity Securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor.

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Total Indebtedness” is, as of the applicable date of determination, Borrower’s outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money.

Trademarks” means, with respect to any Person, any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of such Person connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer” is defined in Section 6.1.

USA Patriot Act” means the “Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001” (Public Law 107-56, signed into law on October 26, 2001), as amended from time to time.

[Signature page follows]

 

45


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:

 

CERIBELL, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Scott Blumberg

 

 

 

Name:

 

Scott Blumberg

 

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANK:

 

FIRST-CITIZENS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Matthew Perry

 

 

 

Name:

 

Matthew Perry

 

 

 

Title:

 

Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement

 


 

SCHEDULE I

LSA PROVISIONS

 

LSA Section

LSA Provision

1.1(a) – Revolving Line – Availability

Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be prepaid or repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

1.3(a) – Interest Payments

Interest on the principal amount of each Advance is payable in arrears monthly (i) on each Payment Date, (ii) on the date of any prepayment and (iii) on the Revolving Line Maturity Date.

1.3(b)(i) – Interest Rate

The outstanding principal amount of any Advance shall accrue interest at a floating rate per annum equal to the greater of (A) six percent (6.0%) and (B) the Prime Rate plus the Prime Rate Margin, which interest shall be payable in accordance with Section 1.3(a).

1.3(e) – Interest Computation

Interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year for any Credit Extension outstanding.

12.2 – “Effective Date”

Effective Date” is February 6, 2024.

12.2 – “Payment Date”

Payment Date” is the first (1st) calendar day of each month.

12.2 – “Prime Rate”

Prime Rate” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of North Carolina (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors); provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero percent (0.0%) per annum, such rate shall be deemed to be zero percent (0.0%) per annum for purposes of this Agreement.

12.2 – “Prime Rate Margin”

Prime Rate Margin” is one-quarter of one percent (0.25%).

12.2 – “Revolving Line”

Revolving Line” is an aggregate principal amount equal to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

12.2 – “Revolving Line Maturity Date”

Revolving Line Maturity Date” is February 6, 2026.

 

 

I-1


 

EXHIBIT A

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

Date: ________________

 

TO: Silicon Valley Bank, a division of First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company (“SVB”)

FROM: CeriBell, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (as amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the “Agreement”), Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _______________ with all required covenants except as noted below. Attached are the required documents evidencing such compliance, setting forth calculations prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

Reporting Covenants

Required

Complies

 

 

 

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Statement

Monthly within 30 days

Yes No

Annual financial statements (CPA Audited)

FYE within 270 days

Yes No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

Within 5 days after filing with SEC

Yes No

A/R & A/P Agings, Deferred Revenue report, detailed debtor listings, and general ledger

Monthly within 30 days (so long as any Credit Extension is outstanding)

Yes No

Borrowing Base Statements

Weekly on Friday of each week if Streamline Period is not in effect; or monthly within 30 days of month end if Streamline Period in effect

Yes No

Board approved budget and projections

FYE within 30 days and as amended/updated

Yes No

 

Accounts:

 

1.

Borrower’s total balance, including cash, in accounts in the name of Borrower maintained with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates: $________________

 

 

 

 

2.

Total aggregate balance, including cash, of Borrower at all institutions wherever located: $_______________

 

 

3.

Is Borrower’s balance, including cash, in accounts in the name of Borrower maintained with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates greater than or equal to fifty percent (50%) of the total aggregate balance, including cash, of Borrower at all institutions wherever located?

 

 

 

Yes, in compliance ______________ No, not in compliance ____________

 

A-1


 

4.

Institutions (other than Bank) where Borrower maintains accounts and balances in such accounts:

 

Institution Name

Account Number

Balance

Control Agreement in favor of Bank obtained?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yes, in compliance ______________No, not in compliance ____________

 

 

5.

To the extent a Subsidiary exists, please also answer questions #1 through #4 above as to each such Subsidiary.

 

Financial Covenant

Required

Actual

Complies

 

 

 

 

Maintain as indicated:

 

 

 

Recurring Revenue Ratio

1.0:1.0

_____:1.0

Yes No

 

Streamline Period Calculation

Required for Streamline

Actual

In Streamline Period?

 

 

 

 

Maintain:

 

 

 

Net Cash Reserves

>$10,000,000

$_________

Yes No

 

Insight EEG

 

6.

Does Insight EEG hold cash and Cash Equivalents with an aggregate fair market value exceeding Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000)?

Yes

No

 

 

 

 

 

If so, please advise on such amount: $_____________

 

 

 

 

7.

Has Borrower made Investments into Insight EEG on and from the Effective Date exceeding Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000)?

Yes

No

 

 

 

 

 

If so, please advise on such amount: $_____________

 

Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Statement.

Yes

No

 

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and correct as of the date of this Compliance Statement.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the statements above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

A-2


 

Schedule 1 to Compliance Statement

Financial Covenant and Streamline Calculation

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Agreement, the terms of the Agreement shall govern.

Dated: ____________________

I. Recurring Revenue Ratio (Section 5.10)

Required: 1.00:1.00

Actual:

 

A.

Revenue of Borrower and its Subsidiaries recognized under GAAP during the six (6) month period immediately preceding the date of determination

$_______

B.

Without duplication of all such amounts required to be subtracted under GAAP, (x) any portion of such revenue received from the sale of products or services not in the ordinary course of business, and (y) any portion of such revenue received as the result of one-time, non-recurring transactions, installation services and/or set-up fees

$_______

C.

Annualized Trailing Six Month Revenue (the sum of line A plus line B multiplied by 2)

$_______

D.

Borrower’s outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money

$_______

E.

Recurring Revenue Ratio (line D divided by line C)

________

 

Is line E equal to or greater than 1.00:1.00?

 

 

 

  No, not in compliance

 

 

  Yes, in compliance

 

II. Net Cash Reserves (definition of Streamline Period)

Required: >$10,000,000

Actual:

 

A.

Unrestricted and unencumbered cash and Cash Equivalents held at Bank or subject to Control Agreements

$_______

B.

The sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances

$_______

C.

Net Cash Reserves (line A minus line B)

$_______

 

Is line C greater than $10,000,000?

 

 

 

  No, not in Streamline Period

 

 

  Yes, in Streamline Period

 

 

C-1


EX-10.05

 

Exhibit 10.05

 

VENTURE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

February 6, 2024 (the “Closing Date”)

 

by and among

 

HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE

CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

312 Farmington Avenue

Farmington, CT 06032

 

as a Lender and Collateral Agent

SILICON VALLEY BANK, A DIVISION OF

FIRST-CITIZENS BANK & TRUST COMPANY,

a North Carolina stock corporation

505 Howard St Floor 3
San Francisco, CA 94105

 

as a Lender

 

And

 

CERIBELL, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

360 N Pastoria Avenue

Sunnyvale, CA 94085

 

as Borrower

 

COMMITMENT AMOUNTS:

Loan A [TR 1]: $6,000,000 (SVB)

Loan B [TR 1]: $5,000,000 (HRZN)

Loan C [TR 1]: $5,000,000 (HRZN)

Loan D [TR 1]: $4,000,000 (HRZN)

Loan E [TR 2]: $3,000,000 (SVB)

Loan F [TR 2]: $3,500,000 (HRZN)

Loan G [TR 2]: $3,500,000 (HRZN)

Loan H [TR 3]: $3,000,000 (SVB)

Loan I [TR 3]: $3,500,000 (HRZN)

Loan J [TR 3]: $3,500,000 (HRZN)

Loan K [TR 4]: $3,000,000 (SVB)

Loan L [TR 4]: $3,500,000 (HRZN)

Loan M [TR 4]: $3,500,000 (HRZN)

COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATES:

Loan A: February 6, 2024

Loan B: February 6, 2024

Loan C: February 6, 2024

Loan D: February 6, 2024

Loan E: December 31, 2024

Loan F: December 31, 2024

Loan G: December 31, 2024

Loan H: March 31, 2025

Loan I: March 31, 2025

Loan J: March 31, 2025

Loan K: June 30, 2025

Loan L: June 30, 2025

Loan M: June 30, 2025

 

 


 

The Lender, Collateral Agent and Borrower hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions and Construction.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Account Control Agreement” means an agreement reasonably acceptable to Lender which perfects via control Lender’s and Collateral Agent’s security interest in Borrower’s deposit accounts and/or securities accounts.

Additional Warrant” means each separate Warrant, in substantially the same form as the Initial Warrants, issuable to a Lender upon the funding of each of (i) Loan E, Loan F, and Loan G (collectively, “Tranche 1”), (ii) Loan H, Loan I, and Loan J (collectively, “Tranche 2”), and (iii) Loan K, Loan L and Loan M (collectively “Tranche 3” and together with Tranche 1 and Tranche 2, the “Tranches”), which Warrants shall provide the holder thereof with the right, with respect to each of the Tranches, to purchase an aggregate amount of up to One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) of the shares of either (a) Borrower’s C-1 Preferred Stock at a price per share of $4.47, or (b) the series of stock sold by Borrower in the first Qualified Financing consummated by Borrower after the date of this Agreement, in each case as such Warrant is amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and “Additional Warrants” means all such Warrants collectively.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the stock of such Person, any other Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person and each of such Person’s officers, directors, managers, joint venturers or partners. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” of a Person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting Equity Securities, by contract or otherwise and the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

Agreement” means this certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lender dated as of the date on the cover page hereto (as it may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented in a writing signed by Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lender and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Lender Subordination Agreement and the Lender Intercreditor Agreement).

Annualized Trailing Six Month Revenue” means, as of the applicable date of determination, the product of (a) the revenue of Borrower and its Subsidiaries recognized under GAAP during the six (6) month period immediately preceding the date of determination, less, without duplication of all such amounts required to be subtracted under GAAP, (i) any portion of such revenue received from the sale of products or services not in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) any portion of such revenue received as the result of one-time, non-recurring transactions, installation services and/or set-up fees multiplied by (b) two (2).

1


 

Anti-Terrorism Laws” means any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

Bank Services” means any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by SVB or any SVB Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in SVB’s various agreements related thereto to the extent Borrower has agreed to be bound (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

Bank Services Agreement” is defined in the definition of Bank Services.

Borrower” means Borrower as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required to close in Connecticut or California.

Citi Account” is that certain deposit account maintained by Borrower at Citibank as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date.

Claim” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the State of New York, as amended from time to time; provided that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the creation and/or perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall also mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such creation, perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.

Collateral” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

Collateral Account” means any “deposit account”, “securities account”, or “commodity account”, in each case, as such term is defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Collateral Agent” means Horizon, or any successor collateral agent appointed by Lender.

Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make a Loan in the amount of such Lender’s applicable Commitment Amount pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Commitment Amount” means the Loan A Commitment Amount, the Loan B Commitment Amount, the Loan C Commitment Amount, the Loan D Commitment Amount, the Loan E Commitment Amount, the Loan F Commitment Amount, the Loan G Commitment Amount, the Loan H Commitment Amount, the Loan I Commitment Amount, the Loan J Commitment Amount, the Loan K Commitment Amount, the Loan L Commitment Amount or the Loan M Commitment Amount, as applicable.

2


 

Commitment Fee” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(c) of this Agreement.

Consolidated” means the consolidation of accounts in accordance with GAAP.

Default” means any Event of Default or any event which with the passing of time or the giving of notice or both would become an Event of Default hereunder.

Default Rate” means the per annum rate of interest equal to five percent (5%) over the Loan Rate, but such rate shall in no event be more than the highest rate permitted by applicable law to be charged on commercial loans in a default situation.

Designated Deposit Account” is the deposit account established by Borrower with SVB for purposes of receiving the proceeds of Loans.

Disclosure Schedule” means Exhibit A attached hereto.

Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in U.S. dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by SVB at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Environmental Laws” means all foreign, federal, state or local laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authorities, in each case relating to environmental, health, safety and land use matters, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act.

Equity Securities” of any Person means (a) all common stock, preferred stock, participations, shares, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests in and of such Person (regardless of how designated and whether or not voting or non-voting) and (b) all warrants, options and other rights to acquire any of the foregoing, but excluding any debt securities convertible into capital stock of such Person.

ERISA” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.12 of this Agreement.

Event of Default” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8 of this Agreement.

Excluded Accounts” means (a) deposit accounts used exclusively for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments, provided that at no time shall the aggregate amount on deposit in such account exceed the amount required for Borrower to fund one payroll cycle for its employees, (b) cash collateral accounts subject to Liens permitted by clauses (m) or (n) of the definition of Permitted Liens, and (c) other Collateral Accounts with an aggregate balance not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) at any time.

3


 

Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Lender, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Lender being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.4(c), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.4(c)(iv), and (d) any withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Existing Indebtedness” means the obligations of Borrower under the Existing Loan Agreement, including any final payments due in accordance with the terms of the Existing Loan Agreement.

Existing Loan Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 10, 2022 by and among Borrower, Horizon in its capacity as collateral agent, and Horizon, Horizon Credit II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“HCII”), and Horizon Funding Trust 2019-1, a Delaware statutory trust (“Horizon Trust”), each in their capacities as lenders, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Venture Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2022, by and among Borrower, Horizon, HCII, Horizon Trust, and Horizon Funding I, LLC.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Internal Revenue Code.

First Republic Accounts” means, collectively, those certain deposit accounts maintained by Borrower at First Republic Bank as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date.

Foreign Currency” is the lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Funding Certificate” means a certificate executed by a duly authorized Responsible Officer of Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as Lender may agree to accept.

Funding Date” means any date on which a Loan is made to or on account of Borrower under this Agreement.

4


 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the United States of America from time to time, consistently applied.

Good Faith Deposit” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(a) of this Agreement.

Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, Healthcare Permits.

Governmental Authority” means (a) any federal, state, county, municipal or foreign government, or political subdivision thereof, (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department, instrumentality or public body, (c) any court or administrative tribunal, or (d) with respect to any Person, any arbitration tribunal or other non-governmental authority to whose jurisdiction that Person has consented.

Guarantor” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Lenders.

Guaranty” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Hazardous Materials” means all those substances which are regulated by, or which may form the basis of liability under, any Environmental Law, including all substances identified under any Environmental Law as a pollutant, contaminant, hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, special waste, hazardous substance, hazardous material, or toxic substance, or petroleum or petroleum derived substance or waste.

Healthcare Laws” means all applicable laws relating to the operation or management of Borrower’s business (which, as of the Closing Date, focuses on the manufacture of Clarity and ClarityPro) insofar as such laws pertain to the provision, arrangement, billing, collection or payment of healthcare services, including, without limitation, (a) all federal fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(b)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §3729 et seq.), the administrative False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), the Anti-Inducement Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a(a)(5)), and the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7); (b) HIPAA; (c) the Medicare and Medicaid programs (Titles XVIII and XIX of the Social Security Act); (d) quality and safety requirements of all applicable state laws or regulatory bodies; (e) all laws, requirements and regulations pursuant to which Healthcare Permits are issued; and (f) any and all comparable state or local laws, each of (a) through (f) as may be amended from time to time and the regulations promulgated pursuant to each such law.

Healthcare Permit” means, with respect to any Person, a permit issued or required under Healthcare Laws applicable to the business of Borrower or any Guarantor, or necessary in the possession, ownership, warehousing, marketing, promoting, sale, labeling, furnishing, distribution or delivery of goods or services under Healthcare Laws applicable to the business of Borrower or any Guarantor.

5


 

HIPAA” means, collectively, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic Clinical Health (HITECH) Act and the implementing regulations thereto.

Horizon” means Horizon Technology Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Horizon Loan Rate” means with respect to each Loan provided to or on behalf of Borrower by Horizon, the sum of (a) the per annum rate of interest from time to time published in The Wall Street Journal, or any successor publication thereto, as the “prime rate” then in effect, plus (b) 2.75%; provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than 6.50 %, such rate shall be deemed to be 6.50% for purposes of calculating the Horizon Loan Rate, provided, further, that if the “prime rate”, (a) is no longer reported in the Wall Street Journal, (b) is no longer widely used as a benchmark market rate for new facilities of this type, or (c) becomes permanently unavailable, Horizon shall, with Borrower’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), select a successor benchmark rate, which successor rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice and as agreed among Horizon and Borrower, or if there is no consistent market practice, such successor rate shall be applied in a manner reasonably agreed by Horizon and Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Horizon Loan Rate be less than 9.25%.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount of, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade payables aged less than one hundred eighty (180) days), (d) all capital lease obligations of such Person, (e) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligation or liability is assumed, (f) all obligations or liabilities incurred by such Person, including, without limitation, any amounts paid to such Person, pursuant to such Person’s execution of a SAFE, provided that upon the issuance of the Equity Securities to be issued pursuant to such SAFE, such obligations and liabilities shall no longer constitute Indebtedness and (g) all obligations or liabilities of others of the types specified in clauses (a) through (f) above guaranteed by such Person.

Indemnified Person” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of Borrower under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Initial Warrant” means each separate warrant dated as of the date of this Agreement issued by Borrower in favor of a Lender pursuant to which such Lender has the right to purchase shares of Borrower’s Series C-1 Preferred Stock at a price per share of $4.47 with an aggregate value not to exceed Four Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($475,000), as amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and “Initial Warrants” means all such Warrants collectively.

6


 

Insight EEG” means Insight EEG, PC, a California professional corporation.

Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title and interest in and to patents, patent rights (and applications and registrations therefor and divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same), trademarks and service marks (and applications and registrations therefor and the goodwill associated therewith), whether registered or not, inventions, copyrights (including applications and registrations therefor and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof), whether published or unpublished, mask works (and applications and registrations therefor), trade names, trade styles, domain names, software and computer programs, source code, object code, trade secrets, licenses, methods, processes, know how, drawings, specifications, descriptions, and all memoranda, notes, and records with respect to any research and development, all whether now owned or subsequently acquired or developed by such Person and whether in tangible or intangible form or contained on magnetic media readable by machine together with all such magnetic media (but not including embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code).

Interest Only Period” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

Internal Revenue Code” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.20 of this Agreement.

Investment” means the purchase or acquisition of any capital stock, equity interest, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, or the extension of any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or any other investment in, or deposit accounts with, any Person.

Landlord Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form provided by Lender to Borrower or such other form as Lender may reasonably agree to accept.

Lender” means, individually, each Lender as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement, and collectively, all such Lenders.

Lender Intercreditor Agreement” means, collectively, (a) that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement by and among Horizon and SVB, in their capacities as Lenders, and (b) any and all intercreditor agreements or similar agreement by and between Horizon and SVB, as each may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof.

Lender Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement by and among (a) SVB in its capacity as bank under the Senior Loan Agreement, (b) the Collateral Agent, and (c) SVB and Horizon in their capacities as Lenders.

Lender’s Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, documentation, drafting, amendment, modification, administration, perfection and funding of the Loan Documents; and all of Lender’s attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or

7


 

defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal or review), including the exercise of any rights or remedies afforded hereunder or under applicable law, whether or not suit is brought, whether before or after bankruptcy or insolvency, including all fees and costs incurred by Lender in connection with such Lender’s enforcement of its rights in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding filed by or against Borrower, any Subsidiary or their respective Property.

Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by SVB upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien” means any voluntary or involuntary security interest, pledge, bailment, lease, mortgage, hypothecation, conditional sales and title retention agreement, encumbrance or other lien with respect to any Property in favor of any Person.

Liquidity” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of unrestricted and unencumbered (other than Lien in favor of Collateral Agent and each Lender) cash held at such time by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accounts subject to Account Control Agreements.

Loan” means each advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement.

Loan A” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan A Commitment Amount.

Loan A Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan A on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan A Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan A on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan A Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan Amortization Date” means, with respect to each Loan, the Payment Date on which Borrower is required, pursuant to Section 2.2(a) below, to commence making equal payments of principal plus accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal amount of such Loan.

Loan B” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan B Commitment Amount.

Loan B Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan B on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan B Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan B on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan B Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

8


 

Loan C” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan C Commitment Amount.

Loan C Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan C on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan C Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan C on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan C Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan D” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan D Commitment Amount.

Loan D Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan D on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan D Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan D on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan D Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Lender Subordination Agreement, the Lender Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes, the Warrants, any Landlord Agreement, any Account Control Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement and all other documents, instruments and agreements entered into in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services.

Loan E” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan E Commitment Amount.

Loan E Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan E on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan E Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan E on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan E Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan F” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan F Commitment Amount.

Loan F Commitment Fee” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(c) of this Agreement.

9


 

Loan F Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan F on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan F Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan F on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan F Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan G” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan G Commitment Amount.

Loan G Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan G on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan G Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan G on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan G Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan H” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan H Commitment Amount.

Loan H Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan H on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan H Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan H on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan H Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan I” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan I Commitment Amount.

Loan I Commitment Fee” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(c) of this Agreement.

Loan I Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan I on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan I Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan I on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan I Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

10


 

Loan J” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan J Commitment Amount.

Loan J Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan J on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan J Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan J on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan J Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan K” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan K Commitment Amount.

Loan K Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan K on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan K Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan K on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan K Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan L” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan L Commitment Amount.

Loan L Commitment Fee” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.6(c) of this Agreement.

Loan L Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan L on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan L Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan L on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan L Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan M” means the advance of credit by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement in the Loan M Commitment Amount.

Loan M Commitment Amount” means the Commitment Amount listed for Loan M on the cover page of this Agreement.

Loan M Commitment Termination Date” means the Commitment Termination Date listed for Loan M on the cover page of this Agreement.

11


 

Loan M Final Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(g) of this Agreement.

Loan Rate” means, as applicable, the Horizon Loan Rate or the SVB Loan Rate.

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the financial condition, business, operations, or Properties of Borrower, (b) the ability of Borrower to perform its Obligations under the Loan Documents or (c) the Collateral or Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s security interest in the Collateral (through no fault of Collateral Agent or any Lender).

Maturity Date” means, with respect to each Loan, March 1, 2029, or if earlier, the date of acceleration of such Loan following an Event of Default or the date of prepayment, whichever is applicable.

Merrill Account” is that certain securities account maintained by Borrower at Merrill as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date.

Net Indebtedness” means, as of the applicable date of determination, the difference determined by subtracting (a) Liquidity from (b) Total Indebtedness.

Note” means each promissory note executed in connection with a Loan in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, fees, charges, expenses and attorneys’ fees and costs and other amounts, obligations, covenants, and duties owing by Borrower to Collateral Agent or any Lender of any kind and description (whether pursuant to or evidenced by the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants), or by any other agreement between any Lender and Borrower (other than the Warrants), and whether or not for the payment of money), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including all Lender’s Expenses, and, without limitation, all obligations relating to Bank Services, if any.

OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as Lender may agree to accept.

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Lender, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Lender and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Lender having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security

12


 

interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment.

Payment Date” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

Permitted Indebtedness” means and includes:

(a) Indebtedness of Borrower to Lenders under the Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness arising from the endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Indebtedness of Borrower existing on the date hereof and set forth on the Disclosure Schedule;

(d) intercompany Indebtedness owed by any Subsidiary to Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary, as applicable; provided that, if applicable, such Indebtedness is also permitted as a Permitted Investment;

(e) Indebtedness with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000);

(f) Indebtedness with respect to judgments or decrees not otherwise constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.9 of this Agreement;

(g) Indebtedness consisting of reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued in connection with real estate leases;

(h) Indebtedness, including any guarantees of such Indebtedness, incurred with corporate credit cards in the ordinary course of business issued by financial institutions other than SVB in an aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) outstanding at any time;

(i) Indebtedness of Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the Senior Debt Cap (as defined in the Lender Subordination Agreement), consisting of a revolving credit facility in which the loans are limited to not more than Eighty-Five Percent (85%) of Borrower’s outstanding accounts receivable, as well as Bank Services);

(j) other Indebtedness in an outstanding principal amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) at any time;

(k) Indebtedness of Borrower secured by Liens permitted under clause (o) of the definition of Permitted Liens, up to an aggregate principal amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time; and

13


 

(l) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness under subsection (c) above; provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower.

Permitted Investments” means and includes any of the following:

(a) Deposits and deposit accounts with commercial banks organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof to the extent: (i) the deposit accounts of each such institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit; (ii) each such institution has an aggregate capital and surplus of not less than One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000); (iii) that Borrower is permitted to maintain such accounts pursuant to Section 6.13 of this Agreement; and (iv) Collateral Agent and Lenders have a first priority perfected security interest in such deposit accounts;

(b) Investments in marketable obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States and maturing not more than one (1) year from the date of issuance;

(c) Investments in open market commercial paper rated at least “A1” or “P1” or higher by a national credit rating agency and maturing not more than one (1) year from the creation thereof;

(d) Investments pursuant to or arising under currency agreements or interest rate agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Investments by Borrower and Subsidiaries in their Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof;

(f) (i) Investments by Subsidiaries of Borrower or secured Guarantors hereunder in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower or secured Guarantors; (ii) Investments by Borrower in any Subsidiaries that are not either Borrower or secured Guarantors hereunder in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 per fiscal year; and (iii) Investments by and among Borrower and guarantors;

(g) Investments existing on the date hereof disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule;

(h)Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.4 of this Agreement;

(i) Investments not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) outstanding in the aggregate at any time consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

14


 

(j) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(k) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this clause shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(l) Investments permitted under Section 7.6 of this Agreement;

(m) Investments consistent with any investment policy adopted by Borrower’s board of directors

(n) Investments consisting of customary loans to Insight EEG not in excess of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate; and

(o) other Investments aggregating not in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) at any time.

Permitted Liens” means and includes:

(a) the Liens created by the Loan Documents (including this Agreement or the Senior Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for fees, taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other governmental charges of any kind which are not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof (provided that such appropriate proceedings could not reasonably be expected to result in the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower);

(c) Liens identified on the Disclosure Schedule;

(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (provided that such appropriate proceedings could not reasonably be expected to result in the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such Lien or reserves sufficient to discharge such Lien have been provided on the books of Borrower);

(e) (i) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business and (ii) exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business that do not result in a legal transfer of title to the

15


 

licensed property but may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States;

(f) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.9 of this Agreement;

(g) Liens incurred in connection with Transfers permitted pursuant to Section 7.4 of this Agreement;

(h) Leases or subleases granted in the ordinary course of business, and licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(i) customary Liens of any bank in connection with statutory, common law and contractual rights of setoff and recoupment with respect to any deposit account or securities account of Borrower, provided that (i) Collateral Agent and Lenders have a first priority perfected security interest (subject to Liens in favor of SVB under the Senior Loan Agreement that are permitted to have priority) in such account (other than Excluded Accounts), and (ii) such account is permitted to be maintained pursuant to Section 7.13 of this Agreement;

(j) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(l) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than for indebtedness or any Liens arising under ERISA) in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000);

(m) Liens of up to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) securing business credit card Indebtedness provided by financial institutions other than SVB permitted by clause (h) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(n) Liens on up to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) of cash pledged as collateral to secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (j) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(o) Liens upon up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) of any equipment or other personal property acquired by Borrower after the date hereof to secure (i) the purchase price of such equipment or other personal property, or (ii) capital lease obligations or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such equipment or other personal property; provided that (A) such Liens are confined solely to the equipment or other personal property so acquired and the amount secured does not exceed the acquisition price thereof, and (B) no such Lien shall be created, incurred, assumed or suffered to exist in favor of Borrower’s officers, directors or shareholders holding five percent (5%) or more of Borrower’s Equity Securities;

16


 

(p) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (n) of this definition, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien (and additions, accessions and improvements thereto and replacements and proceeds thereof) and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase; and

(q) Liens incurred to secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (g) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”.

Person” means and includes any individual, any partnership, any corporation, any business trust, any joint stock company, any limited liability company, any unincorporated association or any other entity and any domestic or foreign national, state or local government, any political subdivision thereof, and any department, agency, authority or bureau of any of the foregoing.

Property” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, whether tangible or intangible.

Qualified Financing” means the sale of the convertible preferred stock of Borrower to purchasers which include, without limitation, venture capital investors, which results in Borrower receiving cash proceeds in an amount not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

Responsible Officer” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.3 of this Agreement.

Restricted License” means any in-bound license (other than ordinary course customer contracts, off-the-shelf licenses, licenses or similar agreements that are commercially available to the public and open source licenses) with respect to which Borrower is the licensee and such license or agreement is material to Borrower’s business and that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property subject to such license or agreement.

Rights to Payment” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

SAFE” means a simple agreement for future equity, or any similar agreement, whereby a Person (the “SAFE Issuer”) issues any other Person the future right to own Equity Securities of the SAFE Issuer, in exchange for the payment of cash to be converted into such Equity Securities.

Sanctioned Person” means a Person that: (a) is listed on any Sanctions list maintained by OFAC or any similar Sanctions list maintained by any other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over Borrower; (b) is located, organized, or resident in any country, territory, or region that is the subject or target of Sanctions; or (c) is fifty percent (50.0%) or more owned or controlled by one (1) or more Persons described in clauses (a) and (b) hereof.

17


 

Sanctions” means any economic sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by the United States Government and any of its agencies (including, without limitation, OFAC and the United States Department of State), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, His Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

Scheduled Payments” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

Senior Loan Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement between Borrower and SVB, which among other things evidences the debt set forth in clause (i) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness.

Solvent” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.12 of this Agreement.

Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the outstanding Equity Securities entitled to vote for the election of directors or other governing body (otherwise than as the result of a default) is owned by Borrower directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries.

SVB” means Silicon Valley Bank, a division of First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company, a North Carolina stock corporation.

SVB Loan Rate” means with respect to each Loan provided to or on behalf of Borrower by SVB, the per annum rate of interest from time to time published in The Wall Street Journal, or any successor publication thereto, as the “prime rate” then in effect, provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than 6.00%, such rate shall be deemed to be 6.00% for purposes of calculating the SVB Loan Rate, provided, further, that if the “prime rate”, (a) is no longer reported in the Wall Street Journal, (b) is no longer widely used as a benchmark market rate for new facilities of this type, or (c) becomes permanently unavailable, the SVB Loan Rate shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by SVB as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of North Carolina (such SVB announced prime rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by SVB in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Total Indebtedness” means, as of the applicable date of determination, the Borrower’s outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money.

Transfer” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.4 of this Agreement.

Warrant” means, as applicable, an Initial Warrant or an Additional Warrant, and “Warrants” means all such Warrants collectively.

1.2 Construction. References in this Agreement to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Exhibits,” “Schedules” and “Annexes” are to recitals, articles, sections, exhibits, schedules and annexes herein and hereto unless otherwise indicated. References in this Agreement and each of the other

18


 

Loan Documents to any document, instrument or agreement shall include (a) all exhibits, schedules, annexes and other attachments thereto, (b) all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof, and (c) such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time and in effect at any given time (subject, in the case of clauses (b) and (c), to any restrictions on such replacement, amendment, modification or supplement set forth in the Loan Documents). The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. The words “include” and “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not be construed to be limiting or exclusive. Unless the context requires otherwise, any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Unless otherwise indicated in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all accounting terms used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be construed, and all accounting and financial computations hereunder or thereunder shall be computed, in accordance with GAAP (except with respect to unaudited financial statements (i) for non-compliance with FAS 123R and (ii) for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments), and all terms describing Collateral shall be construed in accordance with the Code; provided that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any covenant or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or Lender shall so request, Borrower and Lender shall negotiate in good faith to amend such covenant or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided, further, that, until so amended (a) such covenant or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) Borrower shall provide Lender financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP; provided, further, that all obligations of any Person that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of an Accounting Standards Update (the “ASU”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all financial definitions, calculations and covenants for purposes of this Agreement (other than for purposes of the delivery of financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP) whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date), notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as capitalized lease obligations in accordance with GAAP.

1.3 The terms and information set forth on the cover page of this Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement.

19


 

2. Loans; Repayment.

2.1 Commitments.

(a) The Commitment Amounts. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth as and when made or deemed to be made, (i) SVB agrees to lend to Borrower, prior to the Loan A Commitment Termination Date, Loan A, prior to the Loan E Commitment Termination Date, Loan E, prior to the Loan H Commitment Termination Date, Loan H, and prior to the Loan K Commitment Termination Date, Loan K and (ii) Horizon agrees to lend to Borrower, prior to the Loan B Commitment Termination Date, Loan B, prior to the Loan C Commitment Termination Date, Loan C, prior to the Loan D Commitment Termination Date Loan D, prior to the Loan F Commitment Termination Date, Loan F, prior to the Loan G Commitment Termination Date, Loan G, prior to the Loan I Commitment Termination Date, Loan I, prior to the Loan J Commitment Termination Date, Loan J, prior to the Loan L Commitment Termination Date, Loan L and prior to the Loan M Commitment Termination Date, Loan M.

(b) The Loans and the Notes. The obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of and interest on each Loan shall be evidenced by a Note issued to the Lender.

(c) Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of each Loan shall be used solely for working capital or general corporate purposes of Borrower, including the repayment of the Existing Indebtedness on the Closing Date.

(d) Termination of Commitment to Lend. Notwithstanding anything in the Loan Documents, each respective Lender’s obligation to lend its undisbursed portion of the Commitment Amount to Borrower hereunder shall terminate on the earlier of (i) at each Lender’s sole election, the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder that has not been waived by Lender, and (ii) with respect to Loan A, the Loan A Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan B, the Loan B Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan C, the Loan C Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan D, the Loan D Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan E, the Loan E Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan F, the Loan F Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan G, the Loan G Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan H, the Loan H Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan I, the Loan I Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan J, the Loan J Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan K, the Loan K Commitment Termination Date, with respect to Loan L, the Loan L Commitment Termination Date and with respect to Loan M, the Loan M Commitment Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Lender’s obligation to lend its undisbursed portion of the Commitment Amount to Borrower shall terminate if, in such Lender’s sole good faith discretion, there has been a material adverse change in the results of operations or financial condition of Borrower, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, or there has been any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the business plan of Borrower presented to any Lender on or before the date of this Agreement.

20


 

2.2 Payments.

(a) Scheduled Payments. Borrower shall make (i) a payment of accrued interest only to each applicable Lender on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan on each Payment Date occurring during the period commencing on the Funding Date of the applicable Loan and continuing through March 1, 2028 (the “Interest Only Period”) and then (ii) an equal payment of principal amortized over a 12-month period, plus accrued and unpaid interest to each applicable Lender on the outstanding principal amount of each Loan on each of the next twelve (12) Payment Dates following the Interest Only Period, as set forth in the Note applicable to such Loan (collectively, the “Scheduled Payments”). Borrower shall make such Scheduled Payments commencing on the date set forth in the Note applicable to such Loan and continuing thereafter on the first Business Day of each calendar month (each a “Payment Date”) through the Maturity Date. In any event, all unpaid principal and accrued interest shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date applicable to such Loan.

(b) Interim Payment. Unless the Funding Date for a Loan is the first day of a calendar month, Borrower shall pay the per diem interest (accruing at the Loan Rate from the Funding Date through the last day of that month) payable with respect to such Loan on the first Business Day of the next calendar month.

(c) Payment of Interest. Borrower shall pay interest on each Loan at a per annum rate of interest equal to the Loan Rate. Interest on a Loan shall accrue commencing on the day that such Loan is made to or on behalf of Borrower, and shall continue to accrue through the date on which such Loan is repaid in full. Changes to the Loan Rate based on changes to the “prime rate” (or such substitute benchmark rate selected in accordance with the definition of “Loan Rate” set forth in Section 1.1 above) shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the “prime rate” (or such substitute benchmark rate selected in accordance with the definition of “Loan Rate” set forth in Section 1.1 above) and to the extent of any such change. Interest (including interest at the Default Rate, if applicable) shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the amount of interest payable hereunder shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount permitted by the law applicable to interest charged on commercial loans.

(d) Application of Payments. All payments received by Lender when no Event of Default exists shall be applied as follows: (i) first, to Lender’s Expenses then due and owing; and (ii) second, ratably, to all Scheduled Payments then due and owing (provided, however, if such payments are not sufficient to pay the whole amount then due, such payments shall be applied first to unpaid interest at the Loan Rate, then to the remaining amounts then due). After an Event of Default which has not been waived by Lender, all payments and application of proceeds shall be made as set forth in Section 9.7.

(e) Late Payment Fee. Borrower shall pay to Lender a late payment fee equal to six percent (6%) of any Scheduled Payment not paid when due to such Lender.

(f) Default Rate. At Lender’s election, Borrower shall pay interest at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate on any amounts required to be paid by Borrower to Collateral Agent or Lender under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including Scheduled Payments), payable with respect to any Loan, accrued and unpaid interest, and any fees or other amounts which remain unpaid from and after the date such amounts are due. If an Event of Default

21


 

has occurred and the Obligations have been accelerated (whether automatically or by Lender’s election), Borrower shall pay interest on the aggregate, outstanding accelerated balance hereunder from the date of the Event of Default until all Events of Default are cured, at a per annum rate equal to the Default Rate.

(g) Final Payment.

(i) Loan A Final Payment. Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of Two Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($240,000) (the “Loan A Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan A, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan A or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

(ii) Loan B Final Payment. Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (the “Loan B Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan B, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan B or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

(iii) Loan C Final Payment. Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (the “Loan C Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan C, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan C or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

(iv) Loan D Final Payment. Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of One Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($160,000) (the “Loan D Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan D, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan D or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

(v) Loan E Final Payment. If Loan E is funded, Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of One Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($120,000) (the “Loan E Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan E, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan E or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

(vi) Loan F Final Payment. If Loan F is funded, Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of One Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($140,000) (the “Loan F Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan F, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan F or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

(vii) Loan G Final Payment. If Loan G is funded, Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of One Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($140,000) (the “Loan G Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan G, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan G or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

22


 

(viii) Loan H Final Payment. If Loan H is funded, Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of One Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($120,000) (the “Loan H Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan H, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan H or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

(ix) Loan I Final Payment. If Loan I is funded, Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of One Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($140,000) (the “Loan I Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan I, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan I or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

(x) Loan J Final Payment. If Loan J is funded, Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of One Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($140,000) (the “Loan J Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan J, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan J or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

(xi) Loan K Final Payment. If Loan K is funded, Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of One Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($120,000) (the “Loan K Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan K, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan K or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

(xii) Loan L Final Payment. If Loan L is funded, Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of One Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($140,000) (the “Loan L Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan L, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan L or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

(xiii) Loan M Final Payment. If Loan M is funded, Borrower shall pay to the applicable Lender a payment in the amount of One Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($140,000) (the “Loan M Final Payment”) upon the earlier of (A) payment in full of the principal balance of Loan M, (B) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of Loan M or (C) the Maturity Date, as applicable.

(h) Auto-Debit. SVB may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts maintained with SVB, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes SVB when due under the Loan Documents. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.3 Prepayments.

(a) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Loans are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.1(a) hereof, then Borrower, in addition to any other amounts which may be due and owing hereunder, shall immediately pay to Lender the amount set forth in Section 2.3(b) below, as if Borrower had opted to prepay on the date of such acceleration.

23


 

(b) Optional Prepayment. Upon five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to Lender, Borrower may, at its option, at any time, prepay all (and not less than all) of the outstanding Loans by simultaneously paying to Lender an amount equal to (i) any accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loans; plus (ii) an amount equal to (A) if such Loan is prepaid during the Interest Only Period, three percent (3%) of the then outstanding principal balance of such Loan, or (B) if such Loan is prepaid after the Interest Only Period but prior to the Maturity Date, one percent (1%) of the then outstanding principal balance of such Loan; plus (iii) the outstanding principal balance of such Loan; plus (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder.

2.4 Other Payment Terms.

(a) Place and Manner. Borrower shall make all payments due to Lender in lawful money of the United States. All payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder shall be made, in immediately available funds, not later than 12:00 p.m. New York time, on the date on which such payment is due. Borrower shall make such payments to Lender via wire transfer or ACH as instructed by Lender from time to time.

(b) Date. Whenever any payment is due hereunder on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

(c) Taxes.

(i) Unless otherwise required under applicable law, any and all payments made hereunder or under the Notes shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any taxes; provided that if Borrower shall be required (as determined in the good faith discretion of Borrower) to deduct any taxes from such payments, then (A) if such taxes are Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after making such deductions (including such deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.4(c)) the Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (B) Borrower shall make such deductions and (C) Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(ii) Borrower shall indemnify Lender, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted directly on Lender by any Governmental Authority on or attributable to amounts payable under this Agreement solely as a result of Lender entering into this Agreement to the extent such taxes are paid by Lender, and, without duplication, any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto incurred other than as a consequence of Lender’s action or inaction, whether or not such taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iii) As soon as practicable after any payment of taxes by Borrower hereunder to a Governmental Authority, Borrower shall deliver to Lender the original

24


 

or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

(iv) If Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement, Lender shall deliver to Borrower, as reasonably requested by Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. In addition, Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower as will enable Borrower to determine whether or not Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lender shall deliver whichever of IRS Form W-9, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, IRS Form W-8ECI or IRS Form W-8IMY is applicable, as well as any applicable supporting documentation or certifications. If a payment made to Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), Lender shall deliver to Borrower at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower as may be necessary for Borrower to comply with its obligations under FATCA and to determine that Lender has complied with its obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of the preceding sentence, “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement. Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify Borrower in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(v) If Lender receives a refund in respect of taxes paid by Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.4(c), which in the sole discretion of Lender exercised in good faith is allocable to such payment, it shall promptly pay such refund, together with any other amounts paid by Borrower in connection with such refunded taxes, to Borrower, net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any taxes to which Lender has become subject as a result of its receipt of such refund) of Lender incurred in obtaining such refund and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that Borrower, upon the request of the Lender, shall repay to Lender amounts paid over pursuant to the preceding clause (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that Lender is subsequently required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (v), in no event will Lender be required to pay any amount to Borrower pursuant to this paragraph (v) the payment of which would place Lender in a less favorable net after-tax position than Lender would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to Borrower or any other Person.

25


 

2.5 Procedure for Making the Loans.

(a) Notice. Borrower shall notify the Lender making available any applicable Loan of the date on which Borrower desires such Lender to make such Loan at least five (5) Business Days in advance of the desired Funding Date, unless such Lender elects at its sole discretion to allow the Funding Date for such Loan to be made by such Lender to be within five (5) Business Days of Borrower’s notice. Borrower’s execution and delivery to the applicable Lender of one or more Notes in respect of a Loan shall be Borrower’s agreement to the terms and calculations thereunder with respect to such Loan. Each Lender’s obligation to make any Loan shall be expressly subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.

(b) Loan Rate Calculation. Prior to each Funding Date for any Loan, the Lender making available such Loan shall establish the Loan Rate with respect to such Loan, which shall be conclusive in the absence of a manifest error.

(c) Disbursement. The Lender making available any Loan shall disburse the proceeds of such Loan by wire transfer to Borrower at the account specified in the Funding Certificate for such Loan (or, in the case of SVB, the Designated Deposit Account).

2.6 Good Faith Deposit; Legal and Closing Expenses; and Commitment Fee.

(a) Good Faith Deposit. Borrower has delivered to SVB a good faith deposit in the amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (the “Good Faith Deposit”). The Good Faith Deposit paid to SVB will be credited on a dollar-for-dollar basis to the Lenders’ Expenses payable to the Lenders.

(b) Legal, Due Diligence and Documentation Expenses. Concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrower shall pay to Lender all of Lender’s reasonable legal, due diligence and documentation expenses in connection with the negotiation and documentation of this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

(c) Commitment Fee. Borrower shall pay, (A) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, a commitment fee to Horizon in the amount of Two Hundred Forty-Five Thousand Dollars ($245,000) (the “Initial Commitment Fee”), (B) upon the Funding Date of Loan F, a commitment fee to Horizon in the amount of Thirty-Five Thousand Dollars ($35,000) (the “Loan F Commitment Fee”), (C) upon the Funding Date of Loan I, a commitment fee to Horizon in the amount of Thirty-Five Thousand Dollars ($35,000) (the “Loan I Commitment Fee”), and (D) upon the Funding Date of Loan L a commitment fee to Horizon in the amount of Thirty-Five Thousand Dollars ($35,000) (the “Loan L Commitment Fee” and collectively with the Initial Commitment Fee, the Loan F Commitment Fee, and the Loan I Commitment Fee, the “Commitment Fee”). The Commitment Fee shall be retained by Horizon and be deemed fully earned upon receipt.

3.Conditions of Loans.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing. At the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Lender shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, all of the following (unless Lender has agreed to waive such condition or document, in which case

26


 

such condition or document shall be a condition precedent to the making of any Loan and shall be deemed added to Section 3.2):

(a) Loan Agreement. This Agreement duly executed by Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lender.

(b) Warrants. The Initial Warrants, duly executed by Borrower.

(c) Secretary’s Certificate. A certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of Borrower, dated as of the date hereof, with copies of the following documents attached: (i) the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or equivalent documents) of Borrower certified by Borrower as being complete and in full force and effect on the date thereof, (ii) incumbency and representative signatures, and (iii) resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

(d) Good Standing Certificates. A good standing certificate from Borrower’s state of organization and the state in which Borrower’s principal place of business is located, each dated as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the date hereof.

(e) Certificate of Insurance. Evidence of the insurance coverage required by Section 6.8 of this Agreement.

(f) Consents. All necessary consents of Borrower’s board and stockholders with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Warrants and the other Loan Documents.

(g) Legal Opinion. A legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel, dated as of the date hereof.

(h) Account Control Agreements. Account Control Agreements for all of Borrower’s deposit accounts and securities accounts duly executed by all of the parties thereto.

(i) Fees and Expenses. Payment of all fees and expenses then due hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

(j) Senior Loan Agreement. The Senior Loan Agreement duly executed by Borrower and SVB, and evidence of satisfaction (or waiver) of all conditions precedent therein.

(k) Lender Subordination Agreement. The Lender Subordination Agreement, duly executed by each party thereto.

(l) Lender Intercreditor Agreement. The Lender Intercreditor Agreement, duly executed by each party thereto.

(m) Other Documents. Such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

27


 

3.2 Conditions Precedent to Making Each of Loan A, Loan B, Loan C and Loan D. The obligation of the applicable Lender to make each of Loan A, Loan B, Loan C and Loan D is further subject to satisfaction of the following conditions as of the applicable Funding Date:

(a) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) Notes. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered a Note in the amount of each of Loan A, Loan B, Loan C and Loan D to the applicable Lender.

(c) UCC Financing Statements. Lenders shall have received such documents, instruments and agreements, including UCC financing statements and UCC financing statement searches, as each Lender shall reasonably request to evidence the perfection and priority of the security interests granted to Collateral Agent and Lender pursuant to Section 4. Borrower authorizes Collateral Agent and Lender to file any UCC financing statements, continuations of or amendments to UCC financing statements they deem necessary to perfect its security interest in the Collateral.

(d) Funding Certificate. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered to Lenders a Funding Certificate for such Loans.

(e) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to any representation and warranty already containing a materiality qualifier, which representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such Funding Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(f) Payoff Letter. Lenders shall have received a payoff letter for the termination of the Existing Loan Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to Lenders, which letter shall (i) include the amount necessary to fully repay the Existing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to repay all amounts in full, and (ii) terminate and release any and all liens, guarantees, security interests, granted in connection therewith.

(g) Lien Termination. Evidence that (i) the Liens securing the Existing Loan Agreement will be terminated, and (ii) the documents and/or filings evidencing the perfection of such Liens, including without limitation any financing statements and/or control agreements, have or will, substantially concurrently with making of each of Loan A, Loan B, Loan C and Loan D, be terminated.

(h) Other Documents. Borrower shall have provided each Lender with such other documents and completion of such other matters, as such Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.3 Conditions Precedent to Making Each of Loan E, Loan F and Loan G. The obligation of the applicable Lender to make each of Loan E, Loan F and Loan G is further subject to satisfaction of the following conditions as of the applicable Funding Date:

(a) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

28


 

(b) Notes. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered a Note in the amount of each of Loan E, Loan F and Loan G to the applicable Lender.

(c) Funding Certificate. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered to Lenders a Funding Certificate for such Loans.

(d) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to any representation and warranty already containing a materiality qualifier, which representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such Funding Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(e) Additional Warrants. Borrower shall have executed and delivered to each Lender the Additional Warrants applicable to each of Loan E, Loan F and Loan G.

(f) Other Documents. Borrower shall have provided each Lender with such other documents and completion of such other matters, as such Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.4 Conditions Precedent to Making Each of Loan H, Loan I and Loan J. The obligation of the applicable Lender to make each of Loan H, Loan I and Loan J is further subject to satisfaction of the following conditions as of the applicable Funding Date:

(a) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) Notes. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered a Note in the amount of each of Loan H, Loan I and Loan J to the applicable Lender.

(c) Funding Certificate. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered to Lenders a Funding Certificate for such Loans.

(d) Additional Warrants. Borrower shall have executed and delivered to each Lender the Additional Warrants applicable to each of Loan H, Loan I and Loan J.

(e) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to any representation and warranty already containing a materiality qualifier, which representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such Funding Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(f) Other Documents. Borrower shall have provided each Lender with such other documents and completion of such other matters, as such Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

29


 

3.5 Conditions Precedent to Making Loan K, Loan L and Loan M. The obligation of the applicable Lender to make each of Loan K, Loan L and Loan M is further subject to satisfaction of the following conditions as of the applicable Funding Date:

(a) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(b) Notes. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered a Note in the amount of each of Loan K, Loan L and Loan M to the applicable Lender.

(c) Funding Certificate. Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered to Lenders a Funding Certificate for such Loans.

(d) Additional Warrants. Borrower shall have executed and delivered to each Lender the Additional Warrants applicable to each of Loan K, Loan L and Loan M.

(e) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to any representation and warranty already containing a materiality qualifier, which representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such Funding Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(f) Other Documents. Borrower shall have provided each Lender with such other documents and completion of such other matters, as such Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.6 Covenant to Deliver. Unless waived by each Lender (each, acting in its sole and absolute discretion), Borrower agrees (not as a condition but as a covenant) to deliver to each Lender each item required to be delivered to such Lender as a condition to each Loan, if such Loan is advanced. Borrower expressly agrees that the extension of any Loan prior to the receipt by any Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by such Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such extension in the absence of a required item shall be in such Lender’s sole discretion.

4. Creation of Security Interest.

4.1 Grant of Security Interests. Borrower grants to Collateral Agent and each Lender a valid, continuing security interest in all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising Collateral in order to secure prompt, full and complete payment of any and all Obligations and in order to secure prompt, full and complete performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under each of the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants). The “Collateral” shall mean and include all right, title, interest, claims and demands of Borrower in the following:

(a) All goods (and embedded computer programs and supporting information included within the definition of “goods” under the Code) and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including all laboratory equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, machinery, fixtures, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all

30


 

attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

(b) All inventory now owned or hereafter acquired, including all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(c) All contract rights and general intangibles (except to the extent included within the definition of Intellectual Property), now owned or hereafter acquired, including goodwill, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, claims, software, computer programs, computer disks, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payment intangibles, commercial tort claims, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind;

(d) All now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights, license fees and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or the rendering of services by Borrower (subject, in each case, to the contractual rights of third parties to require funds received by Borrower to be expended in a particular manner), whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s books relating to any of the foregoing;

(e) All documents, cash, deposit accounts, letters of credit and letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing) and other supporting obligations, certificates of deposit, instruments, promissory notes, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic) and investment property, including all securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts and commodity accounts, and all financial assets held in any securities account or otherwise, wherever located, now owned or hereafter acquired and Borrower’s books relating to the foregoing; and

(f) To the extent not covered by clauses (a) through (e), all other personal property of the Borrower, whether tangible or intangible, and any and all rights and interests in any of the above and the foregoing and, any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof, including insurance, condemnation, requisition or similar payments and proceeds of the sale or licensing of Intellectual Property to the extent such proceeds no longer constitute Intellectual Property; but

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts receivables, accounts, and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”); provided, however, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the date hereof, include the Intellectual

31


 

Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Rights to Payment, (ii) property that is non-assignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §25-9-406 and §25-9-408 of the Code), (iii) property for which the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iv) is property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (o) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien.

4.2 After-Acquired Property. If Borrower shall at any time acquire a commercial tort claim, as defined in the Code, which Borrower reasonably believes could result in a damage award with an expected value greater than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), Borrower shall promptly notify Collateral Agent and each Lender in writing signed by Borrower of the brief details thereof and grant to Collateral Agent and each Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lender.

4.3 Duration of Security Interest. Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s security interest in the Collateral shall continue until the payment in full and the satisfaction of all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), and termination of each Lender’s commitment to fund the Loans, whereupon such security interest shall automatically terminate. Collateral Agent and Lenders shall promptly, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, execute such further documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to make effective the release contemplated by this Section 4.3, including duly authorizing and delivering termination statements for filing in all relevant jurisdictions under the Code. In the event (a) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (b) this Agreement is terminated, Collateral Agent and Lenders shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to SVB in its sole discretion for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to SVB cash collateral in an amount equal to at least (x) one hundred and two percent (102.0%) of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars and (y) one hundred and ten percent (110.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency, plus, in each case, all interest, fees, and costs due or estimated by SVB to become due in connection therewith, to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.4 Location and Possession of Collateral. The Collateral is and shall remain in the possession of Borrower at its location listed on the cover page hereof or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule or as otherwise identified to Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 7.2; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) movable personal property such as laptop computers, (b) any inventory that is in the possession of Borrower’s customers in the ordinary course of business, (c) any Collateral that is in transit in the ordinary course of business, (d) any Collateral maintained with Borrower’s third party logistics providers in the ordinary course

32


 

of business or (e) any Collateral that is transferred in accordance with Section 7.4 of this Agreement. Borrower shall remain in full possession, enjoyment and control of the Collateral (except only as may be otherwise required by Collateral Agent or any Lender for perfection of the security interests therein created hereunder) and so long as no Event of Default has occurred, shall be entitled to manage, operate and use the same and each part thereof with the rights and franchises appertaining thereto; provided that the possession, enjoyment, control and use of the Collateral shall at all times be subject to the observance and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

4.5 Delivery of Additional Documentation Required. Borrower shall from time to time execute and deliver to Collateral Agent and each Lender, at the request of Collateral Agent or Lender, all financing statements and other documents Collateral Agent or any Lender may reasonably request, in form reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and such Lender, to perfect and continue Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s perfected security interests in the Collateral and in order to consummate fully all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents.

4.6 Right to Inspect. Collateral Agent and each Lender (through any of their officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours, to inspect the books and records of Borrower and Subsidiaries and to make copies thereof and to inspect, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral. Any inspection, test or appraisal conducted hereunder shall be conducted at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, provided that such inspections shall not occur more than once during any twelve-month period unless any Event of Default has occurred that has not been waived by Lender, in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Collateral Agent or any Lender shall determine is necessary.

4.7 Intellectual Property. In connection with delivery of an Officer’s Certificate pursuant to Section 6.4, Borrower shall notify Lender any patent or patent application, or trademark or trademark application, or copyright or copyright application filed by Borrower and not previously disclosed to any Lender.

4.8 Protection of Intellectual Property. Borrower shall:

(a) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business and promptly advise Collateral Agent and Lender in writing of material infringements of which it has actual knowledge;

(b) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Lender’s written consent; and

(c) provide written notice to Collateral Agent and Lender within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public).

4.9 [Reserved].

33


 

4.10 Banking Services. Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with SVB. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes SVB thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and SVB to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject to Permitted Liens and Liens in favor of SVB under the Senior Loan Agreement that are permitted to have priority).

5. Representations and Warranties. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Organization and Qualification. Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation and qualified and licensed to do business in, and is in good standing in, any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of Property requires that it be so qualified and licensed or in which the Collateral is located, except for such states as to which any failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Authority. Borrower has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform in accordance with the terms thereof, the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Borrower and Subsidiaries have all requisite power and authority to own and operate their Property and to carry on their businesses as now conducted. Borrower and Subsidiaries have obtained all licenses, permits, approvals and other authorizations necessary for the operation of their business, except where the failure to obtain such licenses, permits, approvals or other authorizations would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Conflict with Other Instruments, etc. Neither the execution and delivery of any Loan Document to which Borrower is a party nor the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated nor compliance with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the by-laws, or any other organizational documents of Borrower or any law or any regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective property or assets may be bound or affected or any material agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound or to which it or any of its Property is subject, or constitute a default thereunder or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien, other than Permitted Liens.

5.4 Authorization; Enforceability. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the security interest in the Collateral, the incurrence of the Loans, the execution and delivery of the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated have each been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrower. No authorization, consent, approval, license or exemption of, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Person is, was or will require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect), nor be necessary to (a) the valid execution and delivery of any Loan Document to which Borrower is a party, (b) the performance of

34


 

Borrower’s obligations under any Loan Document or (c) the granting of the security interest in the Collateral, except for filings in connection with the perfection of the security interest in any of the Collateral or the issuance of the Warrants. The Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity.

5.5 No Prior Encumbrances. Borrower has good and marketable title to the Collateral that it purports to own, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens. Borrower has good title and ownership of, or is licensed under, all of Borrower’s current material Intellectual Property. Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers, contract manufacturers, resellers and/or distributors in the ordinary course of business, and exclusive licenses that do not result in a legal transfer of title to the licensed property but may be exclusive in certain respects, including as to specific fields of use, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public and (c) Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower. Each patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is, to its knowledge, valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. Except as noted on the Disclosure Schedule or as otherwise disclosed pursuant to Section 4.8(c), Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License. Borrower has not received any communications alleging that Borrower has violated, or by conducting its business as proposed, would violate any proprietary rights of any other Person. Borrower has no knowledge of any infringement or violation by it of the intellectual property rights of any third party and has no knowledge of any violation or infringement by a third party of any of its Intellectual Property. The Collateral and the Intellectual Property constitute substantially all of the assets and property of Borrower, and Borrower owns all Intellectual Property associated with the business of Borrower and Subsidiaries, free and clear of any liens other than Permitted Liens.

5.6 Security Interest. The provisions of this Agreement create legal and valid security interests in the Collateral in favor of Collateral Agent and Lender, and, assuming the proper filing of one or more financing statement(s) identifying the Collateral with the proper state and/or local authorities, the security interests in the Collateral granted to Collateral Agent and each Lender pursuant to this Agreement (a) constitute and will continue to constitute first priority security interests (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ Liens granted under this Agreement) and (b) are and will continue to be superior and prior to the rights of all other creditors of Borrower (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ Liens under this Agreement), in each case, solely to the extent that a security interest in such Collateral may be perfected by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement with proper state and/or local authorities.

5.7 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office, Principal Place of Business and Collateral. Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof or as otherwise disclosed pursuant to Section 7.1. Borrower’s jurisdiction of incorporation, chief executive office, principal place of business, and the place where Borrower maintains its records concerning the Collateral are presently located in the state and at the address set forth on

35


 

the cover page of this Agreement or as otherwise disclosed pursuant to Section 7.2. The Collateral is presently located at the address set forth on the cover page hereof or as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule or as otherwise disclosed to Lender pursuant to Section 7.2.

5.8 Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court, arbitral tribunal, regulatory organization, administrative agency or similar body in which an adverse decision could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower does not have knowledge of any such pending or threatened actions or proceedings.

5.9 Financial Statements. All financial statements relating to Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate that have been or may hereafter be delivered by Borrower to Collateral Agent or Lender present fairly in all material respects Borrower’s Consolidated financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s Consolidated results of operations for the period then ended.

5.10 No Material Adverse Effect. No event has occurred and no condition exists which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2022.

5.11 Full Disclosure. No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any Loan Document (including the Disclosure Schedule), certificate or written statement furnished to Collateral Agent or any Lender, as of the date such representation, warranty or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized that any projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results). There is no fact known to Borrower which materially adversely affects, or which could in the future be reasonably expected to materially adversely affect, its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

5.12 Solvency, Etc. Borrower is Solvent (as defined below) and, immediately after giving effect to the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, Borrower will be Solvent. “Solvent” means, with respect to any Person on any date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the fair value of the liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital.

36


 

5.13 Subsidiaries. Except as otherwise disclosed to Lender or pursuant to Section 7.8(b), Borrower has no Subsidiaries.

5.14 Capitalization. All issued and outstanding Equity Securities of Borrower are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and such securities were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities, except for such compliance with such laws that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.15 Catastrophic Events; Labor Disputes. None of Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective Property is or has been affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or other casualty that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no disputes presently subject to grievance procedure, arbitration or litigation under any of the collective bargaining agreements, employment contracts or employee welfare or incentive plans to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party, and there are no strikes, lockouts, work stoppages or slowdowns, or, to the knowledge of Borrower, jurisdictional disputes or organizing activity occurring or threatened which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.16 Certain Agreements of Officers, Employees and Consultants.

(a) No Violation. To the knowledge of Borrower, no officer, employee or consultant of Borrower is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement, nondisclosure agreement, noncompetition agreement or any other material contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant relating to the right of any such officer, employee or consultant to be employed by Borrower because of the nature of the business conducted or to be conducted by Borrower or relating to the use of trade secrets or proprietary information of others, and to Borrower’s knowledge, the continued employment of Borrower’s officers, employees and consultants does not subject Borrower to any material liability for any claim or claims arising out of or in connection with any such contract, agreement, or covenant, except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) No Present Intention to Terminate. To the knowledge of Borrower, no officer of Borrower, and no employee or consultant of Borrower whose termination, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, has any present intention of terminating his or her employment or consulting relationship with Borrower.

5.17 No Plan Assets. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary constitutes or will constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (a) neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and (b) transactions by or with Borrower or any Subsidiary are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code currently in effect, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement.

37


 

5.18 Sanctions, Etc. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is: (a) in violation of any Sanctions; or (b) a Sanctioned Person. As of the date hereof, including after giving effect to any transfers of interests permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, none of the funds of Borrower, any Subsidiary or of their Affiliates have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in the respective party (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by applicable law or the Loans are in violation of applicable law. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, directors, officers, employees, agents or Affiliates: (i) conducts any business or engages in any transaction or dealing with any Sanctioned Person, including making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Sanctioned Person; (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to any Sanctions; (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Sanctions; or (iv) otherwise engages in any transaction that could cause Lenders to violate any Sanctions.

5.19 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not a “bank holding company” or a direct or indirect subsidiary of a “bank holding company” as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and Regulation Y thereunder of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and no proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

5.20 Payment of Taxes. All federal income and other material tax returns, reports and statements (including any attachments thereto or amendments thereof) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries filed or required to be filed by any of them have been timely filed (or extensions have been obtained and such extensions have not expired) and all taxes shown on such tax returns or otherwise due and payable and all assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable, except (i) for the payment of any such taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges which are being diligently contested by Borrower in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made under GAAP and (ii) taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges that do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000). To the knowledge of Borrower, no federal income or other material tax return of Borrower or any Subsidiary is currently under an audit or examination, and Borrower has not received written notice of any proposed audit or examination, in each case, where a material amount of tax is at issue. Borrower is not an “S corporation” within the meaning of Section 1361(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”).

5.21 Anti-Terrorism Laws. Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person

38


 

(including any Person participating in the Loans, whether as lender, underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise). Lenders hereby notify Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and each Lender’s policies and practices, such Lender is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower and its principals, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and its principals and such other information that will allow such Lender to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws.

5.22 Healthcare Permits. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has, from the date commencing three years prior to the Closing Date, received written notice from any Governmental Authority with respect to the revocation, suspension, restriction, limitation or termination of any Healthcare Permit nor, to the knowledge of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, is any such action proposed or threatened in writing.

5.23 Compliance with Healthcare Laws. (a) From the date commencing three years prior to the Closing Date, Borrower has not received written notice by a Governmental Authority of any violation (or of any investigation, audit, or other proceeding involving allegations of any violation) of any Healthcare Laws, and no investigation, inspection, audit or other proceeding involving allegations of any violation is, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened in writing or contemplated, except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower’s business or operations; (b) to the knowledge of Borrower, on and from the date commencing three years prior to the Closing Date, Borrower has not been debarred or excluded from participation under a state or federal health care program; and (c) Borrower is not a party to any corporate integrity agreements, deferred prosecution agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders or similar agreements with or imposed by any Governmental Authority.

6. Affirmative Covenants. Borrower, until the full and complete payment of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), covenants and agrees that:

6.1 Good Standing. Borrower shall maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, its corporate existence and its good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2 Government Compliance. (a) Borrower shall comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, including all applicable Healthcare Laws, noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) Borrower shall obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of their obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, including any grant of a security interest to Collateral Agent and Lenders, and promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Lenders.

39


 

6.3 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Lender: (a) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, a Borrower prepared Consolidated balance sheet and Consolidated income statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period, and aging of Borrower’s accounts receivable and accounts payable, all certified by Borrower’s president, treasurer, controller or chief financial officer (each, a “Responsible Officer”); (b) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, a Borrower prepared Consolidated cash flow statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period, certified by a Responsible Officer; (c) at the same time such is provided to the lender providing the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”, Borrower’s borrowing base certificate (or similar document) calculating the principal amount of such Indebtedness available to be borrowed by Borrower, (d) as soon as available, but in any event within two hundred seventy (270) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited Consolidated financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with an unqualified opinion (other than a “going concern” qualification resulting from the impending maturity of any Indebtedness) on such financial statements of a nationally recognized or other independent public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Lender; (e) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, Borrower’s operating budget and plan for the next fiscal year, as approved by Borrower’s board of directors; (f) within fifteen (15) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with any Governmental Authority regarding the revocation, suspension, restriction, limitation or termination of any Healthcare Permit or that could otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (f) such other financial information as any Lender may reasonably request from time to time. From and after such time as Borrower becomes a publicly reporting company, promptly as they are available and in any event: (i) at the time of filing of Borrower’s Form 10‑K with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, the financial statements of Borrower filed with such Form 10‑K; and (ii) at the time of filing of Borrower’s Form 10‑Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of Borrower, the Consolidated financial statements of Borrower filed with such Form 10‑Q; provided that, in each case, such financial statements may be delivered electronically or on Borrower’s website and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of the filing. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to each Lender (A) promptly upon becoming available, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders and (B) promptly after receipt of notice thereof, a report of any material legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary or the commencement of any action, proceeding or governmental investigation involving Borrower or any Subsidiary is commenced that is reasonably expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more.

6.4 Certificates of Compliance. Each time financial statements are furnished pursuant to Section 6.3 above, Borrower shall deliver to each Lender an Officer’s Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of, and certifying to the matters set forth in Exhibit E hereto.

6.5 Notice of Defaults. As soon as possible, and in any event within five (5) days after the discovery of a Default or an Event of Default, Borrower shall provide each Lender with an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the facts relating to or giving rise to such Default or Event of Default and the action which Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

40


 

6.6 Taxes. Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law or imposed upon any Property belonging to it, and will execute and deliver to Collateral Agent and each Lender, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; and Borrower will make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, timely payment or deposit of all material tax payments and withholding taxes required of it by applicable laws, including those laws concerning F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A., state disability, and local, state, and federal income taxes, and will, upon request, furnish Collateral Agent and each Lender with proof satisfactory to each Lender indicating that Borrower and each Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits; provided that Borrower need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof (provided that such proceedings do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any material item of Collateral or Collateral which in the aggregate is material to Borrower and that Borrower has adequately bonded such amounts or reserves sufficient to discharge such amounts have been provided on the books of Borrower) or if any such payments do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000). In addition, Borrower shall not change, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to change, its respective jurisdiction of residence for taxation purposes.

6.7 Use; Maintenance. Borrower shall keep and maintain all items of equipment and other similar types of personal property that form any significant portion or portions of the Collateral in good operating condition and repair and shall make all necessary replacements thereof and renewals thereto so that the value and operating efficiency thereof shall at all times be maintained and preserved. Borrower shall not permit any such material item of Collateral to become a fixture to real estate or an accession to other personal property, without the prior written consent of Collateral Agent and each Lender. Borrower shall not permit any such material item of Collateral to be operated or maintained in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation. With respect to items of leased equipment (to the extent Collateral Agent or any Lender have any security interest in any residual Borrower’s interest in such equipment under the lease), Borrower shall keep, maintain, repair, replace and operate such leased equipment in accordance with the terms of the applicable lease.

6.8 Insurance. Borrower shall keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location, and as Collateral Agent or Lender may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Collateral Agent as an additional loss payee and all liability policies shall show Collateral Agent as an additional insured and all policies shall provide that the insurer must give Collateral Agent at least thirty (30) days notice before canceling its policy. At Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s request, Borrower shall deliver copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any property policy shall, at Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s option, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, or to Lenders on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any property policy, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that (a) any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) to the extent constituting Collateral, shall be deemed

41


 

Collateral in which Collateral Agent and each Lender have been granted a first priority security interest (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ Liens as permitted by this Agreement) and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default all proceeds payable under such property policy shall, at the option of Collateral Agent or any Lender, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, or to Lenders on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under Section 6.8 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Collateral Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in Section 6.8, and take any action under the policies Collateral Agent or any Lender deems prudent. On or prior to the first Funding Date and prior to each policy renewal, Borrower shall furnish to Collateral Agent certificates of insurance or other evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent that insurance complying with all of the above requirements is in effect.

6.9 Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Collateral Agent or any Lender to make effective the purposes of this Agreement, including the continued perfection and priority of Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

6.10 Subsidiaries. Borrower, upon any Lender’s or Collateral Agent’s request, shall cause any Subsidiary to provide Lenders and Collateral Agent with a guaranty of the Obligations and a security interest in such Subsidiary’s assets to secure such guaranty.

6.11 Keeping of Books. Borrower shall keep proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustment).

6.12 Required Revenue. Commencing on the last day of the calendar quarter in which Borrower’s Net Indebtedness exceeds Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000) and continuing until the repayment in full of the Obligations (other than any inchoate indemnity obligations), Borrower shall, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, achieve Annualized Trailing Six Month Revenue in an amount equal to or no less than Borrower’s Net Indebtedness.

6.13 Deposit Accounts. Borrower shall, commencing on the date of this Agreement and continuing through the repayment in full of the Obligations, maintain account balances in Borrower’s, any of its Subsidiaries’, and any Guarantor’s operating accounts and depository accounts at or through SVB representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the Dollar Equivalent value of all deposit account balances of Borrower, such Subsidiary, and such Guarantor at all financial institutions. In addition to the foregoing, Borrower, any Subsidiary of Borrower and any Guarantor, shall obtain any business credit card, letter of credit and cash management services exclusively from SVB. In addition to and without limiting the restrictions in the foregoing, Borrower shall provide Collateral Agent and Lenders with notice within the then-next Officer’s Certificate after establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to

42


 

execute and deliver an Account Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Collateral Agent’s Lien and each Lender’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder, which Account Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Collateral Agent and each Lender. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to the Excluded Accounts.

6.14 Sanctions. Borrower shall: (a) not, and not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any of the activities described in Section 5.18 of this Agreement in the future; (b) not, and not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become a Sanctioned Person; (c) ensure that the proceeds of the Obligations are not used to violate any Sanctions; and (d) deliver to Collateral Agent and Lender any certification or other evidence requested from time to time by Collateral Agent or, as the case may be, such Lender in its sole discretion, confirming each such Person’s compliance with this Section 6.14. In addition, Borrower shall have implemented, and will consistently apply while this Agreement is in effect, procedures to ensure that the representations and warranties in Section 5.18 of this Agreement remain true and correct while this Agreement is in effect.

6.15 Post-Closing Obligation. (a) On or before February 29, 2024 (or such later date as each Lender may determine in its sole discretion), either (i) Borrower shall provide, in form and substance satisfactory to each Lender, a copy of an Account Control Agreement to perfect Collateral Agent’s Lien in the First Republic Accounts, or (ii) Borrower shall provide evidence satisfactory to each Lender that the First Republic Accounts have been closed; (b) on or before February 29, 2024 (or such later date as each Lender may determine in its sole discretion), either (i) Borrower shall provide, in form and substance satisfactory to each Lender, a copy of a Control Agreement to perfect Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Merrill Account, or (ii) Borrower shall provide evidence satisfactory to each Lender that the Merrill Account has been closed; (c) on or before February 29, 2024 (or such later date as each Lender may determine in its sole discretion), Borrower shall provide evidence satisfactory to each Lender that the Citi Account has been closed, (d) within sixty (60) days of the Closing Date (or such later date as each Lender may determine in its sole discretion), Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the following documents to each Lender, in form and substance acceptable to each Lender, (i) a duly executed landlord’s consent in favor of Collateral Agent by the respective landlord thereof for 360 N. Pastoria Ave., Sunnyvale, CA 94085, and (ii) a duly executed bailee waiver in favor of Collateral Agent by the respective bailee thereof for 2055 S. 7th St., San Jose, CA 95112, and (e) within ten (10) days after the Closing Date (or such later date as Lenders may determine in their sole discretion), Borrower shall deliver to Lenders a copy of an Account Control Agreement with respect to Borrower’s Deposit Accounts with SVB in favor of Collateral Agent.

7. Negative Covenants. Borrower, until the full and complete payment of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), covenants and agrees that Borrower shall not:

7.1 Chief Executive Office. Change its name or jurisdiction of incorporation, without ten (10) days prior written notice to Collateral Agent. Change its chief executive office or principal place of business without ten (10) Business Days prior written notice to Collateral Agent.

43


 

7.2 Collateral Control. Subject to its rights under Sections 4.4 and 7.4, remove any items of Collateral from Borrower’s facility located at the address set forth on the cover page hereof or as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule, without prior written notice to Lenders; provided however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any (i) moveable items of personal property such as laptop computers, (ii) inventory in the possession of Borrower’s customers in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Collateral in transit in the ordinary course of business, (iv) any Collateral maintained with Borrower’s third party logistics providers in the ordinary course of business and (v) any Collateral that is transferred in accordance with Section 7.4 of this Agreement. If Borrower intends to add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses, containing in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of Borrower’s assets or property, then Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the landlord of any such new offices or business locations, including warehouses, to execute and deliver a landlord consent in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) to a bailee, and Collateral Agent and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such bailee to execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders.

7.3 Liens. Create, incur, allow or suffer, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, allow or suffer, any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any accounts except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except to the extent any Permitted Liens may have a superior priority to Collateral Agent’s and Lenders’ Liens as permitted by this Agreement), or consummate any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, or Lenders) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property in favor of Collateral Agent or any Lender, except (a) as otherwise permitted in Section 7.4 hereof and (b) as permitted in the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.4 Other Dispositions of Collateral. Convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, or permit any Subsidiary to convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose, of all or any part of the Collateral to any Person (collectively, a “Transfer”), except for: (a) Transfers of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) Transfers of worn-out or obsolete equipment made in the ordinary course of business; and (c) Transfers constituting Permitted Liens; (d) Transfers constituting Permitted Investments; and (e) Transfers of other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed $100,000 during any fiscal year.

7.5 Distributions. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distributions, or permit any Subsidiary to pay any dividends or make any distributions, on their respective Equity Securities; (b) purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire, or permit any Subsidiary to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire, for value any of their respective Equity Securities (other than repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements or similar arrangements in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in any fiscal year); (c) return, or permit any Subsidiary to return, any capital to

44


 

any holder of its Equity Securities as such; (d) make, or permit any Subsidiary to make, any distribution of assets, Equity Securities, obligations or securities to any holder of its Equity Securities as such; or (e) set apart any sum for any such purpose; provided, however, (i) Borrower may pay dividends payable solely in Borrower’s common stock and (ii) any Subsidiary of Borrower may pay dividends or make other distributions to Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof.

7.6 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any Subsidiary to merge or consolidate, with or into any other Person or acquire, or permit any Subsidiary to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock, partnership, membership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities or property of another Person; provided that (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or secured Guarantor hereunder may merge into another Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or secured Guarantor hereunder, and (b) any Subsidiary may merge into Borrower so long as Borrower is the surviving entity.

7.7 Change in Business or Ownership. Engage, or permit any Subsidiary to engage, in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Borrower or such Subsidiary as of the date of this Agreement, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto or have a material change in Borrower’s ownership equal to or greater than fifty percent (50%) other than (a) by the sale by Borrower of Borrower’s Equity Securities in a public offering or (b) to venture capital or strategic investors so long as Borrower identifies to Lenders and Collateral Agent the venture capital or strategic investors prior to the execution of a definitive agreement relating to such change of ownership and any such venture capital investors that purchase or otherwise acquire twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the ownership of Borrower in one or a series of transactions have cleared each Lender’s “know your customer” checks.

7.8 Transactions With Affiliates; Creation of Subsidiaries. (a) Enter, or permit any Subsidiary to enter, into any contractual obligation with any Affiliate or engage in any other transaction with any Affiliate except upon terms at least as favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, as an arms-length transaction with Persons who are not Affiliates of Borrower, except for (i) transactions permitted by Sections 7.5 and 7.6, (ii) transactions by or among Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, and (iii) any equity financings not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement; or (b) create a Subsidiary without providing at least 10 Business Days advance notice thereof to each Lender and, if requested by any Lender, such Subsidiary guarantees the Obligations and grants a security interest in its assets to secure such guaranty, in each case on terms reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders.

7.9 Indebtedness Payments. (a) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than amounts due or permitted to be prepaid under this Agreement or under any revolving credit agreement constituting Permitted Indebtedness under clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”) or lease obligations, (b) except as permitted under clause (a), amend, modify or otherwise change the terms of any Indebtedness for borrowed money or lease obligations so as to accelerate the scheduled repayment thereof, or (c) repay any notes to officers, directors or shareholders.

45


 

7.10 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or permit, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, or permit to exist, any Indebtedness except Permitted Indebtedness.

7.11 Investments. Make, or permit any Subsidiary to make, any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

7.12 Compliance. (a) Become, or permit any Subsidiary to become, an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or undertake as one of its important activities, extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Loan for that purpose; (b) become, or permit any Subsidiary to become, subject to any other federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money; or (c) (i) fail, or permit any Subsidiary to fail, to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), permit, or (ii) permit, or permit any Subsidiary to permit, a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; (d) fail, or permit any Subsidiary to fail, to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect.

7.13 Maintenance of Accounts. (a) Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.13, or (b) grant or allow any other Person (other than Collateral Agent or Lender) to perfect a security interest in, or enter into any agreements with any Persons (other than Collateral Agent or Lender) accomplishing perfection via control as to, any of its deposit accounts or securities accounts (other than the Excluded Accounts), other than in favor of the lender providing Borrower with Indebtedness permitted under subsection (i) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”.

7.14 Negative Pledge Regarding Intellectual Property. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien of any kind upon any Intellectual Property or Transfer any Intellectual Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than (i) Permitted Liens and (ii) Transfers permitted by Section 7.4.

8. Events of Default. Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Failure to Pay. If Borrower fails to pay when due and payable or when declared due and payable in accordance with the Loan Documents: (a) any Scheduled Payment on the relevant Payment Date or on the relevant Maturity Date; or (b) any other portion of the Obligations within five (5) Business Days after receipt of written notice from Lender that such payment is due.

8.2 Certain Covenant Defaults. If Borrower fails to perform any obligation arising under Sections 2.1(c), 6.5 6.8, 6.12 or 6.14 or violates any of the covenants contained in Section 7 of this Agreement.

8.3 Other Covenant Defaults. If Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than as set forth in Sections 8.1, 8.2 or 8.4 through 8.14), in any of the other Loan Documents and

46


 

Borrower has failed to cure such default within fifteen (15) days of the occurrence of such default to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default. During this fifteen (15) day period, the failure to cure the default is not an Event of Default (but no Loan will be made during the cure period).

8.4 [Intentionally Omitted.]

8.5 Investor Abandonment. If any Lender determines in its reasonable good faith judgment, that it is the clear intention of none of Borrower’s investors to continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and within the timeframe necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable and Borrower’s unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at such time is less than the sum of (a) the then outstanding principal balance of the Loans, plus (b) all Indebtedness owing from Borrower to SVB under the Senior Loan Agreement.

8.6 Seizure of Assets, Etc. (a) If any material portion of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s assets (i) is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon or (ii) comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or Person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within ten (10) days, (b) if Borrower or any Subsidiary is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, (c) if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s assets or (d) if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s assets by the United States Government, or any department agency or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof; provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower.

8.7 Service of Process. (a) The service of process upon Collateral Agent or any Lender seeking to attach by a trustee or other process any funds of Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Collateral Agent or such Lender, (b) the delivery upon Collateral Agent or any Lender of a notice of foreclosure by any Person seeking to attach or foreclose on any funds of Borrower on deposit or otherwise held by Collateral Agent or such Lender or (c) the delivery of a notice of foreclosure or exclusive control to any entity holding or maintaining Borrower’s deposit accounts or accounts holding securities by any Person (other than Collateral Agent or any Lender) seeking to foreclose or attach any such accounts or securities, and in each case, the same are not, within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged, dismissed, rescinded or stayed.

8.8 Default on Indebtedness. One or more defaults shall exist under any agreement with any third party or parties which consists of the failure to pay any Indebtedness of Borrower or any Subsidiary at maturity or which results in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of Indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

47


 

8.9 Judgments. If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money (to the extent not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has not denied coverage) in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) shall be rendered against Borrower or any Subsidiary and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days or more.

8.10 Misrepresentations. If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty, representation, statement, certification, or report made to Collateral Agent or Lender by Borrower or any officer, employee, agent, or director of Borrower.

8.11 Breach of Warrant. If Borrower shall breach any material term of any Warrant.

8.12 Unenforceable Loan Document. If any Loan Document shall in any material respect cease to be, or Borrower shall assert that any Loan Document is not, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity).

8.13 Involuntary Insolvency Proceeding. (a) If a proceeding shall have been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises (i) seeking a decree or order for relief in respect of Borrower or any Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, administrator, assignee, custodian, trustee (or similar official) of Borrower or any Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its Property or (iii) for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and in each case, such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed and in effect for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days or (b) such court shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any such proceeding.

8.14 Voluntary Insolvency Proceeding. If Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (a) commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (b) consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (c) consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian (or other similar official) of Borrower or any Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its Property, (d) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (e) shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or (f) take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

8.15 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term and, in each case, such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.16 Delisting. After an initial public offering of the Borrower’s common stock on an exchange or market, such shares are delisted from such exchange or market because of Borrower’s failure to comply with continued listing standards thereof or due to a voluntary delisting which results in such shares not being listed on such exchange or market.

48


 

8.17 Senior Loan Agreement. The occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement).

9. Lenders’ Rights and Remedies.

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default that has not been waived by each Lender, no Lender shall have any further obligation to advance money or extend credit to or for the benefit of Borrower. In addition, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default that has not been waived by each Lender, Collateral Agent and each Lender shall have the rights, options, duties and remedies of a secured party as permitted by law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code, and, in addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lenders, or any Lender (acting alone) may, at its election, subject to the terms of the Lender Intercreditor Agreement, but otherwise without notice of election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Acceleration of Obligations. Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, or by any of the other Loan Documents, including (i) any accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) the amounts which would have otherwise come due under Section 2.3(b)(ii) if the Loans had been voluntarily prepaid, (iii) the unpaid principal balance of the Loans and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.13 or 8.14 all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Collateral Agent or any Lender);

(b) Protection of Collateral. Make such payments and do such acts as Collateral Agent or any Lender considers necessary or reasonable to protect Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Collateral Agent or any Lender so requires and to make the Collateral available to Collateral Agent or any Lender as Collateral Agent or any Lender may designate. Borrower authorizes Collateral Agent, each Lender and their designees and agents to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which in Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s determination appears or is claimed to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Collateral Agent and each Lender a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, for up to one hundred twenty (120) days in order to exercise any of Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(c) Preparation of Collateral for Sale. Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Collateral Agent, Lenders and their agents and any purchasers at or after foreclosure are hereby granted a non-exclusive, fully paid, royalty-free license, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s Intellectual Property, including labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any Property of a similar nature, now or at any time hereafter owned or acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now or at any time hereafter has any rights; provided that such license shall only be exercisable in connection with the disposition of Collateral upon Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s exercise of its remedies hereunder;

49


 

(d) Sale of Collateral. Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Collateral Agent or any Lender determines are commercially reasonable;

(e) Purchase of Collateral. Credit bid and purchase all or any portion of the Collateral at any public sale;

(f) Letters of Credit. Demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with SVB in an amount equal to at least (A) one hundred and two percent (102.0%) of the aggregate face amount of any Letters of Credit denominated in U.S. dollars remaining undrawn, and (B) one hundred and ten percent (110.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of any Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency remaining undrawn (plus, in each case, all interest, fees, and costs due or estimated by SVB to become due in connection therewith), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit; and

(g) Accounts. Place a “hold” on any account maintained with SVB and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Account Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral.

Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

9.2 Set Off Right. Collateral Agent and each Lender may set off and apply to the Obligations any and all Indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower or any other assets of Borrower in Collateral Agent’s or Lender’s possession or control.

9.3 Effect of Sale. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default that has not been waived by each Lender, to the extent permitted by law, Borrower covenants that it will not at any time insist upon or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take any benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law now or at any time hereafter in force, nor claim, take nor insist upon any benefit or advantage of or from any law now or hereafter in force providing for the valuation or appraisement of the Collateral or any part thereof prior to any sale or sales thereof to be made pursuant to any provision herein contained, or to the decree, judgment or order of any court of competent jurisdiction; nor, after such sale or sales, claim or exercise any right under any statute now or hereafter made or enacted by any state or otherwise to redeem the property so sold or any part thereof, and, to the full extent legally permitted, except as to rights expressly provided herein, hereby expressly waives for itself and on behalf of each and every Person, except decree or judgment creditors of Borrower, acquiring any interest in or title to the Collateral or any part thereof subsequent to the date of this Agreement, all benefit and advantage of any such law or laws, and covenants that it will not invoke or utilize any such law or laws or otherwise hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted and delegated to Collateral Agent or any Lender, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such power, law or laws had been made or enacted. Any sale, whether under any power of sale hereby given or by virtue of judicial proceedings, shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of Borrower in and to the Property sold, and shall be a

50


 

perpetual bar, both at law and in equity, against Borrower, its successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming the Property sold or any part thereof under, by or through Borrower, its successors or assigns.

9.4 Power of Attorney in Respect of the Collateral. Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lenders (which appointment is coupled with an interest) the true and lawful attorney in fact of Borrower for the limited purpose, with full power of substitution and in its name to file any notices of security interests, financing statements and continuations and amendments thereof pursuant to the Code or federal law, as may be necessary to perfect or to continue the perfection of Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s security interests in the Collateral. Borrower does hereby irrevocably appoint Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lenders (which appointment is coupled with an interest), on the occurrence of an Event of Default that has not been waived by each Lender, the true and lawful attorney in fact of Borrower, with full power of substitution and in its name: (a) to ask, demand, collect, receive, receipt for, sue for, compound and give acquittance for any and all rents, issues, profits, avails, distributions, income, payment draws and other sums in which a security interest is granted under Section 4 with full power to settle, adjust or compromise any claim thereunder as fully as if Collateral Agent or such Lender were Borrower itself; (b) to receive payment of and to endorse the name of Borrower to any items of Collateral (including checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money) that come into Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s possession or under Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s control; (c) to make all demands, consents and waivers, or take any other action with respect to, the Collateral; (d) in Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s discretion to file any claim or take any other action or proceedings, either in its own name or in the name of Borrower or otherwise, which Collateral Agent or any Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect and preserve the right, title and interest of Collateral Agent and each Lender in and to the Collateral; (e) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (f) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any account or drafts against account debtors; (g) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (h) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and on terms Collateral Agent or any Lender determines reasonable; (i) transfer the Collateral into the name of Collateral Agent, any Lender or a third party as the Code permits; and (j) to otherwise act with respect thereto as though Collateral Agent or such Lender were the outright owner of the Collateral.

9.5 Lender’s Expenses. If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Collateral Agent or any Lender may do any or all of the following: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; or (b) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.8 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Collateral Agent or any Lender deems prudent. Any amounts paid or deposited by Collateral Agent or any Lender shall constitute Lender’s Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, shall bear interest at the Default Rate and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Collateral Agent or any Lender shall not constitute an agreement by Collateral Agent or any Lender to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Collateral Agent or any Lender of any Event of Default under this Agreement. Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including Lender’s Expenses, incurred by Collateral Agent or any Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of the Obligations hereunder not performed when due.

51


 

9.6 Remedies Cumulative; Independent Nature of Lender’s Rights. Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the Loan Documents shall be cumulative. Collateral Agent and each Lender shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No failure on the part of Collateral Agent or any Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The Obligations of Borrower to any Lender or Collateral Agent may be enforced by any Lender or Collateral Agent against Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, it shall not be necessary for Collateral Agent or any other Lender, as applicable, to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding to enforce such Obligations.

9.7 Application of Collateral Proceeds. The proceeds and/or avails of the Collateral, or any part thereof, and the proceeds and the avails of any remedy hereunder (as well as any other amounts of any kind held by Collateral Agent or any Lender, at the time of or received by Collateral Agent or any Lender after the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder that has not been waived by each Lender) shall be paid to and applied in accordance with the Lender Intercreditor Agreement.

9.8 Reinstatement of Rights. If Collateral Agent or any Lender shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely, then and in every such case (unless otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction), Collateral Agent and each Lender shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder with respect to the Property subject to the security interest created under this Agreement.

10. Waivers; Indemnification.

10.1 Demand; Protest. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default (except as expressly set forth herein), nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by Collateral Agent or any Lender on which Borrower may in any way be liable.

10.2 Lender’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Collateral Agent and each Lender comply with their obligations, if any, under the Code, neither Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause other than Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; (c) any diminution in the value thereof; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person whomsoever. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

52


 

10.3 Indemnification and Waiver. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated:

(a) General Indemnity. Borrower agrees upon demand to pay or reimburse Collateral Agent and Lenders for all liabilities, obligations and out-of-pocket expenses, including Lender’s Expenses and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for Collateral Agent and each Lender from time to time arising in connection with the enforcement or collection of sums due under the Loan Documents, and in connection with any amendment or modification of the Loan Documents or any “work-out” in connection with the Loan Documents. Borrower shall indemnify, reimburse and hold Collateral Agent, each Lender, and each of their respective successors, assigns, agents, attorneys, officers, directors, equity holders, servants, agents and employees (each an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, actions, suits, demands, claims of any kind and nature (including claims relating to environmental discharge, cleanup or compliance), all costs and expenses whatsoever to the extent they may be incurred or suffered by such Indemnified Person in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), fines, penalties (and other charges of any applicable Governmental Authority), licensing fees relating to any item of Collateral, damage to or loss of use of property (including consequential or special damages to third parties or damages to Borrower’s property), or bodily injury to or death of any person (including any agent or employee of Borrower) (each, a “Claim”), directly or indirectly relating to or arising out of the use of the proceeds of the Loans or otherwise, the falsity of any representation or warranty of Borrower or Borrower’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided, however, that Borrower shall not indemnify an Indemnified Person for any Claim arising as a result of such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The foregoing indemnity shall cover, without limitation, (i) any Claim in connection with a design or other defect (latent or patent) in any item of equipment or product included in the Collateral, (ii) any Claim for infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property right, (iii) any Claim resulting from the presence on or under or the escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission or release of any Hazardous Materials on the premises owned, occupied or leased by Borrower, including any Claims asserted or arising under any Environmental Law, (iv) any Claim for negligence or strict or absolute liability in tort or (v) any Claim asserted as to or arising under any Account Control Agreement or any Landlord Agreement; provided, however, Borrower shall not indemnify any Indemnified Person for any liability incurred by such Indemnified Person as a result of such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Such indemnities shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement. Upon Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s written demand, Borrower shall assume and diligently conduct, at its sole cost and expense, the entire defense of Collateral Agent and each Lender, each of their members, partners, and each of their respective, agents, employees, directors, officers, equity holders, successors and assigns against any indemnified Claim described in this Section 10.3(a). Borrower shall not settle or compromise any Claim against or involving Collateral Agent or any Lender without first obtaining Collateral Agent’s or such Lender’s written consent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Without limiting the generality of Section 2.4(c)(ii), this Section 10.3 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

53


 

(b) Waiver. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANYWHERE ELSE, BORROWER AGREES THAT IT SHALL NOT SEEK FROM COLLATERAL AGENT OR ANY LENDER UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING ANY THEORY IN TORTS), ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.

(c) Survival; Defense. The obligations in this Section 10.3 shall survive payment of all other Obligations pursuant to Section 12.8. At the election of any Indemnified Person, Borrower shall defend such Indemnified Person using legal counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in such Person’s reasonable discretion, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower. All amounts owing under this Section 10.3 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after written demand.

11. Notices. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by prepaid nationally recognized overnight courier, or by prepaid facsimile to Borrower or to Lender, as the case may be, at their respective addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:

CeriBell, Inc.

360 N Pastoria Avenue

Sunnyvale, CA 94085

Attention: President of the Company

 

If to Horizon:

Horizon Technology Finance Corporation
###########

###########

Attention: ###########
Fax: ###########
Ph: ###########

 

If to SVB:

Silicon Valley Bank, a division of First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company

###########
###########
Attn: ###########
Email: ###########

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

12. General Provisions.

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without each Lender’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in such

54


 

Lender’s sole discretion. Subject to the Lender Intercreditor Agreement, each Lender shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in such Lender’s rights and benefits hereunder. Collateral Agent and each Lender may disclose the Loan Documents and any other financial or other information relating to Borrower to any potential participant or assignee of any of the Loans; provided that such participant or assignee agrees to protect the confidentiality of such documents and information using the same measures that it uses to protect its own confidential information. Collateral Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

12.2 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

12.3 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

12.4 Entire Agreement; Construction; Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, taken together, constitute and contain the entire agreement among Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders, and supersede any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications between the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof. Borrower acknowledges that it is not relying on any representation or agreement made by Collateral Agent, any Lender or any employee, attorney or agent thereof, other than the specific agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

55


 

(b) Construction. This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders as of the date hereof and their respective counsel; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender. Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders agree that they intend the literal words of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that no parol evidence shall be necessary or appropriate to establish Borrower’s, Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s actual intentions.

(c) Amendments and Waivers. Any and all discharges or waivers of, or consents to any departures from any provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents shall not be effective without the written consent of each Lender; provided that no such discharge, waiver or consent affecting the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be effective without the written consent of the Collateral Agent. Any and all amendments and modifications of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents shall not be effective without the written consent of each Lender and Borrower; provided that no such amendment or modification affecting the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be effective without the written consent of the Collateral Agent. Any waiver or consent with respect to any provision of the Loan Documents shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, waiver or consent affected in accordance with this Section 12.4 shall be binding upon Collateral Agent, Lenders and on Borrower.

12.5 Reliance by Lenders. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein by Borrower shall be deemed to be material to and to have been relied upon by Collateral Agent and each Lender, notwithstanding any investigation by Collateral Agent or any Lender.

12.6 No Set-Offs by Borrower. All sums payable by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be payable without notice or demand and shall be payable in United States Dollars without set-off or reduction of any manner whatsoever.

12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts (including signatures delivered by facsimile or other electronic means), each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

12.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) or any Lender’s commitment to fund remain outstanding. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Collateral Agent and each Lender with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 10.3 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Collateral Agent or any Lender have run.

56


 

13. Relationship of Parties. Borrower and Lenders acknowledge, understand and agree that the relationship between Borrower, on the one hand, and each Lender, on the other, is, and at all times shall remain solely that of a borrower and lender. No Lender shall, under any circumstances, be construed to be a partner or a joint venturer of Borrower or any of its Affiliates; nor shall any Lender, under any circumstances, be deemed to be in a relationship of confidence or trust or a fiduciary relationship with Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or to owe any fiduciary duty or any other duty to Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Except to the extent set forth herein or in any of the Loan Documents, neither Collateral Agent nor any Lender undertakes or assumes any responsibility or duty to Borrower or any of its Affiliates to select, review, inspect, supervise, pass judgment upon or otherwise inform Borrower or any of its Affiliates of any matter in connection with its or their Property, any Collateral held by Collateral Agent or any Lender or the operations of Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Borrower and each of its Affiliates shall rely entirely on their own judgment with respect to such matters, and any review, inspection, supervision, exercise of judgment or supply of information undertaken or assumed by Collateral Agent or any Lender in connection with such matters is solely for the protection of Collateral Agent and each Lender and neither Borrower nor any Affiliate is entitled to rely thereon.

14. Confidentiality. All information (other than periodic reports filed by Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission) disclosed by Borrower to Collateral Agent or any Lender in writing or through inspection pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered confidential. Collateral Agent and each Lender agree to use the same degree of care to safeguard and prevent disclosure of such confidential information as Collateral Agent and such Lender use with their own confidential information, but in any event no less than a reasonable degree of care. Neither Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall disclose such information to any third party (other than (a) to another party hereto, (b) to Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s members, partners, attorneys, governmental regulators (including any self-regulatory authority) or auditors, (c) to Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s subsidiaries and affiliates, (d) on a confidential basis, to any rating agency, (e) to prospective transferees and purchasers of the Loans or any actual or prospective party (or its Affiliates) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Obligations, Borrower, any Loan Document or any payment thereunder, all subject to the same confidentiality obligation set forth herein or (f) as required by law, regulation, subpoena or other order to be disclosed) and shall use such information only for purposes of evaluation of its investment in Borrower and the exercise of Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s rights and the enforcement of its remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any information that (i) was known to the public prior to disclosure by Borrower under this Agreement, (ii) becomes known to the public through no fault of Collateral Agent or any Lender, (iii) is disclosed to Collateral Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis by a third party or (iv) is independently developed by Collateral Agent or any Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s agreement of confidentiality shall not apply if Collateral Agent or any Lender has acquired indefeasible title to any Collateral or in connection with any enforcement or exercise of Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement following an Event of Default, including the enforcement of Collateral Agent’s and Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

57


 

15. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDERS HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDERS HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

58


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:

CERIBELL, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Blumberg

Name: Scott Blumberg

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

LENDER:

HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE

CORPORATION

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.

Name: Robert D. Pomeroy, Jr.

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

FIRST-CITIZENS BANK & TRUST

COMPANY

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Perry

Name: Matthew Perry

Title: Managing Director

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO VENTURE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]


 

LIST OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A

Disclosure Schedule

Exhibit B

Funding Certificate

Exhibit C

Form of Note

Exhibit D

Reserved

Exhibit E

Form of Officer’s Certificate

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

[Provided separately]

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B

FUNDING CERTIFICATE

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting of CERIBELL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), does hereby certify, solely in his or her capacity as an officer of Borrower and not in any individual capacity, to HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION (“Horizon”) and SILICON VALLEY BANK, A DIVISION OF FIRST-CITIZENS BANK & TRUST COMPANY (“SVB” and collectively with Horizon, “Lenders”) in connection with that certain Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January __, 2024 by and among Borrower, Lenders and Horizon as Collateral Agent (the “Loan Agreement”; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that:

1.
The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except with respect to any representation and warranty already containing a materiality qualifier, which representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.
2.
No event or condition has occurred that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.
3.
Borrower is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement.
4.
All conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement to the making of the Loan to be made on or about the date hereof have been satisfied.
5.
No material adverse change in results of operations or financial condition of Borrower, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, has occurred.
6.
The proceeds for Loan [A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H/I/J/K/L/M] shall be disbursed as follows:

Disbursement from [Horizon/SVB]:

 

Loan Amount

 

$

Less:

 

 

Legal Fees

 

$

Balance of Commitment Fee

 

$

Net Proceeds due from [Horizon/SVB]:

 

$

 

 


 

7.
The aggregate net proceeds of Loan [A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H/I/J/K/L/M] in the amount of $_________________ shall be transferred by [Horizon/SVB] to Borrower’s account as follows:

Account Name:

Bank Name:

Bank Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Account Number:

ABA Number:

8.
[LOANS A/B/C/D ONLY: A portion of aggregate net proceeds of Loan A, Loan B, Loan C and Loan D in the amount of $______________ shall be transferred by [Horizon/SVB] to Horizon Funding I, LLC’s account as follows:

Account Name:

Bank Name:

Bank Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Account Number:

ABA Number:]

9.
[LOANS A/B/C/D ONLY: A portion of aggregate net proceeds of Loan A, Loan B, Loan C and Loan D in the amount of $______________ shall be transferred by [Horizon/SVB] to Horizon Funding Trust 2022-1’s account as follows:

Account Name:

Bank Name:

Bank Address:

Attention:

Telephone:

Account Number:

ABA Number:]

Dated: [_], 20[_]

 

BORROWER:

 

 

CERIBELL, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature page to Funding Certificate]


 

EXHIBIT C

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

(Loan [A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H/I/J/K/L/M])

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH “ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED). UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, BORROWER WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO ANY HOLDER OF THIS NOTE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: (1) THE ISSUE PRICE AND ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTE, (2) THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON THE NOTE AND (3) THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE NOTE. HOLDERS SHOULD CONTACT [●], ADDRESS: 360 N PASTORIA AVENUE, SUNNYVALE, CA 94085.

 

$

 

 

Dated:

[

 

, 20

 

]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CERIBELL, INC., a Delaware corporation, (“Borrower”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to [HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation / SILICON VALLEY BANK, A DIVISION OF FIRST-CITIZENS BANK & TRUST COMPANY, a North Carolina stock corporation] (“Lender”) the principal amount of ____________ Dollars ($__________) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of Loan [_] (the “Loan”) made to Borrower by Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement (as defined below), and to pay all other amounts due with respect to the Loan on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Loan Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement.

Interest on the principal amount of this Note from the date of this Note shall accrue at the Loan Rate or, if applicable, the Default Rate, each as established in accordance with the Loan Agreement (as defined below). Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. If the Funding Date is not the first day of the month, interim interest accruing from the Funding Date through the last day of that month shall be paid on the first Business Day of the next calendar month. Commencing [_], 202[_], through and including [_], 202[_], on the first Business Day of each month (each an “Interest Payment Date”) Borrower shall make payments of accrued interest only on the outstanding principal amount of the Loan. Commencing on [_], 202[_], and continuing on the first Business Day of each month thereafter (each a “Principal and Interest Payment Date” and, collectively with each Interest Payment Date, each a “Payment Date”), Borrower shall make to Lender [_] ([_]) equal payments of principal in the amount of [______________] plus accrued interest on the then outstanding principal amount due hereunder. On the earliest to occur of (i) [_], 202[_], (ii) payment in full of the principal balance of the Loan or (iii) an Event of Default and demand by Lender of payment in full of the Loan, Borrower shall make a payment of [_] and 00/100 Dollars ($[_]) to Lender (the “Final Payment”). If not sooner paid, all outstanding amounts hereunder and under the Loan Agreement shall become due and payable on [_], 202[_].

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement. The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

 


 

This Note is referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of [___], 2024 (the “Loan Agreement”), among Borrower, Lender and HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, as Collateral Agent. The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Loan to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid, except as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Loan, interest on the Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all fees and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

 

Any reference herein to Lender shall be deemed to include and apply to every subsequent holder of this Note. Reference is made to the Loan Agreement for provisions concerning optional and mandatory prepayments, Collateral, acceleration and other material terms affecting this Note.

This Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York. Borrower agrees that any action or proceeding brought to enforce or arising out of this Note may be commenced in the state or federal courts located within New York County in the State of New York.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally blank. Signature page follows.]

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

CERIBELL, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT D

[Reserved]

 


 

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION, as a Lender

SILICON VALLEY BANK, A DIVISION OF FIRST-CITIZENS BANK & TRUST COMPANY, as a Lender

FROM:

CERIBELL, INC., as Borrower

The undersigned authorized officer (“Officer”) of CeriBell, Inc. (“Borrower”), on behalf of Borrower and not in any individual capacity, hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Venture Loan and Security Agreement dated as of [_________], 2024 by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Loan Agreement;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

(a) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _______________ with all required covenants except as noted below;

(b) There are no existing Events of Default that have not been waived by Lender, except as noted below;

(c) Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (a), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

(d) Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

(e) No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s). The Officer, on behalf of Borrower and not in any individual capacity, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year‑end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.

 


 

Please indicate compliance status since the last Officer’s Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

Requirement

Actual

Complies

1)

Financial statements

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

No

N/A

2)

 Borrowing Base Certificate

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

No

N/A

3)

Annual (CPA Audited) statements

Within 270 days after FYE

 

Yes

No

N/A

4)

Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a monthly basis)

Annually (within 30 days after FYE), and when revised

 

Yes

No

N/A

5)

A/R & A/P agings

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

No

N/A

6)

8‑K, 10‑K and 10‑Q Filings

If applicable, within 5 days of filing

 

Yes

No

N/A

7)

Officer’s Certificate

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

No

N/A

8)

IP Report

When required due to new IP filings

 

Yes

No

N/A

9)

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period

$___________________

 

 

 

 

10)

Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period

$___________________

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Deposit and Securities Accounts: (Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)

 

 

Institution Name

Account Number

New

Account?

Account Control Agreement in place?

1)

 

 

Yes

No

Yes

No

2)

 

 

Yes

No

Yes

No

3)

 

 

Yes

No

Yes

No

4)

 

 

Yes

No

Yes

No

Financial Covenants

 

 

Covenant

Requirement

Actual

Compliance

 

Trailing Six Month Revenue in excess of Net Indebtedness (Section 6.12)

[$_________]

[$________]

Yes

No

 

Aggregate cash on deposit with SVB and SVB’s Affiliates (Section 6.13)

[$_________]

[$________]

Yes

No

Insight EEG

 

1)

Does Insight EEG hold cash and Cash Equivalents with an aggregate fair market value exceeding Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000)?

If so, please advise on such amount: $_____________

Yes

No

2)

Has Borrower made Investments into Insight EEG on and from the Closing Date exceeding Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000)?

If so, please advise on such amount: $_____________

Yes

No

 

 


 

Other Matters

If the response to any of the below is “Yes”, please provide an explanation of the circumstances giving rise to such “Yes” response on an attachment hereto.

 

1)

Have there been any changes in Borrower’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer since the last Officer’s Certificate?

Yes

No

2)

Has there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement or relocation of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?

Yes

No

3)

Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrower that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00)?

Yes

No

4)

Has any material IP been abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public since the last Officer’s Certificate?

Yes

No

5)

Has any Default or Event of Default occurred that has not been waived by Lender since the last Officer’s Certificate?

Yes

No

6)

Has Borrower sold new shares of equity or made adjustments to existing shares of equity (other than the granting of options in the ordinary course of business)? If yes, please provide applicable supporting documentation.

Yes

No

7)

Has any direct or indirect Subsidiary been formed since the last Officer’s Certificate?

Yes

No

8)

Has any piece of a Borrower’s property been subject to a Lien (other than the lien of Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement) since the date of the last Officer’s Certificate?

Yes

No

9)

Has any Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred any Indebtedness since the date of the last Officer’s Certificate?

Yes

No

10)

Has Borrower or any Subsidiary made any Investment since the date of the last Officer’s Certificate?

Yes

No

Exceptions: Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.” Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)

 

CERIBELL, INC.

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date: